eee tet e acta notre es os
see) Penne ta geet
eee Be Set Prete Se es ee Te rane
—W
HARVARD UNIVERSITY
ty Ls)
LIBRARY OF THE
Museum of Comparative Zoology
BULLETINS AMERICAN
PALEONTOLOGY
VOL. XXXIV
1952-1954
Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York WS. As
[ MUS. COMP. Z00L. LIBRARY yaN 10 1955
HARVARD UNIVERSITY
ws. F JIOTHORIAT
WIAA see
: 4 : R 7 ee ee a eee bale — ya
PEC | Le
YiAhOtl 4 YOOsGOS CMG. eUl ae EER ROCUENND
. Byoy these a saandessdl) tn: i seta : a
dyn ¥ pt gear if 2 ‘ CF to °
i My
CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXXIV
Bulletin No. Plates Pages
140. Globigerinidae from the Upper Cretaceous (Ceno- manian-Maestrichtian) of Trinidad, B.W.I.
Jeh\/ JEATOL ISVROVGRAWNOTER GIDL oo sssoccotnoonscdsassoneeaonsospcnenccaneneceee 1- 4 1- 70 141. Concerning Enopleura of the Upper Ordovician and
its Relation to ether Carpoid Echinodermata
Byemenneth ve Caster) 4s ee eee ee s.. 5- 8 71-126 142. New Ostracoda from the Middle Silurian Newsom
Shale of Tennessee
1EA7 1k Wie itor Gnas gs}, Diy WS OUU ol nsscwacnceenbassnne 9-10 127-148
143. Trinidad Paleocene and Lower Eocene Globiger- inidae
By Paul Bronnimann .............. catered MORRO coe 11-13 149-182
144, Ordovician and Silurian Cephalopods from Tas- mania By Curt Teichert and Brian F. Glenister ........ 14-19 183-248
145. A Bibliography of the Conularida By G. Winston Sinclair and Eugene S. Rich- ATC SOD ADS 5c covets docce so vccctute Acaseask oe ene 249-391
1B O13 LS) RIPE SA ny a 392-400
expire athe
a? ~! Peter? uy! a ami -ti).!
Wee af
OG? eG
&
Tet
WRF Bini ia a
r \
7
he | 33 Paar i os.
Sineiitemensceiec’ pig’ Sok Feat alsin Tote ust Pe Sema TE Ven ie PaIe 1) Re tae ae oar i pe si yer
fool eelilenhary vy SIGE: At 3a _enathoonat ‘pater asadtt et peniic stat i elerante (eilthe es a a 0 See Th b
rerbil ae a tart ot x "Tint i, Mee ety “ort gine ee wee seh >So vn as ute Bie eae pee es re vie yaa
e
07 oo NG ae makes Pe a nae
} 3 Vio esters
se Bh FET RST, Wn : SR PRI pipet a7e-r ty toe peer ge oem 8
‘
a iets “ aE pik eC) Eee 3 a BN x ah wi.
o- 3 Grete ee te BHATEY UB ° GEE: prealie wee Glaatgs, fy US Thay ae ape ta A Vanes,
.
e
HARVARD ~UIVERSHTY
BULLETINS
ae AMERICAN - PALEONTOLOCY
VOL, XXXIV
NUMBER 140
1952
Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York U.S.A.
say yy
SAVaier ah
He NWA)
- i 1 7 o 7 i = = J _ xt = c fe ’ - nd Ee Te - ay - f= 7 = : = bad — - 7 - - 4 , ale ~ : 4 - 7 ong 1 i 1 ; ‘ | fi 1 a . f \ ; 4 t — - ey - x - ca - -_ 1 t an = c - = = * 7 - i ‘ = = f = a 0 I - : : ! 7 ’ wi 7 ww a 7 é 5 - 1 - r a 33 a 7 \ 7 = L aa - 7 fi \ I 4 arc - ” oh : - - " ci
a. |
Bull. Amer. Paleont. Frontispiece Vol. 34, no. 140° pet
TURONIAN- SENONIAN
wus Localities 1-4
I CENOMANIAN | MAESTRICHTIAN
wee—= Additional unspecified localities
se Common - abundant
Globotruncana Globotruncana Globotruncana lapparenti s.I. gansseri mayaroensis Zone Zone
Globotruncana apenninica Zone
Rare
Rae mi '
ie JN39031Vd
y
|
, t ’ , t ' i eee eae Ss ' rugosa rugosa eee ' ' rotundata , , , ' ' , = - - ’ : :
|
|
' fe eee Plummerella hantkeninoides hantkeninoides pe ese
|
ee
' ' Globigerinella messinae messinae ' subcarinata ’ ' '
escheri escheri
' clavata tururensis Hastigerinoides alexanderi
Aqiwiuojuosun |
tb l
Hastigerinoides
Text fig. 1. Stratigraphic distribution of Globigerinidae of the Upper Cretaceous of Trinidad.
See i
%
4
- z= 1 - = — 7 ; ~ - 7 7 ; 4 = 4 - | ; - te
aa a. t t if ae if = P
=" te
fie ey —_ o” ay
MUS. COMP. Z00L. LIBRARY
UL 1 1952
HARVAQD UNIVERSITY
BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY
Vol. 34
No. 140
GLOBIGERINIDAE FROM THE UPPER CRETACEOUS (CENOMANIAN-MAESTRICHTIAN) OF TRINIDAD, B. W. I.
By
P. Bronnimann
June 9, 1952
PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION ITHACA, NEW YorK Us, S27 Ae
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Hayeraya livers MS sOeacdase oo UU dhs dovlonnedvlas coud ued dacs ao bani mObDicone p 5 SMe GhETPIINGGN sooosssdcoosooccas sooo aobsodcbouddonoAODooD dc 6 SUE ACE eerie ae ee eet re eee ee Pai ona) sss ahsila)o labore onetees 6 STD Stitt Cem Rees Were apres eae Rea ol seer Pav Sgelcrenay a yaya. sre ayevattaerels 6
Si SIREN Ga LOUIS Nay apes ae eince sy ayesha ote eycrebare alo) sacle a) 2 =i avai ayahesr« 8 SUMGMeNe GeeemwOlN bc Sse eoded doouboecvoeowess code so oeaopManmodugoic II [als rapa (richie | eae Sse eyorts 6 eres nbn MOIS enn Slaten cic clo chaulcis Oe omeraeta ccc 59
TRATES: SiS ee Nitta ore one 3 Ot cs eae apart Sean) -/nlnle. »'siatotciays 63
MUS. COMP. ZOOL. LIBRARY
'JUL 1 195
HARVARD UPEVER SITY
GLOBIGERINIDAE FROM THE UPPER CRETACEOUS (CENOMANIAN-MAESTRICHTIAN) OF TRINIDAD, B. W. I.
P. BRONNIMANN*
INTRODUCTION
In this paper an attempt is made to describe the more prominent representatives of the Upper Cretaceous Globigerinidae of Trinidad.
Although the biostratigraphy of Trinidad’s Upper Cretaceous is almost exclusively based on the life ranges of Globotruncanas (Bolli, 1951), it has, in the course of practical work, become increasingly necessary to arrive at a more detailed knowledge of the composition of the accompanying Globigerina assemblages. ‘This is all the more justified because Globotruncanas are rare in the lower part of the Upper Cretaceous. The Globotruncana zones can be recognized also, in a general way, by the occurrence of Globigerinas, and, if found practicable, the zonation could also be based on Globigerinas. The introduction of improved metheds for the disintegration of siliceous and otherwise indurated shales enabled the writer to obtain rich assemblages of Globigerinas from a small but representative number of surface and subsurface samples ranging in age from Cenomanian to Maestrichtian. The large suites of specimens, being in general fairly well preserved; permitted a rather detailed morphologic description and taxonomic treatment. Umbilical cover-plates and depressed parts of the tests are often concealed by unremovable parts of the country rock.
The proposed systematic grouping of the Upper Cretaceous Globigerinidae is based on the characteristics of the adult specimens. A few subspecific definitions, however, also take early ontogenetic features into account, as well as their changes in the course of the individual development. Bioseries have not been established on the basis of the present information, but some general remarks on the possible genetic relationship of the various forms are offered. Future evolutionary studies will have to be based to a large extent on the detailed analysis of the life ranges of the individual species and sub- species, and on embryogenetic investigations.
* Micropaleontologist, Trinidad Leaseholds Ltd., Pointe-a-Pierre, Trinidad, BW:
6 BULLETIN 140 6
The holotypes of the new species and subspecies are deposited in the Cushman Collection of the U. S. National Museum, Washing- ton, D. C. Sets of topotypes will be deposited in the Museum of Natural History, Basle, Switzerland, and in the Paleontological Research Institution, Ithaca, New York. The original samples remain in the possession of the Geological Laboratory of Trinidad Leaseholds Ltd., at Pointe-a-Pierre, Trinidad, B. W. I.
The writer is indebted to the management of Trinidad Leaseholds Ltd. for the use of the facilities of the Geological Laboratory; to Dr. H. G. Kugler for reading the manuscript and for many valuable suggestions; and to Dr. Bolli with whom the pertinent stratigraphic points were discussed.
STRATIGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION
The described Globigerinidae, as indicated below, originate from four localities found in the Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, the Globotruncana lapparenti, s.1. zone, and the Globotruncana apenninica zone (Cenomanian-Maestrichtian, see biostratigraphic zonation, Text fig. 1). The Maestrichtian Globotruncana gansseri zone is only represented by unreliable or poorly preserved assemblages from out- crops situated in the eastern Central Range and from subsurface sections near Pointe-a-Pierre and in the Guayaguayare area.
SURFACE
1. Gautier formation, outcropping in the Gautier River, near Chert Hill, Turure area, E. Central Range. Globotruncana apenninica zone, Cenomanian or Cenomanian-Turonian.
SUBSURFACE
2. Guayaguayare beds, upper part, Guayaguayare area, S. E. Trinidad. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Maestrichtian.
3. Dark, indurated non- to slightly calcareous shales, Morne Diablo area, S. Trinidad. Sample near the base of the Globotruncana lapparenti, s. 1. zone, ‘Turonian-Senonian.
4. Dark, indurated, calcareous shales, San Fernando area, S. Trinidad. Sample in the lower part of the Globotruncana lapparenti s. 1. zone, ‘uronian-Senonian.
The faunas from the above localities yielded the richest and best preserved Upper Cretaceous Globigerina assemblages we were able to obtain with the methods described by Layne (1950) and by Bolli (1950) for the disintegration of indurated or siliceous shales. It can be assumed that they are representative for the individual biostrati- graphic zones. ‘The vertical distribution of the various species from the four localities is recorded on the accompanying stratigraphic chart (Text fig. 1) by thick lines. Thin lines refer to information from
rh TRINIDAD CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN 7
poorly preserved additional samples, which, as a rule, did not permit more than a general determination (Rugoglobigerina rugosa group, Rugoglobigerina macrocephalia group). The analysed material, how- ever, is far from sufficient to determine the exact life ranges of the individual species. Such a compilation will have to be based on a large number of assemblages of known stratigraphic position.
The following remarks on the stratigraphic distribution may be
added:
a. The species found in the Globotruncana apenninica zone are confined to this zone. They belong to the genera Globigerina, (?)Globigerinella, and Hastigerinoides. Rugoglobigerinas and Glo- bigerinellas of the Globigerinella escheri group are not known from this zone, which, on the other hand, is characterized by the floodlike predominance of Globigerina gautierensis and Globigerina cretacea. It is of interest to note, that, apart from these two low trochoidal Globigerina species, no indisputable Globigerina, s. s. were recognized in the Trinidad Upper Cretaceous during the preparation of the present paper.*
The clear faunistic break between the G. apenninica zone and the overlying G. lapparenti, s. 1. zone, together with geologic evidence from a subsurface section, suggests the presence of a stratigraphic break at the base of the G. lapparenti, s. 1. zone.
b. The Globotruncana lapparenti, s. 1. zone, at least its lower part, is characterized by common to abundant Globigerinellas of the Globigerinella escheri group, and by the occurrence of the stellate Hastigerinoides alexanderi. The representatives of / ugoglob‘gerina are rare and usually badly preserved, permitting neither a species nor a subspecies determination.
c. Poorly preserved assemblages of the Globotruncana gansseri zone contain numerous Rugoglobigerinas and scarce Globigerinella messinae messinae. A few specimens with affinities to Kugoglobigerina reicheli hexacamerata and to Trinitella scotti were recorded.
d. The Globotruncana mayaroensis gone is typified by the large group of abundant rugose Globigerinas, by frequent large @iphieennelias and by the common occurrence of the peculiar genus Trinitella. It appears that Plummerella is restricted to this zone, whereas Rugoglobigerina and the Globigerinella messinae group are already known from the Globotruncana lapparenti bulloides and Globotruncana lapparenti tricarinata-bearing shales at the top of the Globotruncana lapparenti, s. 1. zone. As regards the distribution of the Globigerinidae, the Globotruncana lapparenti, s. 1. zone, the Glo-
* Information obtained after the completion of this paper has shown that G. cretacea and allied forms occur also, though sparsely, in the Globo- truncana lapparenti, s. l. zone.
8 BULLETIN 140 8
botruncana gansseri zone, and the Globotruncana mayaroensis zone show a distinct faunistic relationship.
e. The genus Rugoglobigerina supplies a series of excellent index fossils for the determination of the Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary in Trinidad. The same stratigraphic observation has been made in Texas where, according to Mrs. Plummer (1926, p. 39), the orna- mented globigerinid species of the Navarro group do not occur in any of the Tertiary strata. ~-
f. The genus Globigerinella Cushman is commonly distributed throughout the whole Upper Cretaceous with the exception of the Globotruncana apenninica zone where it is only questionably recorded (? Globigerinella tururensis). In the Globotruncana lapparenti, s. l. zone, Globigerinellas are occasionally the only, or at least the pre- dominant, pelagic Foraminifera and thus of special stratigraphic sig- nificance. “Tromp’s observations on the occurrence of pelagic genera in the Upper Cretaceous of the Near East (1949, p. 674), namely that Globigerinella and Globigerina are almost equally represented in the Uppermost Cretaceous as Globigerina (?rugose group), but that Globigerinella is predominant in the Campanian of the Arabian facies, are confirmed by the distribution of these genera in Trinidad. A very similar distribution of Globigerinidae was observed by Nauss (1947) in the late Cretaceous Lloydminster and Lea Park shales of the Vermilion area, Alberta, inasmuch as the abundant calcareous faunas of the Lea Park shales contain only Globigerinella aspera (Ehrenberg) besides Globigerina cf. cretacea dOrbigny. This assemblage occurs above the floods of Globigerina loetterlei and G. cretacea of the Lloydminster shale.
SYSTEMATIC GROUPING
Generic rank is given to the large group of strongly ornamented Globigerinas which reaches its acme in the Maestrichtian Globo- truncana mayaroensis zone. ‘The new genus Rugoglobigerina, geno- tvpe Globigerina rugosa Plummer 19206, is distinguished from ali other Upper Cretaceous and Tertiary Globigerinas with depressed trochoidal tests by the marked and regularly arranged ornamentation and by the presence of an umbilical cover-plate in most of its species. “To judge from the drawing of the umbilical side of R. rugosa rugosa (Plum- mer) (Plummer, 1926, pl. 2, fig. rod) the cover-plate 1s pierced by accessory openings, thus resembling that of the following Cenomanian Globotruncanas: Ticinella Reichel (Reichel, 1949, pl. 16, fig. 1) and Thalmanninella Sigal (Reichel, pl. 16, figs. 2, 3). Due to the gen- erally very poor preservation of the delicate umbilical features in the Trinidad material, however, it was not possible to clarify the structure of the umbilical cover-plate and to compare it with that of Globo- ?runcana.
9 TRINIDAD CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN 9
The rugose Globigerinas were first reported by Mrs. Plummer from the upper Navarro clay of Texas (1926, pp. 38-39, pl. 2, fig. 10) where Rugoglobigerina rugosa rugosa (Plummer) is the most frequent species of this large ornamented group. Although certain Midwayan species, such as Globigerina pseudo-bulloides Plummer and G. compressa Plummer (1926, pl. 8, figs. 9, 11), have a similar low tiochoidal test, the absence of the strong, regularly arranged rugosities and of the umbilical cover-plate render them easily distinguishable from the Upper Cretaceous forms. ‘This is also true for not yet described, small (average diameter 0.3 mm.), low trochoidal Paleo- cene Globigerinas from Trinidad which have a coarsely spinose and regularly ornamented surface.
The new subgenus Plummerella of the genus Rugoglobigerina comprises a small number of stellate and semi-stellate species, com- monly co-existing with Rugoglobigerina proper. ‘The assignment of Plummerella as subgenus to Rugoglobigerina is tentative. It is based on the fact that Plummerella possesses much the same rugose orna- mentation as typical Rugoglobigerina and in addition shows transitions from the hantkeninoid to the Globigerina-like test.
It is noteworthy that no umbilical plate was observed in Plum- merella, although the umbilical features of the more progressed and stronger trochoidal subspecies inflata suggest the presence of a cover- plate. Further investigations of this peculiar stellate and ornamented group, especially embryogenetic studies, may result in elevating Plum- merella to generic rank.
At present the following subgenera and species are included in Rugoglobigerina:
Rugoglobigerina n. gen.
Rugoglobigerina, s. s. n. subgen. reicheli reicheli n. sp., n. subsp. . reicheli pustulata n. sp., n. subsp. reicheli hexacamerata n. sp., n. subsp. macrocephala macrocephala n. sp., n. subsp. macrocephala ornata n. sp., n. subsp. . rugosa rugosa (Plummer) 1926 . rugosa pennyi n. sp., n. subsp. . rugosa rotundata Nn. sp., n. n. subsp. Pinninerelia n. subgen. P. hantkeninoides hantkeninoides n. sp., n. subsp. P. hantkeninoides costata n. sp., n. subsp. P. hantkeninoides inflata n. sp., n. subsp.
The new genus Trinitella exhibits morphologic features related to Rugoglobigerina, s. s. (early portion of test) and to Globotruncana, s. 1. (single-keeled end chambers and overlapping chambers of last volution). Trinitella is monotypic and represented by:
T. scotti n. sp.
7 po Pe po eo
«
10 BULLETIN 140 , 10
Low trochoidal, weakly ornamented species of the Globotruncana apenninica zone are referred with reservation to the genus Globigerina d’Orbigny. Two species are recognized:
G. gautierensis n. sp. G. cretacea d’Orbigny 1840 which are both equally common in the dark calcareous shales of the Gautier formation. The genus Globigerinella comprises the following species: G. messinae messinae n. sp., n. subsp. G. messinae subcarinata n. sp., n. subsp. G. escheri escheri (Kaufmann) 1865 G. escheri clavata n. subsp. (?) G. tururensis n. sp.
Rather scarce, small, stellate and planispiral Hastigerinella-like species of the lower part of the Globotruncana lapparenti, s. I. zone and of the Globotruncana apenninica zone are separated from the genus Hastigerinella Cushman 1927 by the obvious difference in the shape of the adult chambers. They are referred to the new subgenus Hastigerinoides, which at present contains the following species:
Hi. alexanderi (Cushman) 1931 H.. rohri-n. sp.
PHYLOGENETIC REMARKS
The present compilation includes only the more important Upper Cretaceous globigerinid species and does not claim to be complete. The more detailed faunistic investigation of Upper Cretaceous sed- iments and the application of yet better methods of disintegration of hard rocks will undoubtedly supply many more new, or in Trinidad not yet recorded, pelagic species. It is therefore considered to be premature to make an attempt at a phylogenetic grouping of the present incomplete inventory of globigerinid forms. Only the follow- ing very general statements are offered:
a. Rugoglobigerina, s. s. is the predominant group of the Maes- trichtian zones. Although small globigerinid forms of the Trinidad Paleocene resemble in the depressed trochoidal test the Upper Creta- ceous Rugoglobigerinas, the Paleocene and the Upper Cretaceous species are not considered to be related. At the present stage of investigation, however, the possibility that Paleocene forms might be related with Upper Cretaceous Rugoglobigerinas cannot be ruled out completely.
b. Plummerella and Trinitella become extinct at the close of the Cretaceous at least as far as Trinidad is concerned. They can not be regarded as possible ancestors of the morphologically different Tertiary Globigerinas.
IJ TRINIDAD CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN II
c. Globigerinella, which is often the predominant globigerinid genus, apparently does not essentially differ in its Cretaceous and Tertiary species, and thus no bioseries can be established. It is quite possible that Globigerinella tests of the Tertiary have originated independently from those of the Cretaceous.
d. Hastigerinoides, a highly specialized group of stellate forms, seems to be related to Globigerinella.
e. The only ancestral forms from which modern Globigerinas could have sprung are represented by the group of low trochoidal, weakly ornamented Globigerinas of the Globotruncana apenninica zone. Unlike the Rugoglobigerinas, which are virtually all dextrally coiling, Globigerina gautierensis and G. cretacea are both dextrally and sinistrally coiling. This would suggest a rather undeveloped phylogenetic position (Bolli, 1951b) from which further evolution is still possible.
This phylcgenetic derivation, however, appears to be rather remote in view of the fact that in Trinidad Globigerinas of the gautierensis-cretacea type apparently do not occur in the _ post- Globotruncana lapparenti, s. 1. zones.
SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTION
Family GLOBIGERINIDAE Cushman Genus GLOBIGERINA d’Orbigny 1826
Globigerina gautierensis n. sp. Plate 1, figs. 1-3 Text fig. 2
Description—The test is a low trochoidal spiral with 5 to 6 chambers in the adult. The trochoidal arrangement is so weak that the apertural aspect is almost that of Globigerinella. ‘The chambers are much oppressed, subglobular and increase gradually in size. The end chamber is often strongly inflated and broad in apertural view and tends to shift toward the umbilical side. ‘The more or less flat spiral side shows about 12 chambers arranged in 2 volutions. ‘The deep and well-defined subcircular umbilicus is rather small compared with that of 6-chambered Rugoglobigerinas. The sutures are straight and not much depressed. The outline of the test, therefore, is only weakly lobulate. The large arcuate aperture is interiomarginal. The walls are finely perforate, and the surface is ornamented with small papillae which are stronger on the early ontogenetic chambers. The surface of the end chamber appears to be almost smooth. The species is random coiling.
Dimensions —The maximum diameter of paratypes ranges from 0.375 mm. to 0.4 mm.
Holotype—Globigerina gautierensis Bronnimann. T. L. L. Cat. Nos. 144455, 168920. Text figs. 2a-c. All appr. & 80. Plate
[i 22
BuLLETIN 140 4
Text fig. 2. Globigerina gauticrensis Bronmimann. T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 144455,
168920. Globotruncana apenninica zone, Gautier formation, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. (a,b,c) Same specimen, spiral, umbilical and apertural views. Holotype. (g,h,1) Same _ specimen, — spiral, umbilical and apertural views. (kl,m) Same specimen, spiral, umbilical and apertural views. (d,e) Same specimen, spiral and apertural views ; extreme form with broad end chamber. (f) Apertural view of an almost planispiral individual.
13. ‘[RtNmap CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN _ 13
1, figs. 1-3. Maximum diameter 0.412 mm. Diameter of umbilicus 005 mm. End chamber: radial diameter 0.15 mm.; tangential diam- eter 0.175 mm.; thickness 0.177 mm. Globotruncana apenninica zone, Gautier formation, Upper Cretaceous, Trinidad, B. W. I. Deposited in the Cushman Collection, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
Occurrence.—Globotriuncana apenninica zone, Gautier formation, Upper Cretaceous. Abundant. Associated with Globotruncana apen- ninica O. Renz (see Bolli, 1951, pl. 34, figs. 1, 2, 3) and with Glo- bigerina cretacea d’Orbigny. See footnote p. 7.
Remarks.—Globigerina gautierensis differs from the morphologi- cally related, slightly compressed G. cretacea by the subglobular to globular, oppressed chambers, which are more numerous. in the adult, and .by.,the. distinctly less lobulate outline. The low trochoid Globigerina planispira Tappan 1940, from the Grayson formation, Washita group, Lower Cretaceous, Denton County, Texas, differs from G. gautierensis by its bulbous chambers with a smooth surface. G. portsdownensis Williams-Mitchell 1948, from the Cenomanian, Upper Cretaceous, Portsdown No. 1 well, Hampshire, England, is much more trochoidal than any of the Globigerinas of the Gautier formation.
Nauss (1947, pp. 336-337, pl. 49, figs. 11a-c) introduced Globi- gerina loetterlei (originally misprinted G. loetterli) from the Upper Cretaceous Lloydminster shale, Vermilion area, Alberta, Canada. This form is associated with Globigerina cretacea d’Orbigny and with Guembelina globulosa (Ehrenberg). G. Joetterlei resembles G. gautierensis in its weakly trochoidal spiral test of only slightly lobulate outline. Only ornamentation and size differentiate the 2 forms which very likely belong to the same group of Cretaceous Globigerinas. G. ioctterlei Nauss has also been recorded from the Upper Cretaceous of Alaska (Tappan, 1951, pp. 4-5, pl. 1, figs. 1ga-c). The Alaskan specimens appear to be rather small (greatest diameter 0.18-0.29 mm.) in comparison with those from Alberta (greatest diameter 0.4-0.7 mm.).
Due to the lack of information regarding the occurrence of Globo- truncanas in the Upper Cretaceous of Alaska and of Canada, it is at present not possible to draw any conclusions regarding the correlation of these deposits and the Trinidad Upper Cretaceous.
The 5-chambered rugose Globigerina from the Upper Cretaceous White Chalk of Antigua, reported by Cushman (1931, p. 44, pl. 6, figs. 6a-c) as G. cretacea, apparently belongs to the genus Rugoglobi- gerina. According to Cushman’s description there is frequently a thin, platelike structure across the umbilical region. The figured specimen is small for the genus (0.28 mm.) and possibly represents
14 MI BULLETIN 140 14
Rugoglobigerina reicheli hexacamerata or a variant of this species. The figured specimen (pl. 6, figs. 5a-b) with 6 chambers in the adult and a low trochoidal spiral has to be assigned to the same species.
In this connection it should be emphasized that the White Chalk from which Cushman’s Foraminifera originate is not indigenous of Antigua, but was imported as ballast from Europe during the time the water well of Cassada Gardens was being dug. Dr. H. G. Kugler, who kindly drew the writer’s attention to this fact, states in a private report on the Geology of Antigua: .
L. 1303—Cassada Garden.
The famous well of Cassada Garden is situated in a low undulating savannah near the golf course. Ever since Cushman has reported a Creta- ceous fauna of exactly the same assemblage as known from the French Chalk of the Paris basin, there were doubts about the existence of such Cretaceous in Antigua. Senn (1940) used the reported Cretaceous to support one of his theories. Trechmann (1941) doubted the occurrence of the chalk. In 1941, the geologist Cleaves reported to the writer that Mr. Forrest, who had supplied the samples to Dr. Cushman, was in England during the deepening of the well. There is little doubt that the rock had been brought across the sea in ballast for “sweetening” the very salty water of the well.
The name of the new species is derived from the Gautier River, Eastern Central Range, Turure area.
Globigerina cretacea d’Orbigny 1840 Text fig. 3
Globigerina cretacea d’Orbigny, :1840, Soc. Géol. France, Mém., 4(1): p-34, pl. 3, figs. 12-14.
Description —The adult test is a very low trochoidal spiral with a slightly angular to lobulate outline. The distinct and rather deep umbilicus is surrounded by 5 chambers. The spiral side with 2 volutions comprises about 12 chambers gradually increasing in size. The chambers -are slightly compressed, elongate-ellipsoid in frontal view, rounded to slightly subangular when seen from the spiral side. The sutures are straight and deep. The aperture could not be clearly observed and is believed to be a large arcuate opening directed toward the umbilicus. The walls are finely perforate and the surface is ornamented by minute papillae which are stronger developed in the early stage. The end chamber is not, or not much, ornamented. The pustules are not arranged in a regular pattern as in the Rugoglobigeri- nas. Right and left hand coiling specimens were observed, the latter seem to be predominant.
Dimensions.—The maximum diameter of the tests range from 0.275 to 0.35 mm.
Holotype-—Globigerina cretacea d’Orbigny. Mémoir sur les foraminiféres de la Craie blanche du bassin de Paris. Soc. Géol. France, Mém., 1840, 4(1): pl. 3, figs. 12-14. Craie blanche, Cre- tacé, St. Germain, Bassin de Paris, France, and England.
15
TRINIDAD CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN 15
Occurrence.—Globotruncana apenninica zone, Gautier formation,
Upper Cretaceous. Abundant. See footnote p. 7.
Text fig. 3. Globigerina cretacea d’Orbigny. T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 144455,
168920. Globotruncana apenninica zone, Gautier formation, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. (a,b,c) Same specimen, spiral, umbilical and apertural views. (d,e,f) Same specimen, spiral, umbilical and apertural views. (g,h,i) Same specimen, spiral, umbilical and apertural views. (k,l,m) Same specimen, spiral, umbilical and apertural views.
16 BULLETIN 149 16
Remarks.—This species is clearly defined by the slightly com- pressed, very low trochoidal test and the distinctly lobulate sometimes subangular outline, and can easily be separated from the similarly ornamented G. gautierensis. The Trinidad specimens agree perfectly with d’Orbigny’s figures and description (1840, p. 34, pl. 3, figs. 12-14). D’Orbigny’s specimen is 5-chambered in the adult, the chambers are somewhat compressed, and the surface is ornamented with minute papillae. Globigerina infra-cretacea Glaessner (1937, p. 28, pl. 1, fig. 1) resembles G. cretacea very closely. Morrow (1934, p. 198, pl. 30, figs. 7, 10a,b). figured and described specimens of G. cretacea from the Upper Cretaceous Colorado group of Kansas which appear to be identical with the specimens recorded from Trin- idad. G. cretacea (Applin, 1933) has also been reported from the Upper Cretaceous Niobrara formation and the Carlile shale of South Dakota. Albritton and Phleger (1937) encountered this species in clays of Navarro and Taylor age from ‘Texas, associated with (?) Globigerinella aspera (Navarro) and with Globigerina belli White and (?)Globigerinella aspera (Taylor). It is doubtful whether the specimens reported by Young (1951, p. 65, pl. 14, figs. 1-3) from the Upper Cretaceous Frontier formation of southern Montana belong to G. cretacea. They are larger (0.42 to 0.45 mm.) than the Trini- dad specimens and (as based on the illustrations) are rather coarsely hispid on the entire surface. No umbilical cover-plate was observed by Young, and the ornamentation does not. show any sign of the meridional pattern.
Genus RUGOGLOBIGERINA n. gen.
Diagnosis.—Test either Hantkenina-like or distinctly Globigerina- I’ke, almost planispiral to trochoidal. Chambers of Hantkenina type with axially situated spines, those of Globigerina type rounded peri- pherally, truncate toward umbilicus. Sutures straight to slightly curved in direction of coiling. Apertures large, arcuate, directed toward umbilicus, occasionally with liplike projections. Umbilicus subcircular, as a rule large, deep, with covering plate. Surface orna- mented by rugosities of various size and type, either distributed irregularly or arranged in rows radiating from a central point on the surface toward the aperture (meridional pattern). .
Generotype.—Rugoglobigerina (Rugoglobigerina) rugosa rugosa (Plummer) 1920.
Remarks.—The Upper Cretaceous genus Rugoglobigerina contains the hantkeninoid subgenus Plummerella and the Globigerina-like sub- genus Rugoglobigerina, both of which carry the characteristic rugose surface, which in typical forms displays a peculiar meridional pattern. A further indication of relationship of these two subgenera is the
17. ‘TRINIDAD CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN 17
occurrence of spines in the early stages and truncate Globigerina chambers in the late ontogenetic stages of some species. "The covering plate across the umbilicus was not found in Plummerella, but from the general morphology of the tests its presence has to be expected in well-preserved specimens. The genus Rugoglobigerina differs from all other Cretaceous and Tertiary Globigerinas by the strongly rugose, as a rule regularly ornamented surface, by a covering plate across the umbilicus, and by the development of hantkeninoid chambers and of truncate Globigerina chambers, with large arcuate apertures directed toward the umbilicus.
; Occurrence——Upper Cretaceous, Trinidad, B. W. I., Eastern Venezuela, Texas, U. S. A., and Egypt.
Subgenus RUGOGLOBIGERINA n. subgen.
Diagnosis—Test medium to large sized, low trochoidal through- out the ontogeny. Spiral side with about 2 whorls, initial portion depressed. Umbilicus variable in diameter, as a rule large, circular and deep, and provided with a delicate covering plate (only preserved as fragments or not observed). Chambers increasing in size as added, subglobular in early stages, those of last volution truncate toward umbilicus, rounded peripherally, occasionally elongate in direction of spiral axis. "The end chamber can be larger, of the same size, or even smaller than the penultimate one and in many forms it is shifted toward the umbilical side. Early chambers of last volution with hantkeninoid points, or provided with large pustules, or irregularly rugose, or ornamented by distinct rows of rugosities radiating from a central point on the periphery toward the apertural face (meridional pattern). Plummer (1926, pp. 38-39) describes this feature as follows:
Sony ae irregularly developed rugosities or even indistinct, discontinuous, and rugulose ridges that radiate backward over each chamber from a central point on its periphery.
The meridional arrangement of the rugosities is typically developed on all or on part of the chambers of the adult volution. Sutures are well marked, straight to slightly curved in direction of coiling. Apertures of end chambers, large, arcuate, directed into umbilicus and occasionally provided with minute liplike projections.
Subgenerotype-—Rugoglobigerina (Rugoglobigerina) rugosa ru- gosa Plummer 1926.
Remarks.—The subgenus Rugoglobigerina comprises 3 well-de- fined species, R. reicheli, R. macrocephala, and R. rugosa, each of them split into a number of closely interrelated subspecies. In spite of the development of short hantkeninoid points in early chambers of the adult volution of R. reicheli reicheli, it maintains its distinct Globigeri-
18 BULLETIN 140 18
na character. Rugoglobigerina is separated from the hantkeninoid subgenus Plummerella by the distinctly Globigerina-like test.
Occurrence——Upper Cretaceous Trinidad, B. W. I., Eastern Venezuela, Texas, U. S. A., Egypt.
Rugoglobigerina reicheli reicheli n. sp., n. subsp. Plate 3, figs. 10-12 Text figs. 4, 5
Description —The last volution of the small to medium-sized low trochoidal test comprises 5 “to 6 chambers. Umbilical and spiral side are well defined. About 2 whorls can be counted on the centrally slightly depressed spiral side. No details of the initial portion are discernible due to the coarsely rugose surface. The ultimate chamber can be larger or of the same size or even smaller than the penultimate one and is displaced toward the umbilical side. The first 2 or 3 chambers of the last whorl are of conic shape. The adjoining cham- bers are peripherally rounded and truncate at the apertural side. The umbilicus is deep, usually filled with matrix. Remains of the delicate covering plate were noted. The straight sutures are depressed, thus producing a lobulate outline. The large arcuate aperture of the end chamber with a small liplike projection opens into the umbilicus. The apertures of the preceding chambers are not known. “The walls appear to be thick, and the surface is coarsely rugose. The rugosities of the inflated last chambers are arranged in meridional rows radiating from a centre on the surface toward the edges of the aperture. The in- vestigated specimens are invariably dextrally coiling.
Dimensions.—TVhe maximum diameter of the tests, including the spinelike projections, ranges from 0.325 mm. to 0.37 mm.
Holotype.—Rugoglobigerina (Rugoglobigerina) reicheli reicheii Bronnimann. T. L. L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Plate 3, figs. 10-12. Maximum diameter 0.35 mm. End chamber: radial diameter 0.125 mm.; tangential diameter 0.15 mm.; thickness 0.15 mm. Radial diameter of first spinose chamber 0.10 mm. Globotruncana mayaroen- sis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Maestrichtian, Upper Cretaceous, Trin- idad, B. W. I. Deposited in the Cushman Collection, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
Occurrence.—Globotruncana mayaroensis zone. Abundant.
Remarks.—Although the adult stage is Globigerina-like, this subspecies still shows in the early chambers of the last volution indica- tions of hantkeninoid features similar to those described from the subgenus Plummerella. It is conceivable that R. reicheli reicheli represents a transitional form between the two groups. The identical rugose ornamentation suggests that both subgenera are genetically related. The central type differs by the hantkeninoid early chambers from the other forms of the reicheli group.
19 «=‘TRINtDAD CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN 19
This species is named after Dr. M. Reichel for his contribution to the knowledge of the Upper Cretaceous genus Schackoina Thal- mann.
Text fig. 4. Rugoglobigerina reicheli reicheli Bronnimann. T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. (a,b,c) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (d,e,f) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (g,h,i) Same specimen umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (k,l,m) Same specimen umbilical, spiral and apertural views.
20 BULLETIN 140 20
Text fig. 5. Rugoglobigerina reicheli reicheli Bronnimann. T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594- Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. (a,b,c) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views (d,e,f) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (g,h,i) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views.
Rugoglobigerina reicheli pustulata n. sp., n. subsp. Plate 2, figs. 7-S Next eilesysG-as
Description.—TVhe last whorl of the small to medium-sized low trochoidal test is 5-chambered. The centrally slightly depressed spiral side exhibits about 2 whorls. Due to the rugose surface, details of the initial stage could not be observed. The chambers are subglobular throughout the last whorl, the earlier ones occasionally provided with large spicules. The chambers increase in size as added. The end
2I
TRINIDAD CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN 21
Text fig. 6. Rugoglobigerina reicheli pustulata Bronnimann. T.L.L. Cat.
Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. (a,b,c) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (d,e,f) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (g,h,i) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (k,l,m) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views.
22 ; BULLETIN 140 22
chamber, however, can be smaller than the penultimate one and usually is clearly displaced toward the umbilicus. Such size reduction and displacement appear to be typical features of the Rugoglobigerinas. The end chamber is distinctly truncate at the apertural side. The sutures are depressed and straight. The circular umbilicus is deep and usually filled with matrix. Remains of a covering plate were observed along the truncate edges of the chambers. “The large, semicircular aperture of the end chamber opens into the umbilicus. The apertures cf the preceding chambers are not known. ‘The walls appear to be
Text fig. 7. Rugoglobigerina reicheli pustulata Bronnimann. T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. (a,b,c) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (d,e,f) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (g,h,i) Same specimen, umbilical, spirai and apertural views.
23 ‘Trinmap CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN ~— 23
thick, and the surface is coarsely rugose, especially in the early stages. The ornamentation of the last chambers exhibits the characteristic meridional pattern. All the investigated specimens are dextrally coiling.
Dimensions.—The maximum diameter of paratypes varies from 0.275 mm. to 0.375 mm.
Holotype—Rugoglobigerina (Rugoglobigerina) reicheli pustulata Bronnimann. T. L. L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Plate 2, figs. 7-9. Maximum diameter 0.35 mm. End chamber: radial diameter 0.125 mm.; tangential diameter 0.175 mm.; thickness 0.20 mm. Globotrun- ¢ana mayaroensis zone, CGuayaguayare beds, Maestrichtian, Upper Cretaceous, Trinidad, B. W. I. Deposited in the Cushman Collection, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
Occurrence.—Globotruncana mayaroensis zone. Abundant.
Remarks.—The subspecies pustulata is a completely Globigerina- like form and therefore can be distinguished without difficulty from the spinose subspecies reicheli and from the asteroid species of the subgenus Plummerelia. It is separated from the related Rugoglobige- rinas by the number of chambers in the last whorl, by the less devel- oped meridional ornamentation, and by the much smaller size.
Rugoglobigerina reicheli hexacamerata n.sp., n.subsp. Plate 2, figs. 10-12 Text fig. 8
(?)Globigerinella aspera (Ehrenberg), Cushman, 1931, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contrib., 7: pp. 44-45, pl. 6, figs. 5a-b.
(2?) Globigerina cretacea d’Orbigny, Cushman, 1931, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contrib., 7: p. 44, pl. 6, figs. 6a-c.
Description.—The small to medium-sized test is a low trochoidal spiral with 6 chambers in the adult. The umbilical side, characterized by a very large, deep, almost circular umbilicus, exhibits fragments of the covering plate along the truncate edges of the chambers. ‘The slightly depressed spiral side shows about 2 whorls. The well-separated subglobular and truncate chambers increase rather slowly in size. “The end chamber can be smaller than the penultimate one and is frequently displaced toward the umbilical side. “The deep sutures are straight and occasionally slightly curved. The arcuate aperture of the end chamber is large and apparently provided with a minute liplike projec- tion. Those of the preceding chambers are not known. ‘The walls are thick, and the surface is coarsely rugose. “The surface of about two-thirds of the chambers of the last volution shows the meridional pattern, whereas that of the earlier chambers is irregularly hispid. Only dextrally coiling individuals were counted.
Dimensions.—TVhe maximum diameter of paratypes varies from 0.35 mm. to 0.375 mm.
Holotype.—kKugoglobigerina reicheli hexacamerata Bronnimann. T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Plate 2, figs. 10-12. Maximum
24
BULLETIN 140 24
Text fig. 8. Rugoglobigerina reicheli hexacamerata Bronnimann. T.L.L. Cat.
Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. (a,b,c) Same _ specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (d,e,f) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (g,h,i) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (k,l,m) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views.
25 ‘TrRInmAD CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN — 25
diameter 0.375 mm. Diameter of umbilicus 0.125 mm. End cham-
ber: radial diameter 0.115 mm.; tangential diameter 0.15 mm.; thick-
ness 0.175 mm. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Cjuayaguayare
beds, Maestrichtian, Upper Cretaceous, Trinidad, B. W. I. Deposited
iu the Cushman Collection, U. S. National Museum, Washington, He
Occurrence.—Globotruncana mayaroensis zone. Abundant. Pos- sibly also in Globotruncana gansseri zone.
Remarks.—The subspecies hexacamerata and pustulata are so closely related that at first they were lumped together. “The more detailed investigation proved that the two types can be separated, not only on account of the difference in the number of adult chambers but also by the large, subcircular umbilicus and by the predominant meridiona! ornamentation in the last whorl of R. reicheli hexacam- erata. From the morphologically similar subspecies pennyi of the rugosa group (0.4-0.425 mm.), it is separated by the smaller size and the more delicate ornamentation.
Rugoglobigerina macrecephala macrocephala n. sp., n. subsp. Plate 2, figs. 1-3 Text fig. 9
Description—The small to medium-sized trochoidal test is 4 to 5-chambered in the adult. The rather small and deep umbilicus is filled with matrix and no signs of a covering plate were observed. The spiral side is centrally depressed and shows in well-preserved specimens about 2 whorls. The subglobular chambers are truncate toward the umbilicus and increase rapidly in size as added. ‘The peripherally somewhat flattened end chamber is much larger than the penultimate one, and in many individuals equals the whole preceding spiral in size. The straight sutures are well developed in the adult stage. “The large semicircular aperture of the end chamber is provided with a minute liplike border and opens into the umbilicus. “The apertures of the preceding chambers are not visible. The walls are thick and the surface is rugose. “The ornamentation of the early chambers is irreg- ular and coarsely hispid whereas the 2 last-formed chambers show the meridional pattern. The rugosities are delicate and composed of numerous fine continuous and discontinuous ridges. All the investi- gated individuals are dextrally coiling.
Dimensions.—TVhe maximum diameter of paratypes ranges from 0.275 mm. to 0.35 mm.
Holotype. — Rugoglobigerina (Rugoglobigerina) macrocephala macrocephala Bronnimann. T.L. L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Plate 2, figs. 1-3. Maximum diameter 0.325 mm. Diameter of aperture 0.1 mm. End chambers: radial diameter 0.175 mm.; tangential diameter 0.25 mm.; thickness 0.225 mm. Globotruncana mayaroensis
26 BULLETIN 140 26
zone, Guayaguayare beds, Maestrichtian, Upper Cretaceous, Trin- idad, B. W. 1. Deposited in the Cushman Collection, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
Text fig. 9. Rugoglobigerina macrocephala macrocephala Bronnimann. T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. (a,b,c) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (d,e,f) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (g,h,i) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (k,l,m) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (n-s) Views of 6 different specimens.
27 TRINIDAD CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN — 27
Occurrence.-— Globotruncana mayaroensis zone. Abundant. Globotruncana lapparenti, s. 1. zone. Rare.
Remarks.—This subspecies is the central form of the macrocephala group, typified by the large-sized end chamber. It is distinguished from the subspecies ornata by the relatively small test and by the coarsely and irregularly ornamented early chambers of the last volu- tion. Only the 2 last chambers carry the meridional pattern.
Rugoglobigerina macrocephala ornata n. sp., n. subsp. Plate 2, figs. 4-6 Text fig. 10
Description—The relatively large trochoidal test is, as a rule, 4-chambered in the adult. The deep and small umbilicus is invariably filled with matrix and only remains of the covering plate were observed. The slightly depressed spiral side exhibits about 2 whorls. The truncate and peripherally rounded chambers increase rapidly in size. The end chamber is occasionally smaller than the penultimate one (compare the descriptions of the reicheli group). The sutures between the chambers of the adult are deep and straight, those of the initial portion indistinct. The large, semicircular aperture of the end chamber is provided with minute liplike borders and opens into the umbilicus. The walls are thick. The irregular arrangement of the rugosities is confined to the innermost chambers. “The 4 last chambers show in general the meridional pattern. ‘The specimens are invariably dextrally coiling.
Dimensions.—The maximum diameter of paratypes measures from 0.325 mm. to 0.4 mm.
Holotype-—Rugoglobigerina (Rugoglobigerina) macrocephala or- nata Bronnimann. T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Plate 2, figs. 4-6. Maximum diameter 0.35 mm. End chambers: radial diam- eter 0.15 mm.; tangential diameter 0.25 mm.; thickness 0.225 mm. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Maestrichtian Upper Cretaceous, Trinidad, B. W.1I. Deposited in the Cushman Collection, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
Occurrence.—Globotruncana mayaroensis zone. Abundant. Globo- truncana lapparenti, s. 1. zone. Rare.
Remarks.—The subspecies ornata is similar to macrocephala, but rather constant differences in size and development of the meridional pattern justify separate subspecies. “The test of ornata is larger than that of macrocephala, and in addition shows a more pronounced meridional pattern in the adult. It occupies an intermediate position between the macrocephala and the rugosa groups.
28
BULLETIN 140 28
Text fig. ro. Rugoglobigerina macrocephala ornata Bromnimann. T.L.L. Cat.
Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. (a,b,c) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (d,e,f) Same specimen, umbilical, sp.ral and apertural views. (g,hi) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views.
Rugoglobigerina rugosa rugosa (Plummer) 1926 Text figs. 11, 12, 13
Globigerina rugosa Plummer, 1926, Univ. Texas, Bull. 2644, pp. 38-39,
pl. 2, figs. roa-d; Loetterle, 1937, Nebraska Geol. Survey, Bull. 12.
(2) Globigerina cretacea d’Orbigny, Young, 1951, Jour. Paleont., 25(1) :
pp. 65-66, pl. 14, figs. 1-3.
(?)Globigerina cretacea d’Orbigny var. esnehensis Nakkady, 1950, ibid.,
24(6): p. 689, pl. go, figs. 14-16-
29 TrINmAD CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN 29
Description.—The large low trochoidal test is 4-, 5-, and 6-cham- bered in the adult. The chambers of the last volution are truncate toward the aperture, rounded at the peripheral side, and increase moderately in size as added. The end chamber is displaced toward
Text fig: r1 (all 4, 5-chambered specimens). Rugoglobigerina rugosa rugosa (Plummer). T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana maya- roénsis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. (a,b,c) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (d,e,f) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (g,h,i) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views.
30 BULLETIN 140 30
the umbilical side and occasionally smaller in size than the penultimate one. The spiral side shows about 2 whorls. Due to the coarse rugosities no information can be given regarding the arrangement
Text fig. 12 (5-chambered specimens). Rugoglobigerina rugosa rugosa (Plummer). T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana maya- roensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 65. (a,b,c) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (d,e,f) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (g-i) Umbilical views 3 different specimens.
aed
"TRINIDAD CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN _ 31
Text
yt gy Rb da
specimens). Rugoglobigerina rugosa rugosa
fig. 13 (6-chambered (Plummer). T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana maya-
roensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 65. (a,b,c) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (d,e,f) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (g,h,i) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views.
32 BULLETIN 140 Wi) 32
of the innermost portion which is occasionally slightly depressed. ‘The subcircular umbilicus is large and deep, and in well-preserved indivi- duals is covered by a delicate plate with irregular openings. As a rule, only fragments of this covering plate are preserved. ‘The sutures are deep, well marked, straight on the umbilical side, and straight to curved on the spiral side. The large, semicircular apertures are pro- vided with minute liplike projections. The apertures are directed into the umbilicus. The surface of the adult chambers is ornamented by coarse rugosities, arranged in the meridional pattern. The early ontogenetic chambers are irregularly rugose. The meridionally ar- ranged ridges and spines are much coarser than in the macrocephala and reicheli groups. Only dextrally coiling individuals were counted.
Dimensions.—The maximum diameter of the tests ranges from 0.4 mm. to 0.575 mm.
Lectotype (here designated).—Globigerina rugosa Plummer 1926 Univ. Texas; Bull. 2644, pl. 2; fig... toa, Navarro /clay.)) Walker Creek, Cameron, Milam Co., Texas.
Occurrence. — Globotruncana mayaroensis zone. Abundant. Globotruncana lapparenti, s. 1. zone. Rare.
Remarks.—The central type and the related subspecies of the rugosa group can readily be distinguished from the similar 5- and 6-chambered forms of the reicheli group by the larger tests and the stronger rugosities. The 4-chambered tests display affinities to the likewise 4-chambered R. macrocephala ornata, and it appears that the smaller and not so coarsely rugose macrocephala group is related to the large and strongly ornamented rugosa group. The subspecies rugosa is separated from rotundata by the difference in the develop- ment of the adult chambers, the large, subcircular umbilicus, and the less spherical test. ‘The 6-chambered forms differ from the related pennyi by the larger test and stronger increase in size of the chambers.
Mrs. H. J. Plummer figured and described specimens of R. rugosa rugosa (1926, pp. 38-39, pl. 2, figs. 10a-d) from the Upper Cretaceous Navarro clay, bank of Walker Creek, 6 miles N. 15° E. of Cameron, Milam Co., Texas, about 5 feet below Midway greensand, which per- fectly agree in size and ornamentation with the specimens described from the Trinidad Cretaceous.
It is also possible that Nakkady’s new variety of G. cretacea (1950, p. 689, pl. 90, figs. 14-16) from the “top shale’ and Lower Eocene samples of Abu Durba, the Lower Eocene of Wadi Danili, and from a “lower zone’ and the Lower Eocene of Gebel Duwi has to be assigned to the genus Rugoglobigerina. Nakkady’s description
33
TRINIDAD CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN = 33
and figures unfortunately are not adequate, and the original material will have to be checked in order to decide the validity of Nakkady’s determination.
Text
fig. 14. Rugoglobigerina rugosa pennyi Bronnimann. T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. (a,b,c) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (d,e,f) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (g,h,i) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views.
34 BULLETIN 140 34
Kugoglobigerina rugosa pennyi n. sp., n. subsp. Plate 4, figs. 1-3 Text fig. 14
Description.—The test is of intermediate size, between the forms of the reicheli group and the typical representatives of rugosa. ‘The chambers are arranged in a low trochoidal spire of about 2 whorls. The spiral side is slightly depressed. The last volution comprises 6 tc 7 chambers, which do not, or only very slowly, increase in size. The chambers are truncate at the anertural side and rounded peri- pherally. The subcircular umbilicus is large and deep, and covered with a frail plate, usually only preserved in fragments along the aper- tural edges. The large, arcuate apertures open into the umbilicus and seem to be provided with minute liplike borders. The sutures are well defined and fairly deep on the umbilical side. The surface shows: strong rugosities which in the last volution are arranged in the meridional pattern.
Dimensions —TVhe maximum diameter of the paratypes ranges from 0.4 mm. to 0.425 mm.
Holotype.—Rugoglobigerina (Rugoglobigerina) rugosa pennyi Bronnimann. JP. b. L. Gat. Nos. 155591-155594.. (Plate 4,7 fies. 1-s: Maximum diameter 0.4 mm. Diameter of umbilicus 0.15 mm. End chamber: radial diameter 0.125 mm.; tangential diameter 0.175 mm.; thickness 0.125 mm. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone. (Guaya- guayare beds, Maestrichtian, Upper Cretaceous, Trinidad, B. W. I. Deposited in the Cushman Collection, U. S$. National Museum, Wash- ington, D. C.
Occurrence.—Globotruncana mayaroensis zone. Common.
Remarks.—TVhis subspecies is related to the 4 to 6-chambered rugosa, but can be separated on account of the smaller average size (0.4-0.425 mm. against 0.4-0.57 mm.), the 6 to 7 chambers of the last volution, their less marked increase in size, and the much larger umbilicus. It is named for F. W. Penny who extensively developed the use of Foraminifera in correlation and in mapping the marine ‘Tertiary clays of the southern part of Trinidad in the early ‘[wenties.
Rugoglobigerina rugosa rotundata n. sp., n. subsp. Plate 4, figs. 7-9 Text figs. 15, 16
Description.—The large, occasionally subspherical test starts with a low, trochoidal spiral which is followed in the adult by a somewhat higher volution with 5 to 6 chambers increasing little in size. The chambers of the last whorl are truncate at the apertural side, rounded at the periphery and much elongated in axial direction. The spiral side with about 2 whorls is usually slightly depressed. “The aperture, as seen in the end chamber, is large, arcuate, and opens into the deep and narrow umbilicus. The covering plate seems to be absent. ‘The deep sutures are straight on the umbilical side, and straight to slightly
35 Trinmap CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN
835)
curved on the spiral side. “The surface is ornamented by numerous coarse pustules and small ridges arranged in an indistinct meridional
*Text fig. 15. Nos.
Rugoglobigerina rugosa rotundata Bronnimann. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. (a,b,c) umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (d,e,f) Same specimen, umbilical, spir2l and apertural views.
Teepe Cate
Same specimen,
36 BULLETIN 140 | 36
pattern. All the investigated specimens are dextrally coiling.
Dimensions —The maximum diameter of the paratypes is from 0.5 mm. to 0.55 mm.
Holotype.—Rugoglobigerina (ugoglobigerina) rugosa rotundata Bronnimann. T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Plate 4, figs. 7-9. Maximum diameter 0.5 mm. End chamber: radial diameter 0.175 mm.; tangential diameter 0.275 mm.; thickness 0.375 mm. Globo- truncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Maestrichtian, Upper Cretaceous, Trinidad, B. W. 1. Deposited in the Cushman Collection U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
Occurrence.—Globotruncana mayaroensis zone. Common.
Remarks.—The rather irregular, occasionally almost subglobular test with the large, axially elongated chambers of the last volution, and the deep and small umbilicus, differentiate this subspecies from other Rugoglobigerinas. In addition, the ornamentation is not so clearly developed in a meridional pattern as observed in typical rep- resentatives of the rugosa group. It is believed that R. rugosa rotun- data is an offshoot of the rugosa group.
Text fig. 16. Rugoglobigerina rugosa rotundata Bronnimann. T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. (a,b,c) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views.
37. ‘Trinrmpap CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN 37
Subgenus PLUMMERELLA n. subgen.
Diagnosis—Test small, Hantkenina-like, almost planispiral to distinctly trochoidal, generally only last whorl visible. Chambers increasing in size as added, compressed in early portion of last volution, slightly to much inflated in the adult. Spines in axial position of the chambers, present throughout the last whorl or restricted to early chambers. Sutures straight, shallow, but clearly marked. Umbilicus developed in trochoidal species, probably with covering plate. Aper- ture unknown, in analogy to the related forms probably rounded and large, leading into the umbilicus. Wall thick and surface ornamented by minute spines and ridges, either irregularly distributed or arranged in rows radiating from a central point on the surface toward the apertural face (meridional pattern).
Subgenerotype—Rugoglobigerina (Plummerella) hantkeninoides hantkeninoides Bronnimann. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guay- aguayare beds, Maestrichtian, Upper Cretaceous, Trinidad, B. W. I.
Remarks.—This remarkable subgenus of Rugoglobigerina consists at present of one species split into 3 well-defined and easily distinguish- able but closely related subspecies; P. hantkeninoides hantkeninoides (subgenerotype). P. hantkeninoides costata, and P. hantkeninoides inflata. Plummerella differs from the Tertiary genus Hantkenina Cushman 1924, to which it displays certain similarities, by the slightly to distinctly trochoidal adult stage and by the rugose surface showing a radiating structure at least in the more trochoidal representatives. From the Upper Cretaceous hantkeninoid genus, Schackoina Thalmann 1932, the new subgenus differs by the general form of the test, which in Schackoina is almost planispiral and involute in the adult, by the development of the spines, and by the ornamentation. (Cushman, 1946; Reichel, 1947.)
The subgenus is named after the late Mrs. Helen Jeanne Plum- mer who for the first time drew the attention of micropaleontologists to the ornate Upper Cretaceous Globigerinas.
Occurrence.—Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, CGuayaguayare beds, Maestrichtian, Upper Cretaceous, Trinidad, B. W. I.
Plummerella hantkeninoides hantkeninoides n. sp., n. subsp.
Plate 3, figs. 1-3 Text fig. 17
Description The delicate asteroid test resembles the Middle Eocene Hantkenina (Aragonella) mexicana Cushman 1925. Only the last 5-chambered volution is visible. “The chambers are arranged in an indistinct trochoidal spiral. ‘The peripherally well-separated cham- bers are compressed, except the end chamber which in some individuals is slightly inflate. [he chambers are radially elongate and possess
38 BULLETIN 140 38
throughout the last whorl axially situated spines. The angles between the spines measure on the average 70°-80°. In general the spines of the last chambers are smaller than those of the earlier ones. It is possible that this feature becomes obsolete in the course of the ontogenetic development. The umbilicus is indistinct, and the central areas are, on both sides. masked by matrix. ‘The sutures are straight, shallow, but elearly defined. The aperture is not known. The walls appear to be thick. The surface is rugose, and, in a few specimens, even a kind of linear pattern can be observed. Due to the indistinct trochoidal spiral the direction of coiling can not be deter- mined.
Dimensions —The maximum diameter of the tests, including the spines, varies from 0.25 mm. to 0.35 mm.
Text fig. 17. Plummerella hantkeninoides hantkeninoides Bronnimann. T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone. Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. (a,b) Same specimen, lateral and apertural views. Holotype. (c,d) Same specimen, lateral and apertural views. (e,f) Same specimen, lateral and apertural views. (g,h) Same specimen, lateral and apertural views. (i,k) Same specimen, lateral and apertural views.
39 «=‘[TRINmAD CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN — 39
Holotype.-—Rugoglobigerina (Plummerella) hantkeninoides hant- keninoides Bronnimann. T.L.L. Cat: Nos. 155591-155594. Text fig. 17a,b. All appr. X 80. Plate 3, figs. 1-3. Maximum diameter 0.370 mm. Radial diameter of spinose chambers 0.1-0.125 mm. Thickness of end chamber 0.085 mm. Globotruncana mayarvensis zone, CGuayaguayare beds, Maestrichtian, Upper Cretaceous, Trin- idad, B. W. 1. Deposited in the Cushman Collection, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
Occurrence-—Only found in the Globotruncana mayaroensis zone. Scarce.
Remarks.—This species is named after its Hantkenina-like outline. It differs from the related forms by the faint trochoidal test, by the 5 laterally compressed spinose chambers, and by the only slightly inflated end chamber.
Plummerella hantkeninoides costata n. sp., n. subsp. Plate 3, figs. 4-6 Text fig. 18
Description —The test is stellate in outline and comprises in the last volution 5 chambers arranged in a depressed trochoidal spiral. The early chambers are slightly, the end chambers strongly, inflated to subglobular. The trochoidal structure is clearly visible from the frontal side. The peripherally well-separated chambers, except the end chamber, are elongate in radial direction into roughly axially situated points, which correspond to the spines of the central type hantkeninoides hantkeninoides. “The end chamber does not possess a spine, thus ind:cating that this feature disappears in the course of the ontogeny (see remarks on the occurrence in spines in P. hantkeninoides hantkeninoides). The spines are separated by angles of 70°-80°. The rather shallow umbilicus is not well defined and is filled with matrix. No details are visible on the spiral side. The straight sutures are deep and clearly marked. ‘The aperture is large, semicircular and opens into the umbilicus. The walls seem to be thick and the surface is strongly rugose; the individual ridges and spines—at least of the end chambers—radiate from a central point on the surface. The strong ornamentation of the’ early chambers of the last volution is irregular. The only well-preserved specimen is coiling to the right hand side.
Holotype—Rugoglobigerina (Plummerella) hantkeninoides costata Bronnimann, T. L. L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Text figs. 18a,b,c. Plate 3, figs. 4-6. Maximum diameter 0.35 mm. Radial diameter of first spinose chambers 0.15 mm. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Maestrichtian, Upper Cretaceous, ‘Trinidad, B. W. I. Deposited in the Cushman Collection, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
Occurrence.—Globotruncana mayaroensis zone. Rare.
40 . BULLETIN 140 40
Text fig. 18. Plummerella hantkeninoides costata Bronnimann. T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. (a,b,c) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. Holotype.
Remarks.—This subspecies is transitional between the central type hantkeninoides and the 3-spined, strongly trochoid subspecies inflata. It differs from the typical form by the distinct trochoidal tests, by the stronger inflated chambers, and by the complete reduction of the spine of the end chamber. It can be separated from inflata by the reduction of the number of spinose chambers to 2 or 3, and by the less inflated end chambers.
Plummerella hantkeninoides inflata n. sp., n. subsp. Plate 3, figs. 7-9 Text fig. 19
Description The small 5-chambered trochoidal test is stellate in its early stage. . The spineless adult approaches the Globigerina type as represented by the Rugoglobigerina macrocephala group. ‘The first 3 chambers are laterally compressed, but not as strongly as in the subspecies hantkeninoides, and are provided axially with pointed, oc- casionally spinelike prolongations. “The 2 last-formed chambers are spineless and strongly inflate. The axis of the early spinelike chambers are separated by angles of 50°-60°. The subcircular umbilicus is well defined and generally filled with matrix. No indication of a covering plate was found, but from the general morphology of the test its presence can be expected. ‘The spiral side is masked by matrix. ‘The aperture is arcuate and opens into the umbilicus. “The straight sutures are well defined throughout the last whorl. “The walls appear to be thick, and the surface is strongly rugose. “The ornamentation of the last-formed chambers shows a distinct meridional pattern, radiating from a peripheral pole toward the apertural face. The coarse surface of the spinose chambers is less regular. All the investigated specimens are dextrally coiling.
Dimensions —The maximum diameter of the paratypes, including the spines, is from 0.275 mm. to 0.375 mm.
Holotype.
Rugoglobigerina (Plummerella) hantkeninoides in-
4I TRINIDAD CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN = 41
flata Bronnimann. T.L. L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Text figs. 19d,e,f. All appr. & 80. Plate 3, figs. 7-9. Maximum diameter 0.30 mm. End chambers: radial diameter 0.125 mm.; tangential diameter 0.175 mm.; thickness 0.125 mm. Radial diameter of first spinose chamber 0.10 mm. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare
Text fig. 19. Plummerella hantkeninoides inflata Bronnimann. T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. (a,b,c) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (d,e,f) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. Holotype. (g,h,i) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (k,l,m) Same specimen, umbilical, spirai and apertural views.
42 BULLETIN 140 iP 42
beds, Maestrichtian, Upper Cretaceous, Trinidad; B. W. I. Deposi- ted in the Cushman Collection, U. S. National Museum, Washington, DAC,
Occurrence.—Globotruncana mayaroensis zone. Common.
Remarks.—This distinctly trochoid and strongest inflated sub- species of the hantkeninoides group shows only 3 spinose chambers. The new feature, 7. e., the subglobular, regularly patterned Globigerina- like chamber, becomes the predominant characteristic of the adult test. Although no stratigraphic proof can be offered, it can be assumed that the hantkeninoid chambers are a more primitive feature, superseded in the course of ontogeny by the spineless Globigerina chambers. This subspecies, therefore, seems to be more progressive than the others. The subspecies inflata can easily be distinguished by the reduced hantkeninoid portion and by the 2 characteristic subglobular end chambers. In addition, the test is considerably more trochoidal. It is of interest to note that the angles between the axis of the hantkeni- noides chambers are smaller than in the related forms.
Genus GLOBIGERINELLA Cushman 1927
The following, in the adult planispiral Globigerinas, have been assigned to the genus Globigerinella, although a few individuals develop occasionally a faint trochoidal arrangement.
Globigerinella messinae messinae n. sp., n. subsp. Plate 1, figs. 6, 7 Text fig. 20
Description The small and compressed test with its more or less lobate outline is semi-involute and planispiral in the adult though occasionally developing a tendency toward a weak trochoidal spiral. ‘The test throughout is closely coiled. The adult volution comprises 5, rarely 6, chambers. They are peripherally rounded and laterally somewhat compressed, and increase in size rapidly. The cutline of the chambers is elongate-ellipsoid in apertural view, and subcircular in umbilical view. The shallow umbilici are partly covered with the prolongations of the delicate liplike projections of the apertural border. In well-preserved individuals they exhibit por- tions of the early ontogenetic volutions. No details of shape and arrangement of the innermost chambers are recognizable. The straight sutures are deep and well marked. The large arcuate aperture is situated equatorially at the base of the end chamber. ‘The aperture is surrounded with delicate liplike projections extending into the umbilici. The walls appear to be thin and finely perforate. Minute papillae are evenly distributed over the surface. Early chambers are more strongly ornamented.
Dimensions.—The maximum diameter of the paratypes ranges from 0.31 mm. to 0.4 mm.
43
TRINIDAD CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN — 43
Text fig. 20. Globigerinella messinae messinae Bronnimann, T.L.L. Cat.
Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. (a,b) Same _ specimen, umbilical and apertural views. Holotype. (c,d) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (e,f) Same specimen, umbilical and apertura] views. (g,h) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (i,k) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (l,m) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (n,o) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (p,q) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views.
44 BULLETIN 140 44
Holotype.—Globigerinella messinae messinae Bronnimann. T. Ea. Cato Nes: 155591-155594., ext figs: 20a,be Allvappr. >< So: Plate 1, figs. 6, 7. Maximum diameter 0.4 mm. End chamber: radial diameter 0.2 mm.; tangential diameter 0.2 mm.; thickness 0.175 mm. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Maestrichtian, Upper Cretaceous, Trinidad, B. W.1I. Deposited in the Cushman Collection, U. S. National Museum, Washington, DAC
Occurrence. — Globotruncana mayaroensis zone. Abundant. Globtruncana lapparenti, s. 1. zone. Rare.
Remarks.—This subspecies is named after Miss A. Messina, co-author of the Catalogue of Foraminifera. It differs from the related forms by the rounded periphery of the chambers. From Globigerinella voluta (White), originally described from the Mendez shale and from the base of the Velasco shale, Tampico Embayment area, Mexico (White, M. P., 1928, pp. 197-198, pl. 28, figs. 5a-b) it is distinguished by the much smaller size, the distinctly laterally compressed, finely ornamented chambers, and by the large arcuate aperture with liplike projection, which in Globigerinella voluta is “a thin lunate opening in the suture on the margin of the last cham- ber.”
Globigerinella messinae subcarinata n. sp., n. subsp. Plate 1, figs. 10, 11 Text fig. 21
Description—vThe small, compressed and planispiral test has a lobate outline. “The adult volution is composed of 5, rarely 6, much compressed, subcarinate chambers. The last whorl is semi-involute, exposing in the shallow umbilici parts of the earlier chambers. The chambers are, separated by rather deep and straight sutures. “The end chamber is occasionally not larger or even smaller than the penultimate one. ‘The outline of the individual chambers is elongate-ellipsoid in apertural and subcircular in lateral view. Early ontogenetic chambers are rounded peripherally, similar to those of the subspecies messinae. The large arcuate aperture is situated equatorially at the base of the end chamber and is provided with a delicate, indistinct liplike pro- jection. ‘The walls appear to be thin and finely perforate. Minute papillae are evenly distributed over the surface. The ornamentation is stronger in the early stage of the last volution.
Dimensions —The maximum diameter of the paratypes varies from 0.3 mm. to 0.4 mm.
Holotype. — Globigerinella messinae subcarinata Bronnimann. Wedjads. Gate Nos: 155501-15550455 Wexti hes. )21a.b.e VAlle appr x 80. Plate 1, figs. 10, 11. Maximum diameter 0.35 mm. End cham- ber: radial diameter 0.15 mm.; tangential diameter 0.15 mm.; thickness 0.10 mm. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Maestrichtian, Upper Cretaceous, Trinidad, B. W.I. Deposited in
45 [RtNmap CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN 45
the Cushman Collection, U. S. National Museum, Washington, i Fi ee
Occurrence.—Globotruncana mayaroensis zone. Rather scarce.
Remarks.—The subspecies siwzbcarinata is closely related to mes- sinae and transitional forms are difficult to assign. Most of the tests however can be classified without difficulty. As a rule, swbcarinata is more compressed, coarser ornamented and stronger evolute than the non-carinate central type. In addition the liplike projection is better developed in messinae than in subcarinata. Early ontogenetic stages of the 2 subspecies are almost identical.
Text fig. 21. Globigerinella messinae subcarinata Bronnimann. T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155597-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. (a,b) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. Holotype. (c,d) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (e,f) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (g,h) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (i,k) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (l,m) Same_ specimen, umbilical and apertural views.
40 BULLETIN 140 46
Globigerinella escheri escheri (Kaufmann) 1865 Text figs. 22, 23
Nonionina escheri Kaufmann, 1865, in Heer, Die Urwelt der Schweiz, p. 198, text fig. 110<.
Globigerina aspera (Ehrenberg), Franke, 1928, Preuss. geol. Landesanst., Abh., n. f., Heft 111, p. 192, pl. 18, figs. roa-c.
Globigerinella aspera (Ehrenberg), Carman, 1929, Jour. Paleont., 3(3) ; p- 315, pl. 34, fig. 6. »
Description.—The relatively small, more or less lobulate and slightly compressed test is planispiral in the adult. It is possible that the early ontogenetic chambers are arranged in a weak trochoidal spiral. The adult spiral is semi-involute to almost evolute. The last volution is 6-chambered as a rule, but specimens with 5 and 7 chambers were also recorded. The chambers are subglobular in early stages, later laterally compressed, and increase slowly in size as added. ‘The end chamber is larger than the penultimate one, but not predominant in size, and somewhat elongate. ‘The outlines of the chambers are elongate-ellipsoid in apertural view, and subcircular in lateral view. The umbilici are shallow, and, due to adhering matrix, details of the early portion of the test can be seen only exceptionally. The sutures are straight, broad and deep. The low- arcuate apertures of the end chambers are basal and equatorial. No lips or liplike pro- jections were observed. ‘The walls are thin and finely perforate. The surface is smooth.
Dimensions —The maximum dimmeren of the test ranges from 0.225 mm. to 0.275 mm.
Lectotype (here designated).— Nonionina escheri Kaufmann, 1865, in Heer, O., Die Urwelt der Schweiz, p. 108, text fig. 110a, F. Schulthess, Zurich. Upper Cretaceous.
Occurrence.—Globotruncana lapparenti, s. 1. zone. Common to abundant.
Remarks.—Nonionina escheri Kaufmann, 1865, was originally reported from the Upper Cretaceous Seewerkalk of Switzerland (Seewen and Gersau) and from the White Chalk of England. Ac- cording to Bolli (1944, p. 275-277) the Seewerkalk comprises at the locality of Seewen top Cenomanian and ‘Turonian-Senonian, characterized by Globotruncana apenninica, Globotruncana stefani, Globotruncana o. renzi (Cenomanian-Lower Turonian) and by Globo- truncana helvetica, Globotruncana lapparenti inflata, Globotruncana lapparenti lapparenti, Globotruncana lapparenti bulloides, Globotrun- cana lapparenti tricarinata, Globotruncana lapparenti coronata, and Globotruncana globigerinoides (Turonian-Senonian). Although the specimens described and figured by Kaufmann are slightly smaller than the average individuals from the Upper Cretaceous of Trinidad, their characteristics agree perfectly. The 5 to 6-sided “first chamber’’ of Kaufmann obviously represents the umbilical area which also in the Trinidad specimens is 5 to 6-sided. The much larger Globigerinella
47 TRinmwap CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN 43
Text fig. 22. Globigerinella escheri escheri (Kaufmann). T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 167518, 167519. Globotruncana lapparenti, s. 1. zone, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. (a,b) Same specimen, umbilical and epentural views. (c,d) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (e,f) Same spec.men, umbilical and apertural views. (g,h) Same_ specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (i,k) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (l,m) Same specimen, in umbilical and apertural views. (n,o) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (p,q) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views.
voluta (White, 1928, p. 197, pl. 28, figs. 5a,b) with almost globular chambers is considered to represent a different species. This however should be checked with the original material. Globigerinella messinae messinae and the subspecies subcarinata differ from Globigerinella escheri escheri by the larger size, by the more involute and compressed test, and by the high arcuate basal aperture with liplike projections.
48 BULLETIN 140 48
Text fig. 23. Globigerinella escheri escheri (Kaufmann). T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 167518, 467519. Globotruncana lapparenti s. |. zone, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X So. 17 different individuals in umbilical view.
Globigerinella escheri escheri is closely related to the subspecies clavata. ‘Transitional forms between the two subspecies are common. Typical representatives of the much scarcer clavata with its peculiar prolongation of the end chamber, however, can be determined without
difficulty.
Rotalia aspera Ehrenberg (1854, figs. 28, 42, 44, 57, 58) may in part possibly represent species of Upper Cretaceous Globigerinellas. Ehrenberg’s description and figures, however, are considered to be inadequate, and the name aspera, therefore, should not be used, unless Ehrenberg’s material has been revised and a lectotype has been desig- nated. Globigerinella aspera (Carman, 1929, p. 315, pl. 34, fig. 6) from the Niobrara formation of Wyoming, belongs to Globigerinella escheri escheri. Also Globigerina aspera (Ehrenberg), reported by Franke (1928, p. 192, pl. 18, figs. 10a-c) from various Turonian-
49 ‘Trinmap CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN = 49
Senonian localities of Germany, appears to be identical with Kauf- mann’s species.
Globigerinella aspera (Ehrenberg) from the Upper Cretaceous White Chalk found as imported material in Antigua (Cushman, 1931, pp. 44-45, pl. 6, figs. 5a-b) may be a low trochoidal Rugoglobigerina (see p. 13 of the present paper).
Globigerinella escheri clavata n. subsp. Plate 1, figs. 12, 13 Text figs. 24, 25, 26
Description—The test is similar to that of Globigerinella escheri escheri, except that the end chamber, occasionally also the penultimate one, is distinctly prolonged in radial direction, thus producing in lateral view a broad ellipsoid, non-tapering outline. Text figure 26 shows a specimen with extremely long and compressed end chamber determined here as Globigerinella aff. escheri clavata.
Text fig. 24. Globigerinella escheri clavata Bronnimann. T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 167518, 167519. Globotruncana lapparenti, s. |. zone, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. (a,b) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (c,d) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (e,f) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. Holotype. T.L.L. Cat. No. 167518.
Dimensions—The maximum diameter of the paratypes is from 0.225 mm. to 0.275 mm.
Holotype.—Globigerinella escheri clavata Bronnimann. T. L. L. Cat. No. 167518. Text fig. 24e,f. All appr. & 80. Plate 1, figs. 12, 13. Maximum diameter 0.238 mm. End chamber: radial diameter 0.11
50 BULLETIN 140 50
Text fig. 25. Globigerinella escheri clavata Bronnimann. T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 167518, 167519. Globotruncana lapparenti, s. |. zone, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. (a,b) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (c,d) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (e,f) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (g,h) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (i,k) Same specimen, in umbilical and apertural views. (l,m) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (n,o) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views.
mm.; tangential diameter 0.1 mm.; thickness 0.075 mm. Thickness of first chamber of last volution 0.050 mm. Globotruncana lapparenti, s. 1. zone, Upper Cretaceous, Trinidad, B. W.I. Deposited in the Cushman Collection, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
Occurrence.—Globotruncana lapparenti, s. 1. zone. Scarce.
Remarks——The subspecies differs from the central type by the prolongation of the end chamber and by the non-tapering outline in lateral view. Globigerina subdigitata (Carman, 1929, p. 315, pl. 34,
51 ‘TRIN@AD CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN Sa
Text fig. 26 Globigerinella aff. escheri clavata Bronnimann. T.L.L. Cat. No. 167518. Globotruncana lapparenti s. 1. zone, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. (a) Umbilical; (b) apertural view of same specimen with extremely Icng end chamber.
fig. 5, non fig. 4), from the Niobrara formation of Wyoming displays affinities to the subspecies clawata. “The Trinidad specimens, however, have radially and not obliquely arranged chambers.
{?) Globigerinella tururensis n. sp. Plate 1, figs. 4, 5 Text fig. 27
Description.—The general outline of the only slightly compressed and not very lobulate test is ellipsoid. “The semi-involute last volution comprises 6 to 7 appressed chambers which are subglobular at first then become distinctly laterally compressed. “The chambers increase gradually in size, and the end chamber usually is considerably larger and more compressed than the penultimate one. The large subcircular umbilici are filled with matrix. The distinct sutures are straight but their direction is oblique. The large, low arcuate aperture is ap- parently situated in the equatorial plane at the base of the end cham- ber. The walls are thin, finely perforate, and the surface is smooth.
Dimensions—The maximum diameter of the paratypes is from 0.225 mm. to 0.35 mm.
Holotype.—(?) Globigerinella tururensis Bronnimann. T. L. L. Cat. Nos. 144455, 168920. ‘Text figs. 27a,b. All appr. & 80. Plate 1, figs. 4, 5. Maximum diameter 0.325 mm. Diameter of umbilicus 0.075 mm. End chamber: radial diameter 0.16 mm.; tangential diameter 0.20 mm.; thickness 0.125 mm. Globotruncana apenninica zone, Gautier formation, Upper Cretaceous, Trinidad, B. W. I. Deposited in the Cushman Collection, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
Occurrence.—Globotruncana apenninica zone, Gautier formation, Upper Cretaceous. Common.
Remarks——The generic position of this species is not clear. For the time being it is assigned to Globigerinella. At first glance it could be taken as a deformed and compressed Globigerina gautierensis, which, however, is ornamented with small pustules, especially on the early
52 BULLETIN 140 52
Text fig. 27. {?) Globigerinella fururensis Bronnimann. T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 144455, 168920. Globotruncana apenninica zone, Gautier formation, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. (a,b) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. Holotype. (¢,d) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (e,f) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (g,h) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (i,k) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (l,m) Same specimen, umbili- cal and apertural views.
chambers of the last volution.
The species is named after the Turure area, E. Central Range where the type locality of the Gautier formation is situated.
Genus HASTIGERINELLA Cushman 1927 Subgenus HASTIGERINOIDES n. subgen.
_Diagnosis.—Test stellate, planispiral in the adult, possibly tro- choidal in young stages. Chambers of adult subglobular to subglob- ular-elongate, broadly rounded at the base, gradually tapering into
53 TRrinmAp CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN 53
pointed outer ends. Aperture at base of end chamber, in equatorial plane.
Subgenerotype.—Hastigerinoides alexanderi (Cushman), 1931, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contrib., 7: p. 87, pl. 11, figs. 6-9. Holotype, figures 6a, 6b, and 6c. Road cut between two railroad underpasses near the northern edge of the Town of Howe, Grayson County, Texas. Yellowish, calcareous clay of Austin age, Upper Cretaceous.
Remarks.—The new subgenus Hastigerinoides displays affinities to the Middle Eocene genus Hantkenina (Aragonella), and to the Cretaceous—Recent genus Hastigerinella. It differs from the stellate subgenus dragonella by the elongate chambers which are subglobular at the base and uniformly tapering toward pointed outer ends. Spines of Hantkenina type, which are separated from the chambers proper, are not developed in Hastigerinoides. Hastigerinella Cushman (1948, p. 324) is defined by elongate, club-shaped adult chambers, with spines limited to the outer ends. The adult chambers of Hastiaer- inoides, on the other hand, are pointed, not club-shaped, at the outer end. ‘The difference in the shape of the adult chambers is considered to justify the splitting of the genus Hastigerinella Cushman into Hastigerinella, s. s., with club-shaped adult chambers, and Hastiger- inoides n. subgen. with pointed adult chambers.
Occurrence-—Upper Cretaceous, Trinidad, B. W. I. Upper Cretaceous, Austin chalk, Texas.
Hastigerinoides alexanderi (Cushman) 1931 Text fig. 28
Hastigerinella alexanderi Cushman, 1931, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contrib., 7: p. 87, pl. 11, figs. 6-9.
Description.—The fairly large stellate test is planispiral in the adult and almost involute. “The last whorl consists of 5 to 6 chambers which are subglobular at the base (bulbose), elongate, and tapering gradually into pointed ends which as a rule are broken off. The chamber lumina become canal-like toward the outer ends. Spines of the Hantkenina type are not developed. In some individuals the early chambers of the last whorl appear to be subglobular. The end chambers are much elongate and laterally slightly compressed. The shallow umbilici are generally concealed by matrix. The straight sutures are well defined and slightly depressed. The aperture is a low arched slit at the base of the end chamber, according to Cushman’s description (1931, p. 87) with a very slight lip. The walls appear to be thin and finely perforate. ‘The surface is smooth.
Dimensions —TJVhe maximum diameter of well-preserved tests is from 0.325 mm. to 0.4 mm.
Occurrence.—Globotruncana lapparenti, s. 1. zone. Scarce.
54
BULLETIN 140 54
Remarks.—The ‘Trinidad specimens are slightly smaller, but
otherwise agree completely with those described by Cushman from the Austin chalk of Texas.
Text
fig. 28. Hastigerinvides alexanderi (Cushman). T.L.L. Cat. No. 1675t8, Globotruncana lapparenti, s. 1. zone, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. (a,b) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (c,d) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (e-m) 8 different specimens in umbilical view.
55 "Trinmap CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN = 55
Hastigerinoides rohri n. sp. Plate 1, figs. 8, 9 Text fig. 29
Description.—The small and regularly stellate test is planispiral and semi-involute in the adult. It is possible that the early chambers are arranged in a weak trochoidal spiral. The 5 elongate chambers of the adult only slightly increase in size during growth, and not much difference exists between the dimensions of the first and the last chamber of the final volution. “The chambers are bulbose at the base and tapering more or less gradually into pointed ends, which as a rule are broken off. “The regular stellate arrangement of the adult is a remarkable feature of this species. Deformations of the test are rather common. ‘The shallow umbilici are usually filled with matrix. Traces of subglobular earlier chambers can occasionally be seen. The straight sutures are well defined and not much depressed. The aperture was not clearly seen; it appears to be a low arcuate opening at the base of the end chamber. ‘The walls are thin and finely perforate. “The surface is smooth.
Dimensions.—TVhe max.mum diameter of the paratypes including the elongate chambers varies from 0.2 mm. to 0.25 mm.
Holotype.—Hastigerinoides rohri Bronnimann. T.L. L. Cat. Nos. 144455, 168920. Plate 1, figs. 8, 9. Maximum diameter 0.275 mm. Basal thickness of end chamber 0.075 mm. Thickness of spine 0.030 mm. Radial length of average chamber 0.075 mm. Globotruncana apenninica zone, Gautier formation, Upper Creta-
ceous, Trinidad, B. W.I. Deposited in Cushman Collection, U. S.
e
Text fig. 29. Hastigerinoides rohri Bronnimann. T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 144455, 168920. Globotruncana apenninica zone, Gautier formation, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. (a,b) Same specimen, umbilical and apertural views. (c,d) Same specimen, umbilical and _ apertural views. (e,f) 2 different specimens in umbilical view.
56 ; BULLETIN 140 56
National Museum, Washington, D. C.
Occurrence.—Globotruncana apenninica zone, Gautier forma- tion, Upper Cretaceous. Rare.
Remarks.—This delicate species apparently is a forerunner of [lastigerinoides alexanderi (Cushman), from which it differs by the smaller test and by the regular stellate arrangement of the more or less equal-sized and less é¢longate adult chambers.
This species is named for Dr. K. Rohr in’ recognition of his outstanding contributions to the geology of Trinidad.
Genus TRINITELLA n. gen.
Diagnosis.—Test trochoidal, elongate in direction of end chamber. Chambers truncate at apertural side, increasing in size as added (end chamber about twice the size of the penultimate one), subglobular in major portion of adult whorl, flattened at the spiral side and peripherally keeled in the end stage. Chambers arranged in about 2 whorls, those of the last volution overlapped by the preceding ones. Sutures on the spiral side curved in direction of coiling, those on the umbilical side more or less straight to slightly curved backward. Umbilicus large, subcircular, with fragments of covering plate along truncate edges of chambers. Aperture large, elongate-arcuate, with minute liplike projection leading into the umbilicus. Wall apparently thick, surface coarsely rugose, especially in earlier chambers. Ornamen- tation suggesting a variant of the meridional pattern of Rugoglo- bigerina.
Generotype.—Trinitella scotti Bronnimann. Globotruncana maya- roensis zone, Gsuayaguayare beds, Maestrichtian, Upper Cretaceous, Trinidad, B. W. I.
Remarks.—The new genus Trinitella is monotypic and named after Trinidad, B.W.I. It shows affinities to Rugoglobigerina through the early Globigerina-like portion of the test and to Globo- truncana through the keeled end chamber, flattened at the spiral side. Trinitella, however, does not appear to be directly connected with the highly evolved Globotruncanas of the Globotruncana mayaroensis zone (Bolli, 1951) and thus is tentatively regarded to represent an offshoot from Rugoglobigerina. The flattened and keeled end stage and the overlapping chambers of the last volution easily dis- tinguish Trinitella from Rugoglobigerina.
Occurrence.—Globotruncana mayaroensis zone. Common. Pos- sibly also Globotruncana gansseri zone. (Guayaguayare beds, Maes- trichtian, Upper Cretaceous, Trinidad, B. W. I.
57. TRINIDAD CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN — 57
Trinitella scotti n. sp. Plate 4, figs. 4-6 Text fig. 30
Description.—The trochoidal test is small to medium-sized and elongate in direction of the end chamber. The 5 to 6 chambers of the adult volution are subglobular at first. They then become flattened at the spiral side, forming a keel. ‘These new features pertain to the end chamber, occasionally also to the 2 last ones. “The end chamber is about twice as large as the penultimate one and elongate in radial direction. About 2 whorls can be recognized on the spiral side. The slightly depressed initial portion is not clearly exposed, and no informa- tion regarding the arrangement of the early chambers can be obtained due to the coarse rugosities or adhering matrix. “The umbilicus is large, deep, subcircular, and probably provided with a delicate covering plate. Only fragments of this plate are preserved along the border of the umbilicus. The chambers are truncate toward the apertural side and increase in size as added. Seen from the spiral side, each adult chamber overlaps the next one. ‘The sutures on the spiral side, therefore, are strongly curved in the direction of coiling. Those on the umbilical side are deep and relatively straight to slightly curved backward.
The arcuate apertures open into the umbilicus. “The walls seem to be thick, and the surface, especially of the inner chambers, is strongly rugose. The ornamentation appears to be of the meridional pattern, although no central point was noted on the surface of the end chamber.
The counted individuals are invariably dextrally coiling.
Dimensions—The longer diameter of the paratypes measures from 0.27 mm. to 0.425 mm.
Holotype——Trinitella scotti Bronnimann. T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 1§5591-155594. Text fig. 30a,b,c. All appr. & 80. Plate 4, figs. 4-6. Maximum diameter 0.4 mm. Diameter of umbilicus 0.075 mm. End chamber: radial diameter 0.2 mm., tangential diameter 0.225 mm. Diameter of aperture 0.75 mm. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Maestrichtian, Upper Cretaceous, ‘Trinidad, B. W. I. Deposited in the Cushman Collection, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
Occurrence.—Globotruncana mayaroensis zone. Frequent. Pos- sibly also Globotruncana gansseri zone.
Remarks.—The initial portion of this form seems to be identical with that of typical representatives of the rugosa-reicheli groups of Rugoglobigerina.
It is named after E. Cooper Scott, former Chief Geologist of Trinidad Leaseholds Ltd.
BULLETIN 140 58
nn Le 2)
Text fig. 30. Trinitella scotti Bronnimann. T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretace- ous. All appr. X 80. (a,b,c) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. Holotype. (d,e,f) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (g,h,i) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertural views. (k,lhm) Same specimen, umbilical, spiral and apertura! views.
59 ‘TRINIDAD CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN = 59
Albritton,
1937-
Applin, E.
1933.
Bolli, H.,
1944.
1950.
1951a.
1951b.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
C. C., and F. B. Phleger
Foraminiferal zonation of certain Upper Cretaceous clays of Texas. Jour. Paleont., 11 (4): pp. 347-354.
R.
A microfossiliferous Upper Cretaceous section from South Dakota. Jour. Paleont., 7(2): pp. 215-220.
Zur Stratigraphie der Oberen Kreide in den hoheren helvetischen Decken. Eclog. geol. Helvetiae, 37: pp. 217-328.
Disintegration of indurated siliceous rocks. Micropaleontologist. 4(3): pp. 20-21.
The genus Globotruncana in Trinidad, B.W.I. Jour. Paleont., 25(2): pp. 187-199.
Notes on the direction of coiling of rotalid Foraminifera. Cushman Found. Foram. Res., Contrib., 2(4): pp. 139-143.
Carman, K.
1929.
Cushman,
1927.
1931.
1931.
1946.
1948.
Cushman,
1928.
Some Foraminifera from the Niobrara and Benton formations of Wyoming. Jour. Paleont., 3(3): pp. 309-315.
J. A.
The American Cretaceous Foraminifera figured by Ehrenberg. Jour. Paleont., 1(3): pp. 213-217.
Cretaceous Foraminifera from Antigua, B.W.I. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contrib., 7: pp. 33-46.
Hastigerinella and other interesting Foraminifera from the Upper Cretaceous of Texas. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contrib., 7:
pp. 83-90.
Upper Cretaceous Foraminifera of the Gulf Coastal Region of the United States and adjacent areas. U. S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206.
Foraminifera: their classification and economic use, 4th ed. Harvard University Press. J. A.. and P. W. Jarvis
Cretaceous Foraminifera from ‘Trinidad. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contrib., 4(4): pp. 85-103.
60 BULLETIN 140 60
Drooger, C. W.
1951. Upper Cretaceous Foraminifera of the Midden-Curacao beds near Hato, Curacao (N.W.I.). K. Nederlandsche Akad. Wetensch., Proc., series B, 54(1): pp. 66-72.
KIhrenberg, C. G. =
1854. Mikrogeologie, pp. 1-374, pls. 1-40; L. Voss, Leipzig.
Franke, A.
1928. Die Foraminiferen der Oberen Kreide Nord-und Mitteldeutschlands. Preuss. Geol. Landesanst., Abh., n. f., Heft 111, pp. 1-207, 18 pls., 2 figs.
Glaessner, M. F.
1937. Planktonforaminiferen aus der Kreide und dem Eozan und ihre stratigraphische Bedeutung. Moscow Univ., Paleont. Lab., Studies Micropaleont., 1(1):pp. 27-46, pls. 1-2.
Layne, N. M.
1950. A procedure for shale disintegration. Micropaleontologist, 4(1): p. 21.
Loetterle, G. J.
1937. The micropaleontology of the Niobrara formation in Kansas, Nebraska and South Dakota. Nebraska Geol. Survey, ser. 2, Bull.-12, pp. 1-73.
Morrow, A. L.
1934. Foraminifera and Ostracoda from the Upper Cretaceous of Kansas. Jour. Paleont., 8(2): pp. 186-205.
Nakkady, S. E.
1950. A new foraminiferal fauna from the Esna shales and Upper Cretaceous Chalk of Egypt. Jour. Paleont., 24(6): pp. 675-692.
Nauss, A. W. 1947. Cretaceous microfossils of the Vermilion area, Alberta. Jour. Paleont., 21(4): pp. 329-343, pls. 48, 49. d’Orbigny, A.
1840. Mémoire sur les foraminiféres de la Craie blanche du Bassin de Paris. Soc. Géol. France, Mém., 4(1).
61 TRINIDAD CRETACEOUS GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN 61
Plummer, H. J. 1926. Foraminifera of the Midway formation in Texas. Univ. Texas, Bull. 2644, pp. 9-201. Reichel, M.
1947- Les Hantkéninidés de la Scaglia et des Couches rouges (Crétacé supérieur). Eclog. geol. Helvetiae, 40(2): pp. 391-409.
1949. Observations sur les Globotruncana du gisement de la Breggia (Tessin). Eclog. geol. Helvetiae, 42(2): pp. 596-617. Senn, A.
1940. Paleogene of Barbados and its bearing on history and structure of the Antillean-Caribbean region. Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol, Bull., 24(9): pp. 1548-1610.
Tappan, H.
1940. Foraminifera from the Grayson formation of northern Texas. Jour. Paleont., 14: pp. 93-126.
1951. Northern Alaska index Foraminifera. Cushman Found. Foram. Res., Contrib., 2(1): pp. 1-8. Trechmann, C, T.
1941. Some observations on the geology of Antigua, West Indies. Geol. Mag., 78(2): pp. 113-124, March-April.
Tromp, S. W.
1949. The determination of the Cretaceous-Eocene boundary by means of quantitative, generic, microfaunal determination and the concep- tion “Danian” in the Near East. Jour. Paleont., 23(6): pp. 673-676.
White, M. P.
1928. Some index Foraminifera of the Tampico Embayment area of Mexico. Part 1. Jour. Paleont., 2(3): pp. 177-215.
Williams- Mitchell, E. 1948. The zonal value of Foraminifera in the Chalk of England. Geol. Assoc., Proc., 59: pp. 91-109. Young, K.
1951. Foraminifera and stratigraphy of the Frontier formation (Upper Cretaceous), southern Montana. Jour. Paleont., 25(1): pp. 35-68, pls. 11-14, 6 figs.
va Bie ’ oitcioth wate 5 ge en pith id
hy ae ales, nen nat “eo 7
agra or A
eh me ow
-% :
auiey eu wana ani * Lain
"a eek
wick bs
nara eye L i he!
y
a a
, Mi . : ee
n. vse vl wits lh et co Wy A Whi
“irae By
bt haiene
rua seg va
va!) HAS niaa vial oad
wh , 4 wleen ‘ }
“ie ~ cual: Masts aa tiak
ctl
a anys _ a leat My . sleet Wain bare sake:
LN ma Wh
o® ¥ ae rh .,
ls nA “he vadhetertd epee te ;
a
Naren ; (fa Hi ma!
; ta oe bee
! wt : on mw L
a eas nach “to
r gr HEE
oe nes 3c he, See i jn it
i ae p ngot “+ epee yell evi "hee ) Via) Pd
bth whey
‘ avi ade ae ake bintiond, re | i, eed if up * ghaenly*
adie ve brusih hie PC tee LU
‘iit a La 7 re ut
PLATES _
PEATE Th)!
Figure
1-3.
8, 9.
LON LL:
12, 13.
BULLETIN 140 64 Explanation of Plate 1 (1) Page
Globigerina gautierensis n. SP. ..........-.cece cece cece ceeees ihe T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 144455, 168920. Globotruncana apenninica zone, Gautier formation, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 8o.
1, Spiral; 2, umbilical; 3, apertural view. Holotype. (?)Globigerinella tururensis n. Sp. ...........-22-2eeeeeeeees 51 T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 144455, 168920. Globotruncana apenninica zone, Gautier formation, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80.
4, Umbilical; 5, apertural view. Holotype.
Globigerinella messinae messinae n. sp., n. subsp. ............ 42 T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80.
6, Umbilical; 7, apertural view. Holotype.
Hastigerinoides rohriin. spi 06.420 ane ee ce ee 55 T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 144455, 168920. Globotruncana apenninica zone, Gautier formation, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80.
8, Umbilical; 9, apertural view. Holotype.
Globigerinella messinae subcarinata n. sp, n. subsp. ........ 44 T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 8o.
10, Umbilical. 11, apertural view. Holotype. Globigerinella escheri clavata n. sp., n. subsp. .............. 49
T.L.L. Cat. No. 167518. Globotruncana lapparenti s. 1. zone, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. 12, Umbilical; 13, apertural view. Holotype.
Pu. 1, Vou. 34 Buu. AMER. PALEONT. No. 140, Pu. 1
Pave 2 (2) ; FAS ty r
r
66
Figure
4-6.
1-9:
10-12.
BULLETIN 140
Explanation of Plate 2 (2)
66
Page
Rugoglobigerina macrocephala macrocephala n. sp., n. subsp. 25
T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis
zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 8o.
1, Spiral; 2, Umbilical; 3, apertural view. Holotype. Rugoglobigerina macrocephala ornata n. sp., n. subsp. ......
T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 8o. 4, Spiral; 5, umbilical; 6, apertural view. Holotype.
Rugoglobigerina reicheli pustulata n. sp., n. subsp. ..........
T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis
zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 8o.
7, Spiral; 8, umbilical; 9, apertural view. Holotype. Rugoglobigerina reicheli hexacamerata n. sp., n. subsp. ......
T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis
zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80.
ro, Spiral; 11, umbilical; 12, apertural view. Holotype.
27
20
23
PL. 2, Vou. 34
BuLuL. AMER. PALEONT.
No. 140, Pu.
1)
2
Figure
1-3.
4-6.
7-9.
10-12.
BULLETIN 140
Explanation of Plate 3 (3)
68
Page
Plummerella hantkeninoides hantkeninoides n. sp., n. subsp. T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 8o. 1, Spiral; 2, Umbilical; 3, apertural view. Holotype.
Plummerella hantkeninoides costata n. sp., n. subsp. ........
T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. * 8o. 4, Spiral; 5, umbilical; 6, apertural view. Holotype.
Plummerella hantkeninoides inflata n. sp., n. subsp. ........
T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 8o. 7, Spiral; 8, umbilical; 9, apertural view. Holotype.
Rugoglobigerina reicheli reicheli n. sp., n. subsp. ............
T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 8o. 10, Spiral; 11, umbilical; 12, apertural view. Holotype.
37
39
40
18
Buu. AMER. PALEONT. No. 140, Pu. 3
ihe Be he ae one
70 BULLETIN 140 70 Explanation of Plate 4 (4) Figure Page 1-3. Rugeglobigerina rugosa pennyi n. sp., n. subsp. ............ 34 T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. 1, Spiral; 2, Umbilical; 3, apertural view. Holotype. 4-65) -Erinitella gscottl nsSps Geadenc Joe eee Oe Coe 57 T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. 4, Spiral; 5, umbilical; 6, apertural view. Holotype. 7-9. Rugoglobigerina rugosa rotundata n. sp., n. subsp. .......... 34
T.L.L. Cat. Nos. 155591-155594. Globotruncana mayaroensis zone, Guayaguayare beds, Upper Cretaceous. All appr. X 80. 7, Spiral; 8, umbilical; 9, apertural view. Holotype.
Pu. 4, VOL. 3 BuLuL. AMER. PALEONT. No. 140, Pu. 4
BULLETINS
AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY
VOL. XXXIV
RIBS. E8%mP. ZUG. | LIBRARY | '
| AUG 12 1952! NUMBER 141 | ours
1952
Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York .o. A.
BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY
ae Vol. 34 MBS. CORP. 260, a EE LIBRARY | UG 12 1952 | No. 141 : pager”
Bey
CONCERNING ENOPLOURA OF THE UPPER ORDOVICIAN AND ITS RELATION TO OTHER CARPOID ECHINODERMATA
By
Kenneth E. Caster
University of Cincinnati
August 4, 1952
PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION ITHACA, NEw York Wena ac
! nee TTT } é am “Ae how. GOR. ZOOL, | « wy > 4ul. |
inDaAgY LS OF
AUG 12 195
cer
em a once rea p= s]
=
to =
ee)
owt
CONTENTS Page JANIDRGTENETE Oiroiel oldlol 0 Cacao gio Oieotcin ac Eee ee eC ae RCN Ines Eas tee ols Seine 5 nyeR@vahoeerne - c:peh Sebo ep aS SEE Oe Et Oe IE Ite ee et asic cic ais Sct osee 5 SUSLEMI A CICS HMR acrer Cas ahe ate cache Note ry aliens) eve XA Gen wo SUS sia eM ATE ee ROT 9 Genus Lio plounae Nether byes 7 OMe ca nas oc ccm ic eee eee ie ee 9 DISCUSS OM em uy Nest cP eietar oon hake cchh heehee) sucneke er GUE gle eas eles oooh claceen eens 16 Genus; Bassleraay sms. Caster I ely of yes tase c ee se aa ienele eae 21 OxdermMitrataw |iaekelMerouS tec. «hale oo Moe Sala once cr oo ase s reer 26 Key to the families and sub-families of the Mitrata ............... 26 SPECICS MO LMUE IZOD LOU CEO a. an eons Cire nie enor Ne eccic Steins eee 27 EOD LOU mC alanordesm (Nice) mee tines On Soe On cen eee ere 28 Eqiop oun a@encnusiaceman (raeckell\i ta ooo eee ee 30 alvin pliGrUiE (CA The Gh cooddososssoochsdusunebesdouce 32 EODLOUL CEE POPCURCASLEL RIVES Don ans Gee eee ernie oe ee 34 EO PIOUT den UECCRPECASEEY: oDS GSP he aap hoe ak inne Tel Se.s Se tea 39 KEENE HAN EZ AUL OM GPE eet OL te NPT NN Te thes ee os ee ita SOA WAS cde SS IE ORAS 39 ANG SOR EC ANON SiMe Orie OOO COD SE AO SOS oe oe aS oh ees ree 43 Werte GURCME CIT Cum eG ar ets (Resta sca eo nceseh 287 OMA MNS meri eer se ClaRoT Amie meee 44 PUNE Siero wtb Rae rei ORS COE eRe DORR eee as etic ce cat GEMS een ae ene 47 Plate 1, Enoploura popei Caster, n. sp., holotype, opposite ............ 48 Plate 2, Enoploura crustacea, E. balanoides, E. wetherbyi, opposite .... 50 Plate: 3,2 zoploura poppet. paratypes; OPPOsite® =.= -\2i1,. 26> «+ <2: .nece agers 52 Plate 4, Enoploura popei, paratypes, E. meeki Caster, n. sp., opposite ... 54 Text figure 1, Morphology of Enoploura popei Caster, n. sp. .........- II
Hextaicures2 5 Comparisons of carpoidmgenera esac ace a 29
r Bit a ry caeeus ¥) i oe | s Vi ee An
ah) hk ‘ _ r ii, Sek Ne we
iy at
: Wy ae ,
i ue a it z
pPee gape
mo} eh. a Y omens
CONCERNING ENOPLOURA OF THE UPPER ORDOVICIAN AND ITS RELATION TO OTHER CARPOID ECHINODERMATA
KENNETH E. CASTER University of Cincinnati
ABSTRACT
An essentially complete calyx of the problematical carpoid echinoderm, Enoploura Wetherby, from the Upper Ordovician of the Cincinnati, Ohic, area, proves the genus to be valid and illustrates a new pattern of mitrate carpoid organization. “The genus is redefined, the species reviewed, and three new species described (E. popez, F. meeki, and E. wetherbyi). In connection with a reorganization of the Carpoidea Mitrata, on the basis of the implications in the morphology of Enoploura, one new genus (Basslerocystis), one new family (Placocystidae), six new sub-families (Placocystinae, Enoplourinae, Placocystellinae, Basslerocystinae and Lagynocystinae) and four new sub-orders (Mitrocystida, Lagnocystida, Anomalocystida and Placo- cystida) are proposed.
INTRODUCTION
In the spring of 1951 two specimens of the rare echinoderm, usually referred to the species described by Meek (1872) as Anomalo- cystites (Ateleocystites?) balanoides, were discovered near Cincinnati. Ohio. They came from the Corryville member of the Maysville subseries. This is in the Cincinnatian series, or Upper Ordovician. No specimens of this species have been reported in print since 1879 when Wetherby reviewed the species and described the genus Enoploura for it. The new material, in preserving a nearly complete set of thecal plates and a pair of rigid brachia, greatly supplements knowledge of the genus. It also reveals structures which confirm Wetherby’s observations on the morphology of the extraordinary peduncle (despite his mistaken interpretation of it). It develops from
1 The term “peduncle” is preferable to “stem” or “column” in referring to the posterior appendage of the carpoids. Despite Jaekel’s (1900, 1918) and Bather’s (1900) impressions and interpretations, this echinoderm group seems to have been eleutherozoic throughout its history; certainly during its fossil record. The peduncle is, like the rest of the body, a bilateral structure and does not appear to have served either in ontogeny or phylogeny as a stem for fixation; it may have been a counterbalance or even have had a loco- motor function (Kirk, 1911).
6 BULLETIN I41 76
these new data that the Enoploura organization requires the recogni- tion of a new sub-family of Carpoidea.
The first-discovered specimen is an incomplete calyx (Plate 1, figs. 4-6) which preserves the articulated peduncle and its structures very well. Mr. Stanley Schweinfurth, geology student at the Univer- sity of Cincinnati, found. it at Tower Lake, an artificial pond on the north side of Harrison Avenue, near Dent, Ohio. This is on the outskirts of Cheviot, a Cincinnati suburb. The second specimen is truly remarkable; it preserves the calyx nearly intact, thus for the first time showing the arrangement of the thecal plates in the genus; moreover, the pedunculate structures are amazingly well preserved. It was found by Mr. John K. Pope, geology student at Harvard University and assiduous “Dry Dredger” in Cincinnati. It comes from the middle Corryville beds in Stonelick Creek, Clermont County, Ohio. A new species, based on this specimen (Plate 1, figs. 1-3), is named in Pope’s honor. Both specimens are deposited in the Univer- sity of Cincinnati Museum. Four additional specimens pertaining to the genus have been borrowed for study from the U. S. Nationai Museum.
Enoploura balanoides has remained since 1879 one of the least known and more enigmatic fossils of the Cincinnatian. The original description (Meek, 1873) was based on two crushed fragments (Piate 2, figs. 7-9) collected by the amateur geologist, G. W. Harper, from the “upper part of the hills at Cincinnati.”” Wetherby (1879) iden- tified this horizon as ‘‘350 feet above the low water of the Ohio River.” Bassler (1906, p. 8) and Lucy Braun (1916, opp. p. 42) gave the “low water’ level of the Ohio in the pre-dam period as 432 ft. A. T. According to their figures, the McMillan formation (upper Maysville) occupies the zone between 460 ft. and 375 ft. This formation is divided into the Mt. Auburn beds which outcrop (hiil tops, Cincinnati) between 425 ft. and 460 ft. above “low water’; the Corryville member from 390 to 425 ft.; and the Bellevue beds from 375 to 390 ft. The Fairview formation (lower Maysville) comes between 375 ft. and 280 ft. The upper member of the Fairview, the Fairmount or “Hill Quarry” beds occupies the interval from 325 to 375 ft.; the Mt. Hope member from 280 to 325 ft. Thus it is difficult to understand how Bassler in 1915 (p. 88) arrived at the stratigraphic designation of this species as “Maysville (Corryville), Cincinnati. Ohio and vicinity,” when his own (1905) figures indicate that the 350 foot level could be no higher than the Fairmount member (‘Hill Quarry Beds”). This level comes at about the middle of the Fair- mount member. JBassler’s age-assignment is the more curious when the published history of all the previously known specimens of “Eno- ploura balanoides’”’ is reviewed.
The only specimen, other than the holotype, which came from what may rightfully be called the “vicinity of Cincinnati’? is one
77 Upper OrpoviciIAN ENOPLOURA: CASTER 7
attributed by Dr. Wetherby (1879) to George Vallandingham, an- other amateur collector. This one came, according to Wetherby from “about 400 feet above the river,” a figure which would place it in the McMillan formation, certainly, and probably in the Corryville meni- ber. Unfortunately, nothing is known of the morphology of this specimen, which would be of particular interest in view of the two new Corryville specimens which are the motivation of this paper.
But Wetherby (1879, 1879A) was chiefly concerned with new Richmondian specimens. ‘These he referred to Meek’s balanoides, but it was the additional data furnished by this material that led him to create a new generic assignment for the species. All of these materials were found at a considerable distance (30-40 miles) from Cincinnati and in horizons indisputably high in the Richmond. He credits A. J. Newton, a collector of Richmond, Indiana, with a specimen from that city, found in “the upper part of the Hudson River Group,” i. e., uppermost Ordovician. This was probably from the Whitewater (perhaps Saluda member) or Elkhorn formation. This is the specimen (or Wetherby’s illustration of it, 1879A, figs. 1d, 1e, 1f) which Bather (1900) (see below) used as the basis for Haeckel’s (1896) species Placocystis crustacea (Plate 2, figs. 3-5).
W. J. Patterson of Oxford, Ohio, contributed another Rich- mondian specimen (Wetherby, 1879A, fig. 1g) which Haeckel (and Bather) questioningly attributed to crustacea (Plate 2, fig. 6). Most remarkable, however, of all hitherto described material, and the real basis for Wetherby’s creation of the genus Enoploura, was a unique example (Plate 2, figs. 10-12) found by Wetherby himself (Enoploura wetherbyi Caster, n. sp.) which Haeckel also referred to his new species, but which Bather (1900) referred back to EF. balanoides. This came from Osgood, Indiana. He judged the horizon to be about the same as that of the specimen found by Newton in Rich- mond, Indiana. The Osgood specimen (Wetherby, 1879A, figs. 1, 1a, ib) preserved most of the peduncle and revealed a structure so unexpected and non-cystidian that Wetherby was convinced Meek had been mistaken in assigning his species to the echinoderms. Con- sequently, Enoploura was proposed as a new genus of the Crustacea, based on Meek’s species*. Woodward (1880), representing the “‘pro- fessionals,” reacted vigorously to this idea. It was not so much the idea, as the place of its origin that seemed to incense them. Although Woodward denied this pro-professional attitude, one can still read its
2
* The status of the rules of zoological nomenclature and insight into the taxonomic ethics of that time are nicely revealed by Wetherby’s (1879, p. 164) admitted generosity: “While the removal of this fossil from the Cystidea to the Crustacea, under a new class and genus, would be found sufficient excuse by many writers, under cover of which to plunder this eminent author of his species, I shall retain his expressive name, and leave the species to his credit.”
8 BULLETIN I4I 78
presence in his personal advice to Dr. Wetherby®. To the Eastern Seaboard geologists and paleontologists the names of the Cincinnati school of publishing amateurs were anathema, and it is most likely that Dr. Woodward’s censorious remarks and aspersions were much enjoyed in Albany, Boston, New Haven and New York, if, indeed, they were not inspired there.
The subsequent neglect of Enoploura was no doubt materially conditioned by this attack on its author by the eminent Woodward. It now develops that the aspersions cast on Wetherby’s powers of observation, and the suggestion (Woodward, p. 201) that the ped- uncular structures which he described were not in life-association with the “cystoid” calyx, were quite unwarranted. Wetherby seems to have been the first to call attention to the anomalous structure now known, on the basis of later European discoveries, as the styloid process or stylocone. (Note, for example, the complete absence of any mention of this structure in Haeckel, 1896.) He was also probably the first to express dissatisfaction with the customary inclusion of the bilateral “cystoid” echinoderms in the Cystidea, although he went too far and removed them from the echinoderms completely. The physiotogical implications inherent in the structures he observed certainly did not fit into any concept of the cystidean Echinodermata then current. In all probability the Carpoidea did live in a manner much more analog- cus to the vagrant Crustacea than to static Pelmatozoa.
In retrospect, Wetherby’s really remarkable acuity merits admira-
Writing (1880, pp. 200, 201) of Wetherby’s allocating his new genus to the Crustacea-instead of the Cystidea Woodward said: “Every point about Ateleocystites (=Enoploura) agrees with the known characters of this singular cystidean family (Anomalocystidae), and no one who has studied them atten- tively can doubt the propriety of the determinations of MM. James Hall, FE. Billings, De Koninck, and F. B. Meek, as regards the zoological position in which they should be placed. Professors James Hall, De Koninck and myself have had the good fortune to see and study more perfect specimens than those which were placed in the hands of Messrs. Meek and Billings, but it is all the greater honour to these latter savans that they rightly inter- preted the fragmentary remains which came under their notice for description.
“T am the last person who would insist merely upon the dictum of recognized scientific authority, and I beg to assure Prof. Wetherby (whom I have not the pleasure personally to know) that I have no desire to detract from his work by any word of mine; but I may be permitted to suggest that hasty publication, with a view to obtaining “‘pricrity,’ may have caused hini in this instance to overlook the importance of first becoming thoroughly acquainted with the subject before him. None but those who have spent their lives in scientific research know the piles of “chaff which every careful worker has to winnow away before he can arrive at the substratum of really good “grain” beneath.
“Tf Prof. Wetherby desires his work to stand, he must be prepared not cply to hunt up carefully the bibliography of his subject, but also to understand more thoroughly the class characters of these difficult Paleozoic forms before attempting, on very imperfect materials, to correct older and more experienced labourers in Paleontology.” .
79 Upper Orpovician ENopLouraA: CASTER 9
tion. Moreover, considering the taxonomic vicissitudes of the carpoids at the hands of the “professionals” in the last seventy years, Wether- by’s crustacean theory now seems less impressively fantastic, clearly wrong though he was. Following Wetherby’s lead, Haeckel (1896) made a strong point of the crustaceous aspect of the ‘“Anomocystida,” both in appearance and probable habits.
SYSTEMATICS
The new categories of classification shown below, prior to the listing of the genus Enoploura, are defined under the ensuing discus- sion of the genus.
Class CARPOIDEA Jaekel, 1900 Order MITRATA Jaekel, 1918 Sub-order PLACOCYSTIDA Caster, n. sub-order Family PLACOCYSTIDAE Caster, n. family Sub-family ENOPLOURINAE Caster, n. sub-family Genus ENOPLOURA Wetherby, 1879, emend.
Type species —Anomalocystites (Ateleocystites?) balanoides Meek. Based on two specimens from the vicinity of Cincinnati, Ohio. ‘The stratigraphic horizon, as explained in the Introduction, is judged to be in the Fairmount member (“Hill Quarry beds’) of the Fairview formation (Maysville sub-series); Upper Ordovician (Cincinnatian series). (See Plate 2, figs. 7-9, the holotype.)
Anomalocystites Hall, Meek, F. B., 1872, Amer. Jour. Sci. and Arts, 3(3): P. 423; 1873, Ohio Geol. Survey, Paleont. Ohio, 1, pt. 2:p. 41; Miller, S. A., 1889. North Amer. Geol. and Paleont., p. 224 (pars).
Enoploura Wetherby, A. G., 1879, Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist. Jour., 1, No. 4, p. 163; 1879, Idem., z, No. 1: pl. 7, figs. 1, 1a-g; Jaekel, O., 1900, Deut. Geol. Gesell., Zeits., 52:p. 668; Bather, F. A., 1900, Treatise on Zoology, pt. 3, p. 51.
Ateleocystites Billings, Woodward, H., 1880, Geol. Mag., 7 (dec. 2): p. 194 (pars); Bassler, R. S., 1915, U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull., no. 92, p. 88 (pars).
Placocystis de Koninck, Haeckel, E., 1896, Festschr. z. Siebenzigsten Geburtstage v. C. Gegenbaur, Bd. 1, pp. 39-40, Leipzig (pars).
Generic analysis—A composite generic analysis follows. This is largely based on new material from the Corryville formation of the Cincinnati area which shows for the first time the details of the distal calicinal plates, a clue as to the nature of the distal appendages, and substantiates Wetherby’s description of the structure of the peduncle.
General anomalocystid traits —Pleuronect, pedunculate eleuthero- zoic echinoderms; characteristically carpoid, i. e., non-radial, compres- sed, and of grossly bilateral symmetry. Calyx subrectangular, longer
ite) BULLETIN I41 So
than wide; compressed dorso-ventrally* (morphologically left-right) ; dorsal carapace (right) convex; plastron (left) concave; sides axially arcuate and nearly vertical, making almost a right-angle with the carapace, but less than this with the plastron, due to its concavity. Peduncle segmented, proximally swollen, and inserted in a deep emargination of the calyx.
Two delicate, apparently unsegmented, spines or “arms’’ articulate at the anterior plastron corners.
The calyx is comprised principally of 28 large plates, and twe tiny interbasals (7b); the disposition of the plates is shown in text Figure 1. There are six ponderous lateral marginals (alm, mlm, plm) ; these cover a large marginal area of the plastron and geniculate to form the pleural walls, against the dorsal edges of which the lateral carapace plates abut. The largest plates of the dorsal carapace are three adcolumnals (basals) which may cover nearly half the dorsal area. ‘The lateral adcolumnals (Jac) are joined to the large median adcolumnal (mac) by anteriorly divergent sutures. An arcuate median row of four epicentral plates lies in front of the adcolumnals; the lateral plates of this series (m1 and m4) meet the lateral adcolumnals at the suture between the posterior lateral marginals (p/m) and the median lateral marginals (mlm). Usually the median adcolumnal extends forward of this position, excavately to meet the epibasals or median plates (m2 and m3). Anterior to the median row is found an arcuate row of plates comprised of a lateral pair of anterior marginal somatics (/am),. and three adtegmenal marginals (atm), the central one of which is apparently the correlate of the ““M”’ plate of Bather’s (1900, p. 50) plate nomenclature. An additional pair of large adteg- menal plates, the axillaries or sub-brachials (ax), cover the anterior corners of the carapace and at their outer corners participate in the articulatory facet of the spinous brachioles.
The ventral plastron is excavated toward the center from the angular peripheral geniculation of the lateral marginal plates; more so toward the front where the surfaces are truly convexo-concave;
4 Some confusion exists in the literature with respect to ‘‘dorsal” and “ventral” in the heterosteles. This is understandable, since the two sides so distinguished are technically, apparently, right and left by comparative morphology (Bather, 1900). In this paper the terms “carapace,’ for the convex side, and “flastron,” for the concave, are preferred. Moreover, the up-side in life was apparently the convex one, and hence “‘dorsal” in terms of commonplace terminology; the down-side the concave one, and hence “ventral.” Hall (1859), and the older writers in general, often used “anteal” and “‘posteal” for the concave and convex sides, respectively, of the ‘“anomalo- cystids,” based, no doubt, on a different concept as to the morphologic direction of the calicinal flattening. Furthermore, the habitus (ws. phylogenetic) “right” and “left” have often been confused in describing the carpoids. Since the flat or concave side was down in life, and was functionally the venter, the right side of the venter lies on the left side of the customarily oriented views of the ventral surface. The irregularity in the somatic plates of the mitrates lies on the rig/t, not the left, side.
$1 Upper OrpoviciaN ENopLOURA: CASTER ot
adjacent to the peduncle the basal ventral plates rise to a low. axial convexity. Corresponding in position to two anteriorly converging carinae on the internal surfaces of the ventral medial plates, a con- spicuous furrowing occurs on the ventral surface from the posterior lateral angles to about the mid-point of the large central (hypocentral ) plate. This delimits a very characteristic depressed isosceles triangular area in this genus and certain other mitrate carpoids. ‘The posterior ventral margin is deeply and arcuately emarginate for the peduncle
insertion. This margin of the plastron is strengthened by a raised flange.
Fig. 1. Two views of the holotype of Encploura popei Caster, n. sp. demonstrating the nomenclature of the carapace plates. Left figure represents the concave side or plastron; right figure the convex side, or carapace. The broken lines show the position of the anteriorly converging carinae on the inner surface of the plastron. 4, irregular hypocentral (‘‘anomalocystid”’) plate; alm, anterior lateral marginals; am, right and left adtegmenals; ax, axillaries, or sub-brachials; bm, medial adcolumnals or basal median plates; br, brachiole; cs, hypocentral, epibasal or central somatic plate; ib, interbasal plates; L, left side; Jac, lateral adcolumnals; Jam, |fateral anterior marginal somatics; M, dorsal median adtegmenal plate; m1, m2, m3, m4, dorsal epibasals, or median somatic (epicentral) plates; mac, median adcolumnals; mam, median adtegmenal plates; mlm, median lateral mar- ginals; ms, median somatic or hypocentral plate; f/m, posterior lateral marginals; pf, peduncular or styloid process (stylocone); R, right side. Drawings by Anneliese S. Caster.
12 BULLETIN 141 $2
About one-third of the venter is shielded by the plastron surface of the lateral marginal plates; the posterior pair (f/m) are sub-equai in size and form wedges at the adcolumnar angles. heir surface is gently rounded, and they are generally securely and obscurely sutured to the pair of median basal plates (4m) or true adcolumnals. The median lateral marginals: (mlm) are also subequal and descend at about a 45° angle from the margins to meet the nearly flat-lying hypocentral, epibasal, or central somatic plate (cs), with which thev are loosely sutured. Their ventral surface is almost a plane. The anterior lateral marginals (a/m) are unequal in size, due to the intercalation of the irregular hypocentral (4) plate (‘“anomalocystid plate’) between the right marginal and the central plate.
A pair of large basal marginal or adcolumnal plates (6m) occupy on the venter about the same area as the median basal plate on the dorsum. ‘These together form a basally emarginate trapezoid. The obscure sutures between these plates and the posterior lateral marginals lie laterad of the convergent furrows, which are always conspicuous on these forms and easily mistaken for the lateral sutures. The median suture is usually obscure, also, and the greatest (albeit low) convexity of the central plastron lies along it. On the front margin are found three adtegmenal plates (am, mam).
The so-called “somatic plates’ or hypocentral plates are three: a large central plate (cs) is quite the most conspicuous plate of the plastron, both for its size and anterior asymmetry; the latter is due either to the crowding in of the irregular plate (4), or the absorption. without visible sign, of a complement to the 4 plate at the front left of the central plate. The irregular plate (4) is a conservative char- acteristic of many mitrate genera, whereas the second hypocentral, which is the third, or median, somatic plate (ms), and lies in axial series with the median adtegmenal plate (mam), is apparently a pr.mi- tive plate. It is commonly lost in the more advanced carpoids. ‘he sutures around the median somatic plate are unusually crinkled and open, suggesting that there may have been actual (ostial?) penetration to the interior cavity around this plate.
Two deltoid interbasal (7b) plates fit between the plastron and carapace plates at the basal angles of the plastron side. These plates have hitherto been reported only in the Bohemian M7trocystella (Chauvel, 1941). In view of the generally primitive nature of both genera possessing these small intercalated plates in the basal series, it is probable that a hexabasal plan is to be accounted for in all carpoids, instead of the tetrabasal scheme which Jaekel (1918) originally postulated. The interbasals are often inconspicuous, and easily misconstrued as a sutural wrinkle.
‘The brachioles were paired and apparently of the spinous, rigid Placocystis type, as suggested by the proximal portion of the only one
83 Upper Orpovician ENopLouraA: CASTER 13
known. The base of the brachiole fragment is slightly expanded, and the facet of attachment is at the junction of the antero-lateral marginal plates (alm), the anterior adtegmenals (am) and the axillary plates (ax) of the carapace. “They seem to have been ventral in functional position, however.
The tegmenal area is arcuate and rather restricted due to close approximation of carapace and plastron anteriorly; tegmenal cover unknown, but one specimen from the Indiana Ordovician (Plate 2, figs. 1, 2) shows many small polygonal plates scattered about this region, suggesting the nature of the cover. Possibly the M plate (dorsal median adtegmenal) or an adjacent tegmenal, served as an operculum. The “JZ” plate appears to have borne axial furrows on its inner anterior surface in the Mitrocystis manner, as suggested by the same Indiana specimen cited above (Plate 2, fig. 2). Neither the mouth nor the anus is known, but since there are no calicinal perfora- tions which might serve these functions, they were presumably both tegmenal in position. If not, then the anus (or mouth, Chauvel, 1941) may have been posteriorly located, although this is viewed as unlikely. With respect to the latter possibility, although no apertures can be seen, one might be concealed: a) at the ventral median contact of carapace and peduncle (where Haeckel, 1896, imagined it in FE. crusta- cea); and (b) proximad of the “anchor structure’ (stylocone process) on the median peduncle venter. ‘There may have been no functional anus in adulthood (Jaekel, 1918).
The calicinal prosopon consists in E. popei and most other species of a general finely granular surface and delicate microscopic porelike structures. [he latter are easily seen in the Pope specimen due to pyrite fillings. They are abundant and generally distributed. The granular surface is coarser on the concave plastron, but this may be due to erosion on the higher parts of the carapace. ‘The pleurae of the posterior lateral marginal plates and the contiguous adcolumnals (lac) of the carapace carry the transverse undulatory grooves and ridges seen in Ateleocystites and most other carpoids. However, these do not appear to extend onto the median adcolumnal plate (mac). Where this ornament exists, the fine porelike structures are aligned in the grooves between the ridges. All of the carapace plates in front of the median series (1-4) are conspicuously and coarsely pitted. The circular pits are apparently not cystoid pores or pore-wells, nor do they contain pores or connect with canals penetrating the crystalline calcite of the plates. No pitting of this nature has been observed on the ventral surface, although being more coarsely granular than the dorsal surface, the pitting may be thereby concealed. Or again, absence of granulation and/or coarse pitting on the most convex area of the carapace may be due to abrasion. In one of the paratypes of E. popei, (Pl. 1, figs. 4-6) the ornamental traits of other species are much exag- gerated, despite the smaller size of the specimen. Here as can be
14 BULLETIN 141 ‘ 84
seen on Plate 3, figures 4-6, the pitting takes on a labyrinthine char- acter which is most reminiscent of the ornament on the bony plates of the primitive armoured fishes of the Paleozoic, such as the antiarch Bothriolepis, for example.
The peduncle is gross, about half the length of the carapace; it is compressed ovate in proximal section, distally tapering, and dorsally sharply recurved; the tail end, apparently short and held aloft, seems to have been directed forward in life. The proximal part of the peduncle is made up of serial annular laminations, each of which is derived from the fusion of what appear to be four elements (tetrameres rather than dimeres as postulated in other carpoids). There are two dersal and two ventral elements with sutures in the mid-dorsum, mid- pleurae, and mid-venter. The dorsal and lateral sutures represent end-on fusion of the tetramere elements, whereas most of the ventral elements overlap in alternate series, forming a zigzag suture. The lateral suture is fused at the lateral angles. The paired ventral laminae o: the expanded peduncle recurve anteriorly to overlap on the median line and form a series of chevrons of which the anterior “V’’s, how- ever, are made by en-echelon overlap; similar angular recurving of the peduncular elements occurs on the pleurae, though less pronouncedly and without overlap and alternation. From the mid-venter through the pleural angles the elements are sharply carinate and apparently tightly fused. The dorsal elements are rounded and ringlike. The first impression is that of a series of axially overlapping and articu- lating somites, arranged much as in the rhachis of a trilobite. In life, the proximal peduncle was presumably flexible. The crest of each ventral lamella continues as a rounded thickening on the dorsum; the dorsal ccrrelates of the angular inter-annular spaces of the venter are largely filled with transversely wrinkled calcareous material, which, despite its low relief on the surface, is much the thickest portion of each calcareous ring. The wrinkling is deepest adjacent to the mid- dorsal suture. “Thus the proximal peduncle cover was in no sense a fragile structure; instead, it was a heavily armoured body area.
The most characteristic generic and probably familous trait of the group is a curious bifoliate peduncular ‘‘process,” or exaggerated stylo- cone plate, which is inserted on the mid-ventral suture distad of the swollen portion of the peduncle. This styloid structure forces the paired ventral peduncle plates apart, and crowds them and the dorsals to a restricted dorsal position. Apparently the main “process” is com- prised of the indistinguishably fused elements of two serial ventral median insertions. “They are an extraneous element in the peduncle and do not originate by the fusion of the paired ventral peduncular elements, and may be a relic of a fifth element which once participated in the formation of the peduncle. If so, this is a unique relic in the carpoids of a pentaradial condition. From a massive, anteriorly pro- jecting and axially striated arcuate platform, which passes beneath the
85 Upper OrpoviciAaNn ENOPLOURA: CASTER 15
ventral plates, two very prominent, ploughsharelike, transverse blades protrude ventrad and laterad. Where the plates protrude the process is massively calcareous and appears to fill completely the whole axis ot the peduncle, but a restricted lumen may pass dorsally over the stylo- cone. ‘The anterior blade, which is somewhat anchor-shaped, is peri- pherally, and especially ventrally, recurved toward the front. It 1s medially subacuminate, and its posterior median section is strengthened by an inconspicuous axial thickening. The second transverse blade emerges without any detected suture; it is lower and more transverse. and less anchorlike in form. It descends nearly vertically and is less acuminate medially; its edge is granular. Behind these two “‘process”’ blades, analogous, but non-transverse, ventral insertions continue serially, possibly (though doubtfully) to the end of the peduncle. Five such are known. These may be mid-ventrally keeled (£. crusta- cea) or terminate in a simple mid-ventral spine (E. pope), depending apparently on the species. “They are, however, separated from the “‘process” and from each other by sutures, and decrease in size distally. Behind the bifoliate “process” the peduncle is sharply recurved dorsally ; thus the ventral median insertions assume a radiate arrange- ment. The distal dorsal elements of the peduncle become much reduced and abortive. Apparently the actual distal termination has never been seen. “The lumen of the proximal part of the peduncle is very large.
Generic attributes would seem to comprise the number and _ ar- rangement of the plates of the calyx, rigid arms, general plan of the peduncle, and especially the bifoliate arrangement of the styloid process and presence of median peduncular insertions distad of the process itself. The granular and labyrinthine surface ornament, in addition to the general carpoid rugosities, is also, presumably, a generic char- acteristic.
Specific traits may be either of a general or of a restricted nature. Relative sizes of the calyx plates, ornamental details, relative convexi- ties and concavities of the theca, dimensions, etc., are specific variables. Likewise details of the peduncle. Unfortunately, due to the incomplete nature of the usual fossil materials of the genus, the proximal mor- phology has grown to have maximum value for specific differentiation. How far these restricted details are to be relied upon can be deter- mined only when further discoveries of the distal structures of both calyx and peduncle have been made. Most current species, in fact, are based on materials which do not preserve any vestige of the highly important peduncle.
The genus Enoploura is represented by five species, two of which are described as new in this paper. “These appear not to overlap in range, with the possible exception of two previously described from
near the top of the Richmond series, the precise formation not yet having been established.
16 BULLETIN 141 86
Range.—So far the genus has been positively identified only in the Upper Ordovician deposits exposed on the crest of the Cincinnati Arch in the states of Ohio and Indiana. ‘The stratigraphic distribution of the species is as follows:
Richmond subseries Whitewater forfnation |) E. crustacea (Haeckel) (incl. Saluda) and Elkhorn formation J. E. wetherbyi Caster, n. sp. Liberty formation Waynesville formation FE. meeki Caster, n. sp. Arnheim formation
Maysville subseries Mt. Auburn formation
Corryville formation E. popei Caster, n. sp.
Bellevue formation
Fairmount formation E. balanoides (Meek), type DISCUSSION
Comparisons —The above data substantially alter all previous ideas on the organization of the genus Enoploura. So long as the distal theca was unknown and the peduncular: details, first demon- strated by Wetherby (1879), were discredited (Woodward, 1880), such a fanciful lustration as Haeckel’s (1896, p. 40, figs. 1, 2) of Placocystis (=Enoploura) crustacea was tacitly accepted. Haeckel had been misled, of course, by the flexible brachia of Pleurocystis which he considered to. be related to the group now known as carpoids; thus he assumed that such arms prevailed. It is not clear, however, just what genus served as inspiration for his distal restoration of the thecal plates. cit any rate, his historic predictions are now proven false.
Enoploura, as now understood, conforms to the broad characteri- zation of the family Anomalocystidae as used by Bather (1900, p. 49) which was elevated to ordinal rank as the Mitrata by Jaekel (1918). Of ordinal importance is the possession of a flattened calyx, one side of which is concave and the opposite convex; both being framed by common lateral marginal plates. As in other genera of the class, the plastron plates are fewer in number than those of the carapace. The so-called “somatic plates” (within the border) of the plastron are asymmetrically disposed, whereas the carapace is almost bilaterally symmetrical in plate arrangement. ‘The plastron is much the more conservative side in the carpoids, thus deviations from the norm on this side would seem to have higher categorical significance than those of the carapace. All of the ‘‘anomalocystid” genera of any immediate bearing on Enoploura are represented in Figure 2.
37 Upper OrRpbovicIAN ENOPLOURA: CASTER 17
Most American writers since Wetherby’s day have referred his genus to Ateleocystites Billings (1858), based on a Middle Ordovician type species (Fig. 2, A,B). This and the genus Mitrocystella Jaekel (1918) of the Lower Ordovician of Bohemia appear to be the only carpoids exhibiting three (and only three) hypocentral (somatic) plates on the plastron. Presumably the larger the number of somatic plates, the more primitive the organizational condition of the carpoids. Like- wise bilateral symmetry of these plastron plates would appear to reflect more archaic conditions than asymmetry. The enlargement of the principal somatic plate (cs) appears to have been by complete amalga- mate fusion of contiguous plates (e. g., “Placocystis” bohemicus (Bar- rande), Chauvel, 1941, p. 216) which were originally symmetrically arranged. The left-handed asymmetry would seem to derive from the pressure of the diagonal gut against the inner ventral surface in its passage from the anterior left corner toward the posterior right of the thecal cavity. Though just why such a state should effect the already closed sutures of the ventral plates is not readily clear. The commoner condition among the Mitrata is seen in the plastron of Placocystis de Koninck (1869) which has two somatic plates, (Fig. 2, C,D). Mitro- cystis Barrande (1887) from the same horizon as Mitrocystella ex- hibits from four to six somatic plates, always in irregular arrangement ; likewise Basslerocystis of the Lower Devonian appears to possess five somatic plates, (Fig. 2, E,F). Among the arm-possessing Mitrata, Enoploura is one of the most primitive in plastron plan.
In keeping with the general primitiveness of the Enoploura plastron, the interbasal pair of plates (ib), otherwise known only in the Bohemian mitrocystids (e.g., Chauvel, 1941, Mitrocystella, p. 158, fig . 56, 57), is preserved. So far, apparently, these plates have not been observed in any other carpoids.
Continuing with the comparison between Exoploura and Ateleo- cystites, the assumption of any close relationship hinges on the likeli- hood that the latter genus possessed the placocystid type of brachia. This is counter to what has previously been written about 4teleocys- tites, s.s., although Haeckel (1896) did assume that the genus had segmented brachioles of the same sort he postulated for all “anomalo- cystida,’ and such as Schuchert (1904) has found in the type species of Anomalocystites. Careful scrutiny of the photographs of Billings’ types given by Miss Alice Wilson (1946, pl. 2, figs. 1b,2) reveals suggestions of spinous arm-bases at the distal corners of the carapace of Ateleocystites. Hence the restoration of the genus as shown in Text Figure 2, A,B.
Both Billings and Miss Wilson show a transverse tegmenal plate in the Ateleocystites types; it is a lenticular, massive plate which stretches across the whole tegmenal area, and bears on the surface exposed on the ventral side many axial grooves. ‘These recall the
18 BULLETIN I4I 88
groovings on the median adtegmenal plate of one specimen of Eno- ploura which was discussed above. A median plate, though never so large, occurs in several carpoid genera; it is usually correlated with the “M’’ plate in Mitrocystis (e.g., Bather, 1900, fig. xii). Con- fronted by this furrowed plate, and not having observed the arm-bases on the type material, Miss Wilson suggested that a transverse row of short preservable tentacles may have existed in Ateleocystites. This may well have been the case, for certainly the rigid spine-like arms were in all probability mere props and had no food-gathering or sub- vective function. The grooved plate in al! these genera may corres- pond to the tegmenal opercular plate which Kirk (1911) described in the type species of Basslerocystis (new genus). It is quite con- ceivable that the carpoids in general lived in much the same manner of modern holothurids, as Jaekel (1918) has suggested. “They may even have had no functional anus in accordance with Jaekel’s idea, the single aperture serving in the coelenterate manner as the only intestinal ostrum, and the gut functioning as a pump. Soft tentacles might quite logically surround such an aperture, and their number be reflected on a hinged opercular plate against which they pressed when extruded. Such soft structures could, however, hardly be expected to be preserved.
The peduncle of Ateleocystites is imperfectly known, but Miss Wilson’s photographs of the type specimens show a tri-partite peduncle of the Mitrata sort instead of a simple column such as Billings drew and Woodward (1880) copied. One of the type specimens (Canadian Geol. Survey No. 13922) shows a transverse styloid process, but of much less prominent proportions than the huge bifoliate structure in Enoploura. “Yhe two genera appear to be allied in calyx details, and, on the assumption of the possession of the same type of arms, are thought to belong to the same family and subfamily. However, it seems that Miss Wilson was quite right in concluding that dteleocys- lites is represented in America (and presumably, so far, in the world) only by the type species, 4. huxleyi Billings. dnomalocystites bohemi- cus Barrande (e.g., Placocystis bohemicus (B.), Chauvel, 1941, pl. 8 fig. 8) may prove to be an ateleocystid.
Placocystis de Koninck (1869) (Fig. 2, C,D) of the Upper Silurian of Great Britain (and questionably elsewhere) is the proto- type of the rigid-arm-bearing carpoids. ‘This organization is so funda- mentally different from the armless mitrocystids and supposedly flexi- ble-arm-possessing anomalocystids, s.s., that it has seemed desirable to point up this distinctness by the creation of a new sub-order, the Placocystida, below, which is for the present, at least, thought of as co-extensive with the new family Placocystidae. ‘There appears to be little more than general familous similarity between Enoploura and the many-plated forms on one hand, or the symmetrically plated on the other. With respect to the latter condition, there exist so far only
89 Upper OrpoviciaN ENopLouRA: CASTER 19
the South African Lower Devonian (Bokkeveld beds) species Placo- cystis africanus Reed (1925) and an undescribed species from the equivalent horizon (Ponta Grossa beds), now in the writer’s hands for description, from the State of Parana, Brazil. Both are placocystoids, but no satisfactory genus has yet been described for either (new genera now in manuscript, Caster, 1952). In these the plastron plates appear to be nearly symmetrically arranged, and no sign of the “placocystid” odd somatic plate is in evidence. Curiously, this was supposedly the state of affairs in the genus Placocystella Rennie (1936), based on the species P. capensis Rennie, but supposed to accomodate Reed’s species also. Careful scrutiny of Rennie’s photographs of his holotype and paratype specimens reveals what appear to be odd somatic plates on each, thus contradicting Rennie’s diagnosis in this respect. (This situation will be treated in greater detail in another place in connection with the description of the first carpoid echinoderms from South America.) A symmetrical arrangement of the plastron plates ot carpoids has not so far been recorded in the northern world. “Placo- cystis’ bohemicus (Barrande) Chauvel (1941) of the Bohemian Upper Ordovician may show signs of the sutures between the plates elsewhere fused to make the large hypocentral of the Mitrata. While this latter would serve as a prototype (archetype) for the carpoids having two asymmetrically disposed somatic plates, it is already advanced beyond the Enoploura condition (and Ateleocystites?) where the median hypo- central (7s) is retained. Placocystella appears (in Reed’s restoration (1925) of Placocystis africanus) to have a median plate distad of its paired series of somatic plates; however, Rennie (1936) shows no such plate in his representation of the holotype.*
In Rhenocystis Dehm (1933) of the Bundenbach Lower Devon- ian (Germany), Placocystis finds its closest similarity; both exhibit the mid-dorsal “‘placocystid” plate, and a large number of carapace somatic plates (9 in the latter, 13 in the former, as against 6 in Enoploura) ; the German form shows five series of carapace plates, and Placocystis four. The remarkably simple carapace of Enoploura, in comparison, seems to indicate a separate and early line of carapace specialization. Apparently the large median plates in this genus repre- sent the fusion of the more common numerous carapace plates of the other placocystids.
The carapace plate arrangement in Enoploura is truly unique, and can only be homologized uncertainly with that of the other Placo-
* While the present paper was in press, an excellent photograph of Reed’s
holotype was furnished by Dr. A. Brighton, Curator of the Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. The nature of the preservation of this enigmatic fossil is such as to suggest still other representations of the plates than those already given by students of the South African specimen. The photograph and further interpretation will appear in the forthcoming study of the Parana Devonian material.
20 BULLETIN [41 gO
cystida. It represents the acme of the placocystids in reduction of the number of plates and in the proportional large sizes of such plates as it retains. If the second series of plates in Enoploura (Fig. 1, m1-4) corresponds to the second series in Rhenocystis, as appears quite pos- sible, then the Ordovician genus would seem to have undergone specialization by loss of «distal carapace plates; Placocystis likewise, but to a lesser degree. This may be one important direction of Mitrata evolution, but apparently a recurrent, or latent recessive tendency which was not restricted to a single generic lineage. In A teleocystites such facts as can be deduced from the poorly preserved carapaces of the types (Wilson, 1946, pl. 2, figs. 1-3) indicate (Fig. 2, A,B) a carapace plan significantly different from Enoploura. The median basal plate (mac) appears not to reach the peduncle, thus recalling the status of Placocystis and Rhenocystis; the marginal plates overlap widely on the carapace, instead of being mere vertical abutments against the plates as in Enoploura; and at least eight som- atic plates, in addition to the basal median plate, appear to be indicat- ed inside the frame of the marginals. The unique disposition of the Ateleocystites carapace plates alone is enough to establish the generic distinctness of these two.
With Anomalocystites Hall (1859), s.s., (type species: 4. cornu- tus Hall) of the Lower Devonian (Helderbergian) of eastern Amer- ica, and the carpoid species 4. disparilis Hall from the Oriskanian. described at the same time (see Basslerocystis, below) Enoploura shares really very little, except a general carpoid organization and gross form. ‘The two species are unique in possessing swollen egglike thecae. “Iwo very different genera are involved in these inflated Devonian species. Since both were used by Hall in his definition of the genus dnomalocystites, it is not surprising that there has been some uncertainty ever since as to precisely what constitute the mor- phologic traits of the genus. Thus one is always perplexed by the adjective ‘‘anomalocystid,’ especially when employed as a synonym for “carpoid.” As Figure 2, E,F,G,H will bring out, not only are these species extraordinary, but in detail they are quite dissimilar; they occupy what appear to be homeomorphic extremes in carpoid evolu- tion, if, indeed, both are really carpoids! Schuchert (1904) and Kirk (1911) have somewhat clarified the confusion concerning Hall’s genus through their reexamination of the two species involved in its description.
As will be seen by an examination of the restorations on Figure 2, in the Helderbergian species cornutus’, the type species, six
> Tt is intzrestng to note in passing that Haeckel (1896) in his great monograpi on the Phylogeny of the Echinoderms was mistaken as to the relative stratigraphic horizons of Anomalocystites and of Ateleocystites (lower Middle Ordovician). He reversed them; thus some of his phylo- genetic thinking with respect to the two is peculiar.
OI Uprer OrpovicIAN ENopLoURA: CASTER Bt
transverse series of carapace plates are well defined; they do not fall reidily into vertical tiers, and the bilateral symmetry is somewhat imperfect. Most characteristic, and apparently unique among the carpoids, as now understood, is the presence of a pair of segmented brachia with ambulacral extensions upon them. These were des- cribed in detail by Schuchert (1904). (The brachia are amazingly similar to his representation of the terminal peduncle, one should note.) This character alone should make the true anomalocystids suspect members of both the Carpoidea and the Mitrata. (It is extremely inappropriate and misleading to continue the custom oi using “anomalocystid” as a substitute for ‘“carpoid.’’) Although Bather (1900) hesitantly referred d. cornutus to Ateleocystites, it really now seems to have nothing generic or even of a family nature In common with that Ordovician genus. An added matter for specu- lation is the apparent complete lack of a stylocone or its correlate in Anomalocystites. Schuchert (1904) gave a quite unequivocal restora- tion of the two-part peduncle (see Fig. 2, H). In this respect the assignment of the genus to the Mitrata again becomes suspect, for the genera pertaining to this order seem always to have a styloid. Because of the exceptional morphology of the genus a new sub-order, Anomalocystida, has been created for it below. The Anomalocystida may eventually prove to be a distinct order (of the Carpoidea?).
When more data are available, dnommalocystites, s.s., may prove to be a terminal expression of the Rhipidocystis Jaekel line, redefined by Hecker (1940), from the Baltic Black River equivalents in the Ordovician (B-3 through D-1). In this genus (now completely dis- sociated from Jaekel’s fantastic ideas on the organization of the genus, as shown in Hecker, fig. 1, p. 9) there are also exothecal ambulacral extensions on many (up to 10) segmented brachia or “fingers,” as Hecker calls them. The food-grooves are covered by imbricate. wedge-shaped plates. Hecker proposed the new carpoid order Digitata for Rhipidocystis. Although the number of plates in the theca is apparently constant, and the plates themselves differentiable into marginal and somatic, the details of arrangement are not especially carpoid; moreover the ornament is granular and not of the carpoid type. The peduncle is degenerate, not differentiable into two zones, and apparently without any trace of a styloid process. The two faces of the Rhipidocystis theca are flat and subparallel, and both depressed below the thick plates of the marginal flange. This contrasts with the much-inflated theca of the Lower Devonian genus.
Hall’s other species, Anomalocystites disparilis, is a true mitrate carpoid in every respect, albeit a very conservative one. So far it is known only from the American Oriskanian (Lower Devonian), and may represent the highest stratigraphic occurrence of the class. As even casual comparison of the drawings in Figure 2 will show, Hall’s
22 BULLETIN 141 kale g2
two species share very few generic traits—if any. The plate number and arrangement of 4. disparilis are distinctive, and especially so the inflexible placocystid brachia. A new genus is created below for this species. The generic name is intended to honor Dr. Ray S. Bassler.
Genus BASSLEROCYSTIS Caster, n. genus
Type species—Anomalocystites disparilis Hall. Based on a single incomplete specimen. Oriskany sandstone (Lower Devonian), east- ern United States.
Anomalocystites Hall, J., 1858, Amer, Jour. Sci. and Arts, 25(2):p. 2793 1858, Paleontology of New York, 3:p. 132 (pars); Meek, F. B., 1873, Ohio Geol. Survey, Paleont. Ohio, 1, pt.2:p.43 (pars) ; Woodward, H., 1880, Geol. Mag., 7 (dec. 2): pp. 193, 199 (pars); Schuchert, C., 1904, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 47, pt. 2: p. 204 (pars); Kirk, E, rg11, U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., 41: pp. 21-26 (pars).
Anomocystis Haeckel, E., 1896, Fest. z. Siebenzigsten Geburtstage v. C. Gegenbaur, Bd. 1, p. 41 (pars).
Placocystis de Koninck (aff.), Bather, F. A., 1g00, Treatise on Zoology, Ne Gy Be Gir
Non Anomalocystis (and Anomalocystites) Barrande, J., 1887, Syst. Silur. Centre Bohéme, 7, pt. 1:p. 89; Jaekel, O., 1900, Deut. Geol. Gesell., Zeits.. 52:p. 668.
This is one of the most elusive and enigmatic carpoids, due both to the rarity of specimens and the unsatisfactory preservation of such as are known. There are fundamental discrepancies among the three printed accounts of the morphology of the type species such as argue for the possibility of involvement of more than one species. However, Schuchert (1904) and Kirk (1911), who appear to have handled in the main the’ same specimens, still came up with quite different plats of plate arrangement in the species. ‘The diagram shown in Figure 2, 1,F, is an attempt to harmonize the divergent representations (especi- ally Schuchert’s and Kirk’s) in the light of the apparent morphologic probabilities judged on the basis of other carpoids. Hall’s somewhat restored illustration of the holotype shows considerably fewer carapace plates than either Schuchert or Kirk represent from suites of better preserved topotype specimens. The essential characteristics of the species, and those of generic importance, seem not to be in dispute. Should more than one species be found to be masquerading under this designation, all appear to pertain to the new genus Basslerocystis, the analysis of which follows:
Carpoid, flattened egg-shaped theca; possessing inflexible brachia (Schuchert, 1904) attached in the placocystoid manner (Kirk, 1911) ; tegmenal area a quadrate, transverse opening (Schuchert, 1904) which is closed by a single, hinged, opercular plate (Kirk, 1911) which bears longitudinal internal furrows (Schuchert. 1904). No mouth or anus openings known; both probably confined to the quad-
03 Upper OrvoviciaNn ENopLOURA: CASTER 23
rate tegmenal zone (Kirk, 1911). Plastron slightly concave, with subangular lateral carine; carapace much inflated, and proximally rolled under (as shown by Kirk, 1911, pl. 3, fig. 11). The plastron shows two “‘somatic plates,” in characteristic conservative carpoid (and also “anomalocystid”) pattern; however, a narrow transverse median plate, possibly comprised of fused tegmenal (or adtegmenal) plates, lies distad of the usual anterior ventral bounding plates (Kirk, 1911); also two lateral bounding plates, chiefly ventral in position, lie at the extremities of this transverse median plate and form the lateral boundary of the tegmenal (apertural) quadrangle (Kirk, 1911, ple. 32).tie2 20)
The carapace appears to be symmetrical in plate number (Schu- chert, 1904, Kirk, 1911), if not in arrangement (Schuchert, 1904). thus apparently making Hall’s species name, disparilis, somewhat inappropriate. Hall showed an odd number of carapace plates, a number smaller than that noted by either of the revisers. The number and arrangement represented on Figure 2, F, seems to conform in essentials to the Schuchert and Kirk analysis. However, Schuchert, tollowing Hall’s restored basal pattern, showed three basal (adpe- duncular) plates, whereas Kirk found an additional row of plates between those supposed basals and the peduncle on the underturned carapace surface. [hese basal marginals are shown in broken line on Figure 2, F. Schuchert (1904, fig. 22) suggested the presence of such an intercalated basal series on the left side of his diagram A, Kirk denied the existence of either an anal aperture or special anal plate in the proximal carapace such as Schuchert suggested. Hall had restored a tiny, more or less placocystid, mid-carapace plate in the position selected by Schuchert for the anal area.
Comparisons of Genus Basslerocystis—Bather (1900) indicated the affinities of this genus when he referred the type species to Placocystis rather than Hall’s genus. One can infer in the writings of both Schuchert and Kirk that they were open-minded on the assignment of the species to some genus other than Hall’s. Clearly, both in the plate dissimilarities and the differences in the nature of the distal appendages of the calyx, the two Hall species have very little in common. ‘These differences are most clearly brought out in Figure 2, by comparing drawings E,F with G,H.
What appear to be the homologues of the Enoploura axillary plates (ax) have been represented by Kirk (1911) in 4. disparilis; this is the only other occurrence so far reported of these plates. The transverse median adtegmenal plate of the Basslerocystis plastron has no counterpart in the carpoids; it may be a fused series of adtegmenal plates, although the prototype of such is unknown so far in the class.
On the dorsal surface Basslerocystis preserved the largest number of carapace plates so far known in the Mitrata, showing fused, rather
24 BULLETIN 141 94
than imbricate (Mitrocystida), dorsal plates. It is not possible now to correlate these plates with those of other genera, except in a general way. Most distinctive and different is the existence of an extra series of basals (sub-basals) on the underturned surface of the carapace in Basslerocystis, as shown by Kirk (1911).
It would apparently* require a considerable lineage of genera to connect Basslerocystis with any other mitrate form.
Both Anomalocystites, s.s., and Basslerocystis would seem to illustrate the retention of a very primitive carapace plan, more primi- tive in scheme even than Rhenocystis (Fig. 2, I,J). The inflated thecae would seem to be more archaic than the flattened forms com- mon among carpoids. They would appear to preserve on the dorsum the generalized archetype in plate pattern that Placocystella of the Austral Lower Devonian preserves in its symmetrical venter. Perhaps ene might project backward from these terminal ‘‘anachronisms,” the kind of prototype to be expected in the early Ordovician from which the Placocystida (new sub-order, below) developed.
By way of contrast, Kirkocystis Bassler (1950), from the Okla- homa Middle Ordovician, and Anatiferocystis Chauvel (1941), of about the same age in Brittany, are probably the most specialized carpoids known. They have inflated anomalocystoid thecae but the carapace plates have been chiefly reduced to two large (marginal?) ones which meet on the mid-dorsal line. In Kirkocystis there are poss_bly several small basal plates on the carapace; the plastron bears two such baal plates, but the main area of the flat plastron is covered by the ventral extensions of the two large carapace plates; between them on the venter are an elongate somatic plate and a small epicen- tric plate. “his curious arrangement is foreshadowed by severai European Ordovician genera (see, for example, Chauvel, 1941) from which the unknown, but probably asymmetric, appendicular details of Kirkocystis may be inferred. Anatiferocystis Chauvel (1941) is dicotyledonoid with only two thecal plates retained; these meet on the mid-dorsum and m’d-venter. The thecal form is still kirkocystoid.
The higher category Carpoidea (=Heterostelea) has not yet found its natural level in the classification of the echinoderms. Al- though listed as a class on a previous page, it may with equal propriety be elevated to the rank of sub-phylum, alongside Pelmatozoa and Eleutherozoa. Whitehouse (1941) proposed the sub-phylum Homalo- zoa to include the classes Carpoidea and Machaeridia (Withers, 1926), however the elimination of Withers’ ‘‘class’”’ from the Echino- dermata by Wolburg (1938) and others leaves the Carpoidea alone to represent the sub-phylum.
Such elevation is incompatible with the still current concept ot the carpoids as derived pelmatozoans, like the rest of the “‘cystoids.” Inherent in this long-standing classification, which Bather (1900) was
95 Upper OrpoviciAN ENopLOURA: CASTER 25
largely instrumental in advancing, is the idea that all echinoderms are derived from a sessile archetype, through whose fixation radial symmetry was attained; and that both free-moving and non-radial echinoderms can be homologized with such a forebear.
In the paper cited above, Whitehouse (1941) described Middle Cambrian vagrant echinoderms which he interpreted as the fulfillment of the historic prediction from the Biogenetic Law of the eventual discovery of fossil correlates of the free swimming larval stages of existing echinoderms. The previous absence of such fossil data had been the basis for the development of the current ideas outlined above. On the basis of the new Cambrian remains, Whitehouse resuscitated the dormant idea that echinoderm radial symmetry may stem with as much orthodoxy from a free-swimming existence as from sessility. Indeed, the most perfect degree of radial symmetry throughout the Animal Kingdom pertains to eleutherozoic organisms. Whitehouse’s discovery, if his material has been properly interpreted (see Regnéll, 1948 and Gislén, 1947), is a fundamental challenge to the pelmato- zoan theory. He proposed the new sub-phylum Haplozoa for the new Cambrian eleutherozoic echinoderms.
Two new classes were recognized for the Haplozoa: the class Cycloidea, based on the radially symmetrical genus Cymbionites, and the class Cyamoidea, based on the bilaterally symmetrical genus Peridionites. Thus in this sub-phylum the fundamental cleavage between bilateral and radial organization was established in the Echinodermata. Whitehouse postulated a dipleurula-like, segmented and coelomate archetype of the phylum, as most echinoderm specialists have done, but passes directly therefrom, without either radial sym- metry or fixation, into the cyamoid Haplozoa. A direct projection of this lineage became the Carpoidea (=Homalozoa, restricted) ; thus there could have been no radial symmetry or sessility in this line. By further evolution at the Haplozoa grade of organization, White- house would have the radially symmetrical, but still eleutherozoic, cycloids differentiated. Apparently a basic cleavage of the Cycloidea resulted in the sessility and concomitant modifications of the sub- phylum Pelmatozoa on the one hand, whereas on the other, persever- ence of the radial organization and motility of the cycloids accom- panied the evolution into a more complex organization seen in the sub-phylum Eleutherozoa. According to the Whitehouse scheme, this last sub-phylum did not pass through a pelmatozoan intermediate stage, and any larval fixation that occurs in the sub-phylum is purely coinci- dental and non-recapitulatory. “The adaptive form which represents the average habitus for each sub-phylum seems to have been indepen- dently attained in homeomorphic lines within each of the other sub-phyla; witness: the eleutherozoic Pelmatozoa, pelmatozoic Eleu- therozoa, pore-bearers of carpoid form, etc.
26 BULLETIN 147 ‘an gG
The following synopsis will summarize the relations between: these genera, and other mitrate genera, and Enoploura. It will also serve as an instrument for emending Jaekel’s (1900; 1918) higher category classification of the Mitrata-
Order MITRATA Jaekel, I91I8
Carpoidea (Heterostelea) having convexo-planate or convexi- concave calices; both surfaces are covered by relatively large plates: there are many fewer plates on the plastron ordinarily than on the carapace. [Lateral marginal plates are common to both surfaces; four to six adpeduncular basal plates present; these usually exhibit char- acteristic striations or [aminations. Peduncle tri-partite: the proximal section is swollen, with a large [umen, and ts comprised of fused annulations each formed of two dimeres sutured on the mid-dorsum and mid-venter (the “heterostele” character) (in Enoploura each peduncular ‘“‘dimere”’ bears a lateral suture, thus creating a tetra- merous condition which possibly represents the archaic condition of the peduncle in the whole order); the middle section of the ped- uncle bears a large ventrally-inserted toothed or bladed assicle,. the ‘‘process,” styloid or stylocone; distal portion of peduncle narrow, cylindrical column of flexibly united colummals. These are pre- sumably also made up of fused dimeres (tetrameres?). Terminal section of peduncle is often much reduced and frequently coiled in repose,
The principal morphologic differentia and the taxonomic cate- gories so far based thereon are shown in the following key.
Key to the Genera, Families and Sub-families of the Mitrata
f. Carapace plates imbricate; no brachia or other distal exothecal appen- davese meerrer cece acme Dd Dero wide ol orereits Wie eae eke olete sa piowmie reo elke ee Sub-order Mitrocystida n. sub-order; Family Mitrocystidae Jaekel,
1900.
Ae chhreessomaticaplates! onisplastnon) merrmeise eeeiise ee icin ete cere eee Genus Mitrocystella Jaekel, 1918; Lower Ordovician, Bohemia.
B. Four, five or six somatic (hypocentric) plates on the plastron ..... - Genus Mitrocystis Barrande, 1887, Lower Ordovician, Bohemia-
IJ. Carapace of fused, non-imbricate plates; distal appendage or appendages present.
AS (Only one distal farm) onsprocessspresent (ree. eerec eee eetee Sub-order Lagynocystida nn. sub-order; Family Lagynocystidae Jaekel, 1918.
x. Plastron comprised wholly of marginal plates; carapace with many smallcentral splates;muchwelongated!icallyx; temas eee ares Sub-family Laynocystinae n. sub-family; Genus Lagynocystis Jaekel, 1918, Middle Ordovician, Bohemia.
z. Plastron or carapace, or both, reduced to two plates Sub-family Kuirkocystinae n. sub-family.
a. Carapace comprised wholly or essentially of two marginal plates; surface tubercular.
07 Upper OrpovicIlAN ENoPLOURA: CASTER 39
{1) Plastron largely covered by two marginal plates, but contains two or more narrow somatic plates ................2 02008 Genus Kirkocystis Bassler, 1950, Middle Ordovician, Oklahoma.
(2)5 lastron® bearing “several (about a1), plates) ssesss. sso oes Genus Balanocystis Barrande, 1887, Middle Ordovician, Bohemia.
Allied new genus, not described, Lower Devonian, Brazil.
b. Calyx comprised of two large plates only; these meet on mid- venter and mid-dorsum; apparently no basal plates ........ Genus Anatiferocystis Chauvel, 1943, Middle Ordovician, Brittany.
B. ‘Two exothecal arms or brachia present.
1. Brachia segmented, bearing exothecal ambulacra (Schuchert, 1904). Sub-order Anomalocystida® n. sub-order; Family Anomalocys- titidae Meek, 1872, emend., restr.; Genus Anomalecystites Hall, 1358, s.s.; Lower Devonian, United States.
2. Brachia rod-like, unsegrferted, articulated at base, non-subvective, . Sub-order Placocystida®, (Haeckel, 1896) emend., n. sub-orders Family Placocystidae n. family.
a. Symmetrically arranged plates on both carapace and _ plastron. Genus Placocystella Rennie, 1936, Lower Devonian, South Africa and Brazil (allied form).
b. Asymmetrically arranged plastron plates; carapace symmetrical.
(1) Less than three somatic plates en the plastron ............ Sub-family Placocystinae n. sub-family.
(a) Two somatic plates on the plastron; carapace with “placocystid’”’ plate.
(1) Elongate calyx; five series of carapace plates. Genus Rhenocystis Dehm, 1933, Lower Devonian, Germany.
(ii) Ovate calyx; four series of carapace plates ........ Genus Placocystis de Koninck, 1869, Upper Silurian, Great Britain.
(2) Three somatic plates on the plastron; no “placocystid” plate | Reso ee Sub-family Enoplourinae n. sub-family
(a) Six somatic plates on the carapace; prominent stylocone.. Genus Enoploura Wetherby, 1879, Upper Ordovician, United States.
(b) More than six somatic (epicentral) plates on the cara- pace; stylocone not prominent; broad grooved teg- MeT alps PlAtely «pee hovercct era stot ere crete: Aehahorety, oa es ee re sieveyeiahs Genus Ateleocystites Billings, 1838, Middle Ordo- vician, Canada.
(3) Five somatic plates on the plastron; large number of non- imbricate carapace plates; operculate tegmenal area Sub-family Basslerocystinae n. sub-family; Genus Basslero- cystis n. genus, Lower Devonian, United States.
® Haeckel (1896) used the term “Anomocystida” (=Anomalocystida) for a family of the Amphoridea. He credited Woodward (1880) with the family (Anomalocystidae), the spelling of which he arbitrarily modified; however, the family Anomalocystidae was first proposed by Meek (1872). That family is now employed in a restricted sense in this paper under the emended spelling Anomalocystitidae, to agree with the orthography of Hall’s genus. The term “Placocystida” was also employed by Haeckel for a_ family designation (=Placocystidae), but in a sense more nearly corresponding to the order here indicated.
28 BULLETIN 141 08
It is quite likely that each of the above proposed sub-families will in time be elevated to family status. The morphologic differ- ences involved appear to be of higher taxonomic value than the rank here assigned. It would seem to require unduly long generic phylo- geny to connect the various “sub-families” of the Placocystidae of this synopsis, for example. There does not seem to be any sound basis for the current assumption that these organisms exhibited any markedly greater plasticity in the arrangement of thecal plates than did other echinoderms of comparably high organization. In the study of this group there is still too much carry-over in the mode of think- ing about them from the days when they were assigned to the Cysti- dea. The morphologic evidence now at hand strongly suggests that a truly grand array of genera yet await discovery before the evolu- tionary links between many of the known carpoid genera (and families) now known can be ranged with any confidence into phylo- genetic series.
SPECIES OF ENOPLOURA Eroploura balanoides (Meek) Plate 2, figs. 7-3
Anomalocystites (Ateleocystites?) balanoides Meek, F. B., 1872, Amer. Jour. Sci. and Arts, 3(3):p. 423; 1873, Ohio Geol. Survey, Paleont. Ohio; 3, pt 22p. 41, \pl-3 bis; fies. 6ya-c
Enoploura balanoides (Meek), Wetherby, A. G., 1879, Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist., Jour., 1:p. 163 (pars).
Ateleocystites balanoides (Meek), Woodward, H., 1880, Geol. Mag., 7 (dec. 2): p. 198 (pars), pl. 6, figs. 6-8.
Anomalocystites balanoides Meek, Miller, S. A., 1889, North Amer. Geol. and Paleont., p. 224, fig. 247.
Placocystis balanoides (Meek), Haeckel, E., 1896, Festschr. z. Siebenzig- sten Geburtstage v. C. Gegenbaur, Bd. 1, pl. 2, figs. 5-7.
Placocystis crustacea Haeckel E., 1896, Idem., p. 39 (pars).
No new facts concerning the type species, s.s., have been dis- covered since Meek’s original analysis, which was based on a specimen collected by G. W. Harper (fide Wetherby, 1879) from the Cin- cinnati hills. His illustrations are copied on Plate 2, figs. 7-9. Apparently no new specimens showing the traits of the holotype nor any other specimen from the horizon of the holotype have so far turned up.
The exceptionally large size of the holotype calyx fragment, the narrow basal carapace plate (mac), breadth of the proximal calyx, markedly arcuate basal plastron plates (bm), and very deep reentrant in these plates at the base of the plastron for the attachment of the peduncle, all mark this specimen as very different from any others representing the genus. Since it is clearly from a distinct geologic
99 Upper OrbovicIAN ENOPLOURA: CASTER 29
5/8_INCH
1 1/8 INCHES
an
¥ 3
S =
= So
z z N
$ BS
SPECIES OF ENOPLOURA
Fig. 2. Type species of characteristic mitrate echinoderms. A and _ suc- ceeding alternate letters are plastron views; B and_ succeeding alternate jetters are corresponding carapaces. A,B, Ateleocystites huxicyi Billings. Middle Ordovician, Canada. Included here on the assumption that rigid, placocystid arms are present; this appear to be true of the type specimiens. Based on the Billings types shown by Alice Wilson, 1946. C,D, Placocystis forbesiana de Koninck. Upper Silurian (Wenlock), Great Britain. Based on Bather’s restoration, 1900, from type material. E,F, Basslerocystis disparilts (Hall) Caster, n. genus. Lower Devonian (Oriskanian), United States. Com- posite restoration based on Hall, 1859, Schuchert, 1904, and Kirk, 1911, from type and topotype material. G,H, Anomalocystites cornutus Hall. Lower Devonian (Helderbergian), United States. Questionably a carpoid. Drawn from Hall, 1859, and Schuchert, 1904, based on type and topotype material, I,J, Rhenocystis latipedunculata| Dehm. Lower Devonian (Bundenbach), Germany. Somewhat restored from Dehm, 1933. K,L, Enoploura popei Caster, n. species. Upper Ordovician (Maysville, Cincinnatian), United States. Drawn by Anneliese S. Caster.
c@) i BULLETIN I41 | 100
horizon, from which no competing specimens have so far been recov- ered, and because there now appears to be some degree of specific differentiation discernible in the various formational occurrences of the genus, it seems best te restrict the Meek species to the original holotype. Clearly the only other Maysville species known, E. popei, n. sp., to be described below, from the Corryville formation, is mor- phologically different from the type species in every comparable detail.
Occurrence—As explained in the introduction, the type horizon of the Harper species must lie in the Fairmount member (“Hill Quarry beds”), upper Fairview formation, basal Maysville subseries of the Cincinnatian series (Upper Ordovician). It was recovered from the hills at Cincinnati’.
Enoploura crustacea (Haeckel) Plate 2, figs. 17, 2?, 3-5, 6?
Enoploura balanoides (Meek), Wetherby, A. G. 1879, Cimcinnati Soe. Nat. Hist., Jour., 1:p. 163 (pars); 1879A, 2:pl. 7, fig. 1d-g.
Ateleocystites balanoides (Meek), Woodward, H., £880, Geol. Mag., 7 (dec. 2):p. 198 (pars), pl. 6, figs.. 12-15.
Placocystis crustacea Haeckel, E., 1896, Festschr. z. Siebemzigsten Geburts- tage v. C. Gegenbaur, Bd. 1, p. 39, fig. 1,2 (imaginative restoration),
(pars). Enoploura crustacea (Haeckel), Bather, F. A., rg00, Treatise on Zoology, pt. 3, DP. SI
Ateleocystites balanoides (Meek), Bassler, R. S., 1915, U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, p. 88 (pars).
Ever since the discovery of the first enoplourid, the arthrovodous aspect of the greup has been manifest. Witness the type species name balanoides, above. The basal thecal plates do recall the plates of barnacles; likewise the flattened theca and the flexible peduncle. However, the nature of the peduncle was unknown when Wetherby discovered the. truly amazing, stylocone-bearing structure which he reported in 1879, along with two new thecal fragments. The new materia! only increased the similarity to the Crustacea; so much so, in fact, that Wetherby courageously removed his new genus Enoploura,
7 There is a rather marked difference in fauna and facies between the calcarenaceous Fairmount beds and the overlying argillaceous McMillan formation, so it would not be especially strange should different species characterize genera common to the two formations. In the past there has been too little species discrimination between the formations of the Maysville subseries. Recent restudies, such as Flower’s (1946) on the Cincinnatian cephalopods and Van Fossen (1951, M.S. Thesis, U.C.) on the rafinesquinid brachiopods, point up rather forcefully the need for closer specific distinctions among even the commoner Cincinnatian faunal elements. Many of these new, and morphologically sound, species derived from closer scrutiny of old broad “species” have quite restricted stratigraphic ranges.
ror Upper OrbovicIAN ENoPLOURA: CASTER is 31
based on the original Meek fragment, his two new comparable frag- ments, and especially the new peduncle-bearing specimen, from the Echinodermata. Wetherby’s new material came from near the top of the Richmond subseries, considerably higher than Meek’s types, hence it is not surprising that they are somewhat different morpho- logically.
From his broad world-perspective of the echinoderms, Haeckel (1896) recognized that these structural differences between Meek’s primary types and Wetherby’s supposed hypotypes were of a sneciftic nature. The name crustacea was proposed for the Richmond fossils, although the Wetherby genus was suppressed as a synonym of Placo- cystis. The new name was an especially felicitous one, as a glance at Plate 2, figures 10-12 will show. ‘These are three views of Weth- erby’s specimen showing the attached peduncle and remarkably crus- taceous appearance of the fossil. One specimen of Wetherby’s other material (Plate 2, figs. 3-5) bears the attached peduncle, without the “process”; but the calices of all his specimens are incomplete to about the same degree as Meek’s material.
A comparison of the dimensions and plate arrangements in the three new specimens illustrated by Wetherby (1879, pl. 7, figs. 1, 1a- g) shows differences which may well represent contemporaneous speciation, and are here so evaluated. Bather (1900, p. 51, footnote) noted this when, in the process of recognizing Wetherby’s genus anew, he restricted Haeckel’s name crustacea to only part of the Wetherby suite (1879, p. 7, figs. 1d,e,f, g). He does not indicate his intentions with respect to Wetherby’s other specimen (figs. 1, I1a-c), but it is to be supposed that he wished it referred back to Meek’s original species, which was the only other one then known in the genus. However, it now appears that this specimen cannot be referred to either Meek’s Maysville species (balanoides) or the Richmondian crustacea of Haeckel, as delimited by Bather. Hence the new species E. wetherbyi, below. The result of Bather’s action was to eliminate from the species crustacea Wetherby’s most crustaceous-appearing type, and the one which probably most influenced Haeckel in choosing the species name. Bather’s action indirectly made the specimen illus- trated by Wetherby on his plate 7, figs. 1d-f, the holotype of FE. crustacea (Haeckel), and there seems to be no good reason to contest this designation now. Especially so, in view of the fact that all mem- bers of the genus, in which the peduncular detail is well preserved, have a remarkably crustaceous appearance.
All the characteristics of E. crustacea now knowable are shown by the copies of Wetherby’s illustrations (1879, pl. 7, fig. 1d-g) given on Plate 2. The prominent triangular depression of the posterior plastron surface, corresponding in its delimitation to the internal converging buttresses (Fig. 1), marks crustacea as a highly distinctive
32 BULLETIN I4I 102
torm. Apparently the basal angles of the buttress triangle have specific value. A specimen from Madison, Indiana, (Plate 2, fig. 1) appears to belong to this species, on the basis of similar triangular areas. It represents the nearly complete interior of a plastron surface, and is therefore the second specimen to be discovered which reveals the outline of the whole Enoploura calyx. At the anterior end of this specimen are many scattered polygonal plates. They are suggestive of a tegmen covering. The inner edge of a large (median?) plate (presumably the sam plate) is bordered by a channeled flange (Fig. 2) in a manner remotely suggestive of the ‘““M”’ plate furrowings in the carapace of Mitrocystis. Possibly this plate performed an opercu- lar function in Enoploura.
This species differs from E. popei, below, in its narrower calyx, and more pronouncedly depressed triangular area of the plastron. It differs from the type species in the same characters, and especially in its lesser proportional width, shallower peduncular emargination of the plastron, and less arcuate basal plastron plates. Although no stylocone process is preserved in the original collection, the massive structure is present, but badly fractured, in the Madison specimen. No comparison with either Enoploura popei or E. wetherbyi can be made in this respect, however.
Occurrence-—The holotype (Newton specimen) came, according to Wetherby (1879), from the “upper part of the Hudson River group at Richmond, Indiana.’ ‘This is in the upper part of the Richmond subseries of the Cincinnatian series in modern stratigraphy. The exact formation is unknown, but it is probably the Whitewater or Saluda formation. The Madison hypotype is poorly documented. The only data on the University of Cincinnati label (U.C. No. 25708) are “Madison, Indiana.’”’ ‘The entire stratigraphic section from the upper Maysville to the top of the Ordovician is exposed in the Ohio River bluffs at Madison, but the more likely fossil horizons would be in the Richmond. The only indentifiable fossils in the matrix of this specimen are shells of the brachiopod Zygospira which is, unfortunately, not an adequate stratigraphic marker.
Enoploura wetherbyi Caster, n. sp. Plate 2, figs. 10-12
Enoploura balanoides (Meek), Wetherby, A. G., 1879, Cincinnati Soc. Nate *iHist," Jour.) 1ps 163) (pars) 187945) 2eiplen 7a tie eee ota=Di Woodward H., 1880, Geol. Mag., 1896, 7 (dec. 2):pl. 6, fig. g-r1.
Placocystis crustacea Haeckel, E., 1896, Festschr. z. Siebenzigsten Geburts- tage v. C. Gegenbaur, Bd. 1, p. 39 (pars).
This species is based on the original specimen collected by Dr. Wetherby which preserved the curious peduncular ‘process’ (stylo- cone) and ventral peduncular styloid insertions. It was this specimen which led him astray in assigning the species to the Crustacea and
103 Upper OrRpbovicIAN ENOPLOURA: CASTER 33
brought down Woodward’s (1880) censure upon him. It also fur- nished the basis for Haeckel’s keen comparison of the carpoids with crustaceans. Since no additional material of the species has subse- quently come to light, Wetherby’s published diagnosis (complicated by his mistakenly employed crustaceous nomenclature) and excellent illustrations (copied on Plate 2) are the complete documentation. This species is characterized by its angular posterior calicinal angles, and especially by the construction of the peduncle. In contrast with Enxoploura popei, below, the peduncle of E. wetherbyi is narrower and more tapering and less conspicuously dorsally recurved. ‘The stylocone is less produced either ventrally or laterally, and the post- process mid-ventral insertions are less aborted, in keeping with the suaver dorsal curvature of the peduncle. The distal styloid insertions are foliaceous, keeled and imbricate, rather than closely fused struc- tures bearing blunt vestigial bosses or spines as they are in E. popei*.
Occurrence.—From the “upper part of the Hudson River Group” at Osgood, Indiana, and according to Wetherby’s statement, it was found at about the same horizon as the Newton specimen (FE. crusta- cea) from Richmond, Indiana. This is probably from the White- water formation, and may have come from the Saluda layer, in which other cystoids are relatively common.
S
Although Wetherby’s description and excellent illustrations of this curious specimen certainly offered no basis for doubting the authenticity of the organization he described, Woodward (1880) was loathe to accept it as a fact. In making a footnote-suggestion that the ventral insertions might be, in reality, adventitious plates of a Turrilepas, he planted the germ which fifty years later was to grow into a veritable epidemic: “Is it possible,’ he wrote, “that the associated plates ... which Prof. Wetherby considers to be the “abdominal appendages” are the plates of Turrilepas? If this were the case, and their association not merely fortuitous, it might prove, not that Ateleocystites was a Crustacean, but that Turrilepas was possibly the peduncle of an anomalous Cystidean! We recommend this to Prof. Wether- by’s consideration.” It appears that this was the beginning of the thought which eventually led to Withers’ (1926) presentation of Turrilepas and its kind as a new echinoderm class, the ‘Machaeridea.” Despite considerable current acceptance on the Continent, Wolburg’s (1938) arguments against this “class” have never been successfully met, as Regnéll (1945) points out. Wolburg’s strongest argument was that, except for Lepidocoleus, a doubtful “machaerid”, the representatives of Withers’ “class” do not possess the crystalline calcite skeletal structure universally known in the Echinodermata. The entire skeleton of Enoploura is of the true echinoderm nature; dissociated peduncles appear never to have been discovered so far, thus they have not been confused with any “machaerid’”’ genus in paleontologic writings. If they do turn up, and the original skeletal structure is preserved, there is little chance of confusion. Moreover, the styloid process has apparently no analogue in the turrilepid organization, and so far as known, the character- istic sculpturing of the leaves in the machaerid strobilii does not occur on the peduncle plates of any carpoid.
34 ' BULLETIN 141 104.
Enoploura popei Caster, n. sp. Plate 1, figs. 1-6; Plate 3, figs. 1-6; Plate 4, figs. 4-8, Text fig. 1
The holotype and three paratypes are the basis for the following specific analysis. The former is the first specimen of the genus to show the preservation of all carapace and plastron plates; likewise it is unique in demonstrating the presence of a pair of articulated rigid arm-spines at the distal corners of the calyx. The preservation of the peduncle is also exceptional. The first paratype (USNM No. 180483) retains more of the calicinal plates than any specimen dis- covered prior to the holotype, and shows an exceptionally fine pres- ervation of the surface ornamentation.
The plate arrangement and sizes are shown by the photographs and Figure 1. .The absence of any angularity at the basal angles of the calyx is very characteristic of these Corryville forms of the genus (see, for example, the contrasting condition in E. meeki, nv. sp., from the Waynesville, below). Although the holotype is exceedingly important for an understanding of the plate arrangement of the genus, each of the paratypes contributes certain details which the holotype does not show, or deviations which help toward an under- standing of the range of variation to be encountered in the species. Each specimen of the type suite is therefore separately considered below.
Holotype.— The holotype (Univ. Cincinnati Museum No. 25993) is illustrated in Figure 1 and Plate 1. It is conspicuously devoid of striking ornament, except for the coarsely pitted condition of the distal carapace plates, represented on Figure 1. The rest of the test is finely punctose only, with pyrite filling the delicate vertical peres. Even the characteristic carpoid rugae of the posterior (proxi- mal) lateral areas are obscure on the holotype (Plate 1, fig. 3). It seems hardly possible that this specimen, the best articulated yet recovered, could have suffered enough abrasion to account for the low grade of ornament now preserved. Were it not that the three paratypes represent a progressive ornamental sequence from the in- conspicuous prosopon of the holotype to the strikingly rugose and labyrinthine, ostracoderm-like condition in the first paratype (des- cribed below), one might consider the holotype as specifically distinct from the remainder of the type suite.
The most characteristic specific traits of E. popei appear to belong to the peduncle. On the dorsal (1.e., carapace) side, 14 peduncular somites. proximad of the styloid “process”? can be distin- guished. “Two of these, however, which would normally not emerge from beneath the posterior calyx shield, are revealed here by abrasion.
105 Upper OrpovicIAN ENopLouRA: CASTER 35
Each peduncular somite (ring) is comprised of four elements which meet at sutures on the mid-dorsum, mid-pleurae and mid-venter. Thus the proximal peduncle is made up of four-part (tetramere) fusion, rather than the two-part (dimere) fusion customarily postulated for the carpoids (erroneously?). Of the 14 somites distinguishable on the dorsum of the proximal peduncle, the comprising elements meet end-on at the mid-dorsal suture; those comprising the dorsal surface of the 4 somites adjacent to the process meet in zigzag. On the pleurae, 8 somites are revealed distad of the calyx plates; the corres- ponding dorsal and ventral elements of each of the 8 somites recurve toward the calyx at the mid-pleural line to form a characteristic series of proximally-directed pleural chevrons; the elements of each somite meet end-to-end, however, on the pleural suture. On the venter, the proximal 3 somites meet end-on; 8 are en-echelon along the zigzag ventral sutural line, but touch one another. ‘The distal two fail to meet due to the insertion of the ventral “process.” The latter is inserted between the 12th, 13th (aborted) and 14th segments, as counted on the dorsal side.
The “process” has the form to be seen in the photographs. ‘The foliaceous margins, however, were considerably extended both ven- trally and laterally, and were slightly pustulose on the very edge; 7.e., they show no signs of abrasion. The shape of the process is probably a specific trait; likewise the nature of the post-process mid-ventral insertions. In FE. pepe these distal styloid insertions, like the “pro- cess,’ are massive crystalline calcite. They appear to have been solidly fused together and to the “‘process,’”’ although the sutures are discernible. On the ventral surface each insertion carries a blunt spine or boss. One such spine is shown intact in Plate 1, figure 3. The peduncle is sharply recurved dorso-anteriorly distad of the last preserved insertion on the holotype, and, judging from the area of fracture and apparent size of the peduncular lumen here, the recurved portion may have been very short and stubby.
The dimensions of the holotype are as follows:
Median length plastron 23.°,mm: Median length carapace 23.8 mm. Carapace width (max.) 16. mm, Depth plastron concavity 2.8 mm. Depth distal emargination of plastron
{peduncle insertion) 2.5 mm. Width first blade of stylocone 5-3 mm.
Width second blade of stylocone 7. mm. Distance between blades 3
36 BULLETIN 14! 106
Occurrence.—Discovered by Mr. John K. Pope from the middle part of the Corryville member of the Maysville group on Stonelick Creek, Clermont County, Ohio. The specimen was found on a calcarenite slab which had fallen from the middle section of the cut- bank of the creek about 200 yds. downstream from the highway bridge on Ohio Route No. 131. This is at the first stream ford below the highway.
Paratype No. 1.—The first paratype (U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 114798), illustrated on Plate 3, figures 4-6, is subequal in d’mensions to the holotype. It is second only in the number of calyx plates preserved, and shows the most remarkable ornamental detail of any specimen of the genus so far discovered. Only the distal thecal plates and distal peduncle are missing. All of the somatic plates of the carapace are preserved, most of the central somatic and the “anomalo- cystid” plate of the plastron. Only the proximal part of the stylocone cylinder is preserved, however.
By comparing the photographs it will be seen that the general shape and arrangement of the plates are the same in the two speci- mens. However, the basal marginals (4m) of the holotype are slightly longer and narrower, and their lateral margins converge distally more rapidly. “The proximal median emargination of the plastron for the peduncle insertion is slightly deeper in the paratype. ‘The median lateral marginal plates (mlm) of the holotype are sub- equal in size and symmetrically placed, whereas in this paratype the left plate is apparently considerably longer than the right (plastron view), and consequently the suture between the median latera! marginals and the anterior lateral marginals (alm) is considerably distad of the proximal acute angle of the “‘anomalocystid” plate, They are on approximately the same level in the holotype. The median somatic plates (m2, m3) of the carapace are longer and narrower in the paratype. On figure 4 the deltoidal interbasal (7b) plates show very distinctly.
The most conspicuous trait of the paratype is the labyrinthine external ornament of all the calyx plates. As figure 6 shows, the transverse undulatory rugae, so characteristic of most carpoids, are prominent on the basal lateral regions of the lateral adcolumnals (lac), but over the remainder of the test a pebbled-leather effect. which grades into labyrinthine pitting distally, is unique. The effect is amazingly similar to that exhibited by many early placoderm and
107 Upper Orpovician ENopLourA: CASTER 37
ostracoderm fishes? (e.g., Bothriolepis of the Devonian in Patten, 1912, fig. 247, 248, etc.). The labyrinthine ornament becomes a series of parallel ridges or rugae on the suture between the median plates (bm) and the posterior lateral marginals (flm). ‘The deep circular pits on the distal carapace plates of the holotype may be derived from the kind of ornament seen in this paratype, where, too, the excavations in the labyrinth appear to be deepest adjacent to the sutures of the median somatic plates (1-4). The peduncle of the paratype shows longitudinal ridges on all the tetramere elements; they are especially conspicuous on the carapace (dorsal) side. The basal portion of the stylocone is deeply pitted. In the holotype no peduncular ornament was observed.
Occurrence. — ‘The paratype was discovered by Mr. Joseph Stocker behind the Seminole Apartments, on Ravine Street, Cincin- nati. [he horizon is in the middle part of the Corryville formation ( Maysville subseries).
Paratype No. 2.—The second paratype (Univ. of Cincinnati Mus. No. 25257) is a much smaller specimen than either of the previous ones. Only the basal series of plates is adequately preserved for study. Plate 3, figure 1-3 and Plate 4, figure 8 show the plate details and proportions. The peduncular emargination of the carapace is extraordinarily deep in this specimen, and the median adcolumnal (mac) much more scutelliform than in the preceding specimens. Figure 2 shows the undeformed basal profile of the specimen. Despite the smaller size of the specimen, the proximal peduncle appears to
® This similarity in ornament between the enoplourid carpoids and the earliest fishes may be more than mere coincidence. Indeed, it is difficult to imagine such a close similarity arising completely independently. Gislén (1930) developed the thesis that the carpoids were closely allied to the enterocoelic radicle whence came the early chordates, and, indeed, may actually be more closely allied to the chordates than to the echinoderms. His arguments were largely based on similarities, real or inferred, in the pore system of certain carpoids (Cothurnocystites) and gill apertures in Amphi- oxous. Gregory (1935, 1951) has pointed out a certain similarity in the arrangement of the plates of the carpoid calyx (especially in Placocystites and Mitrocystella) and the armour plates of the Devonian ostracoderm Drepanaspis. Certainly from the earliest record of “fishes” in the Upper (?) Ordovician (Astraspis and Eriptychius), persistently through most of their Paleozoic history, the armoured chordates repeatedly bore plate orna- ment very similar to taat here illustrated for Enoploura. Thus one more morphologic trait appears to link these “atypical” echinoderms with the earliest preserved fish. In view of the fact that the ranges of the first fish and the carpoids overlap, one would presumably need to project the separate lineages backward for an immense time before they could possibly converge to the point of identity. The fact that the earliest fishes were apparently dwellers in fresh waters, and tne carpoids, like all echinoderms, wholly marine, would support the contention that an immense amount of time and concomitant evolution intervene in the morphologic hiatus between the point of departure and the coéval records of carpoids and the first fishes.
38 saath BULLETIN I41 108
show the same number of elements as in the larger types. The four sutures between the peduncular elements show very well.
Occurrence.—Collected by Mr. Stanley Schweinfurth about 8 feet below the base of the Mt. Auburn formation, in the upper part of the Corryville beds at Tower Lake, on the outskirts of Cheviot, near Dent, Ohio. This is in the western hills of Cincinnati.
Paratype No. 3.—The fourth specimen of FE. popei (Plate 4, figs. 4-7) is only slightly better preserved than the foregoing paratype. The proportions of the basal plates are slightly different from anv of the other types. Of particular interest in this specimen is the preser- vation in the peduncle (fig. 4) of clear evidence of the metameric nature of the styloid process. Beneath the exfoliation of the sutureless exterior of the two process blades, only the base of the first blade is retained in the specimen, a sutural surface is exposed. This bears a median keel. It seems to correspond in position to the junction between the two process blades and would thus indicate that the twe blades of the stylocone are but modified and externally fused isomeres of a series.
In this specimen the ornament is intermediate in stage of develop- ment between the holotype and the first paratype, with a low-relief labyrinth well developed.
Occurrence-——From the A. F. Foerste Collection in the U. S. National Museum (No. 93345) from “Maysville (Corryville), Cincinnati, Ohio.” It was identified as Meek’s species Enoploura balanoides, and presumably was the basis for the restriction of the species to the Corryville formation in Bassler’s (1914) Bibliographic Index.
Comparisons —The present species differs from the Wetherby specimen from the Upper Richmond of Osgood, Indiana (described above as E. wetherbyi) (Plate 2, figs. 10-12), in being considerably less produced at the posterior angles of the calyx, in having a more transverse and more ponderous peduncular ‘“‘process,’’ and especially in possessing spinous, post-process, mid-ventral, styloid peduncle inser- tions, rather than keeled foliaceous plates. The basal carapace plate (mac) in E. popei is considerably broader and longer proportionally than in E. wetherbyi. Wetherby’s specimen was the only one pre- viously discovered which shows the peduncular “process” and was the first record of the styloid structure in paleontologic literature. The Newton specimen (Plate 2, figs. 3-5) from the Upper Richmond also (Richmond, Indiana) preserved the proximal peduncular plates, but no “process.” This species has a narrower and apparently longer calyx, with a very conspicuous’ triangular depression in the posterior plastron floor, corresponding to the area delimited by the converging internal buttresses (Plate 2, fig..1). It is possible that the plastron interior of a nearly complete calyx shown on Plate 2, figures 1, 2,
109 Upper OrpvoviciaN ENopLOURA: CASTER = 39
pertains to Haeckel’s species. The type species Enoploura balanoides, (Plate 2, figs. 7-9), which comes from the lower Maysville, apparent- ly, is a considerably larger organism than E. popez, and is charac- terized by the narrowness of the posterior carapace plate (mac), the arcuate outer sutures of the posterior plastron plates (bm), and the conspicuously deep basal invagination of the plastron for the peduncle insertion. Nothing is known of the peduncle itself in this specimen.
Enoploura meeki Caster, n. sp. Plate 4, figs. 1-3
This species is known from a single specimen in the U. 5. National Museum collection (No. 93346). Although only the proxi- mal thecal plates of the calyx are known, and naught of the peduncle, the fragment szems clearly to belong to a distinct species. As can be seen by the photographs, the lateral adcolumnal plates of the carapace are subtrigonal in outline, and the median adcolumnal narrows to a remarkable degree toward the peduncle emargination. On the plastron, the basal median plates are extremely long and narrow, and perhaps the most conspicuous feature of the species is the strongly recurved flange of these plates around the peduncle emar- gination. Also of a highly characteristic nature are the subangular basal angles of the theca, well seen in figure 2. In contrast with typical Enoploura popei, where the basal margin fits snugly and without an angle to the peduncle, here the base of the calyx is produced. ‘The surface of the plates is finely labyrinthine to pustulose. The dimensions are essentially those of the holotype of EF. popei, insofar as the present fragment will permit comparison.
Occurrence.—In the Ulrich Collection of the U. S. National Museum. The label indicates that the specimen came from the Blanchester division of the Waynesville beds, 3 ft. below the Rhyn- chotrema dentata Hall horizon at Clarksville, Ohio. A notation on the cover of the box in Dr. Ulrich’s handwriting indicates that he had spotted this as a distinct species.
GENERALIZATIONS
Stratigraphic value—From the little now known of the species distribution of Enoploura the genus appears to have evolved with sufficient rapidity in Cincinnatian time to give the various species significant stratigraphic index value. Unfortunately, the rarity of articulated specimens makes them. poor workaday tools; probably closer scrutiny of the triturated coquinites of the Upper Ordovician would reveal dissociated Enoploura plates. However, many of these appear to be specifically identifiable.
Paleoecology.—\t appears that most of the Enoploura specimens so far recovered have come from coquinites and calcarenites. These sandy matrix deposits of broken shell fragments, pieces of Bryozoa
40 BULLETIN 141 110
and echinoderm skeletons probably help to account for the rarity of articulated thecae of the local carpoids. The Cincinnatian calcarenites are shallow neritic deposits which were sufficiently stirred by surface waves and bottom currents to be washed free of mud and most silt- size particles. The Pope specimen from the Corryville formation was found on the top surface of a calcarenite or coquinite layer which was i-2 inches thick. Probably the exceptional preservation of that speci- men is attributable to the fact that it is embedded in the silt-size and mud-size material immediately overlying the fragmental limestone bed. These are quiescent, thinly laminated deposits. Hence the specimen came into the sedimentary setting at a time propitious tor preservation, whereas most other specimens were broken or disarticu- lated by the shifting sands. Probably the occurrence of Wetherby’s articulated specimen was of this same siltstone sort.
Habitus.—Like all the bilateral carpoid echinoderms, Enoploura was apparently completely eleutherozoic, though just how it (and the other carpoids as well) achieved locomotion is something of a mystery. Possibly it did less free crawling than mere direction. shift- ing so as to maintain an optimum con-current orientation of its mouth. In the absence of any evidence of an external subvective system, and with no evident capacity for agility of movement, it seems probable that Enoploura (as well as all Mitrata) was a microphage. Whether or no it possessed any soft circum-oral appendages is prob- lematical ; just as likely is the possibility that it sucked in its provender from the bottom currents by a contractile anterior gut, or oesophagus.
Kirk (1911) and Jaekel (1918) have suggested that the brachia or spines of the carpoids served as props for elevating the distal theca and ventrally oriented mouth off the sea-floor for more expeditious feeding. The peduncle ‘“‘tail’’ is frequently carried aloft, and com- monly in a planospiral curl, enrolled toward the distal end of the theca. It has a prehensile aspect, so that quite logically it has often been suggested that the carpoids pulled themselves along the sea- bottom by means of it. Almost certainly it did serve the function of a temporary anchor, in the manner of a crinoid cirrus; but how a closely, although flexibly, joined series of annuli could achieve any contractile function—such as locomotion would require—is not clear. Furthermore, the distal tail is often very fragile, and in several cenera seems to have been atrophied, as it may have been in Eno- ploura. It is too fragile in most genera of Mitrata to have had much wriggling locomotor function when the relatively large size of the theca is considered. Perhaps the terminal peduncle, where it was of any significant size, was held aloft as a kind of rudder to help keep the animal properly oriented in the bottom currents.
The peduncular somites appear to have been connected by flexible integument, hence a certain amount of movement between the
PE Upper OrpoviciIAN ENOPLOURA: CASTER 41
proximal peduncular rings was possible. The gliding surfaces of overlap between these scleritic rings suggests limited, but easy, move- ment between them in any direction, but perhaps freest dorso- ventrally. The styloid process is deeply inserted in the venter, and considerable gliding movement on its inserted, external proximal and distal axial surfaces by the adjacent somites appears certain. Appar- ently the junction of the peduncle to the calyx at the proximal line was integumentary; possibly the large chevron-shaped buttress on the plastron interior represents the seat of attachment of peduncular muscles to the calyx. The capacious lumen in the proximal part of the peduncle suggests large muscles; these in turn strongly suggest that the peduncle played a very significant role in the enoplourid economy. Chauvel (1941) maintains that he has evidence of two ganglia in the adpeduncular corners of the Mitrocystella theca and postulates a large nerve mass in the lumen of the proximal peduncle. This localization of nerve centers, if Chauvel is correct, may well correlate with the zone of maximum muscular activity in the organism.
The massive proximal peduncle and stylocone of Enoploura would appear to be subequal to the whole theca in weight, and may well have served as a counterbalance to the latter. Thus in a motile benthonic organism temporary stability on the bottom would be achieved. The stylocone plate and associated structures would appear to have been a ventral anchor which increased the efficiency of the peduncle as a counterbalance. The gross development of the styloid in Enoploura may have permitted a more stable existence in swifter bottom currents than would have been otherwise possible; the broad lateral expansions of the process blades would have served excellently to keep the organism from swinging sidewise in a stream of water. Moreover, the different directions of curvature of the two stylocone blades in Enoploura may well have served to keep the carpoid an- chored in an oscillatory current setting, such as a tidal reversal on shallow bottom. It is well known that such currents existed over the crest of the Cincinnati Arch during the Eden and Maysville accumu- lation (Bucher, 1919), and many of the calcarenites and coquinites still preserve the oscillatory ripple bedding planes within them; more often they preserve surface undulations due to destructional rather than constructional work of the oscillating currents on the sea-floor (megaripples). The anterior blade, with its proximal curvature and blunt ploughshare median prominence, would have served as a most effective stabilizer in a bottom current proceeding from the peduncle toward the brachia; the second blade would have been most effective for opposing a counter movement of a current.
It may be that the styloid served a kind of ratchet function in “backward” locomotion when a definite need for a shift of scene was indicated. This would be possible only if the theca and peduncle
42 BULLETIN I4I hia
were flexibly united, as they always seem to have been. ‘The proximal overhang of the basal angles of most carpoid thecae would have made any great lateral movements impossible. On the other hand, the median emarginations of the carapace and plastron bespeak consid- erable dorso-ventral mobility. The deeper emargination of the plastron than of the carapace seems to indicate that the animal flexed upward on the peduncle-thecal junction to a greater degree than could the theca be raised distally from the same junction. The shallowness of the proximal emargination of the carapace may cor- relate with the relatively slight amount of distal elevation of the theca to be expected from the prop function of the delicate and short brachial spines, if they actually functioned thus.
Following this reasoning, it may have been possible for the animal to shift position and even have achieved a kind of hitching locomotion along the seafloor by a succession of up-flexings at the proximal point of the body. Such locomotion might be visualized as embracing these stages: a) with the stylocone anchor set in the sea- floor sediments, the proximal point was upflexed, thus giving a slight proximad movement of the theca; b) by dorsally recurving the distal peduncle toward the theca, the stylocone would be released from the sediment, and the proximal line come to lie again flat on the bottom, thus completing the axial progression of this hitch; c) by relaxation of dorsal peduncle muscle tension, and ventral muscle contraction, the ventral stylocone would be once more em- placed; probably concomitant with the process emplacement the proximal upflexion took place.
Such inching along the seafloor need not have been any slower or more painful than the progression of a terrestrial “measuring worm’’ insect larva. In the same beds with the Enopfloura remains, and especially abundantly so in the Corryville formation of the Cincinnati area, segmented “‘worm trails’ are found of proper proportions to have fitted the carpoid body and styloid process.
~The axial progression of the enoplourid, as for all carpoids, seemingly, may have been in part directed toward shifting scene in accordance with the shifting of bottom currents, in which the animal ted impassively on the fine particles washed over it by the moving waters. It is conceivable also that the repeated stylocone emplace- ment served a harrowing function, stirring the bottom and releasing additional potential food particles for microphagic consumption.
It is premature as yet to define the direction of axial progress in Enoploura, or any other carpoid; there is no general consensus as to which was fore and aft in body orientation. Certainly there is a great deal of evidence to support the general zoological concept of cephalization deriving from the advantage inherent in extra-sensitivity acquirement at the buccal, counter-current, end of a motile aquatic
113 Upper OrRbDOVICIAN ENOPLOURA: CASTER 43
creature. Whether the enoplourid (general carpoid) organization and habitus have any bearing on the evolutionary history of cephalized creatures must yet be ascertained.
Of course, if Chauvel (1941) is correct in his interpretation of the orientation of the alimentary tract in Mitrocystella, then the peduncle end of the calyx would be the buccal end, and the nerve centers presumably anterior. Under this scheme the carpoid loco- motion outlined above would have been in a “forward” direction after all.
In the customary orientation of the Mitrata both mouth and anus are located in the tegmenal area, between the brachia; the gut is imagined as making a loop as in Pelmatozoic echinoderms. Enoploura reveals no opening in the basal theca; nor do most carpoids, apparently. Jaekel (1918) accounted for the absence of an anal aperture in the Mitrata by suggesting that in adulthood the alimentary tract became a blind caecum and that a single aperture in the inter-brachial tegmenal area served both subvective and excretory function through periodic pulsation of the gut. Enoploura affords no answer to the problem; so far no apertures are known, although the arcuate tegmenal area is large enough to accommodate a variety of ostia. In E. pope it was noted that the second somatic plate is very loosely set among the other plastron plates, and that the open sutures are irregular and suggestive of openings into the interior of the theca. “This may be purely an accidental condition. It seems sound- est still to assume that Enoplowra was organized in much the manner of the type species of Basslerocystis, according to Kirk’s (1911) plan. Such a scheme may well apply to all the brachia-possessing Mitrata.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Every stage of the investigation of Enoploura, since Meek’s original description of the species balanoides, has been based on material discovered by and made available to science through the generosity of amateur fossil-hunters. Very few specimens referable to this genus have been found by professional geologists or paleonto- logists. cate
The debt of Paleontology to the amateur collector is very great indeed, and especially so for the materials on which knowledge of the rich Cincinnatian fauna has been acquired during the last century.
Aware of the traditionally important role of the amateur in paleontology, a large group of Cincinnatians have organized them- selves during the last decade into a society of fossil-hunters, the “Dry Dredgers,”’ dedicated to the furtherance of earth science. The De- partment of Geology at the University of Cincinnati is proud to have served as sponsor of the society, and is happy to acknowledge the substantial additions to its scientific collections that this group has
44 BULLETIN 141 114
made over the years. Not a single paper treating of the local fossil! fauna has appeared since the society was organized that Dry Dredger material has not figured prominently in it. Several times, indeed, such material has initiated an investigation as in the present instance.
Four specimens of Enoploura from the Cincinnati area were loaned for comparisons by the United States National Museum through the courtesy of Dr. G. Arthur Cooper, Curator of Paleonto- logy and Paleobotany. Dr. Ray S. Bassler furnished data on rare publications. Several papers inaccessible in Cincinnati were loaned by Dr. G. Winston Sinclair of the University of Michigan who also loaned important comparative materials of Middle Ordovician carpoids from Canada.
The careful, microscopic preparation of the holotype of FE. pope: was largely done by Mr. John K. Pope, discoverer, and generous donor to the University of Cincinnati Museum. The drawings for the text figures were made by my wife, Anneliese S. Caster, who also helped in the preparation of the manuscript. The photographs were made by Mr. William B. Macke. The excellence of the technical contributions of each of these is self-evident.
LITERATURE CITED Barrande, J.
1887. Class des Echinoderms. Ordre des Cystidées. Syst. Silur. centre de la Bohéme. Pt. 1, 7:233 pp., 39 pls.
Bassler. R. S.
1906. A study of the James types of Ordovician and Silurian Bryozoa. U. 6. Nat. Mus., Proc., 30: pp. 1-66.
1915. Bibliographic index of American Ordovician and Silurian fossils. Ws SaNate Mus. Bulle soos yvolty x
1938. Pelmatozoa Palaeozoica (Generum et Genotyporum; Index et Bibliographia). Fossil. Cat., vol. 83, 194 pp.
1943. New Ordovician cystidian echinoderms from Oklahoma. Amer. Jour. Sci., 214: pp. 694-705, 1 pl.
1950. New genera of American Middle Ordovician “Cystoidea.” Wash- ington) Acad. Sci., Jour, 40%pp. 273-277, 1 pl:
Bather, F. A.
1900. The Echinoderma. Jn Lankester, E. R, A treatise on Zoology. Pt. 3, 216 pp. London.
1929. Echinoderms. The Encyclopedia Brittanica, 14th ed., pp. 895-904. London.
1930. A class of Echinoderma without a trace of radial symmetry. Arch. Zool. Ital., 14: pp. 413-439.
Billings, E.
1858. On the Cystidae of the Lower Silurian rocks of Canada. Canadian Geol. Sury., Org. Remains, dec. 3, pp. 9-74, pls. 1-7.
115 Upper OrRpDovICIAN ENOPLOURA: CASTER 45
Braun, E. Lucy
1916. The Cincinnatian series and its brachiopods in the vicinity of Cincinnati (Ohio). Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist., Jour., 22: pp. 18-42.
Bucher, Walter H.
1919. On ripples and related sedimentary surface forms and _ their paleogeographic interpretation. Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 4, 47:pp- 149-210; 241-269, illus. ;
Chauvel, J. 1941. Recherches sur les Cystoides et les Carpoides amoricains. Théses
préesentées a La Faculté des Sciences de |’Université de Rennes ... No; :d’Ord. 3; -sér: C, 284 pp:,..7. pls.
Dehm, R.
1933. Cystoideen aus dem _ rheinischen Unterdevons. Neues Jahrb. Mineral., Beil. Bd. 69, Abt. B, pp. 63-93, pl. 2.
Flower, R. H.
1946. Ordovician cephalopods of the Cincinnati region. Pt. I. Bull. Amer. Paleont., 29:vii and pp. 86-751, 50 pls.
Gislen, Torsten
1930. Affinities between Echinodermata, Enteropneusta and Chordonia. Zoologiska Bidrag fran Uppsala, Bd. 12: pp. 199-304.
1947. On the Haplozoa and the interpretation of Peridionites. Idem, Bd. 25, (Festskr. tillagnad Nils von Hofsten): pp. 402-408.
Gregory, W. K.
1935. Reduplication in Evolution. Quart. Rev. Biol., p. 272. 1951. Evolution emerging. Chap. 5, 2 vols., ill, Macmillan Co., New York.
Haeckel, E.
1896. Die Amphorideen und Cystoideen. Beitrage zur Morphologie und Phylogenie der Echinodermen. Festschr. z. Siebenzigsten Geburt- stage v. C. Gegenbaur, Bd. 1:pp. 32-45, pl. 2, Leipzig.
Hall, James
1858. Paleontology: Containing descriptions and figures of the organic remains of the Lower Helderberg group and the Oriskany sand- stone. Geol. Surv. New York, Paleont. 3, pts. 1 (text), 2, plates.
Hecker, R.
1940. Ordovician and Devonian Echinoderms (Carpoidea, Eocrinoidea, und Ophiocistia des Ordoviziums des Leningrader Gebietes und Estland))s Acads Scisy U:ES:S:R.y ae 9; liven 4127 spp:, 16 pis:
Jaekel, O.
1900. Ueber Carpoideen, eine neue Klasse von Pelmatozoen. Deutsch. Geol. Gesell., Zeit., Bd. 52: pp. 661-677.
1918. Phylogenie und System der Pelmatozoen. Paleont. Zeit., 3: Bd. Z:pp. 1-128.
46 BULLETIN I4I 116
Kirk, E.
1g1t. The structure and relationships of certain eleutherozoic Pelmato- zoa. U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc, 41: pp. 1-137, 11 pls.
de Koninck, L. G.
1896. Acad. Royal, Bull, 28 (2):pp. 57-65, 1 pl. (Eng. trams.: H. Woodward, 1870, ‘‘some new and remarkable echinoderms from the British Paleozoic rocks,” Geol. Mag., 7: pp. 258-263, pl. 7.)
Meek, F. B.
1872. Description of mew species of fossils from the Cincinnati group of Ohio. Amer. Jour. Sci. and Arts, 3, 3 ser.: pp. 423-425-
1873. Descriptions of invertebrate fossils of the Silurian and Devonian systems (Ohio). Ohio Geol. Surv., Rept., Paleont. Ohio, 1, pt. 2: pp. 1-246, pls. 1-23.
Miller, S. A. 1889. North American geology and paleontology for the use of amateurs, students and scientists. Pp. 718. Cincinnati. Patten, Wm. 1912. The evolution of the vertebrates and their kin. Blakiston’s Son & Co., Philadelphia. Reed, F. R. C. 1925. Revision of the fauna of the Bokkeveld beds. S. African Mus. Ann., 22: pp. 27-226, pls. 4-11. Regnell, G. 1915- Non-crinoid Pelmatozoa from the Paleozoic rocks of Sweden. Lunds Geol.-Mineral. Inst., Meddel., Nr. 108:255 pp., 15 pls. 1948. Echinoderms (Hydrophoridea, Ophiocistia) from the Ordovician
(Upper Skiddavian, 3 c B) of the Oslo Region. Norsk geol. tidskrift, Bd. 27:pp. 14-58, 2 pls.
Rennie, J. V. L. 1936. On Placocystella, 2 new getius of cystids from the Lower Devonian of South Africa. S. African Mus., Ann., 31: pp. 269-275. Schuchert, C. 1904. On Silurie and Devonic Cystidea and Camarocrinus. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 47: pp. 201-272, pls. 34-44. Thoral, A. 1935. Contribution a Ilétude paléontologique de l’ordovicien inférieur
de la Montagne Noire et révision sommaire de la faune cam- brienne de la Montagne Noire. Montpellier. Pp. 362, 35 pls.
Van Fossen, J. D. 1951. A study of the Rafinesquinae of the Middle Maysville (Upper
Ordovician), Cincinnati. Thesis (M.S.), Uniy. Cincinnati. Pp. 98, 4 pls. (Typed).
117 Upper OrpoviciaN ENopLouRA: CASTER 47
Wetherby, A. G.
1879. Description of a new family and genus of Lower Silurian Crus- tacea. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist, Jour., 1, No. 4 (Jan.):pp. 162- TOO) LS 7 OAc aesny vol) 2. (Apr) pl. 7) hes -1ne4
Whitehouse, F. W.
1941. Early Cambrian echinoderms similar to the larval stages of Recent forms. Queensland Mus, Mem., 11, pt. 1: pp. 1-28, pl. 1-4, 9 text fig.
Wilson, Alice E. 1946. Echinodermata of the Ottawa formation of the Ottawa - St.
Lawrence Lowland. Can. Dept. Mines and Res., Mines and Geol. Br., Geol. Surv., Bull. 4:61 pp., 6 pls.
Withers, T. H. 1926. Catalogue of the Machaeridea (Turrilepas and its allies) in the Department of Geology. British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), 99 pp., 8 pls. Wolburg, J. 1938. Beitrag zum Problem der Machaeridia. Paleont. Zeit., Bd. 20: pp. 289 298. Woodward, H. 1880. Notes on the Anomalocystidae, a remarkable family of Cystoidea
found in the Silurian rocks of North America and Britain. Geoi. Mag., 7 (dec. 2): pp. 193-202, pl. 6.
PIVACES
PIVAre vie405))
The cost of the plates was met by the Faber Fund for Paleontology of the University of Cincinnati Museum.
50 BULLETIN 141 120
EXPLANATION OF PLATE 1 (5)
Figure Page
1-3) Enoploura: popei! Caster; 1. {Spy Peseta d-1ekee oer everietoeore 34
Three views of holotype. Fig. 1 plastron (concave) view; fig. 2, carapace (convex) side; fig. 3 “left” side, plastron side down. Line between figs. 1 and 2 represents natural median length. Corryville formation (Upper Ordovician: Maysville), Stonelick Creek, Clermont Co., Ohio. Univ. Cincinnati Mus. No. 25993.
4=65) Enoploura, popeil Casters mnt Spy 0... cee ae ae eee enero 37
Three views of paratype, No. 2. Fig. 4 carapace side; fig. 5, plastron; fig. 6, lateral view. The line between figs. 4 and 5 represents natural median length of the fragment. Corryville formation, Tower Lake quarry, near Dent, Ohio, outskirts of Cincinnati, Ohio. Univ. Cincinnati Mus. No. 25257.
No. 141, Pu. 1
LL. AMER. PALEONT.
- BU
Pu. 5, Vou. 34
ete eres re ‘ ee ae ead
Figure
BULLETIN I4I 122 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 2 (6) Page 152) = Enoplouta,. cSDe sesctec cine ee a ietenarnele stoleneyher olsen vette el cae ns 30
Possibly referable to E. crustacea (Haeckel). Fig. 1 shows
interior view of the plastron and is noteworthy for the preservation of the anteriorly converging carinae. Many flattened polygonal plates at the anterior end probably represent portions of the original tegmen. Fig. 2 is an amplification of the anterior region to show the crenula- tions on an adtegmenal plate (possibly the ‘‘M” plate). Horizon unknown but presumably Upper Richmond, from Madison, Indiana. Univ. Cincinnati Mus. No. 25708. Line represents median natural length of the calyx.
3-6) sEnoplouray crustacea, (GHaeckell) (occa keee
7-9.
Enoploura balanoides (Meek)
Fig. 3-5 are drawings of the Newton specimen illustrated by
Wetherbyi 1879A, pl. 7, fig. 1d,e,f from the Upper Rich- mond subseries, Richmond, Indiana. This is the holotype of Haeckel’s (1896) species. Fig. 6 appears to be con- specific but was -referred to his species with doubt by Haeckel. This is the Patterson specimen, from the Upper Richmond, at Oxford, Ohio, which Wetherby (1879A) illustrated as fig. rg. Natural size.
Three views of the type species. This is the Harper speci-
men and only example known of the species, s.s., and only carpoid so far recovered from the type horizon. Illustra- tions from Meek, 1873, pl. 6 bis.. fig. 6a-c. From an elevation above mean low water of the Ohio River at Cincinnati, Ohio (Wetherby 1879), which corresponds to the Fairmount formation (Maysville). Natural size.
10-12. Enoploura wetherbyi Caster, n. Sp. ..............0. 22sec cues
Three views of the holotype which is Wetherby’s specimen
from the Upper Ricnamond at Osgood, Indiana. From Wetherby (1879A, pl. 7, fig. 1, 1a,b). Natural size.
36
32
No. 141, Pu. 2
Buu. AMER. PALEONT.
PL. 6, VoL. 34
54 BULLETIN I4I 124
EXPLANATION OF PLATE 3 (7)
Figure Page
1-3. Enoploura popei Caster, n. SD. ........... 0c cee cee cee twee 37
Three views of paratype No. 2. See also Plate 1, fig. 4-6. Univ. Cincinnati Mus. No. 25257.
4-6. Enoploura popei Caster, n. Sp. .......0025.5cerseodoenseres 36
Three views of paratype, No. 1. From the Corryville for- mation on Ravine Street, Cincinnati, Ohio. Collector: Joseph Stocker. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 114798. Length indicated by line to right.
PG, 7 VOL, 34 Buu. AMER. PALEONT. No. 141, PL. 3
Pade i Teo v :
» af
Pratz 4 (8)
j *~
nA >
BULLETIN I4I
126 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 4 (8) Figure Page 1-3. Enoploura meeki Caster, nN. SP. ....-.-....2- eee cee ee eens 39 Three views of holotype. From the Waynesville formation, Clarksville, Ohio. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 93346. Width indicated by line at top of page. 4-7. Enoploura popei Caster, NM. SD. . 2-020... ce. cece ce rena yeue 38 Three views of paratype, No. 3. From the Corryville formation, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 93345. Length indicated by lines at bottom of page. 8. Enoploura popei Caster, n. Sp. .........-.-. see eee ee eee eee 37
Peduncular view of paratype, No. 2. See Plates 1 and 3.
BuLL. AMER. PALEONT.
No. 141, Pu. 4
1 Re tae Saat? he ai
i ' Li :
VOL. XXXIV
po ne re
eae Geer eet ed) elie FY 14 | Rese ai aor. AUG
Haay
NUMBER 142,00
1952
Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York © U.S. A:
BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY
Vol. 34
No. 142
NEW OSTRACODA FROM THE MIDDLE SILURIAN NEWSCM SHALE OF TENNESSEE
By
R. W. Morris and B. L. Hill
October 13, 1952
PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION ITHACA, NEW YorK U. S. A.
nd
, . ca ——_ —- 5 : _ _ Ay a ae ‘2 oie 91 od ao : oa . = ca | a - a «(| : os ny A , . a ae ei ; ae ars an ne il x = \ " a ; ; * a rye Pf at at * fy m ’ i } 7 ‘A ‘ = : ; = fe « a i) i ‘ = ‘ - Me = j bir) poe 7 an" oa = i . : . ep TS” Ne is ; cre, "Dis > aan eset b Tot 7 > on te * - , ie ; : ; 7 . j . ve ae Fr Be a , : am ve 4 ae oe teh s ' : + 4 7th e : iz 1% e ~ me . = 4 - 1 _ “ ; + e y ut i” A) rl i ; ‘any = : \ _ ® ae a it ie ei\t fi wAT) 4 Bs - j 1 : 7 ® I ~
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PENEYS Chit Came ote eres Pa oe SS, oo see eb en oe eo gs TaN aie Miele wi a ote ans aus ee svar chara icin este sete cates 5 PEE OCU CELIO erat cree crave tere RTL Tote Me eres aro eestee exsastey ces aaa thep cee Nets clorstite 5 PNEKNO WEA SIMENES. yornar stately eve eres: spate aheterctera sfetsrevenai’e: ater ays ore a eros here oeahcl eusis: svejayavere 6 LOCA Tn 7 Sets cere CISEn OO CO ie Ree EIrEetD ic ROE ODIO PRI Soom oa Cae 7 DCEO OR enn eaccine cere aininiorcib piel Geice iar oo pico GInISIakc clean SRNR Bhoree cro rae 7 Syistematicry G@eSCriptLOMS mcs «/<feleycvene choi ct seuslioseietey eve were @.siars) axcles= teint Chauehs crategeev siemens 7 IRERETENICES eerste vero c tena ter ex stars oo isl nse) Gisuasecosobarer ates) he a /oyst acest aetna ei ahs, oy Merencieiiets 17 TIIOCh Sep ees ates Seo OIC OIRO a i ny ARE nes creme i APE ROS 19
a
oo
- it a0 4 iG x : i - fe ey h bale: Pr : , : c g 4 y t A Me) : (reie Ary “Meee or iia or ’ i Trini te vee ae
a O. shew
Chae wt bie Y Te
Rifuiti, csnielta
' i i Ut i ee ats Te i Owe Cae tite AA : - ey wiht , eat? pie ; ) / i / t R - 1 L : 4
NEW OSTRACODA FROM THE MIDDLE SILURIAN NEWSOM SHALE OF TENNESSEE
R. W. Morris AnpD B. L. HI
Washington University, St. Louis, Missouri
ABSTRACT
Seven new species of Ostracoda belonging to six genera are described from the Middle Silurian Newsom shale of Tennessee. Thlipsuroides, Hemi- aechminoides, Newsomites, Spinobairdia, and Pseudocyproides are new genera The definition of Daleiella is expanded to include a new species, the first known from North America.
INTRODUCTION
The Silurian Ostracoda of the Appalachian Province of the United States are well known from the work of Ulrich and Bassler (1923) and of Swartz (1933). Coryell and Williamson (1936) have described a fauna from the Waldron shale of Indiana, and a few other papers describing one or two species each have been published. With these few exceptions the Silurian Ostracoda of most of the United States remain practically a virgin field of study. The authors originally planned to describe the entire ostracod fauna of the Newsom shale, but it soon became apparent that this would be impractical without access to a large number of European publications, many of them published in journals which can be consulted in only a few of our largest libraries. For this reason only a few of the more conspicuous elements of the fauna are described in the present paper. It is hoped that circumstances will permit publication of the remainder of the fauna at a later date.
The Newsom shale, as exposed in the vicinity of its type secticn at Newsom, Tennessee, is a soft calcareous shale which upon weathering soon breaks down into a yellowish clay. It contains an abundant fauna of megafossils which is closely related to that of the Waldron shale of Indiana. Only a small minority of the megafossils
6 BULLETIN 142 132
of the two formations are not common to both, and the exceptions are usually the rarer species. “To the casual collector the only noticeable differences in the faunas are the somewhat greater abundance of corals and pelecypods in the Newsom shale and the greater predomin- ence of brachiopods in the Western shale. In addition, the rather common but inconspicuous Hyolithes newsomensis appears to be restricted to the Newsom shale.
In view of this similarity of the megafossils of the two forma- tions, it was with considerable surprise that we found only one Waldron ostracod species occurring commonly in the Newsom, although extensive search eventually yielded representatives of six cthers. The following species described from the Waldron shale have been found in the Newsom, but, with the exception of “Leperditia’”’ faba, they are extremely rare and are represented in our Newsom collections by only one or two specimens:
Aechminaria robusta Coryell and Williamson ?Bairdia planoconvexa Coryell and Williamson Beyrichia waldronensis Ulrich and Bassler Bythocypris? sinuosa Coryell and Williamson Euprimitia elongata Coryell and Williamson “Leperditia” faba Hall
Paraechmina indianensis Coryell and Williamson
: ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We regret that space does not allow us to thank individually everyone who has contributed to this paper, but the two persons in whose honor we have named Spinobairdia kellettae and Spinobairdia shideleri have made especially significant contributions.
Mrs. E. H. Nadeau (Betty Kellett) formerly of Washington University, St. Louis, Missouri, made many valuable suggestions regarding the relationships of several of the new genera and gave treely of her time at all stages of the preparation of the manuscript. Any merit which this paper may possess is due in large measure to her constructive criticism.
Dr. W. H. Shideler of Miami University, Oxford, Ohio, originally suggested the problem and has continued to give the authors the benefit of his advice and encouragement.
133 ‘TENNESSEE SILURIAN OstrAcops: Morris AND FATED, 7
LOCALITY
All of the Ostracoda described in this paper were taken from 2 single exposure of the Newsom shale in a small abandoned quarry in the side of a hill overlooking Newsom, Tennessee, from the north- northwest. The hill lies just west of the road entering Newsom from the north and just south of the railroad track, in the south- west quadrant of their intersection.
ILLUSTRATIONS
All illustrations are camera lucida drawings by the junior author. They have been independently checked for accuracy by Mrs. Betty Kellett Nadeau and the senior author.
SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS
Family APARCHITIDAE Jones, 1901 Genus HEMIAECHMINOIDES Morris and Hill, n. gen.
Type species—Hemiacchminoides monospinus Morris and Hill, n. sp.
Description. — Carapace subovate; hinge line long, straight, slightly less than greatest length; right valve overlaps left on all free margins; left valve expanded upward and outward dorsally into a dorsally flattened expansion which is produced into an upward, out- ward, and backward pointing spine; right valve bears neither dorsal expansion nor spine. Hingement unknown.
The left valve of Hemiaechminoides, if found alone, would probably be assigned to the genus Aechmina, but the lack of a spine on the right valve and the presence of overlap demonstrate a complete lack of relationship to that genus. The unornamented right valve might easily be confused with Leperditia if found alone, but no other described genus is likely to be confused with Hemiaechminoides if complete carapaces are available.
Range.—Miiddle Silurian, known only from the Newsom shale of ‘Tennessee.
Aechmina inaequalis Roth (1929) may be related to Hemi- aechminoides, although it certainly is not congeneric with the type
8 BULLETIN 142 134
species. Its more recent assignment to Phanassymetria’ (Warthin, 1945) may be correct, but the fact that Roth did not include it in Phanassymetria when he described the genus, even though 4. inae- gualis was described in the same paper, shows that he did not consider it typical of Phanassymetria. The present authors have been unable to examine the types. “The presence of the large normal pore canals ot Phanassymetria would indicate probable affinities with that genus, whereas their absence would indicate that it is probably a new genus related to Hemiaechminoides.
Hemiaechminoides menospinus Morris and Hill, n.sp. Plate 2, figs. 2a-c; Text fig. 1 h-j Description—Carapace subovate in lateral view; hinge line straight, about three-quarters greatest length; ventral margin convex; ends rounded, meeting hinge line at obtuse cardinal angles; greatest length slightly above midheight; greatest height at about middle of posterior half; right valve larger than left, overlapping it rather evenly on all free edges; overlap is slightly greater at ends; left valve expanded dorsally above and beyond hinge line; expansion is produced into an upward, outward, and backward pointing spine; base of spine is not well defined but grades into convexity of dorsal expansion; spine thins rapidly, probably terminating in a thin sharp point in specimens where it is well preserved. Lenticular in dorsal view; ends narrowly rounded, sides evenly convex. Surface smooth. Hingement unknown.
As seems to be true in most Ostracoda, the posterior “fills out’’ during ontogeny; the posterior of young specimens is, therefore, narrower than that of adults. In addition there is slight variation in the length-height ratio; this seems to be due to individual variation
1 Since the above was written the senior author has had the opportunity to examine topotypes of the type species of Phanassymetria Roth, 1929, and of Pachydomella Ulrich, 1891. The two species seem to be congeneric, which would make Phanassymetria a subjective junior synonym of Pachydomella. Both are thick shelled and possess coarse normal pore canals similar to those of Tubulibairdia, from which they differ in the presence of a conspicuous dorsal groove. In general outline of lateral and dorsal aspects the two species are similar to each other, as well as to the type species of Tubuli- bairdia. Apparently both Pachydomella (Phanassymetria) and Tubulibairdia belong in the Bairdiidae. The tendency toward development of a dorsal groove in the Bairdiidae may be seen in an undescribed species of “Bairdia” from the Permian of Texas. (See Kellett, 1943, Permian Ostracodes, Jour. Paleont., vol. 17, p. 621).
135 “TENNESSEE SILURIAN OstRAcops: Morris AND HILL 9
rather than dimorphism, as intermediate stages have been found between the extremes.
Measurements.—Holotype: length, 0.86 mm.; height, 0.55 mm.; paratypes: length, 0.94 mm., 0.74 mm., and 0.52 mm.; height, 0.52 mm., 0.48 mm., and 0.28 mm.
Repository.—Holotype and figured paratypes: United States National Museum, Nos. 123223 and 123224a-c. Unfigured para-
Ih
Text figure——r1a-d. Daleiella americana Morris and Hill, n. sp.: a. The holotype, a mature individual, b,c. Two paratypes. c is the smallest individual found. d. Thin section of an adult individual through the approximate position of greatest height. re-g. Newsomites monospinus Morris and Hill, n. sp. The holotype (largest specimen) and two paratypes showing increase of dorsal inflation and relatively rapid development of posterior with increasing age. th-j. Hemiaechminoides monospinus Morris and Hill, n. sp. Three paratypes showing ontogeny. Note “filling out’ of posterior with increasing age. Varying appear- ance of dorsal spines is due to preservation. All figures 38.4.
10 BULLETIN 142 136
types: American Museum of Natural History; Paleontological Research Institution; Paleontologisk Museum, University of Oslo, Oslo, Norway; Senckenberg Museum, Frankfort-am-Main, Germany.
This species is common at Newsom.
Family THLIPSURIDAE Ulrich, 1894 Genus THLIPSUROIDES Morris and Hill, n. gen.
Type species—Thlipsuroides thlipsuroides Morris and Hill, n. sp.
Description ——Carapace subreniform; left valve narrowly over- laps right. Surface of each valve bears two elongate subparallel grooves which may be bordered posteriorly by a poorly defined ridge. The presence of large pits at bottom of the grooves may also be a character of generic importance. Hingement unknown.
Thlipsuroides resembles the Middle Devonian genus Bairdites but differs in having two elongate grooves in place of the large posterior depression of that genus. In addition the overlap is much less pronounced.
Range.—Middle Silurian to Lower Devonian, Newsom shale of Tennessee and Haragan marl of Oklahoma. An_ undescribed species has been noted by the senior author in the Middle Silurian Bainbridge formation of Missouri.
Although Thlipsuroides resembles certain Bairdiidae in shape and in the possession of a somewhat pointed posterior, it is believed that the ornament more strongly indicates affinity with the Thlipsuri- dae. Bairdites, placed in the Bairdiidae by the original authors, may be more closely allied with the Thlipsuridae. Until the types can be restudied with this possibility in mind it is tentatively left in the Bairdiidae.
Previously described species belonging in Thlipsuroides are Thlipsura striatopunctata Roth and Thlipsura parallela Roth, both trom the Lower Devonian Haragan marl of Oklahoma.
Thlipsuroides thlipsuroides Morris and Hill, n. sp. Plate 2, fig. 1 a,b
Description. — Carapace subreniform; dorsal margin evenly rounded; anterior margin narrowly rounded; ventral margin sinuate, concave slightly anterior of midlength, convex at ends; central area of valves flattened, with surface sloping sharply downward to free edges; greatest length well below midheight; greatest height at or
137. ‘TENNESSEE SILURIAN OstTRAcops: Morris AND HILL II
somewhat posterior to midlength; left valve larger than right, over- iapping it except for part of postdorsal slope; overlap is more pro- nounced along anterodorsal slope and in concave portion of ventral margin; at posterior left valve projects backward and above narrowly rounded right valve, forming a bluntly pointed posterior. Each valve is ornamented by two subparallel longitudinal furrows which extend along central portion of valve for slightly more than half its length; ventral furrow is nearly straight, but shows tendency to curve upward at ends; dorsal furrow is convex upward; furrows of irregular depth, ceeper pitlike depressions appear at irregular intervals along their length; furrows bordered at posterior by a conspicuous but poorly defined ridge. In dorsal view sides are flattened, curving evenly inward at anterior; at posterior the flattened sides break sharply inward at posterior ridge and become slightly concave as they approach posterior extremity. Surface smooth. Hingement unknown.
Measwrements.——Holotype: length, 1.88 mm.; height, 0.95 mm.
Repository—Holotype: United States National Museum, No. 123225. Unfigured paratypes: American Museum of Natural Hist- cry; Paleontological Research Institution; Paleontologisk Museum, University of Oslo, Oslo, Norway; Senckenberg Museum, Frankfort- am-Main, Germany.
Thlipsuroides thlipsuroides ditters from TJ. striatopunctata (Roth) in its greater size, its proportionately greater length, and in the flatness of its sides. From JT. parallela (Roth) it differs in the possession of a more conspicuous posterior ridge and its proportionately greater length. ‘The species is rather common.
Family BAIRDIIDAE Sars, 1887 Genus SPINOBAIRDIA Morris and Hill, n. gen.
Type species —Spinobairdia kellettae Morris and Hill, n. sp.
Description.—Carapace small, elengate, Bairdia-like in side view; posterior acuminate; anterior narrowly rounded to acuminate; left valve larger than right, overlapping on all free edges; overlap strongest at dorsum. A large spine projects outward just behind mid- length of each valve. Ventral surface tends to be flattened.
Range.—Miiddle Silurian, known only from the Newsom shale of Tennessee.
The relationships of Spinobairdia to Bairdia and related genera
12 BULLETIN 142 138
are not clear. “The shape of the carapace is more like a typical Carboniferous Bairdia than are most early Paleozoic species assigned to that genus; indeed, if it were not for their possession of a large spine on each valve, neither of the two known species of Spinobairdia would look out of place in a Carboniferous fauna.
Spinobairdia kellettae Morris and Hill, n. sp. Plate 1, figs. 2 a-c
Description —Carapace small, elongate; hinge line straight, slightly more than one-third greatest length; dorsal slopes long and straight; anterior narrowly rounded; anteroventral margin straight, meeting straight ventral margin proper at a rounded obtuse angle; ventral margin curves gently upward to bluntly acuminate posterior ; ereatest height at about middle of anterior half; greatest length well below midheight. Left valve narrowly overlaps right on all free margins, most conspicuously, although still narrowly, on ventral! margin anterior of midlength, forming a slight ventral lip; left valve extends dorsally beyond straight hinge line to give gently convex dorsal outline. Somewhat spindlelike in dorsal view; anterior sharply pointed, posterior somewhat less so. A conspicuous spine extends outward and slightly upward just behind midlength of each valve at about midheight; spine circular in section, broadens rapidly at base to merge with convexity of valve. Surface smooth.
Measurements.—Holotype: length, 0.99 mm.; height, 0.44 mm.
Repository.—Holotype: United States National Museum, No. 1232206.
Spinobairdia kellettae is rare at Newsom.
Spinobairdia shideleri Morris and Hill, n. sp. Plate 1, figs. 3 a,b
Description.—Carapace small, elongate; hinge line straight or nearly so; dorsal margin broadly convex, straightens somewhat as it enters the anterior and posterior slopes; ventral margin nearly straight, curves upward to the subequal bluntly pointed ends; greatest height at about middle of anterior half; greatest length slightly below mid- height. Left valve larger than right, overlapping it on all margins; overlap conspicuous at dorsum and along postdorsal slope, elsewhere less pronounced. In dorsal view valves are evenly convex; anterior sharply pointed; posterior somewhat blunter; greatest thickness at about midlength. Ventral surface flattened. A conspicuous spine
139 TENNESSEE SILURIAN Ostracops: Morris AND HILL 13
extends outward and backward from each valve, originating slightly behind midlength at about midheight. Surface smooth.
Measurements.—Holotype: length, 0.74 mm.; height, 0.33 mm.
Repository.—Holotype: United States National Museum, No. 123227. Unfigured paratypes: American Museum of Natural His- tory; Paleontological Research Institution.
Spinobairdia shideleri differs most conspicuously from 8S. kellettae in the definite backward inclination of the spines. In addition the udult of S. shideleri is somewhat smaller and the dorsal overlap is more pronounced. S. shideleri is rare at Newsom.
Genus DALEIELLA Boucek, 1937 Daleiella Bouéek, 1937, Soc. Roy. Bohéme, Mém. for 1936, No. 2, p. 7, fig. 5. Type species—Cythere corbuloides Jones and Holl, 1869.
Boucek’s original diagnosis of Daleiella is as follows:
Carapace strongly inequivalved; smaller valve rather strongly convex, larger typically triangular (in cross section) with a flat middle portion. The cirapace, seen from above, is somewhat pointed anteriorly and very thick. ( Translation.)
The American species described below seems to be congeneric with the type species of Daleiella, although a redefinition of the genus is neccessary to accommodate it. The definitely acuminate posterior of the new species suggests that Bouéek’s orientation should be reversed, making the left valve the larger. Daleiella, as expanded, may be described as follows:
Description.—Carapace strongly inequivalved with left valve the larger; subtriangular in section, with broad flattened venter; left valve flattened laterally; right valve either flattened laterally or convex, may be acuminate posteriorly. Hinge line slightly to strongly impressed. Hingement unknown.
Range.—Middle Silurian, Newsom shale of Tennessee, Wenlock of England, and Silurian (e-a) of Bohemia.
Certain species of Daleiella bear some resemblance to Phanas- symetria Roth or Tubulibairdia Swartz, but the American species, at least, lacks the thick shell and the coarse normal pores of those genera.
Daleiella americana Morris and Hill, n. sp. Plate 1, figs. 1 a,b: Text figs. 1 a-d
Description.—Carapace tumid; hinge line straight, depreszed,
14 BULLETIN 142 140
slightly more than one-third length of carapace; dorsal margin convex, broadly rounded posteriorly, somewhat truncate anteriorly; anterior margin evenly convex; posterior acuminate; greatest height near middle of anterior half; greatest length well below midheight; left valve much larger than right, overlapping it on all edges; overlap strongest at dorsum and at middle of flattened venter, narrower at anterior. Posterior of right valve produced into a laterally flattened spine which projects beyond the bluntly pointed posterior of larger tight valve. Valves strongly tumid ventrally, breaking sharply inward so that venter is nearly flat; greatest thickness slightly in front os midleneth near venter. Surface smooth. Hingement unknown.
Measurements—Holotype: length, 1.15 mm.; height, .64 mm.; paratypes: lengths, 0.85 mm. and 0.43 mm., heights, 0.53 mm. and 0.29 mm.
Repository—Holotype and figured paratypes: United States National Museum, Nos. 123228 and 123229 a,b. Unfigured para- types (young specimens): American Museum of Natural History, Paleontological Research Institution.
Daleiella americana differs from D. corbuloides and other known species of Daleiella in the presence of the posterior spine of the right valve and in the central flattening of the right valve. D. americana is the only known species of Daleiella from North America. The species is not uncommon at Newsom, but most specimens found are young individuals. Adults are very rare.
Genus NEWSOMITES Morris and Hill, n. gen.
Type species—Newsomites pertumidus Morris and Hill, n. sp.
Description —Carapace very tumid, with thickness nearly equal to length; shell thick; one valve overlaps the other except along hinge line; valves strongly inflated, expanded dorsally; hinge line short, straight, depressed; posterior margin narrowly rounded; poster- ior relatively compressed. In dorsal view posterior is pointed. Surface smooth. Hingement unknown.
This genus was at first oriented with the most strongly inflated portion at the venter, as is the case with Brachycythere and other similar post-Paleozoic genera, but thin sections have shown the presence of hingement proving that the orientation here adopted is correct, at least with respect to top and bottom.
141 TENNESSEE SILURIAN OstTrAcops: Morris AND HILL 15
The extreme tumidity and expanded dorsum distinguish New- somites from most other genera. It bears some resemblance to Tub:libairdia but lacks the coarse normal pore canals of that genus.
Range.—Middle Silurian. Known only from the Newsom shale of ‘Tennessee.
Newsomites pertumidus Morris and Hill, n. sp. Plate 2, figs. 3 a-c; ext: figs, dl! e-g
Description.—Carapace small, very tumid; hinge line straight, depressed; dorsum strongly inflated, convex; anterior margin evenly rounded; ventral margin slightly convex to nearly straight, bends upward posteriorly into truncate postventral margin; posterior margin narrowly rounded, acute, relatively compressed; left valve usually overlaps right on all free margins, but overlap may be reversed; greatest length slightly above midheight; greatest height and thickness at about midlength. In dorsal! view posterior is pointed, sides strongly and rather evenly convex; thickness only slightly less than length. Surface is faintly pitted, but this is probably due to weathering.
Measurements.—Holotype: length, 0.89 mm.; height, 0.62 mm. Paratypes: lengths, 0.77 mm. and 0.64 mm.; heights, 0.50 mm. and 0.48 mm. Paratype with reversed overlap: length, 0.90 mm.; height, 0.05 mm,
Repository.—Holotype and figured paratypes: United States National Museum, Nos. 123231 and 123232 a-c. Unfigured para- types: American Museum of Natural History, Paleontological Research Institution; Paleontologisk Museum, University of Oslo, Oslo, Norway; Senckenberg Museum, Frankfort-am-Main, Germany.
Genus PSEUDOCYPROIDES Morris and Hill, n. gen.
Type species—Pseudocyproides alatus Morris and Hill, n. sp.
Description.—Carapace small, Bairdia-like in side view; ventral surface nearly flat with the edges extending outward to form a thin alate expansion which in dorsal view resembles a frame around the vaulted carapace; left valve overlaps right in dorsal, anterior, and posterior margins. Surface smooth. Hingement unknown.
Range.—Mliddle Silurian, known only from Newsom shale of ‘Tennessee.
In general appearance Pseudocyproides strongly resembles the Recent genus Pseudocypris Daday (see Sars, 1924 and 19244), but
16 BULLETIN 142 142
it differs from that genus in the much smaller size of the adult and in the possession of a definite overlap. Pseudocypris is known only trom freshwater in Africa, whereas Pseudocyproides occurs in un- doubted marine sediments. Pseudocypris, on the incontravertable evidence of the soft parts, is assigned to the family Cypridae. Because of the overlap and bairdian shape of Pseudocyproides it is here tenta- tively placed in the Bairdiidae. It is believed that the strong resem- blance of the two genera is a striking example of homeomorphy rather than a demonstration of true relationship. The great time interval between the occurrences of the two genera seems to strengthen this
belief.
Pseudocyproides alatus Morris and Hill, n. sp. Plate 1, figs. 4 a-c
Description.—Carapace small, Bairdia-like in side view; dorsum convex, arched; anterior margin narrowly rounded; posterior sub- acuminate; ventral margin sinuate, with anterior extremity extending slightly below plane of ventral face; greatest length just above ventral margin; greatest height at midlength; left valve larger than right, overlapping most conspicuously along dorsal margin, somewhat less along anterior and posterior slopes. Venter is flattened, extends laterally into alate expansion without break. In dorsal view this thin alate expansion may be seen to encompass the posterior three quarters of the carapace, resembling a flattened frame around the vaulted carapace; widest portion of expansion just posterior of mid- length; anteriorly it curves gently inward to merge with the outline of the carapace proper at a point about one quarter of the length from the anterior extremity; posteriorly it curves backward, roughly paralleling outline of carapace, curving inward at posterior extremity. Surface smooth.
Measurements.—Holotype: length, 0.53 mm.; height, 0.25 mm.
Repository.—Holotype: United States National Museum, No. 123230.
P. alatus resembles most species of the living genus Pseudocypris but is easily distinguished from them by its much smaller size and its possession of overlap. Known species of Pseudocypris display sexuai dimorphism, whereas available material of Pseulocyproides shows no dimorphism.
This species is very rare at Newsom.
143. TENNESSEE SILURIAN OstTRAcops: Morris AND HILL i)
REFERENCES
Agnew, A. F.
1942. Bibliographic index of new genera and families of Paleozoic Ostracoda since 1934. Jour. Paleont., vol. 16, pp. 756-763.
1914. Addenda and errata to bibliography of Paleozoic ostracodes. Jour. Paleont., vol. 18, pp. 218, 219.
Bassler, R. S.
1932. The stratigraphy of the Central Basin of Tennessee. Tennessee Div. Geol., Bull. 38, 268 pp., 49 pls.
Bassler, R. S., and Kellett, B.
1934. Bibliographic Index of Paleozoic Ostracoda. Geol. Soc. America, Special Papers, 1, 500 pp., 24 figs.
Berry, W.
1931. Micro-organisms from the Waldron shale of Cliffy Creek, Indiana. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci., vol. 40, pp. 207-208, 1 fig.
Bouéek, B.
1936. Die Ostracoden des bihmischen Ludlows. Neues Jahrb. Min., Beil-Bd. 76, Abt. B. pp. 31-98, pls. 2-6, 8 figs.
1937. Uber einige Ostrakoden aus der Stufe e-a des bihmischen Silurs. Soc. Roy. Bohéme, Mém. for 1936, No. 2, 11 pp. 5 figs.
Cooper, C. L.
1942. Occurrence and stratigraphic distribution of Paleozoic ostracodes. Jour. Paleont., vol. 16, pp. 764-776, 9 figs. Coryell, H. N., and Williamson, M.
1936. A study of the Ostracoda fauna of the Waldron shale, Flat Rock Creek, St. Paul, Indiana. Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 870,
7 Pp. 9 figs. Grubbs, D. M.
1939. Fauna of the Niagaran nodules of the Chicago area. Jour. Paleont., vol. 13, pp. 543-560, pls. 61, 62, 2 figs.
Hessland, I.
1949. Lower Ordovician ostracods of the Siljan District, Sweden. Bull. Geol. Inst. Upsala, vol. 33, pp. 97-408, 18 pls, 8 charts.
Jones, T. R., and Holl, H. B.
1896. Notes on the Palaeozoic Entomostraca. 1X. Some Silurian species. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 3, pp. 211-229, pls. 14, 15.
Kesling, R. V.
1951. The morphology of ostracod molt stages. Illinois Biol. Mono- graphs, vol. 21, nos. 1-3. 319 pp.. 96 pls.
18 BULLETIN 142 144
Levinson, S. A.
1950. The hingement of Paleozoic Ostracoda and its bearing on orientation. Jour. Paleont., vol. 24, pp. 63-75, 16 figs. 1950. A technique for sectioning microfossils. Science, vol. 111, p. 60.
Morris, R. W., and Hill, B. L.
1951. Shidelerites, a mew Silurian ostracode genus. Jour. Paleont., vol. 25, pp. 698, 699, 1 fig.
Roth, R.
1929. Some Ostracoda from the Haragan marl, Devonian, of Okla- homa. Jour. Paleont., vol. 3, pp. 327-372, 4 pls.
Sars, G. O.
1924. The fresh-water Entomostraca of the Cape Province, (Union of South Africa). Pt. 2. Ostracoda. Ann. South African Mus., vol. 20, pt. 2, pp. 105-193, pls. 2-20.
1924. Contribution to a knowledge of the fauna of southwest Africa, Pt. v: Crustacea Entomostraca, Ostracoda. Ann. South African Mus.,
vol. 20, pt. 3, pp. 195-211, pls. 21-25. 1926. An Account of the Crustacea of Norway. Vol. 9: Ostracoda.
Bergen. Swartz, F. M.
1932. Revision of the ostracode family Thlipsuridae, with descriptions of new species from the Lower Devonian of Pennsylvania. Jour. Paleont., vol. 6, pp. 36-58, pls. 10, 11.
1933. Dimorphism and orientation in ostracodes of the family Kloeden- ellidae from the Silurian of Pennsylvania. Jour. Paleont., vol. 7, pp. 231-260, pls. 28-30.
1936. Revision of the Primititdae and Beyrichtidae, with new Ostra- coda from the Lower Devonian of Pennsylvania. Jour. Paleont.,
vol. 107 pp. 541-586, pls. 79-89. Triebel, E.
1941. Uber Morphologie und Okologie der fossilen Ostracoden. Sencken- bergiana, vol. 23, pp. 294-400, 15 pls., 2 figs.
Ulrich, E. O., and Bassler, R. S.
1908. New American Paleozoic Ostracoda. Preliminary revision of the Beyrichtidae, with descriptions of new genera. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
Proc., vol. 35, pp. 277-340, pls. 37-44, 61 figs. 1923. Systematic paleontology - Ostracoda. In Maryland Geol. Surv.,
Silurian vol., pp. 500-704, pls. 36-55. Wilson, C. W.
1935. The ostracode fauna of the Birdsong shale, Helderberg, of western Tennessee. Jour. Paleont., vol. 9, pp. 629-646, pls. 77, 78.
Wright, L. M.
1948. A Handbook of Paleozoic Ostracoda. | Privately published, pp. 138, 16 pls., tables, chart.
PLAVES
PLATE I (9)
Figure
BULLETIN 142 149
e
EXPLANATION OF PLATE 1 (9)
Page
Daleiella americana Morris and Hill, n.sp .................... 13 a, b. Dorsal and right valve views of holotype.
Spinobairdia kellettae Morris and Hill, nsp. ................ 12
a-c. Dorsal, anterior, and right valve views of holotype. Spinobairdia shideleri Morris and Hill, nsp. ................. 12
a. Right valve view of holotype. b. Dorsal view of holotype with spines restored from a paratype.
Pseudocyproides alatus Morris and Hill, nsp. ................. 16
a-c. Dorsal, right valve, and anterior views of holotype.
All figures X45
Pu. 9; Vou. 34
Buin. Ayer. PALEONT,
No. 142, Pr. 1
ie
“
PLATE 2 (10)
22 BULLETIN 142 148 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 2 (10) Figure Page 1. Thlipsuroides thlipsuroides Morris and Hill, nsp. .......... 10 a, b. Dorsal and right valve views of holotype. 2. Hemiaechminoides monospinus Morris and Hill, n.sp. ......... 8 a-c. Dorsal, posterior, and left valve views of holotype. 3. Newsomites pertumidus Morris and Hill, nsp. ............... 15
a-c. Right valve, ventral, and anterior views of holotype. d. Left valve view of paratype showing reversal of over- lap.
All figures X40
Pu. 10, Vou. 34 Buu. AMER. PALEON
No. 142, Pr. 2
3b 3d
‘BULLETINS
AMERICAN . PALEONTOLOGY
VOL. XXXIV
NUMBER 143
1952
Paleontological Research Institution thaca, New Yor S.A!
CONDENSED TABLE OF CONTENTS OF BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY AND PALEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA
Volume 1.
BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY
(Nos. 1-5). 354 pp., 32 pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca. (Nos. 6-10). 347 pp., 23 pls. Tertiary Mollusca and Foraminifera, ‘Paleozoic faunas. (Noss sTE=15) oi 402 spp N29 PIS Mitre eet cy neers er ce velban 13.00 Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and’ faunas.
(Noshe16=27 yo) TEE Dp eG MD Say i eee setae ie oh cane ele le uetlats bela 6.00 Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and faunas. (Nosi22-30) oda 7 De MGB OLS ey ANN Wak unable! eaacuhs ike apatin aa 8.00 Tertiary fossils mainly Santo Domingan, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils. (Nos. S1).45, 268) Ops SO US Vee My ee EM Va Re Ego ay ate 10.00 Claibornian Eocene pelecypods. (NO3(32) te STSO Dp ls OS ISH Mee etna ras pohat a blo bae deniers anual 12.00 Claibornian Eocene scaphopods, gastropods, and cephalopods. (NOS) 33 =36) BS 7G DD a Loy DIS iia soe aie als ieee er aanoan ue ahh a an 9.00
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca. (Nos. 37-39). 462 pp., 35 pls. ................. Ha Een MAE 8.00 Tertiary Mollusca mainly from Costa Rica. (Nos. 40-42). 382 pp., 54 pls. Tertiary forams and mollusks mainly from Trinidad and Paleozoic fossils. (NOS! 43246) 2 272 py AT ISN a a aa lee iatan Ue i ma 7.00 Tertiary, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils mainly from Venezuela. (Nos. 47-48). 494 pp., 8 pls. Venezuela and Trinidad forams and Mesozoic inverte- brate bibliography. (Nos. 49-50). 264 pp., 47 pls. Venezuelan Tertiary Mollusca and Tertiary Mammalia. (Nos. 51-54). 306 pp., 44 pls. Mexican Tertiary forams and Tertiary mollusks of Peru and Colombia. (Nos. 55-58). 314 pp., 86 pls. Mainly Ecuadoran, Peruvian and Mexican Tertiary forams and mollusks and Paleozoic fossils. (Nos. 59-61). 140 pp., 48 pls. Venezuela and Trinidad Tertiary Mollusca. (Nos. 62-63). 283 pp., 33 pls. Peruvian Tertiary Mollusca. (Nos. 64-67). 286 pp., 29 pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Cretaceous corals. (No. 68). 272 pp., 24 pls. Tertiary Paleontology, Peru. (Nos. 69-70C). 266 pp., 26 pls. Cretaceous and Tertiary _ Paleontology of Peru and Cuba. (Nos. 921 =72) 2) 0321 Ppa he DISA yer pain aera elapse etal dtede 9.00 Paleozoic Paleontology and Stratigraphy. (Nos. 73-76). 356 pp., 31 pls. Paleozoic Paleontology and Tertiary Foraminifera.
BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY
Vol. 34
No. 143
TRINIDAD PALEOCENE AND LOWER EOCENE GLOBIGERINIDAE
By
P. Bronnimann
December 29, 1952
PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION IrHAcA, NEw York We Sa Ay
fiaus. COMP. Z00L. | LIBRARY
JAN 21 1953
_BARVARD WHVERSITY
CONTENTS
Page Ira ereCaya NY ECrCOS oly ceveces ee teaeats te CRORE CED ICMR REG Oe' te RRR RRC ORCTRIC Rr eI TR PRP PIIA Aara 5 Sirationaphicardistribution mee sect vsecs cect ocr cetera sxe creietenlere 5 PNCKNOWIEUSIMEMESK serene acta lsic Cle sees 6 wre cove Rue neiioren erie in ete Bons enerole ovcieyesvie 8 Systematicaerd escmptlOns. | Aceves cars conto ore ciao, easiest 1D case laine hore, ove Beale Cis eal ) Globicerimaesoldad censis sun sSp mea eine a-eieeiiemeecieineieinicieerecen 9 GChoiiconma jyrg (tole) socossconnuecoucocoustencopopocdscur II Globiceninages raviellifunues pam ie necro cee cca ae 12 Globigerimaycollacteams (inlay) seen eee eine ecice 13 Globigerinawsp. atte Gs itriloculino1des Plummer 2-22-0512 oe eee ee 14 Gayeenina lomo im, Gos ccuconcodpeargovedsoucbsobu0dobceonc 15 Globicenimal Spy atin (Gavhornibrookige mans pe eermeeoeae ont eterna 15 Globicerinayslinapertasbinlaya near. sateen octeeo a: 16 Globigeriniag tila iets 0S Ps miucie ov cie eo siciys oilcree, see cee Ren 8 el a ove ita evens 18 QOMagrHinA TAROUIHODST, i, GB, aaouccocnucusscodogauucouadoocdgunc 18 Glomecaima auragla IiMlENy “Secudocecdoadoosobdaccousndgusduocodor 19 Globigerimasysneessp se erates ic tee whet stealer eerie eter EIT: Devas ae, eee 21 Globigerina pseudo-bullordes selummereseeeaee eee ieee eile 21 GIO ERNiNE GENIN, ib Bob soccocadsoncces sosdonpoodsannuMboudoc 2 Globicerina, (triloculinoides “Plummer y.2 een seis ele «2 ae eine ieee 24 Giloborotaliamcompressaen (bummer) ieee eeeniaeeriecerner oceanic oe 25 J UIGRETANIG, WES pmo Ba otis COC OD OE eC O r O OCR E EI SOCIO: CECH CHES CIES DE IAN e rei anne 27 ACE Sie eee eschsr edie Speer eters is os: = cuchneris os aie ln aro fal adn tae are anal eii sav ou Steno ave cov ote ei ele 2
it ° - ‘ 4 oy ih ? Ke = J ‘i sa i ‘ a te | wea rs + Tc «
. ys ee ee ee ee 7 tL. ‘ “ r iy hate ioe euilat sen . ae al Setpoyied! lh Deel ae - > ea ry ‘ ’ Pane 2 A J Lh 4 Pe quire Ehlers a we X* Peutrfeieness Soke he Cte PU Rt © Es tt ; .. he Rees “i eviterueePr “wes 7 a + = : 5 7 rr i 7 : ) 3 4 +; 2 @ Oi
. 3 re! us mi oe 7 ae ne =) ; : e i aie ee ae , “ be a “7 @ rs U ry \t = ‘ a — cr <. y a . aly: a i ; i ‘ - 3 : _ Bs i = j i i rm e - ‘sy ey Fie re) 2. : i oe at : me . ; : 2 : yee At ae fol - : 3 7 7 7 % n ‘ i adi yh 0 tia rau Wad ; : . : | . Looney tema Te pis ] aL) = hire le ps ( = ; 4 oy ens (Wipe at in 7 as mire © yi “TV Giese 7 al (Mis he oi ogee en) + errors So Si gure eirgh fi RM tae ie Ane Pio ae lo) abies | nile Vata - a) a fi ml aw ' 0 t yw iW iihes Seri i ay ie pans | lk we “ities '), Chol veg tale : | : - 7 cdl Jaane f esngililea | a aol gh “Ai thvesti A): Geers i i‘ a Pa : . yar Ar . rut "iva f_iee :
- _ a r ay) hi Le
TRINIDAD PALEOCENE AND LOWER EOCENE GLOBIGERINIDAE
P. BRONNIMANN!
Trinidad Leaseholds Ltd., Pointe-a-Pierre, Trinidad, B. W. I.
INTRODUCTION
The investigation of ‘Trinidad Globigerinidae (Bronnimann, 1952) is continued in the present paper by the description of 12 of the more prominent Globigerina and of one Globorotalia species. The Foraminifera originate from the type locality assemblages of the Paleo- cene Soldado and Lizard Springs formations and from the lower Eocene Ramdat marl of the Navet formation, as well as from a hetero- geneous mudflow fauna encountered in the Kapur Ridge-Stone River area, southeastern Trinidad. Some of the pelagic species, excluding the Globigerinae, have been reported on by Cushman and Renz (1942, 1946, 1948), who also supplied data on locality, age, and lithology of the type samples. The observation and catalogue numbers mentioned in the following refer to samples collected at the type localities mainly by H. G. Kugler and H. H. Renz. The mudflow sample Sh. 100, T.L.L. Cat. No. 143838, was collected by M. F. Shepherd. The figures on Plates 1-3 are Abbé Mirror drawings by the author.
STRATIGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION
The type locality samples were analyzed in detail and the following species determined or named as new species:
1 Now with the Cuban Gulf Oil Company, Habana, Cuba.
6 BULLETIN 143 154
Globigerina pseudo-bulloides Plummer, i Globigerina stainforthi Bronnimann, n. s
smooth species Globigerina tareubaensis Bronnimann, n.
Globigerina triloculinoides Plummer, a ae
Globigerina turgida Finlay, 1939
Globigerina collactea (Finlay), 1939
Globigerina gravelli Bronnimann, n. sp.
spinose Globigerina primitiva (Finlay), 1947 species Globigerina soldadoensis Bronnimann, n. sp.
Globigerina finlayi Bronnimann, n. sp Globigerina hornibrooki Bronnimann, n. sp Globigerina linaperta Finlay, 1939
Globorotalia compressa (Plummer), 1926
The occurrence of these forms in the type locality samples is compiled in Table 1. Samples included by Cushman and Renz (1946, p. 7) in the list of type samples of the upper zone of the Lizard Springs formation, but now considered of doubtful stratigraphic position, as well as the allochthonous sample Sh. 100, from the mud- flow in the Kapur Ridge-Stone River area, have been omitted.
1. The distribution of the Globigerina species confirms the biostratigraphic subdivision of the Lizard Springs formation into two zones proposed by Cushman and Renz on the different life ranges of Rzehakina epigona (Rzehak) var.* lata Cushman and Jarvis, and yar. minima Cushman and Renz and other benthonic species. G. pseudo-bulloides, G. taroubaensis, G. turgida, and G. collactea occur in the upper zone, whereas G. triloculinoides and Globorotalia com- pressa appear to be confined to the lower zone of the Lizard Springs formation. "The Globigerina distribution furthermore shows that the upper zone of the Lizard Springs formation is faunistically closely related with that of the lower Eocene Ramdat marl of the Navet formation. With the exception of Globigerina, n. sp. (see p. 21 of this paper) all the Globigerina species of the Ramdat marl also occur
“ The original terminology of “var.” is adopted in this paper but the term should be replaced by subspecies. See also under species descriptions.
Bull. Amer. Paleont. Vol. 34, No. 143
Lower zone of Upper zone of oe rica lizard Springs formation Lizard Springs formation Soldado formation sm Species
50316} 50505 Globigerina finlayi obigerina horni brooki : oae
5801} 58454) 6912 5802} 5847 50506] 50507 | 50509)50510} 50504 | 50511 ;50512]50514|50515}b,e¢ |7299|11001 9] 48143 | 5803) 5847 59892
Pe Te ee a ee) lea eal ee
Glo bi gerina pseudo- bulloides
Pega | Te | stainfor thi
taroubsensis Globigerina
triloculi- noides
eee
turgida
eee aa collactea
Globi gerina grave lli
primitiva
soldadoensis Glo borotalia
compressa
Table 1: Occurrence of some Paleocene-Lower Eocene Globigerinas and Globorotalias in the type localities of the Lizard Springs formation, Soldado formation, and Ramdat marl, Navyet formation. X = Rare O = Common @ = Abundant
bP
155 [RiINtpAD PAL.-L. Eoc. GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN 7
in the upper zone of the Lizard Springs formation. Despite a possible ambiguity in the tectonical interpretation of the type locality one must place the upper zone of the Lizard Springs formation between the lower zone of the Lizard Springs formation and the Ramdat marl. On the other hand, G. finlayi, G. stainforthi, and G. primitiva have not been found in the Ramdat marl.
2. Based on the simultaneous occurrence of the zonal marker Globorotalia wilcoxensis var. acuta and Globorotalia crassata var. aequa (Bolli, 1950) in the neritic Soldado formation (Vaughan and Cole, 1941) and in the deeper water facies of the lower zone of the Lizard Springs formation, this lower zone must be considered the time equivalent of the Soldado formation. Nevertheless it must be pointed out that the Globigerina assemblages of the two facies are slightly different. Rare specimens of G. pseudo-bulloides and G. collactea, both absent in the lower zone of the Lizard Springs forma- tion, have been recorded from the Soldado type locality. Further- more, G. finlayi, G. stainforthi, G. triloculinoides, G. gravelli, and Globorotalia compressa have been found in the lower zone of the Lizard Springs formation but not in the Soldado formation. From the distribution of these planktonic forms it could be concluded that the type samples of the Soldado formation are stratigraphically higher than those of the lower zone of the Lizard Springs formation, but they would still be within the zone of Globorotalia wilcoxensis var. acuta,
3. The faunistic break between the Upper Cretaceous Globo- truncana mayaroensis zone and the lower ‘Tertiary Globorotalia wilcoxensis var. acuta zone is reflected by the stratigraphic distribu- tion of the Globigerinidae. Excepting for some very rare and reworked specimens, none of the Upper Cretaceous species of the Rugoglobigerina - Plummerita (=Plummerella)* group (Bronnimania, 1952) have been found in the Paleocene Lizard Springs, Chaudiere, and Soldado formations and none of the Paleocene Globigerinae here described are known from the Maestrichtian formations. It is difhcult to find in Trinidad the precursors of the simply structured Paleocene
Plummerita Bronnimann, Cont. Cushman Found. Foram. Res., vol. III, pts. 3, 4, 1952, p. 146 new name for Plummerella Bronnimann, 1952, not De Long, 1942.
8 BULLETIN 143 156
Globigerinae amongst any of the Upper Cretaceous representatives, which in ornamentation, apertural and umbilical features are so highly differentiated. The only group of Cretaceous Globigerinae from which the Paleocene forms could have sprung is represented by G. cretacea and allied species. The morphology of the G. cretacea group, especially the features of the aperture, is not yet sufficiently well known. ‘This, and the fact that Globigerinae of the G. cretacea group have not yet been encountered in the post-Globotruncana lapparenti zones of the ‘Trinidad Upper Cretaceous, renders this possibility of derivation rather speculative. It is of interest to note that of all the trochoid Upper Cretaceous Globigerinae only the representatives of the G. cretacea group are coiling in both directions thus indicating phylogenetic youth. The Rugoglobigerinae invariably coil predominately dextrally. The Paleocene Globigerinae on the other hand, coil in both directions and are, therefore, not yet speci- alized. “The number of available specimens was too small to investi- gate this feature statistically, and the preference for dextral or for sinistral coiling as observed in G. soldadoensis, G. collactea, and G. triloculinoides may be purely accidental. Should this preference for one particular direction be confirmed then the earlier evolutionary stages of these species characterized by random coiling would have to be looked for in pre-Globorotalia wilcoxensis var. acuta and post- Globotruncana mayaroensis zones which by the unconformable overlap of the Paleocene formations on the Upper Cretaceous are cut out in the uplift areas of Trinidad. ‘The fossiliferous Bontour sandstone and the Corax glauconite, both of Maestrichtian age, are remnants of such Upper Cretaceous formations not yet found in their stratigraphic position.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The author is indebted to the Management of Trinidad Lease- holds Ltd. for the use of the facilities of the Geological Laboratory at Pointe-a-Pierre, Trinidad, B.W.I.; to H. G. Kugler, Trinidad, for reading the manuscript and for many valuable suggestions; to H. E. Thalmann, Stanford University, California, for the loan of holotypes of species described by L. T. Martin from the Lodo formation, California; to L. T. Martin, Bakersfield, California, for topotypes
157. TRInmDAD PAL.-L. Eoc. GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN 9
of Globigerina decepta Martin, Globigerina nitida Martin, and Globigerina marksi Martin; to N. de B. Hornibrook, Wellington, New Zealand, for topotypes of Globigerina primitiva (Finlay), Globigerina collactea (Finlay), Globigerina linaperta Finlay, and Globigerina turgida Finlay; to Ruth ‘Todd, United States National Museum, Washington, D. C., for specimens of Globorotalia compressa (Plummer), Globigerina pseudo-bulloides Plummer, and Globigerina triloculinoides Plummer from U.S.G.S. locality, No. 5647, Naheola formation, Alabama; and to C. D. Ovey, British Museum (Natural History), London, for Globorotalias and Globigerinas from the Velasco formation of Mexico, determined by T. F. Grimsdale.
SY¥o LEMATIC, DESCRIPTIONS Family GLOBIGERINIDAE
Genus GLOBIGERINA
Giobigerina soldadoensis Bronnimann, n. sp. Plate 1, figs. 1-9
The low trochoid test is composed of about two volutions. The four-chambered, occasionally five-chambered adult is lobulate in typical specimens. ‘The spiral side is centrally more or less elevated, the umbilical side is convex. “The umbilicus is large and deep showing the arcuate apertures of the later formed chambers. ‘The subglobular chambers increase gradually in size. “Vhey are rounded to slightly flattened peripherally and distinctly elongate in the direction of the axis of the test. At the umbilical side the chambers tend to become somewhat pointed. “The end chamber can be smaller than the penultimate one or even rudimentary. Except for the indistinct sutures of the early ontogenetic stage, those of the spiral side are deep and curved in the direction of coiling, or they are oblique giving the impression of an overlapping arrangement of the chambers. ‘he sutures of the umbilical side are straight throughout. ‘The large arcuate apertures of the last formed chambers are provided with minute liplike borders. “The walls are perforate and rather thick. The surface is covered with irregularly distributed papillae which are stronger and more prominent on the early chambers of the adult whorl; they are absent or weakly developed near the aperture of the end chamber. ‘The species is predominantly coiled sinistrally.
Holotype.-—Globigerina soldadoensis Bronnimann, n. sp., Plate 1,
10 BULLETIN 143 158
figures 4-6. Rz. 287; T.L.L., Cat. No. 50506. Coiling: sinistral. Dimensions: maximum diameter of test, 0.35 mm.; end chamber, radial diameter, 0.125 mm.; tangential diameter, 0.23 mm.; height, 0.25 mm.
Remarks.—At first, an attempt was made to differentiate three types on account of the number of chambers and_ rudimentary chambers, on the degree of peripheral flattening of the chambers, and on the general outline of the adult test. It was found, however, that this subdivision could not be maintained in a consistent way and, theretore, the three types, which are illustrated on Plate 1, figures 1-9, were united in the same species. “The greatest diameters of the figured specimens are 0.3 mm., 0.35 mm. and 0.425 mm. The radial diameter of the end chamber varies from 0.1 mm. to 0.15 mm. and the height of the end chamber from 0.25 mm. to 0.32 mm. The diameter of the aperture is from 0.05 mm. to 0.1 mm. G. soldadoensis differs from Globigerina primitiva (Finlay), 1947 by the ellipsoid- lobulate outline, by the obliquely arranged chambers and their rounded margins, and by the less pointed umbilical portions of the chambers.
G. soldadoensis is one of the most characteristic Globigerinae of the ‘Trinidad Paleocene. It seems to be related to the spinose Globz- gerina decepta Nlartin, 1943 and Globigerina nitida Martin, 1943 both described from the Eocene Lodo formation of California. The comparison of the Trinidad forms with the holotypes of those species proved that G. soldadoensis is different from those forms. G. decepta Martin (holotype, Stanford University Collection, No. 7399, Lodo formation, L.S.J.U. foc. M-74, Sample, No. S-7-119, Lodo Gulch, Panoche Quad., Fresno Co., California, Coll. R. T. White) resembles G. soldadoensis in the granular surface, but it is clearly separated trom G. soldadoensis by the much more pronounced planoconvex test, the oppressed chambers with distinct umbilical points, the rather rounded outline, the almost closed umbilicus and the small arcuate aperture. Globigerina nitida Martin (holotype, Stanford University Collection, No. 7400, L.S.J.U. Loc. M-74, Sample, No. 5-7-47, Lodo Gulch, Panoche Quad., Fresno Co., California, Coll. R. T. White) is afhned to G. decepta. The margin of G. decepta is more rounded and the chambers are more oppressed than in G. nitida, otherwise the two species are similar and possibly could be synonymous. This, however, can only be decided by the investigation of complete assem- blages. The holotype of G. nitida is coiled dextrally, that of G. decepta sinistrally. Six out of eight topotypes of G. decepta and three
159 [TRINIDAD PAL.-L. Eoc. GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN 11
out of eight topotypes of G. nitida are coiled to the right. Although these Californian forms and G. soldadoensis are separate species, they belong to a closely related group 0! Eocene Globigerinas with granu- late surface.
Occurrence-—Both zones ot the Lizard Springs formation, rare to abundant; Soldado formation, rare to common; Ramdat marl, abundant.
Glebigerina primitiva (Finlay), 1947 Plate 1, figs. 10-12
Globoquadrina primitiva Finlay, 1947, New Zealand Jour. Sci. Teed,
Wellington, vol. 28, No. 5, p. 291, pl. 8, figs. 129-124.
The low trochoid subquadrate test is composed of about two volutions, the last of which is four chambered. ‘The spiral side is almost plane to slightly elevated; the umbilical side is convex. ‘The chambers gradually increase in size and are flattened peripherally. ‘They are subangular at the margin and elongate in the direction of the axis of the test; the umbilical portions are pointed. “he chambers are almost perpendicular to each other and descend in the course of growth thus producing an overlapping arrangement. ‘The sutures of the final stage are well defined, oblique to curved in the direction of coiling at the spiral side, and straight to slightly curved umbilically. The umbilicus is deep but rather small showing the large arcuate apertures of the end chamber and occasionally also of the penultimate chamber. The apertural face is flattened and makes an angle with the outer wall of the chamber. ‘The walls are finely perforate. ‘The surface is covered with minute papillae which are stronger on the umbilical points of the chambers and virtually absent in the neighbor- hood of the apertures. “The species is represented by left and right hand coiled specimens.
Holotype—Globoquadrina primitiva Finlay, 1947, New Zealand Jour. Sci. Tech., Wellington, vol. 28, p. 291, pl. 8, fig. 133. Loc. F. 5179B, North Otago, Hampden Beach Section, upper blue micaceous clays, 1 mile N. of Kakaho Creek, New Zealand, lowei bortonian, middle Eocene.
Remarks.—Finlay assigned this spinose species to the genus Globoquadrina Finlay, 1947, type species Globorotalia dehiscens Chapman, Parr and Collins, 1934, from the Oligocene (Bakombian ) at Kackeraboite Creek, Port Philip area, Victoria, Australia. Accord- ing to Finlay (p. 290) Globoquadrina ‘“‘combines the open umbilicus,
12 BULLETIN 143 160
terminal face and apertural flaps of Globotruncana, the angular ven- trally pointed chambers of Globorotalia, and the general compact shape of Globigerina, and plainly should not be referred to any one of these.” It is doubted, however, whether the features of Globoro- talia dehiscens really warrant the erection of a new genus differing from Globigerina. Vhe aperture of Globoquadrina primitiva is clearly that 0: a Globigerina to which genus this species is here referred.
Six out of 10 specimens of G. primitiva are coiled dextrally. The maximum diameter of Trinidad specimens ranges from 0.2 mm. to 0.375 mm., the average is about 0.3 mm. “The end chamber of a specimen with O.3 mm. greatest diameter, measures 0.225 mm. in tangential direction and also in height. “Topotypes from Finlay’s locality F. 5179B are identical with the Trinidad specimens. The greatest diameter of topotypes ranges from 0.2 mm. to 0.3 mm. “The end chamber of a specimen with maximum diameter of 0.3 mm. measures 0.25 mm. in tangential direction and also in height. Eight out of 11 topotypes coil to the left.
Occurrence-—Both zones of the Lizard Springs formation, rare to common; Soldado formation, rare.
In New Zealand, th's species is recorded from the Danian to the middle Eocene. Obscure specimens were found according to Finlay in the Upper Cretaceous ( ?Teurian).
Globigerina gravelli Bronnimenn, n. sp. Plate 1, figs. 16-18
The large spinose, low trochoid test is composed of about two volutions, the final one with five to six oppressed chambers. “The cutline is ellipsoid and only slightly lobulate. The spiral side is more or less convex. The subcircular umbilicus is large and deep, exposing the arcuate apertures of the last formed chambers. The chambers are subglobular, flattened peripherally, elongate in direc- tion of the axis of the test and somewhat pointed at the umbilical side. The sutures are curved in the direction of coiling and well marked except those of the early stage. “The large arcuate apertures with minute liplike borders open directly into the umbilicus. The walls of the early chambers are more coarsely perforate and pitted than those of the final chambers. “The surface is covered with papillae. Those at the umbilical points are strongly developed. At
161 “Trinipap PAtL.-L. Eoc. GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN 13
the apertural faces they are absent or rare. “The species is coiled in both directions.
Flolotype.—Globigerina gravelli Bronnimann, n. sp. Plate 1, meures TO-"o, Rz, 287> Tb. 1. Cat. No! 50506. Lower zone of Lizard Springs formation, Guayaguayare area, south ‘Trinidad. Coiling: dextral. Dimensions: maximum diameter of test, 0.425 mm., end chamber, radial diameter, 0.125 mm., tangential diameter, 0.2 mm., height, 0.25 mm. Diameter of umbilicus, 0.125 mm.
Remarks.—The spinose surface refers this species to the charac- teristic group of spinose Globigerinae represented in the ‘Trinidad Paleocene by G. soldadoensis, G. primitiva, and G. collactea. It differs from these forms by the large size, greater number of the closely oppressed chambers in the last whorl, and the large, subcir- cular umbilicus. The four to five-chambered G. collactea which resembles closely in its general form G. gravelli, is much smaller. The species is named for the late D. W. Gravell in recognition of his contributions to the knowledge of orbitoidal Foraminifera.
Occurrence-—Both zones of the Lizard Springs formation, rare to common; Ramdat marl, rare.
Globigerina collactea (Finlay), 1939 Plate 1, figs. 13-15
Globorotalia collactea Finlay, 1939, Roy. Soc. New Zealand, Trans. Proc.,
vol. 69, p. 37, pl. 29, figs. 164-165.
The outline of the rather small and low trochoid test is ellipsoid and not much lobulate. About 25 volutions composed of small, oppressed chambers were counted. The final whorl is four to five chambered. The spiral side is elevated across the initial portion. The umbilicus is variable in size but as a rule large enough to expose the apertures of the three to four later chambers. The well-defined sutures are straight to slightly curved in the direction of coiling. The oppressed subglobular chambers increase gradually in size, the end chamber, however, can be equal to or even smaller than the penultimate one. “The chambers are peri- pherally flattened, elongate in the direction of the axis of the test and pointed umbilically. “The aperture of the end chamber is arcuate and leads directly into the umbilicus. A minute liplike border was noticed. The walls are perforate and the surface is covered with papillae which are stronger on the umbilical points than on the outer
14 BULLETIN 143 162
chamber walls. The species is coiled in both directions, with prefer- ence for the right.
Holotype-—Globorotalia collactea Finlay, 1931, Roy. Soc. New Zealand, Drans. Proc., vol. (69, ‘p: 3277" pla 20; ene. yuo4, Eom
locality F. 5540, Hampden Beach section, North Otago, New Zealand, Heretaungan,*lower Eocene.
Remarks.—On account of the position of the arcuate apertures, which are distinctly umbilical, this small spinose species belongs to Globigerina, although the low trochoid spiral and the convex spiral side suggest a Globorotalia. ‘The dimensions of the figured specimen (Pl. 1, figs. 13-15) are: maximum diameter, 0.275 mm.; end chamber, radial diameter, 0.1 mm.; tangential diameter, 0.15 mm., and height, 0.15 mm. Coiling: sinistral. The maximum diameter of other specimens is from 0.25 mm. to 0.35 mm. with an average of about 0.175 mm. ‘Twelve out of 15 specimens coil to the right. Vhe Trinidad material agrees with topotypes from New Zealand which, like the Trinidad specimens, vary greatly in the development of the umbilicus. “The elevation of the spiral side is also rather variable. “Che maximum diameter of topotypes ranges from 0.25 mm. to 0.3 mm., the average is about 0.275 mm. Nine out of I1 topo- types are coiled to the right.
Occurrence——Upper zone of the Lizard Springs formation, common; Soldado formation, rare to common; Ramdat marl, common.
Globigerina, sp. aff. G. triloculinoides Plummer, 1926 Plate 2, figs. 1-3
The broad oval outline of the small trochoid test is_ slightly lobulate. About two volutions are developed, the last of which is four chambered. ‘The spiral side is slightly convex. The umbilicus is shallow. “The subglobular, peripherally flattened chambers rapidly increase. “Che distinct sutures are curved in the direction of coiling. ‘The small arcuate aperture is opened into the center of the umbilicus and is provided with a prominent lip. The walls are perforate and the surface is finely pitted. “The maximum diameter is 0.275 mm., the end chamber measures in tangential direction 0.186 mm., in radial direction 0.16 mm., and in height 0.175 mm. ‘The diameter of the aperture is 0.05 mm. ‘The test is coiled sinistrally.
The description refers to a single specimen found in_ locality Rz. 287, T. L. L., Cat. No. 50506, lower zone of the Lizard Springs
163 TRinmap Pat.-L. Eoc. GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN 15
tormation. It shows affinities to G. triloculinoides Plummer with which it is associated.
Occurrence.—Lower zone of Lizard Springs formaton, very rare.
Globigerina hornibrooki Bronnimann, n. sp. Plate 2, figs. 4-6
The medium-sized test is a trochoid spiral of about 24 volutions of which the final one is four chambered. The rounded outline is weakly lobulate. The subglobular chambers are rapidly increasing in size with the exception of the end chamber which is smaller than the penultimate one, peripherally flattened, and elongate in the direction of the axis of the test. The small umbilicus is deep enough to expose the apertures of earlier chambers. The well- defined sutures are straight in the end stage but curved in the direc- tion of coiling in the early portion of the test. The large arcuate aperture is umbilically situated, elongate and provided with a minute liplike border. The walls are finely perforate. The surface is pitted. The species is coiled to both sides.
Flolotype-—Globigerina hornibrooki Bronnimann, n. sp., Plate 2, meures 4-0 Rz- 287 “1.1. L., (Cat. No. 50506. Tower zone of Lizard Springs formation, Guayaguayare area, south ‘Trinidad. Coiling: dextral. Dimensions: maximum diameter, 0.28 mm.; end chamber, radial diameter, 0.045 mm.; tangential diameter, 0.145 mm.; height, 0.175 mm.
Remarks —G. hornibrooki differs from G. linaperta and G. finlayi essentially in the arrangement of the chambers (jin/ayi) and in the development of the end chamber (linaperta). In perforation and pitting, G. hornibrooki is very similar to these species. The greatest diameter ranges from 0.22 mm. to 0.3 mm., the average Is ‘ about 0.28 mm. Five out of eight specimens are coiled to the right. The species is named for N. de B. Hornibrook, Wellington, New Zealand.
Occurrence.
Both zones of the Lizard Springs formation, rare to abundant; Soldado formation, rare; Ramdat marl, common.
Globigerina sp. aff. G. hornibrooki Bronnimann, n.sp. Plate 2, figs. 13-15
The subglobular trochoid test is composed of about 12 chambers arranged in 24 volutions. The final volution is four chambered. The subglobular chambers increase in size rapidly with the exception of the final chamber, which is strongly flattened peripherally and
16 BULLETIN 143 164
elongate in the direction of the axis of the test. “The end chamber, as a rule, is not larger or even smaller than the penultimate one. No umbilical points are developed. “The umbilicus is small but deep and shows apertures of earlier chambers. “The depressed sutures are straight in the end stage but slightly curved in the direction of coiling in the early spiral. The large elongate apertures is umbilically situated and almost hidden under the overlapping end chamber. ‘The apertural face forms an obtuse angle with the outer chamber wall. The walls are perforate and thin. ‘The surface is pitted, and no papillae have been found at the umbilical side. The species is coiled to both sides.
The figured specimen (Plate 2, figures 13-15) originated from locality Rz. 286; T.L.L., Cat. No. 50505, lower zone of Lizard Springs formation, Guayaguayare, south Trinidad. Coiling: dextral. Dimensions: maximum diameter, 0.35 mm.; end chamber, radial diameter, 0.135 mm.; tangential diameter, 0.275 mm.; height, 0.3 mm.
Remarks.—TVhis rather scarce species differs from the likewise tour-chambered Globigerina hornibrooki by the much larger sub- globular test, the deep, umbilical aperture, and the strongly flattened end chamber. It is possible that transitional forms occur between this subglobular type and G. hornibrooki. ‘The maximum diameter of additional specimens measures from 0.3 to 0.4 mm., the average lies around 0.32 mm. ‘The direction of coiling appears to be undeter- mined: three out of six specimens coil to the right.
Occurrence—Lower zone of Lizard Springs formation, rare. Globigerina ‘linaperta Finlay, 1939 Plate 2, figs: 7-9
Globigerina linaperta Finlay, 1939, Roy. Soc. New Zealand, Trans. Proc., Wellington, vol. 69, p. 125, pl. 13, figs. 54-57.
The low trochoid test with its predominant end chamber is composed of about two volutions, the last of which is four chambered. ‘The spiral side is slightly convex, occasionally plane. ‘The shallow umbilicus shows the apertures of the two later formed chambers. The subglobular chambers are flattened peripherally occasionally somewhat pointed umbilically and elongate in direction of the axis of the test. “he chambers are almost at right angles; they increase rapidly in size and the end chamber is equal to or even larger than the whole preceding spiral. “The straight sutures are well defined, with the exception of those of the early stage. ‘The large arcuate aperture of the end chamber is directed into the umbilicus and sur-
165 ‘TRinmap PAL.-L. Eoc. GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN 17
rounded by a minute liplike border. “The walls are perforate and the surface is pitted. The early chambers are rather coarsely pitted and their umbilical portions are distinctly papillate. The species has random coiling.
Holotyte.—Globigerina linaperta Finlay, 1939, Roy. Soc. New Zealand, Trans. Proc., Wellington, vol. 69, p. 125, pl. 13, fig. 56. From locality F. 5179A, beach, 1 mile N. Kakaho Creek, Hampden, New Zealand. Bortonian, middle Eocene.
Remarks.—Vhis species was described in a general way by Finlay so that a more detailed description is justified. G. linaperta, a dominant species of the Trinidad Paleocene, shows considerable variability in the pitting of the surface and in the development of the end chamber which can be smaller or of equal size or even larger than the preceding spiral. “he degree of peripheral flattening of the chambers of the final whorl is also rather variable. Associated forms, related to G. linaperta in their general appearance and in the texture of the surface but with different arrangement of the chambers of the final whorl and different development of the end chamber, are described in this paper as G. finlayi and G. hornibrooki. The maxi- mum diameter of the figured specimen is 0.332 mm., the end chamber has a radial diameter of 0.2 mm., a tangential diameter of 0.26 mm. and a height of 0.26 mm. ‘The specimen coils to the left. The greatest diameter of other Trinidad specimens ranges from 0.25 mm. to 0.35 mm. Six out of 10 specimens coil to the left.
G. linaperta is in the general features related to G. triloculi- noides, which, however, can be separated by the fine perforation and by the flaring lip covering most of the aperture. Globigerinae closely resembling G. linaperta are known from the younger ‘Tertiary of Trinidad. ‘The possible relationship of these forms with those from the Paleocene is yet to be investigated.
Topotypes of G. linaperta were compared with the Trinidad specimens which completely agree with the latter. The greatest diameter of the topotypes varies from 0.275 mm. to 0.427 mm., the average is about 0.35 mm. ‘The direction of coiling appears to be undeter- mined as 7 out of 13 specimens are coiled sinistrally.
Occurrence-——Both zones of the Lizard Springs formation, rare to abundant; Soldado formation, rare to abundant; Ramdat marl,
common.
i8 BULLETIN 143 166
Globigerina finlayi Bronnimann, n. sp. Plate 2, figs. 10-12
This species resembles Globigerina linaperta Finlay from which it differs by the arrangement of the chambers. The final whorl is composed of only three chambers and the fairly large arcuate aperture lies centrally at the intersections of the umbilical sutures. The end chamber is situated acréss two preceding chambers, whereas in G. linaperta it is situated across three chambers. The umbilicus is shallow and in well-preserved specimens exposes also the aperture of the penultimate chamber. The species coils in both directions.
Holotype.—Globigerina finlayi Bronnimann, n. sp., Plate 2, figures 10-12. Rz. 287; T.L.0., Cat. No. 50506. Lower zone of
Lizard Springs formation, (Guayaguayare area, south ‘Trinidad. Coiling: dextral. Dimensions: maximum diameter, 0.312 mm.; end chamber, radial diameter, 0.15 mm. tangential diameter, 0.24 mm. height, 0.245 mm.
emarks.—TVhis rare and conspicuous species is clearly defined by the arrangement of the chambers of the final whorl and by the central positon of the aperture. “Two other specimens of locality Rz. 287 have a maximum diameter of 0.275 mm. and of 0.3 mm.; cne of the specimens is coiled dextrally, the other sinistrally.
G. finlayi comes close to Globigerina eocaenica Terquem, 1882 which, however, has the aperture located asymmetrically, at the base of the apertural face and to one side of the center of the last chamber (Térquem, 1882, pl. 9, fig. 4; Bandy, 1919, p. 120, pl. 23, figs. 2a-c). Another three-chambered species similar to G. finiayi with a central aperture, but belonging to Globigerinoides, is also known trom Oligocene of Trinidad. The species is named for the
late H. J. Finlay.
Occurrence.—Both zones of the Lizard Springs formation, rare.
Globigerina taroubaensis Bronnimann, n. sp. Plate 2, figs. 16-18
The relatively small subglobular test is characterized by an accessory chamber across the umbilicus. The trochoid spiral of about two volutions contains four chambers in the last whorl. The oppressed subglobular and peripherally somewhat flattened chambers increase rapidly in size. The radial sutures are shallow and indistinct throughout. “The small umbilicus is almost completely covered by the
167. Trinipap PAL.-L. Eoc. GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN 19
accessory chamber, the aperture of which is very small. Apertures ot earlier chambers are not visible. The walls are coarsely perforate. The surface, including that of the accessory chamber, is roughly pitted. The species is coiled in both directions.
Holotype.—Globigerina taroubaensis Bronnimann, n. sp., Plate 2, figures 16-18. Rz. 413; T. L. L. Cat. No. 59892. Ramdat marl, lower Eocene, near San Fernando, south Trinidad. Coiling: dextral. Dimensions: maximum diameter, 0.25 mm.
Remarks.—G. taroubaensis Bronnimann, n. sp. differs by the small subglobular test with roughly pitted surface and by the ielatively large accessory chamber across the umbilicus from all other nonspinose Globigerinae described in this paper. It can easily be distinguished from the lobulate and highly trochoid G. turgida which also carries an accessory chamber. “The maximum diameter ranges from 0.22 mm. to 0.28 mm., average about 0.25 mm. Six out of 12 specimens are coiled to the right. “lhe species is named after the ‘Varouba River near San Fernando, Trinidad.
Occurrence.-—Upper zone of Lizard Springs formation, rare to common; Ramdat marl, common.
Globigerina turgida Finlay, 1939 Plate 3, figs. 1-3
Globigerina linaperta var. turgida Finlay, 1939, Roy. Soc. New Zealand,
Trans. Proc., vol. 69, p. 125 (no figures).
The large lobulate test is a high trochoid spiral of about two volutions, the last of which is composed of four chambers. ‘The subglobular chambers increase rapidly in size. They are peripherially slightly flattened and separated by deep and straight sutures. In about half of the investigated specimens, a small subglobular chamber is added across the umbilicus. This accessory chamber, with its smooth surface and minute perforations, is situated perpendicularly to the much larger end chamber of the final whorl. ‘The large arcuate aperture of the accessory chamber is surrounded by a broad liplike border. “The walls of the normal chambers appear to be thick, and compared with the accessory chamber, coarsely perforate. The surface is pitted and no spines are developed. ‘he species is coiled to both sides.
Holotype.-—Globigerina linaperta Finlay var. turgida Finlay, 1939. Locality F. 3310, Pahi marl, upper Bortonian, New Zealand,
Remarks.—G. turgida from the middle Eocene Bortonian of
20 BULLETIN 143 168
New Zealand, was introduced as a variety! of G. linaperta. G. turgida, however, differs from G. linaperta in the arrangement of the chambers to such an extent, that it has to be considered as a dis- tinct new species. In addition G. turgida in the adult develops a small accessory chamber across the umbilicus which has never been seen in G. linaperta. A similar form has been described by Glaessner (1937, p. 29, pl. 1, figs. 1a,b) as G. bulloides d’Orbigny var. cryptomphala Glaessner, from the upper middle Eocene (rare) and the upper Eocene (abundant) of the northern Caucasus, Russia. It differs from the Trinidad and New Zealand species by the more lobulate test and by the deviating arrangement of the accessory chamber which is formed over the aperture of the end chamber, 7.c. parallel and not perpendicular to the end chamber. Glaessner’s form is probably a new species and not a variety of G. bulloides. Bandy (1940, p. 119, pl. 22, figs. 2a-c) figured as G. dissimilis Cushman and Bermudez from the Jackson Eocene of Alabama, a species which could be synonymous with Glaessner’s G. cryptomphala. It differs trom the typically Oligocene G. dissimilis which has a_bridgelike accessory chamber with two openings across the umbilicus. G. cuachitaensis Howe and Wallace var. senilis Bandy (p. 121, pl. 22, figs. 5a-c), from the Jackson Eocene of Alabama, appears to be closely related to the species reported by Bandy as G. dissimilis and most probably represents the stage without accessory chamber. ‘The relationship between the forms described by Bandy and Glaessner’s G. cryptomphala should be investigated by means of study of the original material.
The greatest diameter of the figured specimen (Plate 3, figures 1-3) is 0.475 mm.; the end chamber measuring in tangential direction, 0.175 mm, and in radial direction, 0.15 mm. ‘The species coils dextrally. ‘The greatest diameter of additional Trinidad speci- mens measures from 0.35 to 0.53 mm., the average is around 0.47 mm. ‘Topotypes from Finlay’s locality F. 3310, marl, 1 mile NW. of Pahi, Paparoa, Matakohe S. D., North Auckland, New Zealand, middle Eocene Pahi marl, Bortonian, are identical with the Trinidad specimens. [he maximum diameter of the topotypes varies from
! Variety in this paper has been used in the original terminology but the term ‘variety’ should be replaced by subspecies. See also footnote 2.
169 ‘TRINIDAD PAL.-L. Eoc. GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN 21
0.45 mm. to 0.58 mm., with an average of about 0.5 mm. Eight out of 15 topotypes are coiled dextrally.
Occurrence.—Ramdat marl, common; upper zone of Lizard Springs formation, rare.
Globigerina, n. sp. Plate 3, figs. 4-6
The highly trochoid test is composed of 24 to 3 volutions, the last of which is five chambered. ‘The outline is subcircular, lobulate. The subglobular chambers increase gradually in size and the dimen- sions of those of the final whorl do not differ much from each other. The umbilicus is filled with matrix. The aperture is not known. ‘The indistinct sutures are straight in the adult stage, those of the early whorls curved in direction of coiling. ‘The initial portion is similar to that of G. pseudo-bulloides. "The walls are finely perfor- ate. The surface is smooth. “Iwo specimens coil to the left.
Kemarks.—Only two specimens were encountered, the larger of which is illustrated on Plate 3, figures 4-6. They differ from all other Paleocene - lower Eocene Globigerinae, and it was not possible to refer them to any of the known species recorded in the Catalogue of Foraminifera. “They probably belong to a new species, the available material, however, is inadequate to establish a new species. “The maximum diameter of the figured specimen is 0.45 mm. and the height, 0.425 mm.
Occurrence.-—Ramdat marl, very rare.
Globigerina pseudo-bulloides Plummer, 1926 Plate 3, figs. 7-$
Globigerina pseudo-bulloides Plummer, 1926, Univ. Texas, Bull., No. 2644, Pp. 133-134, pl. 8, figs. 9a-c; Plummer, 1937, Pub. Lab. Pal., Univ. Moscow, Prob. Pal., vols. 2-3, pl. 4, figs. 31a-c; Plummer, 1942, Cushman Lab. Foram. Research, Contr., vol. 18, pl. 8, figs. 3, 4.
The outline of the five, rarely six-chambered adult is lobulate. The spiral side of the trochoid test is either elevated in the center, showing the small initial spire composed of minute chambers, or it is almost plane, rarely depressed. “The umbilicus is rather small. The subglobular chambers increase rapidly in size as added. In apertural view they are rather high and peripherally flattened. “The sutures of the adult stage are deep and straight, those of the early chambers distinctly curved. "The small arcuate aperture of the end chamber opens into the umbilicus and is bordered by a lip which varies considerably in width from specimen to specimen. ‘The walls
22 BULLETIN 143 170
are perforate. “The surface is pitted and the umbilical portions of the early chambers of the adult whorl are covered with minute papillae. Left and right hand coiled specimens were observed.
Holotype.-—Globigerina pseudo-bulloides Plummer, 1926, Uni- versity of Texas, Bull., No. 2644, pl. 8, fig. 9a. Plummer figured (1926, pl. 8) three different specimens, and the first specimen is taken to represent the dorsal view of the holotype. From Station 23, shallow ditch at road corner southeast of new Corsicana reservoir, on the road to Mildred, Texas, upper Midway.
Remarks.—G. pseudo-bulloides is a characteristic and weil- defined species with relatively constant features of the upper zone of the Lizard Springs formation and of the Ramdat marl. Six- chambered specimens were rare in Plummer’s material (p. 133) and in the ‘Trinidad assemblages. The greatest diameter ranges from 0.2 mm. to 0.4 mm. that of the specimens from the Midway forma- tion goes up to 0.4 mm. ‘Twenty-eight out of 44 specimens coil to the right. Three specimens from the Naheola formation, U.S.G. 5%. locality, No. 5647, measure 0.275 mm., 0.3 mm., and 0.325 mm. The two larger specimens are typical for the species, with thin and transparent walls, broader liplike borders and slightly less elevated spiral side than the average ‘Trinidad specimens; they coil to the left. The smaller specimen is not typical, almost plane, less lobulate, and coils to the right. The comparison of G. pseudo-bulloides with G. cretacea d’Orbigny from the Upper Cretaceous of Trinidad shows that the two species are in number, arrangement and size of chambers in the adult, and also in the greatest diameter of the test (maximum diameter of four specimens 0.325 mm. to 0.4 mm) similar. The multiple apertures mentioned by Plummer (1926, p. 133) as diag- nostic for G. cretacea may also be found in G. pseudo-bulloides and in all Globigerinas with large umbilicus. Where the umbilicus is small or virtually closed, only the aperture of the end chamber is visible, but where the umbilicus is large, the apertures of two or three or more of the later formed chambers can be seen. It appears that apart from stratigraphic differences, certain morphologic differ- ences exist between G. pseudo-bulloides and G. cretacea. “The sutures of G. cretacea are always straight and radial whereas those of G. pseudo-bulloides are distinctly curved to oblique in the early ontogen- etic stage. Further, the spiral side of G. cretacea is, as a rule, more
171 TRINIDAD PAL.-L. Eoc. GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN ~— 23
or less plane or even depressed across the initial portion, the early chambers are larger and the surface of the chambers is, perhaps with the exception of the end chamber, provided with well-spaced minute pustules. These differences between G. pseudo-bulloides and G. cretacea are small and often difficult to ascertain. It is of interest to note that left and right hand coiled specimens occur in both species.
Occurrence.—Soldado formation, rare; upper zone of the Lizard Springs formation, common to abundant; Ramdat marl, abundant.
The quantitative differences in the distribution of this species are striking and appear to be useful for the biostratigraphic subdivision of the Paleocene deposits.
Globigerina stainforthi Bronnimann, n. sp. Plate 3, figs. 10-12
The medium-sized trochoid test of about two volutions is lobulate in its general outline. The last volution is invariably com- posed of four chambers. The spiral side is elevated and the central spire clearly shows the trochoid arrangement of the minute early chambers. The small umbilicus is shallow. ‘The subglobular cham- bers increase gradually in size. “The end chamber, however, is equal to or smaller than the penultimate one. ‘The arcuate aperture with its large liplike border is opening into the umbilicus. “The well- defined sutures are oblique in the early and straight in the final stage. ‘The walls are finely perforate. The surface is pitted, more coarsely on the early than on the final chambers. ‘The species is coiled to the right and to the left.
Holotype-—Globigerina stainforthi Bronnimann, n. sp., Sh. 100, 30 feet augerhole, T.L.L. Cat. No. 143838, Kapur Stone area, Guayaguayare, south ‘Trinidad. Coiling: sinistral. Dimensions: maximum diameter, 0.287 mm.; end chamber, radial diameter, 0.125 mm.; tangential diameter, 0.175 mm.
Remarks.—The elevated spiral side and the arrangement of the sutures brings this species in relationship to G. pseudo-bulloides from which it differs by the four adult subglobular chambers and the large arcuate aperture with broad liplike border. “Che maximum diameter ranges from 0.15 mm. to 0.3 mm., the average is about 0.175 mm. Eight out of 14 specimens are coiled to the right. “The species 1s named after R. M. Stainforth for his contributions to the micro- paleontology of Trinidad.
24 BULLETIN 143 72
Occurrence.—Both zones of the Lizard Springs formation, rare. Sh. 100, 30 feet augerhole, T. L. L., Cat. No. 143838, Kapur Stone area, (guayaguayare, south Trinidad.
Globigerina triloculinoides Plummer, 1926 Plate 3, figs. 13-18
Globigerina triloculinoides Plummer, 1926, Univ. Texas, Bull., No. 2644, Pp. 134-135, pl. 8, figs. roa-c; Plummer, 1937, Pub. Lab. Pal. Moscow University, Prob. Pal., vols. 2-3, pl. 4, figs. 33 a-b; Plummer, 1942, Cushman Lab. Foram. Research, Contr., vol. 18, p. 43, pl. 8, figs. 1,2. (See further references in Plummer, 1942.)
The trochoid test is composed of 13 to 2 volutions, the last of which contains four subglobular chambers. The chambers increase rapidly in size and the last one almost equals in size the whole preceding spiral. ‘The spiral side is plane to slightly depressed across the initial portion. “The umbilicus is shallow. The straight sutures are well marked; those of the spiral side are almost at right angles. ‘The arcuate aperture with its more or less prominent lip is opening into the umbilicus. The thin walls are perforate. The surface is pitted, early chambers rather coarsely, and small papillae occur on the umbilical portions of the inner chambers of the last whorl. The species is coiled in both directions, with preference to dextral coiling.
FHlolotype-—Globigerina triloculinoides Plummer, 1926, Univer- sity of Texas, Bull. No. 2644, pl. 8, fig. 10a (spiral side of type) ; from Station 23, shallow ditch at road corner southeast of new Corsicana reservoir on the road to Mildred, Texas, upper Midway.
Remarks.—The ‘Trinidad specimens agree with Plummer’s des- cription and figures of G. triloculinoides (Plummer, 1926, pl. 8, figs. 10a,b). The maximum diameter of the investigated specimens ranges from about 0.125 mm. to 0.37 mm. Plummer noted 0.35 mm. usually less, for the greatest diameter. The development of the protruding lip appears to be variable. Sixteen out of 21 specimens coil dextrally. Three specimens of G. triloculinoides from U.S.G.S., locality No. 5647, Naheola formation, Midway, upper fossiliferous horizon, greensand bed, Naheola Landing on ‘TYombigbee River, Choctaw Co., Alabama, were compared with the specimens from Trinidad. ‘The Naheola specimens have a greatest diameter of 0.262 mm., 0.275 mm. and 0.287 mm. and delicate and transparent walls. Arrangement and size of chambers, umbilicus and apertural features are identical with those observed in the Trinidad material. It is
173. TRInmpap PAt.-L. Eoc. GLOBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN 25
not quite clear why this species was named ftriloculinoides as the final whorl is invariably composed of four chambers.
Occurrence.—Lower zone of Lizard Springs formation, rare to common. Upper zone of Lizard Springs formation, doubtful speci- mens only. Sh. 100, 30 feet augerhole, T. L. L. Cat. No. 143838. Kapur Stone area, Guayaguayare, south Trinidad.
Family GLOBOROTALIIDAE Genus GLOBOROTALIA Globorotalia compressa (Plummer), 1926 Plate 2, figs. 19-24
Globigerina compressa Plummer, 1926, Univ. Texas, Bull., No. 2644, pp. 135-136, pl. 8, fivs. r1a-c; Plummer, 1937, Pub. Lab. Pal., Moscow Univ, Prob. Pal., vols. 2-3, pl. 4, figs. 32a-c; Plummer, 1942, Cushman Lab. Foram. Research, Contr:, vol. 18, p. 44, pl. 8, figs. 5, 6.
(For further references see Plummer, 1942.)
The axially compressed trochoid test has a_ broad ellipsoid, lobulate outline. The final volution is composed of five, occasionally of six chambers. ‘The spiral side is slightly depressed. “Che umbilicus is small, rather shallow, but distinct. “The chambers increase gradu- ally in size; they are axially compressed and the peripheral margin is bluntly angular. “The chambers are overlapping at the spiral side. The well-defined sutures are curved in the direction of coiling at the spiral side, and more or less straight umbilically. The aperture is distinctly interiomarginal, extending from the umbilicus toward the periphery of the test. The aperture and part of the umbilicus are covered by a flaring lip. The walls are thin and extremely finely perforate. “The surface is smooth. The species coils in both directions, apparently with slight preference for the left side.
Holotype-—Globigerina compressa Plummer, 1926, Univ. Texas Bull., No. 2644, pl. 8, fig. 11a. (Although the holotype is not especially designated it has to be inferred from the explanation on p. 184, that figure I1a is the dorsal view of the holotype) ; from Station 23 (p. 135), 24 in explanation to plate 8; Station 23 is probably correct as Plummer remarks (p. 50) that “‘this has been chosen as the type locality for a number of new forms.” Shallow ditch at road corner southeast of new Corsicana reservoir on the road to Mildred, Texas, upper Midway.
Remarks.—Cushman (1942, p. 44) observed that Globigerina compressa from the Naheola formation should possibly be placed
26 BULLETIN 143 17
under Globorotalia. “Vhe compressed test and the obtusely angular chambers are suggestive that this species could be a Globorotalia to which genus it is here assigned on account of the interiomarginal aperture as typically developed in Globorotalia menardii and related forms. The Trinidad specimens agree with those described by Plum- mer from the Midway of Texas, and with a specimen from U.S.G.S. locality 5647, Naheola formation. “The maximum diameter of the figured specimens from Trinidad is 0.212 mm. and 0.231 mm. The Naheola specimen, which coils to the left, has a greatest diameter of 0.25 mm. and Plummer records an average of 0.3 mm. and an upper extreme of 0.4 mm. for the Midway material.
Occurrence.—Lower zone of Lizard Springs formation, rare. Sh. 100, 30 feet augerhole, T. L. L. Cat. No. 143838, Kapur Stone area, Guayaguayare, south Trinidad.
175 TRinipap PAL.-L. Eoc. GLoBIGERINIDAE: BRONNIMANN = 27
LITERATURE
Bandy, O. L.
1949. Eocene and Oligocene Foraminifera from Little Stave Creek, Clarke County, Alabama. Bull. Amer. Pualeont., vol. 32, No. 131, pp. 31-240, pls. 5-31.
Beck, S. R.
1943. Eocene Foraminifera from Cowlitz River, Lewis County, Wash- ington. Jour. Paleont., vol. 17, pp. 584-614.
Bronnimann, P.
1952. Globigerinidae from the Upper Cretaceous (Cenomanian- Maestrichtian) of Trinidad, B.W.1. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 34, No. 140, pp. 1-70, pls. 1-4, 30 text figs.
Cushman, J. A.
1940. Midway Foraminifera from Alabama. Cushman Lab. Foram. Research, Contr., vol. 16, pp. 51-73.
1944. A Paleocene foraminiferal fauna from the Coal Bluff marl member of the Naheola formation of Alabama. Cushman Lab. Foram. Research, Contr., vol. 20, pp. 29-52.
Cushman, J. A. and Garrett, J. B.
1939. Eocene Foraminifera of Wilcox age from Woods Bluff, Alabama. Cushman Lab. Foram. Research, Contr., vol. 15, pp. 79-89.
Cushman, J. A. and Ponton, G. M.
1922. An Eocene foraminiferal fauna of Wilcox age from Alabama. Cushman Lab. Foram. Research, Contr., vol. 8, pp. 51-72.
Cushman, J. A. and Renz, H. H.
1942. Eocene, Midway, Foraminifera from Soldado Rock, Trinidad. Cushman Lab. Foram. Research, Contr., vol. 18, pp. 1-20.
1946. The foraminiferal fauna of the Lizard Springs formation of Trinidad, B.W.I. Cushman Lab. Foram. Research, Special Pub., No. 18.
Cushman, J. A. and Todd, R.
1942. The Foraminifera of the type locality of the Naheola formation. Cushman Lab. Foram. Research, Contr., vol. 18, pp. 23-46.
Glaessner, M. F.
1937. Planktonforaminiferen aus der Kreide und dem Eozdn und ihre stratigraphische Bedeutung. Studies in Micropaleontology, voi. 1, fasc. 1, Pub. Lab. Pal. Moscow Univ., pp. 27-46.
1937. Studien ueber Foraminiferen aus der Kreide und dem Tertiaer des Kaukasus. Studies in Micropaleontology, vols. 2-3, pp. 349-408.
28 BULLETIN 143 176
Martin, L. T.
1943. Eocene Foraminifera from the type Lodo formation, Fresno County California. Stanford Univ. Pub., Geol. Sci., vol. 3, No. 3, 35 pp, pls. V-IX.
Plummer, H. J. 1926. Foraminifera of the Midway formation in Texas. Univ. Texas Bull., No. 2644, 206°pp., XV _ pls. Vaughan, T. W. and Cole, W. S. 1941. Preliminary report on the Cretaceous and Tertiary larger For-
aminifera of Trinidad, British West Indies. Geol.
Soc. America, Special Pap., No. 30, 137 pp., 46 pls.
PEA TES
PLATE 1 (11)
30 BULLETIN 143 178
*
EXPLANATION OF PLATE 1 (11)
Figures Page
1-9. Globigerina soldadoensis Bronnimann, n. Sp. ..............--
Rz. 287; T.L.L., Cat. No. 50506. Lower zone of Lizard Springs formation, south Trinidad. MHolotypes, figures 4-6.
10-12. Globigerina primitiva (Finlay)
Rz. 287; T.L.L., Cat. No. 50506. Lower zone of Lizard Springs formation, south Trinidad.
13-15. Globigerina collactea (Finlay)
© (0 60:16 (0 0 040)» 0) 6 (0, 016 © 0..0))0) © \0)[e 6)\6/\e (e \o)(e lela te
Rz. 413; T.L.L., Cat. No. 59892. Ramdat marl, type locality, near San Fernando, south Trinidad. 16-18. Globigerina gravelli Bronnimann, n. sp.
e109 (0: 00:10, ple) @. @. 8) see: © seve
Rz. 287; T.L.L., Cat. No. 50506. Lower zone of Lizard Springs formation, south Trinidad. Holotype.
All appr. 144
11
13
12
Pu. 11, Vou. 34 Buu. AMER. PALEONT. No. 148, Pu. 1
iis he
"y ‘
PEATE 2: (12)
32
Figures
1-3.
4-6.
10-12.
13-15.
16-18.
19-24.
BULLETIN 143 180
EXPLANATION OF PLATE 2 (12)
Globigerina sp. aff. G. triloculinoides Plummer ..............
Rz. 287; T.L.L., Cat. No. 50506. Lower zone of Lizard Springs formation, south Trinidad.
Globigerina hornibrooki Bronnimann, Nn. Sp. ..............-.--
Rz. 287; T.L.L., Cat. No. 50506. Lower zone of Lizard Springs formation, south Trinidad. Holotype.
Globigerina linaperta Finlay ....................2cseeecceeees
Rz. 287; T.L.L., Cat. No. 50506. Lower zone of Lizard Springs formation, south Trinidad.
Globigerina finlayi Bronnimann, Nn. Sp. ..............-.2.e000--
Rz. 287; T.L.L., Cat. No. 50506. Lower zone of Lizard Springs formation, south Trinidad. Holotype.
Globigerina sp. aff. G. hornibrooki Bronnimann, n. sp. ......
Rz. 286; T.L.L., Cat. No. 50505. Lower zone of Lizard Springs formation, south Trinidad.
Globigerina taroubaensis Bronnimann, Nn. Sp. ..............--
Rz. 413; T.L.L., Cat. No. 59892. Ramdat marl, type locality, riear San Fernando, south Trinidad. Holotype.
Globorotalia compressa Plummer .................eeeeeeeeees
Sh. 100, 30 feet augerhole; T.L.L., Cat. No. 143838. Kapur Stone area, south Trinidad.
All appr. 144
15
16
18
15
18
25
Pu. 12, VOL. 34 BuLuL. AMER. PALEONT. No. 143, Pu. 2
PLATE 3 (13)
Figures
1-3.
4-6.
=9:
10-12.
13-18.
BULLETIN 143 182
*
EXPLANATION OF PLATE 3 (13)
Globirerina) ‘turgida, Finlay) 2224S ocec oe con ee eer
Rz. 413; T.L.L., Cat. No. 59892. Ramdat marl, type locality, near San Fernando, south Trinidad.
Globigerina,; 1: (SD) .62-0 je hone atime Sere ie Oe ener reer
Rz. 413; T.L.L., Cat. No. 59892. Ramdat marl, type locality, near San Fernando, south Trinidad.
Globigerina pseudo-bulloides Plummer ........................
Rz. 281; T.L.L., Cat. No. 50314. Upper zone of Lizard Springs formation, south Trinidad.
Globigerina stainforthi Bronnimann, n. sp. ..................
Sh. 100, 30 feet augerhole; T.L.L., Cat. No. 143838. Kapur Stone area, south Trinidad. Holotype.
Giobigerina triloculinoides Plummer .......................:::
Sh. 100, 30 feet augerhole; T.L.L., Cat. No. 143838. Kapur Stone area, south Trinidad.
All appr. 144
21
21
23
24
\PL. 18, Vou. 34 Buu. AMER. PALEONT. No. 143, Pu. 3
XXVI.
XXVII.
XXVIII.
XXIX. XXX. XXXII.
XXXII.
XXXTIL
XXXIV.
Volume 1.
IL
II.
CNOS ie eat ea Oy DO ROD POLS e nde ne Aira aU rn Wa ay re Ruin
Corals, Cretaceous microfauna and biography of Conrad.
NGS? S087) Sas 4 DD TL DISs ie balers ste etbaetane (one etelokgia ane a
Mainly Paleozoic faunas and Tertiary Mollusca.
(UN@S.1;' 88-949) S06 pp SO) PIS. © See a OO a ee
Paleozoic fossils of Ontario, Oklahoma and Colombia, Mesozoic echinoids, California Pleistocene and
Maryland Miocene mollusks. (Nos S5= LOO AZO DD Oar DISs Serene ciate ines sca siete sal eke Florida Recent marine shells, Texas Cretaceous fossils, Cuban and Peruvian Cretaceous, Peruvian Fogene corals, CONDOS. 102-108) oe) STGr spies SOs (DISK 1 li Sule Nanay aly A tea Tertiary Mollusca, Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian fish and Paleozoic geology and fossils of Venezuela. (Nos; 109-194) 0, 3412) pp 4: Mpls es Ve ON yaa ie Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian of Idaho, Cretaceous and Eocene mollusks, Cuban and Venezuelan forams. CNGSH BLS 116) ei 35i) DD. DaDISH tlie eee ela emani ee ature mi atagy Bowden forams and Ordovician cephalopods. (No. 117). 563 pp., 65 pls. Jackson Eocene mollusks. UNGS EIS 128) 456 Dior ts DIS. t euros S Meuaiereis ale abs ta temeeders Venezuelan and California mollusks, Chemung and Pennsylvania crinoids, Cypraeidae, Cretaceous, Mio- cene and Recent corals, Cuban and Floridian forams, and Cuban fossil localities. (Nos: 129-133) 4294 np. VSS DISH OLR Gee aura ete re atureieate Silurian cephalopods, crinoid studies, Tertiary forams, and Mytilarca. (NOS 3132-139) Ads i pp. OL psi) is ic aa Pd ek vee Devonian annelids, Tertiary mollusks, Ecuadoran stratigraphy and paleontology. (Nos. 140-143; 144 in press). Trinidad Globigerinidae, Ordovician Enopleura, Tas- manian Ordovician cephalopods and Tennessee Or- dovician ostracods.
ee]
PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA (Nos. 1-5). 519 pp., 75 pls. Monographs of Arcas, Lutetia, rudistids and venerids. (NOS A G12) DSL DDL robe DISA Meike Cok abelctevete slurs eateleyaiS layne le
Heliophyllum halli, Tertiary turrids, Neocene Spondyli, Paleozoic cephalopods, Tertiary Fasciolarias and Paleozoic and Recent Hexactinellida.
(Nos. 13-24, other numbers in preparation.)
Paleozoic cephalopod structure and phylogeny, Paleo- zoic siphonophores, Busycon, Devonian fish studies, gastropod studies, Carboniferous crinoids, Cretaceous jellyfish, Platystrophia, and Venericardia in pre- paration.
and geology and paleontology of Ecuador..
8.00
10.00 9.00
9.00 10.00 10.00
8.00
10.00
12.00
Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be had on application. All volumes available except Vol. I of Bulletins and of Palaeontographica Americana.
Paleontological Research Institution 109 Dearborn Place Ithaca, New York U.S.A.
BULLETINS
AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY
VOL. XXXIV
| BUS. CORP. Z20L LiBRABY MAR 2.0 1953 } PAu ana
aw VR DERMIS Wa a j Galery
1953 MEAS eahi |
NUMBER 144
Paleontological Research Institution thaca, New Yor U.S. A.
PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION
1953 PRESIDENT) s)he is ee eevee cata ealer We Ula aU (LH MOR aN Aili Deh a KENNETH E. CASTER MIGE-PRESIDRNT [isis ek abate al Wales yanseanane cafeterias cM RY Wap eatialinra ls JoHn P. YOUNG SECRETARY =| DREASURERS( siorets eit bmes tap ake chalet a atlats buswelaual ShaHatey uke REBECCA S. HArRIS DERE CTOR: V0) eM) iE 0) SAN SUS ASTRA LLRUI MR Rea a i Oe KATHERINE V, W. PALMER POU NSRE a) el ol sie iepaitke othe elitny amie feta cope a) sae alee iadahel aha eats ARMAND L. ADAMS Trustees KENNETH E. CASTER (1949-54) KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (Life) W. Storrs Cote (1952-58) RatpH A. LIDDLE (1950-56) RousseEAU H. FLOWER (1950-55) AXEL A. OLSSON (1951-57) RegBecca S, Harris (Life) JoHn P. Younc (1948-53)
BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY and PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA \
KATHERINE V. W. Patmer, Editor Lemp! H. SINCEBAUGH, Secretary
Editorial Board KENNETH E. CASTER G. WINsTON SINCLAIR
Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be had on application. All volumes available except Vol. I of Bulletins and of Palaeontographica Americana.
Paleontological Research Institution 109 Dearborn Place Ithaca, New York U.S.A.
BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY
Vol. 34
No. 144
ORDOVICIAN AND SILURIAN CEPHALOPODS FROM TASMANIA, AUSTRALIA By
Curt Teichert and Brian F. Glenister
University of Melbourne
March 9, 1953
PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION ITHACA, NEw York WS: AS
[wws. cep. 2801. LIBRARY MAR 20 195
HARVARD GRISERSHTY
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
PANS UL Cty eee a eee TP PALS N ae ASSN ion YA ELESS ROU NOC eTEE Rencee oh seirer 5 | e¥tRoYa Lb (esol oly ememetrescncee aie alana choices Sec ont 0 CMa DR ine ae rere wena hao. O catusckone 5 Previous record of Ordovician and Silurian cephalopods from Tasmania 5 Lower Paleozoic rocks of Tasmania and their cephalopod faunas ........ 7 Successions and! safiinities) of cephalopod) taunay. «445456 45- oe eee II ihable——Successionly ofe faunas sscudied meer ae ee cee eee eee 12 Systematic sdescniptions: "hes cic semrcverie seer iee clears ee erence este tone mee toe 1 LU CLARE AN OCT RT OS OVZAV SRI SpE Be SS cok ato OO Sore ES Cee oN o.tiate.clo 13 WMicwGhiunOcer acm steatecllel Chel tmmnrrcoerye rile ieee eine 13 Willocotocerasmleichert sandeGlenistery sian Pen we eer cise deck ae oer 14 Allocotoceras insigne TVeichert and Glenister, n. sp. ................ 16 Masmanocerassleichert wands Glenister urea eee enna ae 16 Tasmanoceras zeehanense YVeichert and Glenister ................... 16
ING Dy OGCrAS a MEL OCUSSOMIN tieeeN ah oe chao eeeg ICR OO Loe eee ee 17 Nybyoceras paucicubiculatum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. ........ 18 Nybyoceras multicubiculatum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. ........ 20 Onifonjuy ocenasess nimizumnand © batamcee terrence eect ere 23 Orthonybyoceras tasmaniense YVeichert and Glenister, n. sp. ......... 2
Or TO CORA SERSTO KE Siero osc sey eee se oe REE ho yee ones 25 Ormoceras johnstoni Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. .................. 27 AlDaG MOeeas Shyvanvau. incl OME acco gacuobsooonacnacgoenodcougodbe 29 Anaspyroceras anzaas Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. ................ 2 ATLAS DY TOCENAS aS Dae aie ss fag Ret eR he Te a EI RN RTS I ie aor ee 31 WMaysterioceras Weichert and “Glenister, mm gems o. 220-4. 5. 6 as et oases 33 Mysterioceras australe Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. .............. 34 Sijomacocerasmiuerchert and. Glenistersnescenwne seers ree cee ae 36 Stromatoceras eximium Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. ..............- 37 Gordonoceras: meichert: and: Glenistery ns gene eerie en eee ee ere 39 Gordonoceras bondi Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. ..............-- 39
ET PRERPIOLEAOCERAS: NEOCTSEC . -scocd2 75 yz Gi She Ree NS Seales aS oa ene va 40 Ephippiorthoceras decorum Teichert and Glenister .................. 40 BelowoGernas. WOCTStes ac sc heaa tet 52s, 9 2 SOE Oe ee Cee ree 42 Belowtoceras ‘kiztom Weichert and Glenister, ns sp. .....025-..2---6-- 42 iMacatoceras, meichert and, Glenisters. ese sac ioe oe oe iorine er eee 43 Hecatoceras longinquum Teichert and Glenister ..................-. 43 Hecatoceras obliquum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. ................ 46 Tio cholitoaes ase ly att) ae, cae = axes Te Re Or ae 47 Trocholitoceras idaense Yeichert and Glenister, n. sp. ............. 47 GOSG0WSOCPT AS MROCLStC Ns 05 aio eicts sores Aare oy eee ST red ons 48 Gasconsoceras insperatum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. ........... 48 Biblrographiys Wereccc 20 aresot ates erecsho es sxc eee eater ee MHS Re et erolfeveini ober Srosiione eueie e 50 124 EN Cer) reels by SPA ER ERS aa ROR CNG riche oe co EC CAEY Cone CRORE CoE RR RE 55
“Te scahie| Yael anata eae etaionee at
oe ~~
a aie pein i ae
ie ies iyi rene, oo) aid: Bite 2 aia ei c : a ie i) ey? Se - te (> | co a _ ’ in a iy test aif Pah Pe: . if _ es rive 7 f (as : eer teae lara | Se, ie ee [Mie ere 7 Desic eo) eee _ vs om Rite? Faults on eh tye wh, we | Z ir 7 ry Pprge cee rilte. hey ae Lamynlh ye a Br a Hey og! SUCHE tee, ela akin Cony aoe + a, - Po ea Ty | Lo? one ‘ee Ea . — a Pei eiiag Wh ‘40 0G a? } Anew @ ty - ; i “4 = sth aT Recta 4 = : $f ne Sit ee |e na fe in Pars ie woe Gh, Peas ae, yagi, 7 ee: e*? ae CF ate in hese GAYE: @ aml 4 oc Mg _ : ie ea oe r a \yi'D jules pa hone ¥* ua ~ + at --, .- Mi if _ Some “4 Dennett peters at oe ee Rei ) eee =e, ci nhienten a y | ee Ree wn ors caf pie “4 ana hi). , _ i Si, 7 tr irel bang ean "oe - _ i thal 5 fi $3, SA epg my os 2 “<a bbe 41 a? “Geta SiGe ws a 2 ty a iviscens Gen alah ag = Fae Np nied rn hese hie! cee -* a eo. or epee FPR Tue vied) a 2s +o ie @ el ol Cite oleh ania he, Renan re A pb seni ip set? Wasi . wd ' fr. Me apt) "ine eset eta ase Meye E fae S " & Ts ee A Ti ’ jaa? rns aqutaeien i ; if ce - tet TC low Ate RE teat toe. af =» on ' - | ; ae a erg I x ~ apanit rh ; oy) a. °) ee a ; a Fits i he se -Aples” dive ae 2 - : - + ae LS or . ; ' ‘sis tee i Towing (oaqet ohne! 7 _ wp | soa (Yet Sams ib tae) Pin seehiqtt_ teak ane i 7 ny, is mam ¢ a Chae, (0 Reet Acar ivi NGha i. - Vo Wit v9 i SP ‘itor! ee ‘Aa wig, 7A ect 0a, ) goad ae 7 ¥ ae: 6 erat 1s oh i 20n ¥ ihy chia gia an oo |i eo Uae 6 ms pape ona eee ye et Wie Seats a) {
; —— I é
ORDOVICIAN AND SILURIAN CEPHALOPODS FROM TASMANIA, AUSTRALIA
CurtT TEICHERT AND BRIAN F. GLENISTER
University of Melbourne
ABSTRACT
Considerable collections of new or inadequately known early Paleozoic nautiloids from various localities in Tasmania are described. It is concluded that these faunas range in age from Upper Canadian to Lower or possibly Middle Silurian (Niagaran). New genera described as Allocotoceras, Mysterioceras, Gordonoceras and Stromatoceras and new species of Nybyo- ceras, Orthonybyoceras, Ormoceras, Anaspyroceras, Ephippiorthoceras, Beloito- ceras, Hecatoceras, Trocholitoceras and Gasconsoceras are included.
INTRODUCTION
Although the presence of early Paleozoic cephalopeds in Tas- mania has been known since 1862, no species were described and named until 1947 when one of us (C. T.) described a small fauna of piloceroids and endoceroids from Adamsfield (Teichert, 1947). Interest in Tasmanian cephalopods was further stimulated when one of us (C. T.) attended the Tasmanian meeting of the Australian and New Zealand Association for the Advancement of Science in Janu- ary, 1949. A number of important Ordovician sections were inspected under the leadership of Mr. M. R. Banks. On this occasion some important collections were made, particularly from the Smelter’s Quarry, near Zeehan in western Tasmania. In addition many interesting specimens were obtained on loan from the Queen Victoria Museum, Launceston; from the Department of Geology, University of Tasmania, Hobart; and from the Tasmanian Museum, Hobart. We are greatly indebted to Messrs. N. J. B. Plomley, Bruce Ellis, M. R. Banks, Dr. J. Pearson and to Professor S$. W. Carey for
making this unique material available to us for study.
PREVIOUS RECORD OF ORDOVICIAN AND SILURIAN CEPHALOPODS FROM TASMANIA Gould (1862) was the first to notice the occurrence of cephalo-
pods (‘“Orthoceratites”’ and “Lituites’) in limestone from the lower twenty miles of the Gordon River, Macquarie Harbour, western
6 BULLETIN 144 188
Tasmania. Their exact localities are unknown. He again referred to them in 1866. However, these and other early collections were ill-fated and were never described. Specimens were sent to Salter in England. He gave a number of manuscript names which were published by Bigsby (1868), republished by Etheridge (1878), and again by Johnston in 1888. The species named were Lituites Gouldti, Orthoceras antilope, O. theca, O. Murchisoni, and O. Youngii, but none of these have ever been described and the names remain nomina nuda, Johnston (1888, pl. IV) figured four specimens of “Orthoceras sp. indet.” and one of “Phragmoceras sp. indet., allied: to P. compressum (Sow.),” all of which most probably came from rocks of lower Silurian age, although no accurate localities were given. Some of Johnston’s specimens are refigured and described in the present paper.
In 1909, “Twelvetrees reported the presence of ‘numerous
)
specimens of dctinoceras” from Railton in northern Tasmania, and later welvetrees and Ward (1910, p. 41) added some cephalopods from Zeehan in western ‘Tasmania to the list under the names “Orthoceras sp. ind.” and “‘Actinoceras sp. ind.’ ‘The fossils from Railton were again referred to by A. M. Reid in 1924 (pp. 25-26) who quoted F. Chapman’s identification of them as dActinoceras cf. tater Ethridge and Trochoceras sp. (?). This suggested cor- relation with the Larapintine formation of central Australia, of known Ordovician age, but as will be shown below, the evidence was not correctly interpreted. Finally, another locality for Ordovi- cian cephalopods was put on record by Thomas (1945) who observed them in marly sandstones underlying limestone beds at Adamsfield in
southcentral Tasmania.
Up to this time no Tasmanian cephalopod had been accurately described and correctly named. In 1947, Teichert described a small fauna of piloceratids and endoceratids from the marly sandstones at Adamsfield, proving their early Ordovician (Upper Canadian) age. In a recent paper (1952) the present authors gave a summary report on Tasmanian nautiloids, describing two new genera under the names of Hecatoceras longinquum and Tasmanoceras zeehanense. “Two species of Nybyoceras and one of Ormoceras were recorded from the limestone at Railton, Anaspyroceras was recorded from Zeehan and Beloitoceras from Queenstown.
189 TASMANIAN Orb. SIL. CEPHALOPODS: ‘TEICHERT & GLENISTER 7
The present paper contains descriptions of a number of fossils whose exact localities are unknown. ‘The authors have described them because frequent reference has been made to them in earlier publica- tions, and some are of considerable taxonomic value. Specimens whose exact localities are unknown are: the hypotypes of Jasmano- ceras zeehanense and Anaspyroceras, sp. and the holotypes of Stro- matoceras eximium, Gordonoceras bondi, Ephippiorthoceras decorum and Gasconsoceras insperatum.
LOWER PALEOZOIC ROCKS OF TASMANIA AND THEIR CEPHALOPOD FAUNAS
As recently as 1938, an official publication on the geology of Tasmania (Nye and Blake, 1938) listed only two records of Ordovician fossils, one of which was later proved to be incorrect (Thomas, 1948). The literature on the Lower Paleozoic formations cf Tasmania prior to about 1940 is not without interest because it demonstrates a series of attempts to do stratigraphy ‘without William Smith.” Fossils were either overlooked or, if found, generally incorrectly identified. This story has been told by Thomas (1948) to whose paper the reader can be referred.
Since about 1940 there has been an increasing realization of the widespread occurrence of Ordovician rocks in Tasmania and ot the importance of the limestone facies in this period (see Lewis, 1940; Kobayashi, 1940b; Hill, 1942, 1943; Hill and Edwards, 1941; Teichert, 1947, and Brown, 1948). A summary of some of these modern developments was presented by Hills and Carey (1949) who listed 16 separate occurrences of fossiliferous Ordovician limestone. More recently further additions to the knowledge of the Ordovician rocks of Tasmania have been made by members of the Geology Department of the University of Tasmania. Hills and Carey applied the name Gordon River limestone to all Ordovician limestones of ‘Tasmania—and to some that might be of early Silurian age.
Recently one of us (B.F.G.) spent four weeks inspecting the Lower and Middle Paleozoic sections of Bubbs Hill, Queenstown, the lower Gordon River, Adamsfield, Rasselas Valley, Florentine Valley, Maydena and Ida Bay under the guidance of Professor S. W. Carey (to whom grateful acknowledgment is hereby made). Field observa- tions indicate that the limestones which outcrop in these areas belong
8 BULLETIN 144 190
to the one formation, namely the Gordon limestone, and it would seem reasonable to assume that the limestones of Zeehan and Railton also belong here. Many of the areas mentioned above are joined by a continuous outcrop of the Gordon limestone despite tectonic disturbance and the fact that the limestone is readily soluble and thus tends to produce physiographically low belts. The Gordon limestone is generally underlain conformably by the West Coast Range conglomerate and overlain by rocks of the Eldon group, either conformably or with a possible disconformity. “The West Coast Range conglomerate varies markedly in thickness and the Caroline Creek sandstones and Florentine shales probably represent two facies of the same formation. The marly sandstones of Adamsfield contain- ing the piloceroid and endoceroid fauna represent a facies variant of
Afailton
‘\ a Zeehan le
a Smelters Quarry Queenstown
allen
1
ig # Adamsfield Junee Caves
Fig. 1. Tasmania, showing localities where lower Paleozoic nautiloids have been found.
101 TASMANIAN ORD. Sit. CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 9
the West Coast Range conglomerate. Identical stratigraphic succes- sions in the passage beds from West Coast Range conglomerate are thus not to be expected in geographically separated areas.
Both the bottom and the top of the Gordon limestone are probably transgressive, and the thickness varies considerably. When this and the imperfection of the fossil collections are realized, the variation in age of faunas from different localities can be readily understood. At present only isolated horizons have been thoroughly searched. ‘Thus the cephalopod collections from the marly sandstones immediately below the Gordon limestone at Adamsfield are of Upper Canadian (pre-Chazyan) age, those of the Gordon limestone at Railton Chazyan or younger, those of the Gordon limestone at Zeehan and Queenstown Upper Ordovician. The limestones from which Johnston (1888) figured a number of cephalopods and other fossils and which probably belong to the original Gordon limestone of Gould contain a few forms with Middle Silurian affinities.
A full discussion of the present state of knowledge of the Ordovician and Silurian rocks of Tasmania is being prepared by Carey and Banks, but the following notes on the occurrence of the fossils described below may be helpful. Cephalopods are almost entirely restricted to limestones, and the noncalcareous facies of the Ordovician and Silurian of Tasmania will not be discussed.
1. Adamsfield——This occurrence has been discussed by ‘eichert (1947) who described from it Piloceras tasmaniense, Manchuroceras steanei, M. excavatum, Utoceras? sp., and Swuecoceras robustum. These are the oldest known cephalopod-bearing rocks of ‘Tasmania and are of early Ordovician (Upper Canadian) age. “They are marly sandstones and probably represent a transition facies in the West Coast Range conglomerate lying immediately below the Gordon limestone. To the above-mentioned species a new genus, 4/locoto- ceras is added in the present paper.
2. Ida Bay.—These limestones were briefly described by Twelve- trees (1915) but no reference was made to fossils. Fossils were first found, in more recent years, by Mr. D. Dickenson ard later by members of the Geology Department of the University of “Tasmania. Ida Bay is one of the inner ramifications of a major inlet, known as Southport, on the east coast of Tasmania, 50 miles south of Hobart, not far from the southern extremity of the island. The thickness of
10 ‘BULLETIN 144 ' 192
the Ordovician limestone in this district is considerable but has not yet been accurately measured. Most of the rocks are hard, and fossils are difficult to extract. We have previously described Hecato- ceras longinquum from this locality (Teichert and Glenister, 1952). A new genus, Mysterioceras and a new species, Trocholitoceras idaense are described in the present paper.
3. Zeehan, Smelter’s Quarry.—The geology of this locality, which lies 2 miles south of Zeehan, has never been accurately described, but ii has been mentioned in papers by Twelvetrees and Ward (1910), Hills (1927), Edwards (1939), and Gill and Banks (1950). This limestone contains Tetradium tasmaniense Chapman which indicates Middle to Upper Ordovician age. From this locality we have pre- viously described (Teichert and Glenister, 1952) two new genera, Flecatoceras longinquum and Tasmanoceras zeehanense. "Two addi- tional new species, Hlecatoceras obliquum and Anaspyroceras anzaas are described in the present paper. The associated fauna is particularly interesting and includes gastropods which belong to Helicotoma, Holopea, Hormotoma, Lophospira, Raphistoma, and other genera. The aspect of this fauna is Upper Ordovician. It resembles most an American Trenton fauna but may possibly be as young as
Richmond.
The holotype of Ormoceras johnstoni comes from a_ sheared limestone, King Extended Hill, Zeehan.
4. Railton.—The limestones in this locality have been described by Reid (1924, pp. 20-27) who applied the name Railton limestone to them. Although the rocks are folded and sheared, they are being quarried extensively. Fossils are, however, very rare. “The record of “Actinoceras cf. tate’ (fide Chapman, in Reid 1924, p. 26) almost certainly refers to specimens which are here described as Nybyoceras paucicubiculatum and Nybyoceras multicubiculatum. We have shown elsewhere (Teichert and Glenister, 1952) that ‘““dctinoceras tatei’ trom the Larapintine formation of central Australia belongs to Madi- ganella, a genus of Cyrtogomphoceratidae, and there is thus no basis tor a correlation of the Railton limestone with the Larapintine formation.
5. Old Flux Quarry, near Queenstown.—This occurrence has been discussed (as part of the “Queen River Series”) by Edwards (1939, p. 69) and by Edwards and Hill (1941). The only cephalo-
193 TASMANIAN Orb. SIL. CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER II
pod from this limestone is Beloitoceras kirtoni. From the corals Edwards and Hill give the age of the deposit as Upper Ordovician. Three species of Tetradium are known from this locality.
6. Junee Caves.—This locality is situated in the Tyenna Valley. Limestones form part of a thick Paleozoic section which has been briefly described by Lewis (1940), who referred to the limestones a: “Blue Junee Limestone.’ The only identifiable cephalopod from the Junee limestone is Orthonybyoceras tasmaniense, representing a genus which is widespread in the Ordovician of North America.
7. Gordon River—Two new genera, Gordonoceras and Stromato- ceras, together with three new species, Ephippiothoceras decorum, Anaspyroceras, sp. and Gasconsoceras insperatum are described from the Gordon River. The localities of the specimens are unknown beyond the general locality, Gordon River, western Tasmania. ‘The presence of Gasconsoceras indicates affinities with the Middle Silurian of North America. The Tasmanian species, however, is not a typical member of the genus and although Gasconsoceras insperatum has an undoubted Silurian aspect, it is possible that it is of Lower Silurian age. We may thus conclude that the Gordon limestone extends into the Silurian, but the exact age of its upper limit must remain uncer- tain until new collections are made.
SUCCESSION AND AFFINITIES OF CEPHALOPOD FAUNA
The older Paleozoic cephalopod faunas of Tasmania are pre- dominantly of east Asiatic and to a lesser extent of North American affinities. There is a strong endemic element, and there are few if any relationships with the fauna of central and western Australia. Part of this diversity is due to differences in age, since most of the Tasmanian nautiloids are younger than the central and northwestern Australian ones.
The fauna of the marly sandstones underlying the Gordon limestone at Adamsfield is the oldest. It is an Upper Canadian fauna of strong east Asiatic affinities and has nothing in common with the at least partly contemporaneous fauna of the Emanuel limestone of northwestern Australia.
The relative ages of the limestones of Zeehan, Railton, and Ida Bay cannot be decided with certainity. The thick section at Ida Bay
194
BULLETIN 144
UvIPvUe)
UvIyYMPLYOT
UvIyVUUTOUL)
ULIPUOWYST YY
é Pleysuepy uorIey i UMOJsSUVINC) | ; = Aeg epy pur urvyo7 JOALY UOpIaL) ~
d
AJI]BIO7]
Gaignes VNOVA tO
NOTSSaD a aS
UBIINTIS 1IMO’]
20 T1P RAN
195 TASMANIAN ORpD. SIL. CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER mS
may represent a considerable part of the Ordovician and coral evidence suggests that the top of the limestone is of early Silurian age. The occurrence of JTrocholitoceras suggests presence of Upper Canadian, although the ‘Tasmanian species has certain features linking it to the Middle and Upper Ordovocian Discoceras, and may therefore be younger. Hecatoceras also occurs in the limestone at Zeehan.
Actinoceroids of the type found at Railton are most common in the American Chazyan and Mohawkian and corresponding rocks of Europe and Asia. “The limestone at Zeehan which contains only new genera (T’asmanoceras, Hecatoceras) is, according to other evidence, Upper Ordovician.
The limestone from the Gordon River contains at least one cephalopod (Gasconsoceras) of Middle Silurian (Niagaran) aspect and the remaining genera are likewise of North American affinities.
SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS
Family MANCHUROCERATIDAE Kobayashi, 1935 Genus MANCHUROCERAS Ozaki, 1927 Manchuroceras steanei Teichert, 1947 12, il, sais, il, 1947. Manchuroceras steanei Teichert, Jour. Paleont., vol. 21, No. 5,
Ppp. 426-427, pl. 58, figs. 6-8, 12.
Knowledge of this species can be supplemented by description of another specimen which is here selected as a hypotype (No. 20514, Department of Geology, University of Tasmania). The specimen under consideration is part of the internal mould of a siphuncle which is 41.5 mm. long. ‘The dimensions and external features are very similar to those of the holotype. Unlike the holotype this specimen is annulated to its adapical tip.
The inside of the siphuncle is lined with calcitic material rep- resenting recrystallized endosiphuncular sheaths. This layer is poorly preserved but appears to be of uniform thickness. A further deposit, which is oval in cross-section, almost fills the endosiphocone. ‘This is the endosiphuncular wedge described by Teichert (1947). A narrow longitudinal groove runs down its dorsal surface. Where the siphuncle has a dorso-ventral diameter of 15.6 mm. and a lateral diameter of 16.5 mm., the endosiphuncular wedge has dorso-ventral and lateral diameters of 10.9 mm. and 13.0 mm., respectively, and the maximum
14 BULLETIN 144 196
width of the unoccupied endosiphocone, measured in the dorso-ventral mid-plane, is 2.4 mm.
Comparisons—The holotype of Manchuroceras steanei shows a thin endosiphuncular wedge, lenticular in cross-section and occupying roughly one-quarter the volume of the endosiphocone. The hypotype is significant in that it demonstrates the possibility of the endosiphuncu- lar wedge growing in dimensions so that it would eventually fill the space inside the last endocone. Under a variety of conditions of fossilization and preservation (including those prevalent at Adamsfield ) the presence of an endosiphuncular wedge developed to this degree would be almost impossible to detect.
Occurrence.—Ordovician (Upper Canadian) marly sandstones trom Adamsfield, south central Tasmania.
Family ENDOCERATIDAE Hyatt Genus ALLOCOTOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, n. gen.
Type species—Allocotoceras insigne "Teichert and Glenister, Ne Sp:
Description Shells with straight to gently curved siphuncles which expand slowly and uniformly adorally; siphuncle round and almost in contact with ventral shell wall; annulations of siphuncle moderately pronounced, slope backwards from ventral (convex) side to the dorsaly (concave) side; septal necks holochoanitic, segments of siphuncle gentle concave; endosiphuncular sheaths arranged symmetri- cally leaving a circular endocone; endosiphuncular wedge present in dorsal portion of endocone.
The name is derived from the Greek word meaning eccentric.
Affinities —The genus Kotoceras Kobayashi (1936) is somewhat similar in having a spiculum which is flattened on one side but differs from Allocotoceras in having the flattening on the ventral side. From the description by Kobayashi it is not clear if this flattening is due to the endocones being shaped in this way or whether an endosiphun- cular wedge is present. Unfortunately Kotoceras and other genera of Endoceratidae established by Kobayashi in 1934 were based on alleged features whose reality cannot be accepted without serious misgivings. In Kotoceras, according to its author, the siphuncle is supposed to be ‘‘actually in contact with shell wall on wide flattened
197 TASMANIAN ORD. SIL. CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 15
ventral side” and it is made clear that this is to be understood to mean that septa and septal necks are absent from a median region along the ventral part of the shell.
Two other genera are supposed to be characterized by the same feature. [hese are Paravaginoceras, which is said to differ from Kotoceras in having a strongly depressed cross-section of the conch, and Kawasakiceras which has an annulate shell. Some years ago the senior author received from Dr. Kobayashi a plaster cast of the holotype of Kotoceras typicum, and he has examined many specimens of European endoceroids in a very similar state of preservation. Fossil Endoceratida are commonly preserved in such a way that the shell has been completely removed as has also the septal substance and the septal necks along the ventral side of the specimen. If the septal necks along the ventral side are straight and their posterior edges fit smoothly into the preceding septal neck, the internal mould will be quite smooth. Endoceratida of this kind and in this type of preserva- tion have been described and figured from Sweden, Estonia, and North America and in no case is there any reason to assume actual discontinuity of the septa and the sutures across the venter.
Kobayashi’s contention also raises difficulties in physiological interpretation. Septum and septal neck are secretions ot the mantle which completely envelopes the posterior end of the cephalopod animal. To assume that no septal substance was secreted along the ventral zone implies important differences in organization of the animal. One would have to postulate either a ventral zone of non- secretion of septal substance or an actual discontinuity in the mantle. The latter is unknown among molluscs, and either assumption would suggest fundamental anatomical differences of much greater taxonomic significance than on the generic level.
We believe, therefore, that the morphological criteria on which Paravaginoceras, Kotoceras, and Kawasakiceras have been based are invalid. It may be possible to retain Kotoceras for Endoceratidae with ventrally flattened spiculum. “The holotypes of the type species of Paravaginoceras, P. parvodepressum, and Kawasakiceras, K. densi- striatum are poorly preserved and fail to show diagnostic internal structures, so that these two genera will for the present remain unrecognizable.
16 BULLETIN 144 198
Allocotoceras insigne Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pl. 1, figs. 3-5
Description of holotype (No. 21181, Department of Geology, University of Tasmania).—The holotype is a gently curved internal mould of a siphuncle with a narrow strip of shell adhering to the ventral surface. The specimen has beén slightly distorted near its apical end, but the curvature was apparently exogastric, the siphuncle lying close to the ventral- wall of the shell. The specimen is 63.6 mm. long and expands uniformly adorally. Near its posterior end both the lateral and dorso-ventral diameters measure 4.6 mm., while at the anterior end the lateral diameter is 8.6 mm. and the dorso- ventral diameter, 8.4 mm.
The surface of the siphuncle bears annulations which slope backwards from the convex towards the concave side at an angle of 75° to the longitudinal axis. The distance between successive annulations is cne-third the diameter of the siphuncle. “The annula- tions are pronounced across the dorsum and flanks but become less distinct ventrally and can not be traced across the venter. ‘The annulations occur immediately anterior to the anterior end of the holochoanitic septal necks, so that the segments of the siphuncle are gently concave.
The endocones have recrystallized into a wall which is somewhat thicker on the ventral than on the dorsal side, leaving a gently tapering endosiphocone 14 mm. in depth. ‘This lining is thickened on the mid- ventral (convex) side to form a low ridge projecting into the endo- siphocone. On the dorsal (concave) side a wedge-shaped deposit has partially filled the endosiphocone; its ventral face is slightly convex. The same type of structure was observed by ‘eichert (1947) in Manchuroceras and named ‘‘endosiphowedge,” but the term ‘‘endo- siphuncular wedge” seems preferable.
Occurrence.—Ordovician (Upper Canadian) marly sandstones from Adamsfield, south central “Tasmania.
Genus TASMANOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, 1952
Tasmanoceras zeehanense Teichert and Glenister, 1952 Pl. 4, figs. 4,95
1952. Tasmanoceras zechanense Yeichert and Glenister, Jour. Paleont., vol. 26, No. 5, p. 739, pl. 104, figs. 3-9.
Description of hypotype (No. B845, “Tasmanian Museum, Hobart ).—In an earlier paper (1952) the present authors described
199 TASMANIAN ORD. SIL. CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 17
a small, slowly expanding straight or weakly curved endoceroid under the new generic name of Tasmanoceras. The genus was described . from two siphuncle fragments. At the time it was pointed out that the holotype belonged to a conch which was probably gently curved endogastrically whereas the paratype was gently exogastric.
Since the presentation of the manuscript containing the descrip- tions of the original type material, another specimen belonging to this species has come into our possession. Like the holotype this specimen is a fragment of a siphuncle belonging to a gently curved endogastric conch. Recrystallization has obliterated the endocones, but along the flanks of the siphuncle, where they originally reached the periphery, weathering has produced furrows between successive endocones, leaving them standing out as longitudinal ridges.
Occurrence.—Gordon River, western Tasmania. Exact locality unknown. The holotype of this species occurs in the Smelter’s Quarry, Zeehan, of Middle to Upper Ordovician age. This fact suggests that Ordovician as well as Silurian limestones occur on the
Gordon River.
Family ARMENOCERATIDAE ‘Troedsson, 1926 Genus NYBYOCERAS Troedsson, 1926
The genus Wutinoceras Shimizu and Obata (1936) is to be regarded as a synonym of Nybyoceras. It was established with Nybyoceras foerstei Endo (1930) as the type species, but unfortun- ately Shimizu and Obata had several wrong conceptions about Nybyoceras foerstei as well as about Nybyoceras bekkeri ‘Vroedsson, the type species of Nybyoceras. Wutinoceras is supposed to be distinguished from Nybyoceras by being longiconic, by having crmoceratoid septal necks, and by the connecting rings being in broad contact ventrally with the adoral surfaces of the septa in such a way that the latter are bent forward and follow the connecting rings for about half of their circumference, then bend abruptly and obliquely forward and outward until they meet the wall of the conch. Study of the holotypes of the type species of Nybyoceras and Wutinoceras shows that only the last mentioned feature has any reality. ‘The basal adnation area on the ventral side of Nybyoceras foerstei is indeed considerably broader than in Nybyoceras bekkeri. As regards the other alleged differences it is true that Troedsson (1926, p. 106)
18 BULLETIN 144 200
described Nybyoceras as a “brevicone’, but there is no reason to suppose that the somewhat fragmentary holotype of Nybyoceras bekkeri is any more breviconic than other large actinoceroids. In tact, it would probably be more correct to call it longiconic. The shapes of the septal necks of Nybyoceras bekkeri and Nybyoceras foerstei are very similar and those of the latter are by no means ormoceratoid but typically armenoceratoid (see Teichert, 1933, pl. 10, a Sane y)
The width of the ventral posterior adnation surface of segments of the siphuncle cannot be regarded as a feature on which generic differences can be based. Shimizu and Obata themselves (1936, p. 29) have referred to Wutinoceras the holotype of Nybyoceras aigawaense Endo (1935, pl. 11, fig. 13), a species in which the shape of the septa on the ventral side of the siphuncle is the same as In Nybyoceras bekkeri.
Nybyoceras paucicubiculatum Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pll figs: 6) 9
Description of holotype (No. O.S. 37:10, Queen Victoria Museum, Launceston, Tasmania).— The holotype is a well-preserved phragmocone which has been sectioned in the dorso-ventral mid-plane. It is straight and has a length of 252 mm. ‘The conch cross-section is subcircular but slightly flattened across the venter so that the dorso-ventral diameter is smaller than the lateral diameter. “Towards the apical end of the specimen the dorso-ventral diameter is 32 mm. and the lateral, 33 mm., while 210 mm. adorally from this point the corresponding measurements are 60 mm. and 62 mm., indicating an apical angle of 8°. The number of camerae in a length equal to the dorso-ventral diameter of the conch varies between 8 and 10 in different parts of the shell. At the apical end of the specimen the highly nummuloidal siphuncle has a diameter of 9 mm., and _ its ventral surface lies 4 mm. from the ventral surface of the conch, while at the adoral extremity the siphuncular diameter has increased to 14 mm., and its distance from the ventral conch surface is 7 mm. The diameter of the siphuncle averages .28 that of the whole conch, and the septal necks are constricted to half the diameter of the outer surfaces of the connecting rings. [wo camerae together have a height equal to the diameter of the siphuncle.
The sutures slope gently backwards from the dorsal towards
201 TASMANIAN ORpD. SIL. CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 19
the ventral side of the conch. The curvature of the septa shows a marked variation, the maximum concavity, which occurs in the middle of the conch, ranging from 7.5 mm. to 14 mm. Along lines dorsal to the siphuncle where the connecting rings cease to be adnate to the adapical surface of the septa, the uniform curvature of any particular septum is destroyed by a sharp backward swing of the septum.
Cameral deposits are present in all camerae. Near the apical end of the conch these deposits almost completely fill the camerae. They occupy only a small percentage of the camerae towards the adoral end of the specimen. Episeptal deposits generally develop before hyposeptal deposits. The hyposeptal deposits in the ventral portion of the camerae are invariably the last to develop.
Septal necks range in length from .35 mm. to 1.0 mm. and are generally sharply recurved. ‘They are often flattened against the underside of the septum but in some cases are gently rounded and open as in Actinoceras. On the dorsal side of the siphuncle, the connecting rings are adnate to the adoral surfaces of the septa for widths up to 2.1 mm. On the adapical side they are attached to the brims and adapical surfaces of the septa for distances up to 3.9 mm. An entirely different structure is seen on the ventral side, where the area of adnation is up to 4.8 mm. wide on the adoral surface. The connecting rings generally do not come into contact with the adapical septal surface although a few are adnate to the septum for as much as 1.6 mm. Brims of 2.3 mm. width, on the dorsal side, and 1.2 mm. on the ventral side, do occur, but the average length is about .g mm. on both sides. Laterally this asymmetry is no longer found as the connecting rings are in contact with the septa for a distance of 1.5 mm. on both surfaces of the septum.
The diameter of the endosiphuncular canal averages .25 that of the whole siphuncle. A ring of radial canals is given off in each segment; these radial canals are characteristically irregular and simple, though a few bifurcate. In cross-section the radial canals are seen to be made up of numerous thin concentric layers. On the dorsal side of the siphuncle the radial canals are directed backwards and empty into the perispatium in the adapical half of the segment, whereas on the ventral side the radial canals are bent forward and enter the perispatium in the adoral half of the segment. Laterally the canals enter the perispatium more or less symmetrically. In
20 BULLETIN 144 202
eccentric sections it becomes apparent that each ring of radial canals has its individual canals joined by a thin irregular lamella of tissue for which the name siphuncular membrane is here proposed. In the adapical portion of the shell, primary calcareous deposits fill that part of the endosiphuncle not occupied by the canal system and the peris- patium. In many cases these deposits show a clearly laminated structure. ‘The perispatia are narrow and generally stretch almost the whole distance between adjacent septa. Laminated perispatial deposits completely fill the perispatium at the adapical end of the specimen and fill at least part of it even in the youngest segment of the siphuncle.
Affinities —The relationships of this species with Nybyoceras multicubiculatum will be discussed in connection with the latter species below.
Occurrence.—Ordovician limestones at Railton, northern ‘Tas-
mania.
Nybyoceras multicubiculatum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. Pl. 2, figs. 1-3
Description of holotype (No. O.S. 37:15, Queen Victoria Museum, Launceston, Tasmania).—The holotype is a phragmocone, 160 mm. long which has been sectioned in the dorso-ventral mid- plane. The conch is not quite straight, but it is thought that the irregularities are due to crushing and shearing in the parent rock. The dorsal portion of the shell is well preserved, but the conch on the ventral side of the siphuncle has been destroyed. Few conch dimensions can be measured with accuracy, but the lateral diameter at the apical end of the specimen was 20 mm., and it is probable that the dorso-ventral diameter was slightly less. The siphuncle measures 9.5 mm. in the dorso-ventral mid-section at the apical end of the specimen and has increased to 13.6 mm. at the oral end. It is highly annulated being reduced in diameter at the septal necks to 3.4 mm. at the apical end of the specimen and 5.4 mm. at the oral end. One and a half to two camerae have a height equal to the diameter of the siphuncle.
Cameral deposits are present in all camerae but do not fill them completely. Episeptal and hyposeptal deposits appear simultaneously and are developed to an equal degree. ‘The destruction of the conch ventral to the siphuncle suggests that cameral deposits were not well developed in this region.
203 TASMANIAN ORD. SIL. CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 21
On the dorsal side of the siphuncle the septal brims are up to t.1 mm. wide and the septal necks reach a maximum length of .6 mm. The septal necks are sharply recurved and the edges of the brims are generally pressed against the adapical surface of the septa. On the adoral surface of the septa at the dorsal side of the siphuncle, the area of adnation reaches a maximum width of .5 mm. while on the adapical side of the septa the connecting rings are adnate to the septum for a maximum distance of 1.8 mm. Ventrally the septal brims measure up to I.I mm. in length and the septal necks have a maximum length of .7 mm. They are entirely different in shape from the septal necks on the dorsal surface being open at the outer extremities and never pressed against the adapical surface of the septa. The area of adnation on the adoral surface of the septum probably reaches a maximum of 5.0 mm., but because of the destruc- tion of the ventral surface of the siphuncle the maximum measurement taken was 4.2 mm. ‘The connecting rings are never adnate to the adapical surface of the septa on the ventral surface of the siphuncle.
The endosiphuncular canal has a diameter measuring about one- third that of the whole siphuncle. It gives rise to a system of irregular radial canals. Individual canals almost invariably branch at least once, and some have been observed with tour branches. “The siphuncular membranes, which join these branches, may themselves branch, with the result that the siphuncle becomes divided into many small chambers. Where preserved, the perispatium is very narrow and almost completely filled with laminated perispatial deposits. Primary calcareous deposits are developed throughout the siphuncle ; at the adapical extremity they fill all the space not occupied by the canal system and perispatium but towards the adoral end of the siphuncle they appear as thick discrete rings around the septal necks and do not fill all the available space.
Description of paratype (No. O.S. 37:9, Queen Victoria Museum, Launceston, Tasmania).—The paratype and only other specimen known is a straight phragmocone with well-preserved siph- uncle and adjacent parts of the camerae, from which the external part ot the conch has been removed. It has been sectioned at an angle of 15° to the lateral plane over most of its length but a small portion at the adoral end has been ground in the dorso-ventral plane. The specimen is 140 mm. long and has a siphuncle of diameter 13 mm. ‘The shape of the conch cross-section is dificult to determine,
22 BULLETIN 144 204.
but it is probable that the conch was flattened ventrally and that the ventral surface of the siphuncle was situated 3 mm. from the ventral shell surface. The number of camerae which occupy a length equal to the siphuncular diameter varies between two at the adapical end of the specimen and three at a point 100 mm. adorally from it. This variation is, however, quite irregular.
In the apical half of the specimen cameral deposits completely fill the camerae on the dorsal side of the siphuncle and leave only small spaces on the ventral side of the siphuncle. A small space around the connecting ring is free of organic cameral deposits. In the adoral part of the conch both episeptal and hyposeptal deposits are developed in all camerae but do not fill them. LEpiseptal and hyposeptal deposits begin to develop simultaneously and develop at equal rates until at maturity they fill equal volumes of the camerae.
In the lateral section the brims of the septal necks are up to 1.1 mm. wide. The connecting rings are adnate to both the anterior and the posterior surfaces of the septa for a width of 2.0 mm. Primary calcareous deposits fill the entire space in the siphuncle except that occupied by the perispatium and canal system. In some places these deposits are finely laminated with the lamellae centering on the septal necks.
Comparisons.—Nybyoceras multicubiculatum is similar to Nybyo- ceras paucicubiculatum from the same locality. “They may be readily distinguished by the nature of the cameral deposits and the endosi- phuncular canal system. In the case of Nybyoceras paucicubiculatum the episeptal deposits are the first to develop. They almost reach maturity before hyposeptal deposits first start to develop in the dorsal part of the camerae. When maturity is reached the episeptal deposits fill over two-thirds of the camerae and pronounced pseudosepta are unknown. The episeptal and hyposeptal deposits of Nybyoceras multicubiculatum start to develop simultaneously and at maturity fill equal volumes of the camerae, leaving pronounced pseudosepta. Both Nybyoceras multicubiculatum and Nybyoceras paucicubiculatum have a single set of radial canals to each siphuncular segment. In the latter the individual canals are typically unbranched, although bifur- cation is sometimes observed, and are joined by a simple unbranched sheet of siphuncular membrane. Nybyoceras multicubiculatum, on
205 TASMANIAN ORp. Sit. CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 23
the other hand, shows radial canals with up to four branches, each of which is joined by a complex system of siphuncular membranes.
Specimens from the Chinese province of Jehol, described as Jeholoceras robustum by Kobayashi and Matumoto (1942) have a somewhat similar structure. The genus Jeholoceras was described by its authors as follows: “Orthoconic armenoceroid having a broad marginal siphuncle and neck rings composed of vertical lamellae which are protruded inward in different lengths.” The value of these “lamellae” for generic diagnosis may be doubted, because similar structures have been described in species belonging to other genera. Such ‘lamellae’ are in fact the remnants of membranes connecting the radial canals within one siphuncular segment as, e.g. those des- cribed by Teichert (1933) in Cyrtonybyoceras haesitans (Billings). If the canal system is complex and the radial canals branch, the connecting membranes may be arranged more or less vertically in the siphuncle. In the present state of our knowledge, it seems inadvisable to regard the presence of vertical membranes as a feature for generic distinction.
Occurrence.—Ordovician limestones at Railton, northern Tas- mania.
Genus ORTHONYBYOCERAS Shimizu and Obata, 1935
In 1942, Flower established a genus Treptoceras for actino- ceroids with fairly narrow siphuncles and siphuncular segments with gradually decreasing diameters. As type species he designated “Ortho- ceras duseri Miller,’ although the only species of that name was established not by Miller, but by Hall and Whitfield (1875). Since no bibliographic reference was given and the “type species” was not further discussed in Flower’s paper, it appears that the genus T'repto- ceras was proposed without a valid type species and that the name is, therefore, a nomen nudum. Among the species which Flower proposed tc include in his new genus was Ormoceras? covingtonense Foerste and Teichert which, however, is the type species of Orthonybyoceras established by Shimizu and Obata in 1935. It is not certain whethei the diameter of the siphuncular segments decreases appreciably in Ormoceras? covingtonense. Nevertheless, this species is probably a member of the group for which Flower intended to use the name Treptoceras and for the time being the name Orthonybyoceras may
24 BULLETIN 144 206
take its place because it was validly established, although on erroneous precepts. Thus the scope of Orthonybyoceras is that of Treptoceras, as defined by Flower (1942, pp. 55-56).
Orthonybyoceras tasmaniense Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. Pl. 2, fig. 4
Description of holotype (No. 21146, Department of Geology, University of ’asmania}.—The holotype is part of an orthoconic phragmocone which is 27.1 mm. long. It is circular in cross-section and expands in diameter from 10.9 mm. at the posterior end to 14.7 mm. at the anterior end. ‘The siphuncle is moderately large and is situated ventral to the centre of the conch. Eight camerae occupy a distance equal to the diameter of the conch and the siphuncle has a diameter equal to the height of one and a half camerae. The septa have a concavity equal to the height of one camera. ‘The sutures are not well preserved but are probably straight and transverse. The shell surface is smooth.
Cameral deposits occur'in all camerae. Between the dorsal side and the siphuncle only episeptal deposits occur, extending: as a thin layer along the surface of the septa from the shell wall two-thirds of the distance towards the siphuncle. Between the siphuncle and. the ventral side of the conch episeptal deposits almost completely fill the camerae. Hyposeptal deposits may occur but only as a thin layer.
The broadly nummuloidal siphuncle has a diameter of 1.9 mm. at the posterior end of the specimen and is situated 5.3 mm. from the dorsal wall of the shell. At the anterior end, its diameter has increased to 3.0 mm. and its distance from the dorsal wall to 7.9 mm. The connecting rings are evenly inflated. In a typical segment the greatest diameter of the siphuncle is 2.85 mm., the height of the segment is 1.065 mm. and the diameter of the septal foramen is 1.4 mm. Septal necks are short and bear brims averaging .2 mm. in length which are recurved and flattened against the adapical surface of the septa. “The connecting rings are adnate to the adoral surface of the septa for a distance equal to the length of the brims. Recrystal- lization has obscured much of the structure of the siphuncle but it appears that endosiphuncular calcareous deposits are present, leaving an endosiphuncular canal and simple radial canals which empty into a large perispatium in each segment.
207 TASMANIAN ORp. SIL. CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 25
Occurrence.—A single specimen is known from near the entrance to the Junee Caves, Maydena, south central Tasmania; stratigraphi- cally about 150 feet above the entrance to the caves.
Family ORMOCERATIDAE Saemann, 1853 Genus ORMOCERAS Stokes, 1838
The relationships between the genera Ormoceras and Sactoceras have long been in doubt. The genus Ormoceras and its type species Ormoceras bayfieldi Stokes were redescribed and discussed by Foerste (1924). Sactoceras was established by Hyatt in 1884 with the type species Orthoceras richtert Barrande. ‘This genus and its type species were again discussed by Miller, Dunbar and Condra in 1933. On it, Troedsson (1926) based a new family, Sactoceratidae, to include Sactoceras, Ormoceras and similar genera, but Flower (1946) felt doubtful about the distinction between the two genera. He was inclined to regard Sactoceras as a synonym of Ormoceras but refrained trom changing the name of the family pending further investigation. Since the family Ormoceratidae had, however, been validly established by Saemann in 1853 it is used here in the same sense as Sactoceratidae Troedsson. Even if Sactoceras should prove to be different from Ormoceras the family name based on the latter genus has priority.
From a study of the figures and descriptions of the type species of the two genera it would appear that the only significant difference between the two can be found in the width of the siphuncle relative to the diameter of the conch. Both genera have straight conchs; their septal necks are crytochoanitic and between 0.5 and 1 mm. long. No lectotype of Sactoceras richteri has as yet been selected, but the specimens figured by Barrande (1868) on plates 318, 322, 323, and 349 are all rather similar. The segments of the siphuncles have proportions similar to that of Ormoceras bayfieldi with a ratio of length to width approximating 3:4. Also the degree of constriction of the siphuncle at the septal necks is similar in both species, and the endosiphuncular deposits are of a very similar, rather simple type. However, the width of the siphuncle in Ormoceras bayfieldi is one- third the diameter of the conch, whereas in Sactoceras richteri it is only between one-fifth and one-sixth. Considering the fact that the relative width of the siphuncle in Actinoceratida is a somewhat vari- able figure which may change considerably during the ontogeny of
26 BULLETIN 144 208
one specimen and differs in different species of most genera, not much weight can be attached to this feature. Sactoceras is, therefore, here regarded as a synonym of Ormoceras, the latter being expanded to include Actinoceratida with comparatively narrow siphuncle and with only moderately inflated siphuncular segments.
Another genus which must be considered in this connection is Linormoceras ‘Kobayashi and Matumoto (1942). Ormoceras johns- toni, to be described below, is somewhat similar to a species described as Linormoceras centrale by Kobayashi and Matumoto in 1942. These authors defined the new genus Linormoceras as follows: “(rthoconic ormoceroid having a large subcentral siphuncle in which the stereoplasmic deposits form connecting rings at first but later endosipholinings.” It should be noted that in this diagnosis “‘con- necting ring’ is apparently a typographical error for “neck ring” which is used by the authors for the endosiphuncular deposit formed in the vicinity of and more or less concentrically around the septal neck. In the description of Linormoceras centrale it is stated that “the endosiphuncular lining is the most significant characteristic of this nautiloid. When the lining is made, the radial canal is discon- nected from the endosiphuncle.” If we interpret the authors’ inten- tions correctly, they seem to suppose that in the siphuncle of Linormo- ceras centrale calcareous deposits at first form in the way which is normal for actinoceroid siphuncles. ‘That is, they begin to grow just inside the septal necks, enlarge gradually anteriorly, posteriorly and towards the centre, until only the central canal, radial canals, and perispatia are left free. Kobayashi and Matumoto apparently contend that at some stage, when the radial canals were already well formed but the central canal was still rather wide, the mode of deposition of calcareous matter changed completely; the radial canals were sealed off at their proximal ends by a calcareous lining which formed as a continuous layer on the walls of the central canal, successive layers being added at later stages.
From a study of Kobayashi and Matumoto’s illustration, as well as from a study of numerous specimens of drmenoceras and Ormoceras, we are inclined to doubt this interpretation. It is not unusual for the endosiphuncular deposits in actinoceroids to show lamellar structure. In well-preserved specimens the lamellae are concentrically arranged around the septal necks. With increasing
209 TASMANIAN ORD. SIL. CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 27
distance from the septal necks they become less curved and on the internal side of the deposits they are more or less parallel to the longitudinal axis of the siphuncle. In wide siphuncles where there is considerable centripetal growth of deposits from the septal necks this longitudinal lamination may become quite prominent. An instructive example is a specimen figured as Actinoceras richardsoni magnum by Parks (1915, pl. 2, fig. 1) and refigured as 4rmenoceras magnum by Foerste and Savage (1927, pl. 8, fig. 1). In this specimen the siphuncular segments are 55 mm. wide, but only 8 to 9 mm. high. The peripheral parts cf the segments are rapidly filled with calcareous deposit and the latter can then only grow centipetally. The laminae at this stage are arranged longitudinally in the direction of the axis of the siphuncle. Except where they are pierced by radial canals they may appear to be continuous from one segment to the next.
If Kobayashi and Matumoto’s interpretation of the structure of Linormoceras were correct, it would indicate a fundamental dif- ference in structure from ordinary Actinoceratida of much more than generic rank. In all other genera of Actinoceratida the preservation of the whole endosiphuncular canal system, consisting of central canal, 1adial canals and perispatia, is an essential part of their organization. The sealing off of the radial canals and perispatia at some ontogeneti- cal stage could indicate a fundamental change in physiological function of the siphuncle. Such a change has never been indicated by inde- pendent observation on other specimens and for the time being we are inclined to regard Linormoceras as a synonym of Ormoceras. Ormoceras johnstoni Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. Pele tie 8
Pls 2) feed
Description of holotype (No. O.S. 37:12, Queen Victoria Museum, Launceston, Tasmania).—The holotype is the only known specimen belonging to the species. It is part of a straight phragmocone and is 100 mm. long. ‘The siphuncle and surrounding farts of the camerae are well preserved, but much of the shell and the external parts of the camerae are missing. At a point 105 mm. from its posterior end, the conch has a lateral diameter of 35 mm. ‘The dorso-ventral diameter is smaller, probably about 30 mm., due to a pronounced ventral flattening. The conch enlarges laterally at an angle of 3 degrees. The diameter of the siphuncle remains uniform at I1 mm. throughout its length. One and a half camerae occupy
28 BULLETIN 144 210
a length equal to the diameter of the siphuncle and four and a half camerae occupy a length equal to the lateral diameter. “The suture was probably straight and transverse. “The maximum concavity of the septa it 10 anm.
Epi-eptal and hyposeptal deposits fill about one quarter of the volume of all camerae, the episeptal deposits showing the more exten- sive development.
The ventral surface of the siphuncle is situated 5 mm. from the ventral surface of the conch. At the septal necks, the siphuncle is constricted to 5 mm. ‘The septal necks range in length from 1.0 mm. at the posterior end of the specimen to 2 mm. at the anterior end. The length of the brims varies between .7 mm. and 1.1 mm. They are approximately parallel to the septa. On the ventral side of the siphuncle the connecting rings are adnate to the adoral surface of the septa ior 2.5 mm., but on the dorsal side this area of adnation measures only 1 mm. Laterally the connecting rings are adnate to the adoral surfaces of the septa for 1.5 mm. “The well-defined endosi- phuncular canal has a diameter one-fifth that of the whole siphuncle. A ring of radial canals is given off from the endosiphuncular canal in each segment of the siphuncle. The radial canals meet the connecting rings at about the mid-height of the segments. Bifurcation of the radial canals occurs rarely, but most of them are straight and simple. In eccentric sections the radial canals are seen to be joined by a network of siphuncular membranes similar to those observed in the ‘Tasmanian species of Nybyoceras. Calcareous organic deposits fill that part of the endosiphuncle not occupied by the canal system and the perispatia. In rare cases these calcareous deposits are finely laminated. “The lamellae are at first parallel to the radial canals and then swing adapically to parallel the connecting rings. Thin dark coloured lamellae regularly alternate with thicker light coloured lamellae. Perispatia are narrow and extend from one septum to the next. ‘They thicken considerably at either extremity. Laminated perispatial deposits generally fill the perispatia.
Affinities —The relationships of Ormoceras johnstoni to Linor- moceras centrale from China have already been discussed. A rather similar form has been described as Ormoceras holmi from the Baltic province by Troedsson (1926).
211 TASMANIAN Orb. SIL. CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 29
Occurrence.—A single specimen is known from King Extended Hill, Zeehan, western Tasmania.
Family MICHELINOCERATIDAE Flower, 1945 Genus ANASPYROCERAS Shimizu and Obata, 1935
Anaspyroceras shares richly in the confusion produced by Shimizu and Obata. ‘The above mentioned authors founded the genus with Orthoceras anellum Conrad, from the Beloit member of the Black River formation, as type species. The siphuncle of this species is unknown. It is possible that with further study dnaspyroceras may prove a synonym of the imperfectly known genus Swhspyoceras. Anaspyroceras is also related to Metaspyroceras and may grade into this genus. Anaspyroceras, as defined by Flower (1943), includes torms of the external aspect of Spyroceras with simple transverse sutures and orthochoanitic siphuncles.
Anaspyroceras anzaas Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. Pl. 3, figs. 1-4
Description of holotype (No. 1991, Department of Geology, University of Melbourne, Victoria).—The holotype is a_ well- preserved phragmocone 26.8 mm. in length. At the anterior extremity of the specimen, the dorso-ventral diameter is 7.9 mm. and _ the lateral diameter 5.8 mm.,.while the corresponding measurements at the posterior end are 4.5,.mm. and 4.1 mm. ‘The conch is gently cyrtoconic. The siphuncle is small and excentric, being situated slightly nearer to the ventral (convex) surface of the conch than to the dorsal surface.
Ornamentation consists of narrow longitudinal ridges, broad an- nulations and transverse lirae. ‘The longitudinal ridges are undivided but intercalations do occur. These intercalations begin as fine ill- defined ridges but increase in size adorally so that within 10 mm. they attain the average size of the other ridges. “Thus there are 26 ridges at the posterior end of the specimen and 33 at the anterior end. The annulations are rather irregularly placed. “They are broad and low and are parallel to the septa, so that at the posterior end of the specimen they slope forwards from the ventral to the dorsal surface and at the anterior end they slope backwards from the ventral surface. The lirae run parallel to the annulations over the whole surface of the conch.
The septa are shallowly and uniformly concave and as stated
30 BULLETIN 144 212
above the sutures run parallel to the transverse annulations and lirae. The centre of the siphuncle is situated 2.0 mm. from the ventral surface of the conch at the posterior end of the specimen and 3.3 mm. from it at the anterior end.
The adapical five chambers of the holotype were sectioned in the dorso-ventral mid-plane. The siphuncle is cylindrical and has a diameter of .8 mm. ‘The septal necks are orthochoanitic and the connecting rings expand little, if at all, between septal foramina. Four siphuncular segments occupy a distance equal to the dorso- ventral diameter.
Description of paratype (No. 1992, Department of Geology, University of Melbourne, Victoria).—The paratype is part of a phragmocone 27.3 mm. in length. It has been sectioned in the dorso- ventral median plane. ‘The conch has been subjected to lateral pres- sure, so that in many places the conch wall is damaged and _ the lateral diameter is difficult to determine. At the anterior end of the specimen, the dorso-ventral diameter is 8.5 mm., while at the posterior end it is 5.8 mm. ‘The siphuncle is central and the conch gently cyrtoconic. From six to seven camerae occcpy a distance equal to the dorso-ventral diameter.
The septa are shallowly concave and at their outer extremities reach the same height on either side of the siphuncle. Organic cameral deposits are not present.
The siphuncle is cylindrical, and ranges in diameter from .8 mm. at the anterior end of the specimen to .75 mm. at the posterior end. The septa thicken considerably near the septal necks until at the septal neck they reach a thickness of .5 mm., which is twice the average thickness of the free part of the septa. “The connecting rings expand little if at all between septal foramina. Immediately posterior to the septal necks they become thicker and break into two branches, one going either side of the septal neck. The connecting rings are adnate only to the end two-thirds of the septal necks. Organic siphuncular deposits are absent.
Additional material.—Three further specimens, each a_ small phragmocone, were available for study.
The name is derived from the letters A.N.Z.A.A.S. which are abbreviations for Australian and New Zealand Association for the Advancement of Science. It is given to commemorate the Tasmanian
213 TASMANIAN ORbD. SIL. CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 31
meeting of the Association in 1949 when all the known specimens of this species were collected.
Comparisons.—The slight curvature and irregular annulations dis- tinguish the Tasmanian species from the more typical species assigned to Anaspyroceras.
Occurrence.—Gordon limestone, Smelter’s (Quarry, Zeehan,
western Tasmania. Anaspyroceras, sp. Piss figsseo.10
Description of hypotype (No. B850, Tasmanian Museum, Hobart ).—This specimen is a well-preserved fragment of a phragmo- cone, 12 mm. long. The diameter is 12.8 mm., the cross-section circular, and the siphuncle small and almost central. “Three camerae have a length equal to the diameter of the conch.
Ornamentation consists of annulations and fine longitudinal lirae. The annulations are slightly oblique, sharp and narrow, and separated from each other by areas which are almost flat. The sutures are straight and parallel to the annulations.
The septal necks are short and orthochoanitic, the connecting rings thin and tubular. The length of the septal necks is .5 mm., the diameter of the septal foramen, 1.0 mm., and the diameter of the inside of the connecting ring at the mid-height of the camera, I.1 mm.
Comparisons.—A_ specimen closely allied to dAnaspyroceras, sp. occurs in the limestone at Railton of Middle Ordovician age. ‘This fact suggests that limestones of Ordovician, as well as Silurian age, occur along the Gordon River. ‘The specimen described above is a typical representative of dnaspyroceras. The widely spaced regular annuli distinguish it, but the material does not permit closer com- parisons.
Occurrence. — Gordon River, western “Tasmania; the exact
lecality is unknown. Family PSEUDORTHOCERATIDAE Flower and Caster, 1935
In his monograph on the Pseudorthoceratidae, Flower (1939) came to the conclusion that the affinities between this family and the orthochoanitic annulosiphonate cephalopods were so strong that there is probably not a good generic break between the two groups and the position of the boundary might be questioned. For convenience in definition and recognition he limited the Pseudorthoceratidae to
32 BULLETIN 144 214
cyrtochoanitic forms. It was pointed out that in the current state of knowledge there was a sharp morphological break between the ortho- choanitic Silurian forms and the cyrtochoanitic Lower Devonian forms (the latter were at that time the earliest known members of the Pseudorthoceratide). A stratigraphical break also occurred, but Flower realized that with more extensive knowledge of the Upper Silurian cephalopods, both this and the morphological gaps might conceivably disappear.
The Tasmanian material makes an important contribution to our knowledge cf this group. The present authors have come to the conclusion that a new genus from the Middle Ordovician described below as Mysterioceras australe is a primitive member of the Pseud- orthoceratidae. The cameral deposits are of the mural and episeptal variety, the septal necks cyrtochoanitic with narrow brims and the siphuncular segments gently inflated. Siphuncular deposits are parietal, eventually fusing to give a continuous lining to the siphuncle. These siphuncular deposits are most unusual in that they originate immedi- ately behind the septal necks and grow posteriorly to the preceding septal neck. A link with the type of siphuncular deposits usually observed in the Pseudorthoceratidae is found in a new genus from the Middle Silurian described below as Stromotoceras eximium. Stromatoceras is a true pseudorthoceratid having cameral deposits of the mural variety, cyrtochoanitic septal necks, and a nummuloidal siphuncle. The siphuncular deposits consist of a discontinuous laminated outer layer and a continuous inner layer which probably represents fused deposits of conchiolin. The outer calcareous layer is Interesting in that it is a parietal deposit growing from the septal neck both anteriorly and posteriorly. A new species described as Ephippiorthoceras decorum and a new genus Gordonoceras bondi, both from the Middle Silurian, show siphuncular deposits which originate at the septal neck and grow anteriorly along the connecting ring.
Vhe poorly known Stereoplasmoceratidae appear to possess strong affinities with these primitive members of the Pseudorthoceratidae. At least some species assigned to the Stereoplasmoceratidae by Kobayashi (1936) are certainly primitive pseudorthoceratids, e. yg. Stereoplasmoceras teicherti Kobayashi (1936). ‘The siphuncular deposits of Mysterioceras australe join to produce a continuous lining
215 TASMANIAN ORpD. SIL. CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 33
to the connecting rings at an early stage and it is considered likely by the present authors that further study will show that the siphuncu- lar deposits of the Stereoplasmoceratidae are discontinuous in their early stage of development and later fuse to give a continuous lining as in the Pseudorthoceratidae. “The cameral deposits too may prove te be fundamentally similar to the mural episeptal type.
The evidence presented above seems to indicate that rather than developing from the Mlichelinoceratidae, the Pseudorthoceratidae developed from some more primitive stock, possibly direct from the Baltoceratidae. It also indicates that at our present state ot knowledge the evidence supporting the retention of the Stereoplasmoceratidae as a separate family is far from convincing.
Genus MYSTERIOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, n. gen.
Type spectes—Mysterioceras australe Teichert and Glenister, n. sp.
Description—Orthoconic, slowly expanding conchs with circular cross-sections and smooth surface. Sutures straight and transverse. Siphuncle subcentral and moderately large. Cameral deposits of the mural and episeptal type well developed. Connecting rings. gently inflated, siphuncular segments higher than wide. Septal necks short and cyrtochoanitic with very narrow brims. Siphuncular lining present ; first develops along the connecting ring immediately posterior to septal necks but extends along connecting ring posteriorly to preceding septal neck and anteriorly along septal neck so that deposits of adjacent segments fuse to give a continuous sheath lining the siphuncle.
Name is derived from the locality of the type species. Affinities.
the genera included in the Pseudorthoceratidae (the holotype occurred
Although Mysterioceras is much older than any of
in the same block of limestone as a species of Jrocholitoceras) it would seem that the genus must be included in this family. The camer | deposits are predominantly of the mural type characteristic of the Pseudorthoceratidae. The discontinuous linings of the siphuncular segments which fuse to produce a continuous sheath are also similar to those of the Pseudorthoceratidae, although in the latter these deposits originate around the septal necks and extend adorally whereas in Mysterioceras they first appear posterior to the septal necks and extend both adorally and adapically.
34 BULLETIN 144 216
Mysterioceras australe Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. Pl. 3, figs. 10-11; text fig. 2A Description of holotype (No. 20883a, Department of Geology, University of Tasmania).—The holotype is part of a phragmocone with circular cross-section. It is 51.5 mm. long and expands uniformly from a diameter of 9.3 mm. at the posterior end to 12.1 mm. at the anterior end. The siphuncle is moderately large and subcentral in position. Four camerae occupy a distance equal to the diameter of the conch. “The concavity of the septa is equal to half the height of the camerae. Sutures are straight and transverse. The shell surface is smooth.
The specimen has been sectioned in the dorso-ventral mid-plane. Cameral deposits are developed in all camerae; they are typical mural deposits. At the posterior end of the specimen they occupy almost half the camerae, but at the anterior end they form only a thin film lining the shell wall and the septa adjacent to it.
At the posterior end of the specimen the siphuncle has a maxi- mum diameter of 1.5 mm. and is situated 3.3 mm. from the ventral surface and 4.5 mm. from the dorsal surface; 28 mm. adorally from this point the siphuncular segment has a maximum diameter of 1.9 mm. and is situated 4.3 mm. from the ventral surface and 5.4 mm. trom the dorsal surface, while the septal foramen constricts the siphuncle to a diameter of 1.45 mm. Septal necks are short and cyrtochoanitic but with such narrow brims that they sometimes appear orthochoanitic. In the last mentioned segment the septal necks have a length of .35 mm. and the brims a width of .o5 mm. Siphuncular deposits are developed in all segments of the siphuncle. ‘They origin- ated as discontinuous deposits in contact with the connecting ring but in the posterior part of the specimen they fuse to give a continuous lining to the siphuncle. This lining is fairly uniform in thickness along the connecting ring but becomes much thinner at the septal necks.
Description of paratype (No. 20883b, Department of Geology, University of Tasmania).—The paratype is an orthoconic phragmo- cone with circular cross-section and smooth shell. It is 21.7 mm. long and expands from a diameter of 10.3 mm. at the posterior end te 11.2 mm. at the anterior end. A thin section has been made in the dorso-ventral mid-plane.
237 TASMANIAN ORp. SIL. CEPHALOPODS: ‘TEICHERT & GLENISTER 35
Cc D
Fg. 2. Siphuncles of Tasmanian species of the Pseudorthoceratidae. A. Mys- trrioceras australe, n. gen. n. sp., Middle Ordovician. Parietal deposits originate at the septal neck and grow adapically. B. Stromatoceras eximium, n. gen., n. sp., Middle Silurian. Siphuncular deposits consist of two distinct components; the outer is discontinuous, growing from the septal neck both adorally and adapically, the inner is continuous but is probably the product ot the fusion of discrete pendant deposits. C. Gordonoceras bondi, n. gen., n. sp., Middle Silurian. Parietal deposits grow adorally from the septal neck. D. Ephippiorthoceras decorum, n. sp., Middle Silurian. Parietal deposits grow adorally from the septal necks.
36 BULLETIN 144 218
Cameral deposits of the mural type are present in all camerae. On the dorsal side of the siphuncle they almost completely fill the camerae but fill less than half the available space ventral to the siphuncle. Mural deposits and episeptal deposits on the free part ot the septa are strongly developed and are separated by a groove which is directed towards the posterior-lateral corner of the camerae. The whole deposit is continuous, the groove merely marking an area of less vigorous secretion. As the development of the cameral deposits proceeds they extend along the connecting ring and then along the adapical surface of the septa, developing outwards from the siphuncle until they almost meet the deposits forming along the wall of the shell. Eventually only a small V-shaped circular groove running around the camerae remains free from cameral deposits.
At the posterior end of the specimen the siphuncle has a maxi- mum diameter of 1.85 mm. and is situated 3.75 mm. from the ventral wall of the conch and 4.7 mm. from the dorsal wall, while at the anterior end the siphuncle has a diameter of 2.0 mm. and is situated 4.15 mm. from the ventral wall and 5.1 mm. from the dorsal wall. A typical segment has a height of 3.0 mm., has the connecting rings inflated to a diameter of 1.85 mm. and is constricted at the septal toramen to 1.15 mm. The septal necks are .2 mm. long. and the brims .05 mm. wide. ‘The connecting rings are slightly more inflated on the ventral than on the dorsal side. Siphuncular deposits are present in all segments. “They first appear immediately behind the septal necks and grow backwards to the preceding septal neck along the connecting ring and to a smaller extent forward along the septal neck. Eventually the deposits from adjacent segments fuse to give a continuous lining of the siphuncle. It is thinnest in the vicinity of the septal necks.
Occurrence-—Common in Ordovician limestones at Mystery Creek Caves, Ida Bay, southeastern “Tasmania.
Genus STROMATOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, n. gen.
Type species —Stromatoceras eximium ‘Teichert and Glenister, nh. Sp.
Description. — Slowly expanding cyrtocones with circular to slightly depressed cross-section. Sutures consist of a pair of lateral saddles separated by a dorsal and a ventral lobe. Siphuncle num- muloidal and situated about halfway between centre of conch and
219 TASMANIAN ORD. SIL. CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 37
convex surface of coiling. rnamentation consists of regular longi- tudinal ribs and irregular transverse annuli. Cameral deposits of mural type well developed. Siphuncular deposits consist of two distinct components; on the outside is a calcareous laminated parietal deposit which is discontinuous and grows from the septal neck along the connecting ring both anteriorally and posteriorally; inside this is a continuous layer which is probably the result of fusion of discontinu- ous pendant deposits of conchiolin.
Name derived from Greek word meaning layer, an allusion to the laminated structure of the siphuncular deposits.
Affinities —Because of the differentiation of its siphuncular deposits into two layers Stromatoceras must be placed amongst the Cayutoceratinae. All other genera at present placed in this sub- family are orthoconic and show no pronounced ornamentation.
Stromatoceras eximium Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. Pl..5, figs. 1-3; text fig. 2B
1888. Orthoceras, sp. indet., Johnston, Geology of Tasmania, pl. 4, fig. 1.
Description of holotype (No. B774, Tasmanian Museum, Ho- bart).—The holotype is a well-preserved phragmocone, the posterior third of which has been sectioned in the dorso-ventral mid-plane. It is-a slightly depressed cyrtocone 126 mm. long. At the posterior end of the specimen the dorso-ventral diameter is 25.0 mm. and the laterai diameter is 25.3 while 79 mm. adorally from the posterior end of the specimen the dorso-ventral diameter has increased to 33.2 mm. and the lateral diameter to 33.5 mm.
Ornamentation consists of regular longitudinal ribs and irregular transverse annuli. The longitudinal ribs are continuous for the whole length of the specimen; approximately 75 are present. “The transverse annuli are ill-defined and irregular, being more prominent at the anterior end of the specimen than at the posterior end.
Five and a half camerae together have a height equal to the dorso-ventral diameter of the conch. The septa have a concavity equal to half the height of a camera. A pair of shallow rounded saddles occur on the flanks and are separated by a sharper lobe across the dorsum and the venter. “The siphuncle is moderately large and nummuloidal and is situated halfway between the centre of the conch and the convex surface of curvature. Where the dorso-ventral
38 BULLETIN 144 220
diameter of the conch is 28.9 mm. the siphuncle has a maximum diameter of 5.1 mm. and is situated 5.1 mm. from the convex surface of the conch.
Cameral deposits are present in all camerae but are to a large extent recrystallized so that their structure cannot be interpreted with any certainty. In one camera near the posterior end of the specimen the cameral deposits are well preserved, and there they appear as mural deposits filling half of the camera.
Septal necks are cyrtochoanitic and bear brims of length about half that of the septal necks. ‘The connecting rings inflate rapidly to their maximum diameter just posterior to the septal necks and then taper gently to the preceding septal foramen. “The connecting rings are adnate only to the septal necks. In a typical segment whose height is 4.8 mm. the connecting rings have a maximum inflated diameter of 5.1 mm. and are constricted at the septal neck to 2.3 mm. ‘The septal necks have a length of .55 mm. and bear brims of width .3 mm.
The siphuncular deposits consist of two separate components. On the outside are calcareous laminated parietal deposits which are discontinuous and grow from the septal neck along the connecting ring both adorally and adapically. They are much thicker on the convex side of the siphuncle than on the concave. On the convex side these parietal deposits can be clearly seen extending from the septal neck almost two-thirds of the distance to the succeeding septal foramen and about one-third the distance to the preceding septal foramen. ‘They are thin at the septal neck and posterior to it, expand rapidly to their maximum thickness just anterior to the septal neck, and then taper uniformly to their anterior extremity. In no case do the deposits from adjacent septal necks join. On the inside of these parietal deposits is a thicker continuous lining which occupies most of the siphuncle, leaving only a thin central tube free from primary deposits. It is probable that this layer originated by fusion of pendant deposits consisting of conchiolin.
Occurrence.—One specimen only is known. It comes from the Gordon River, western Tasmania. The exact locality is unknown. Probably collected from the Gordon limestone and of Lower or Middle Silurian age.
221 TASMANIAN ORp. SIL. CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 39
Genus GORDONOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, n. gen.
Type species—Gordonoceras bondi Teichert and Glenister, n.
7) ao)
Description Moderately large gently cyrtoconic conchs with circular cross-section and no conspicuous ornamentation. Sutures straight and transverse, camerae high and septa shallowly concave. Siphuncle small, almost tubular, and situated about halfway between the centre of the conch and the convex shell wall. Cameral deposits of the mural type and showing greatest development on concave side. Septal necks cyrtochoanitic with narrow brims. Siphuncular deposits of the Michelinoceras type as described by Flower (1939, p. 88).
The name is derived from the locality of the type species.
Affinities —Gordonoceras belongs to the Dolorthoceratinae of Flower. The only comparable genus is Sceptrites from which it differs in having a more excentric and more nearly tubular siphuncle. Siphuncular deposits are unknown in Sceptrites and cameral deposits are not widely developed.
Gordonoceras bondi Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. Pl. 4, figs. 1-3, text fig. 2C
1888. Orthoceras, sp. indet., Johnston, Geology of Tasmania, pl. 4, fig. 8.
Description of holotype (No. B805, Tasmanian Museum, Ho- bart).—The holotype is a silicified specimen the posterior third of which has been sectioned in the dorso-ventral mid-plane. It is a gently cyrtoconic, slowly tapering phragmocone, 81.5 mm. long, with circular cross-section and excentrically situated siphuncle. At the posterior end of the specimen the lateral diameter is 14.8 mm. and the dorso-ventral diameter 14.9 mm. while at the anterior end both diameters measure 22.7 mm. No ornamentation is visible.
The sutures are straight and transverse and the septa have a concavity equal to half the height of the camerae. Four camerae together have a height equal to the diameter of the conch. ‘The siphuncle is almost tubular and has a maximum diameter equal to one-seventh the conch diameter. It is situated about halfway between the central axis of the conch and the convex shell wall. Where the conch diameter is 16.1 mm., the siphuncle has a maximum diameter of 2.1 mm. and is situated 3.6 mm. from the shell wall.
Cameral deposits are present in all camerae and are most
40 BULLETIN 144 222
strongly developed on the concave side of the conch. They are typical mural deposits showing their most extensive development against the shell wall and the adoral surface of the septa. In the absence of more reliable information, the concentration of camerai deposits on the concave side seems to suggest endogastric curvature.
The septal necks are cyrtochoanitic with narrow brims. The connecting rings expand.to their maximum diameter close to the septal foramina and then taper gently to the preceding septal foramina. Siphuncular segments have a_ height equalling about twice their greatest width. A typical segment whose height equals 4.4 mm. is constricted to 1.3 mm. at the septal foramen. ‘The septal neck is .3 mm. long and bears a brim of width, .1 mm. ‘The connecting rings have a maximum diameter of 2.2 mm. and are adnate only to the septal necks. Siphuncular deposits are developed equally on both sides of the siphuncle. They originate as thin rings around the septal necks, thicken adorally to their mid-height and then taper to their anterior extremity. In the segment where they show maximum development these deposits extend only halfway to the succeeding septal -fordmen.
This species is named in honor of Mr. E. Bond, the Hermit of the Valley of the Rasselas, prospector, philosopher, guide, and friend to those who stray from the beaten track.
Occurrence.—A_ single specimen is known from the Gordon River, western Tasmania. “The exact locality is unknown. Probably from the Gordon limestone and of Lower or Middle Silurian age.
*
Genus EPHIPPIORTHOCERAS Foerste, 1925
Ephippiorthoceras decorum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. Pl. 3, figs. 7-9; Pl. 4, fig. 9; text fig. 2D
1888. Orthoceras, sp. indet., Johnston, Geology of Tasmania, pl. 4, fig. 9.
Description of holotype (No. B804, Tasmanian Museum, Ho- bart).—The holotype is portion of an orthoconic phragmocone measuring 44.9 mm. in length. It is compressed laterally. At the posterior end of the specimen the lateral diameter is 21.8 mm. and the dorso-ventral diameter 24.5 mm., while at the anterior end the lateral and dorso-ventral diameters have increased to 25.6 mm. and 31.2 mm., respectively. The shell is missing and the surface of the cast covered with complex concentric colloform replacement patterns (it is partially silicified) so that no ornamentation is present. Four
223 TASMANIAN ORD. SIL. CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 41
camerae together have a height equal to the dorso-ventral diameter. The siphuncle is moderately large, nummuloidal, depressed in cross- section and situated about halfway between the central axis of the conch and the venter. In the posterior camera it has a maximum diameter of 4.8 mm. and is situated 1.9 mm. from the ventral surface of the conch, whereas in the anterior camera the maximum diameter is 5.1 mm., and it is situated 3.2 mm. from the venter.
The sutures show two broad shallow lateral lobes separated by a pair of sharper dorsal and ventral saddles. “The septa have a concavity equal to the height of one camera.
Cameral deposits are present in all camerae. “They are typical episeptal and mural deposits, developing along the adoral surface of the septa, along the shell wall, and to a smaller extent along the adapical surface of the septa adjacent to the shell wall. Ventral to the siphuncle these deposits fill the camerae except for a small ring bounded by part of the adapical surface of the septa and part of the connecting ring. Dorsal to the siphuncle they fill about half of the camerae. ‘There are two centres of vigorous growth, one on the shell wall and the other on the adoral surface of the septa close to the siphuncle.
Septal necks are short and cyrtochoanitic. “The connecting rings inflate quickly posterior to each septal foramen and then taper to the preceding septal foramen. In a typical siphuncular segment the septal necks are .4 mm. long and bear brims of width .2 mm., the septal foramen has a dorso-ventral diameter of 2.1 mm. and_ the maximum dorso-ventral diameter of the segment is 5.1 mm. ‘The connecting rings are adnate only to the septal necks.
Organic deposits are present in the siphuncle. They originate at the septal necks and extend adorally as thin tubular linings to the connecting ring. In the most mature segment the deposits extend only halfway to the succeeding septal foramen. ‘The siphuncular deposits are thin at the septal neck, thicken to about their mid-height and then taper again adorally. “They are developed to a similar extent all around the siphuncle.
Comparisons.—TVhe Tasmanian species is a typical Ephippiortho- ceras in respect to its suture and the shape of the siphuncular seg- ments. It differs from all other described species in having a sub- marginal siphuncle. “The cameral and siphuncular deposits of the
42 BULLETIN 144 224
genus are not well known. Flower and Kummel (1950) placed it in the Stereoplasmoceratidae, but the “Tasmanian species without doubt belongs in the Pseudorthoceratidae. Ephippiorthoceras formo- sum the type species of Ephippiorthoceras occurs in the Richmond but related forms have been recorded from the Black River and Trenton, and one species, E. ekwanense Foerste and Savage (1927), is known from the Middle Silurian Attawapiskat limestone of the Hudson Bay area in Canada.
Occurrence.— The ‘Tasmanian species is known by a single
specimen coming from the Gordon River, western Tasmania. ‘The exact locality is unknown. Probably from the Gordon limestone and of Lower or Middle Silurian age.
Family ONCOCERATIDAE Hyatt, 1884 Genus BELOITOCERAS Foerste, 1933 Beloitoceras kirtoni Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. Pl. 4, figs. 6-8, 10
Description of holotype (No. 1990, Department of Geology, University of Melbourne).—The holotype is a well-preserved slightly cyrtoconic phragmocone 70 mm. long. Most of the conch wall is missing. The posterior four camerae have been sectioned in the dorso-ventral mid-plane. At the posterior end of the specimen the dorso-ventral and lateral diameters are 24.8 mm. and 21 mm., respectively, while the diameter of the siphuncle is 2.6 mm., its ventral margin being separated from the conch wall by .6 mm.; 30 mm. adorally {rom the posterior end of the specimen, the dorso-ventral and lateral diameters have increased to 32 mm. and 27.2 mm., while the siphuncle has a diameter of 3.9 mm. and appears to be in contact with the wall of the conch at points where its connecting ring 1s inflated. In transverse section the conch is compressed and oval, the venter being slightly more sharply rounded than the dorsum. ‘Twelve camerae occupy a distance equal to the dorso-ventral diameter. At the posterior end of the conch the diameter of the siphuncle is one-tenth that of the dorso-ventral section. “The sutures form shallow saddles on both the dorsum and venter with intervening lateral lobes along the flanks. The maximum concavity of the septa lies in the centre of the conch and averages .o7 of the dorso-ventral diameter.
The outer wall of the conch is poorly preserved but apears to have been smooth except for a few fine growth lines whose courses
225 TASMANIAN ORp. SIL. CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 43
can not be traced. ‘The internal mould shows well-developed longi- tudinal costae indicating that the internal surface of the shell was strongly ribbed. The ribs across the dorsum and venter are irregularly spaced and indistinct, but the flanks exhibit distinct and evenly spaced ornamentation. Along the flanks, where the dorso-ventral diameter is 30 mm. there are 12 costae in a distance of 28 mm. Five or six fine longitudinal striations are sometimes observed between adjacent costae.
The connecting rings are moderately and uniformly inflated between septal foramina. At the posterior end of the specimen, the septal necks constrict the siphuncle from its maxinum diameter of 2.6 mm. to 1.6 mm. ‘The septal necks appear to be about .3 mm. in length and are flattened against the adapical surface of the septa. Septal brims average .3 mm. in width. On the dorsal side of the siphuncle, the connecting rings are adnate only to the septal neck edorally but adapically they are adnate along the brim and lower surface of the septum for a distance of .g mm. On the ventral side of the siphuncle the area of adnation measures .g mm. adorally and the connecting ring is attached to the whole width of the brim adapically. The connecting rings are conspicuously thickened, especial- ly in the vicinity of the septa where they may attain a thickness of .3 mm. ‘The camerae and siphuncle are free from calcareous organic deposits.
Comparisons.—Although only the phragmocone is known, the Tasmanian species is sufficiently similar to Beloitoceras pandion (Hall) the type species of Beloitoceras to leave little doubt concerning its proper placement.
This species is named in honour of Mr. C. Kirton who collected the type material.
Occurrence.—In limestones of Ordovician age from the Fiux Quarries of the Mt. Lyell Mine, Queenstown, western ‘Tasmania.
Family DISCOSORIDAE Teichert, 1931 Genus HECATOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, 1952
Hecatoceras longinquum Teichert and Glenister, 1952 Jed (Haake alle text fig. 3B
1952. Hecatoceras longinquum ‘eichert and Glenister, Jour. Paleont., vol. 26, No. 5, p. 740, pl. 104, fig. 10, pl. 105, fig. 7.
44 BULLETIN 144 226
Fig. 3. Siphuncles of species of Hecatoceras, 7. A. Dorso-ventral cross- section of the siphuncle of Hecatoceras obliquum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. drawn from a photograph of paratype, No. 2001. B. Dorso-ventral cross-section of the siphuncle of Hecatoccras longinquum Teichert and Glenister, drawn from a _ photograph of hypotype, No. 1999.
Description of hypotype (No. 1998, Department of Geology, University of Melbourne).—This hypotype is a straight or weakly curved siphuncle consisting of four segments which together are 11.7 mm. long. “Phe lateral diameter of the posterior segment is 5.9 mm., the dorso-ventral diameter, 5.2 mm., while the corresponding measure- ments for the anterior segment are 6.1 mm. and 5.6 mm. ‘The smaller dorso-ventral diameters are due to a pronounced flattening on one side of the siphuncle, probably the ventral (this would correspond to the concave side of the type species, see Teichert and Glenister, 1952). [he segments of the siphuncle slope backwards from the ventral towards the dorsal side at an angle of 83° with the axis of the siphuncle. “Two siphuncular segments occupy a length equal to the dorso-ventral diameter of the siphuncle.
The septa sloped much more steeply on the ventral side than on the dorsal, indicating that the siphuncle was situated close to the ventral side of the conch. ‘This conclusion is further verified by the tact that the septal foramina lie closer to the ventral than the dorsal
227 TASMANIAN Orb. SIL. CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 45
side of the siphuncle. Siphuncular annulations are prominent, the siphuncle being constricted to a diameter of 2.5 mm. at the neck of the posterior septum. A deep narrow groove traverses the siphuncular annulations on the mid-ventral surface. It is proposed that this morphological feature should be termed the “segmental furrow.’ The furrows in the successive segments are in longitudinal alignment. <A much shallower segmental furrow occurs on the mid-dorsal side of the siphuncular segments. The surfaces of the segments are otherwise smooth.
Description of hypotype (No. 1999, Department of Geology, University of Melbourne).—This hypotype consists of three siphuncu- lar segments which have been sectioned in the dorso-ventral mid-plane. It is 7.6 mm. long and ranges in dorso-ventral diameter from 4.6 mm. in the posterior segment to 4.9 mm. in the anterior segment. ‘The venter is flattened and traversed by a segmental furrow.
The siphuncle is constricted to a diameter of 1.7 mm. at the septal neck. On the dorsal side the septal necks are uniformly curved through an angle of 205°. They are .g mm. long and bear brims of width .g mm. ‘The area of adnation measures 1.4 mm. on both the dorsal and ventral sides. On the ventral side the necks are slightly shorter while the brims have a width equalling only half the length of the septal neck.
Recrystallization has obscured much of the finer internal structure so that no sharp surface of delineation exists between the outer laminated endosiphuncular lining and the more massive layer on the inside of it. A thick irregular endosiphuncular canal occupies the centre of the siphuncle. From it a set of radial canals is given off in each segment. These radial canals are unbranched. They terminate against the inner edge of the endosiphuncular lining just behind the septal necks.
Comparisons.—Hypotype, No. 1999, of Hecatoceras longinquum shows siphuncular structures strikingly similar to those of a paratype of Endodiscosorus (Endostokesoceras) eifliensis illustrated by Schinde- wolf (1942, Abb. 7, p. 515). “The Tasmanian specimen is a fragment coming from the posterior part of the siphuncle, adapically from the area where endocones occur. Recrystallized endocones are, however, present in the holotype of Hecatoceras longinquum (Teichert and Glenister, 1952). Hecatoceras longinquum is distinct frem all other
46 BULLETIN 144 228
described discosoroids in having a deep regular segmental furrow.
Occurrence.—Ordovician limestone at Smelter’s Quarry, Zeehan, western ‘asmania.
Hecatoceras obliquum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. Pl. 6, figs. 5-10, text fig. 3A
Description of holotype (No. 2000, Department of Geology, University of Melbourne).—The holotype is a straight or weakly curved portion of a siphuncle, consisting of three segments which together are 12.3 mm. long. ‘The siphuncle has a lateral diameter of 5.6 mm. and a dorso-ventral diameter of 4.7 mm. It is flattened across the venter. The siphuncular segments slope backwards from the ventral side to the dersal side at an angle of 65° with the axis of the siphuncle. One and a half segments occupy a distance equal to the lateral diameter of the siphuncle.
Ventrally the septa sloped much more steeply than on the dorsal side indicating that the siphuncle was situated close to the ventral side of the conch. The septal foramina lie close to the ventral side of the siphuncle. On the ventral surface, the septal necks are long and uniformly curved through approximately 170°. Dorsally the septal necks are larger and recurved through about 210°. ‘The siphuncle is constricted to a diameter of 2.7 mm. at the septal neck. A seg- mental furrow occurs on the ventral surface but is not well preserved. The surfaces of the segments are roughened by weathering of the granular matrix.
Description of paratype (No. 2001, Department of Geology, University of Melbourne).—The paratype is the only other known specimen belonging to this species. It consists of two siphuncular segments, is 7.4 mm. long, has a lateral diameter of 5.8 mm. and a dorso-ventral diameter of 5.2 mm. ‘The specimen has been sectioned in the dorso-ventral mid-plane. The siphuncle is constricted to a diameter of 2.7 mm. at the septal foramina.
On the dorsal side the septal necks are uniformly curved through an angle of 210°; the necks have a length of 1.4 mm. and the brims a width of 1.2 mm. ‘The septal necks on the ventral side are 1.2 mm. long, the brims only half this length; the septal necks are bent through 150°. The area of adnation measures 1.2 mm. on the dorsal side and 2.5 mm. on the ventral.
The endosiphuncular lining completely lines the siphuncle. It
229 TASMANIAN Orb. SIL. CEPHALOPODS: TTEICHERT & GLENISTER 47
is thickest on the ventral side. Partial recrystallizaticn has not cbliterated the fine laminated structure of this deposit. On the inside of the endosiphuncular lining lies a massive organic deposit penetrated by the radial canals. A large irregular endosiphuncular canal is present and from it branch simple radial canals in each segment of the siphuncle. These radial canals traverse the massive endosiphuncu- lar deposit but end at the inside of the endosiphuncular lining.
Comparisons.—Hecatoceras obliquum differs from Hecatoceras longinquum in having a more highly nummulodial siphuncle with longer, more oblique segments.
Occurrence.—In limestones of Ordovician age from the Smelter’s Quarry, Zeehan, western ‘Tasmania.
Family TROCHOLITIDAE Chapman, 1857 Genus TROCHOLITOCERAS Hyatt, 1894 Trocholitoceras idaense Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. Pl. 5, figs. 4-6
Description of holotype (No. 20883, Department of Geology, University of Tasmania).—The holotye is one-half of the phragmo- cone of a well-preserved discoidal tarphycone with a diameter of 49.5 mm. It consists of three and a half whorls, all of which are impressed dorsally and in contact with the preceding whorl. It 1s impossible to tell from the specimen whether the umbilicus was perforate or imperforate. [he whorls are subrectangular in cross-section. Thev are flatly depressed in the earlier whorls, increasing in height in later whorls so that in the last whorl the height is almost as great as the width. In the last whorl where the width is 16.8 mm., the height is 13.7 mm. and the whorl is impressed dorsally to a depth of 1.2 mm. whereas in the first whorls where the width is 7.7 mm. the height is 4.9 mm. and the whorl is impressed dorsally to a depth of .g mm. The siphuncle is small and almost in contact with the dorsal wall.
The shell is retained in several places. Strong ribs originate at the umbilical seam. They are directed radially for a short distance across the flanks but swing backwards to form a deep rounded sinus across the venter.
The sutures are simply undulating. A broad lobe occurs across the dorsum followed by a low saddle near the umbilical seam, a
48 BULLETIN 144 230
shallow lobe across the flanks and a low rounded saddle across the venter.
The septa! necks are short and orthochoanitic, the connecting rings thin and the siphuncle tubular. Neither cameral nor siphuncular deposits have been observed.
Comparisons.—This species has affinities with both T'rocholito- ceras and Discoceras. At maturity typical Discoceras species have a trapezoidal or quadrangular whorl cross-section with flattened venter and flanks, whereas the flanks and venter of Trocholitoceras are uniformly rounded. The Tasmanian species is somewhat flattened across the flanks and venter. The sutures of Discoceras are charac- terized by ventral, lateral and dorsal lobes and ventro-lateral and dorso-lateral saddles whereas those of VT rocholitoceras are directly transverse and nearly straight except on the dorsal side of the conch where they form shallow lobes. “The Tasmanian species is intermedi- ate having dorsal and lateral lobes and ventral and_ dorso-lateral saddles.
Occurrence.—Ordovician limestone, Mystery Creek Caves, Ida Bay, southeastern Tasmania.
Family BARRANDEOCERATIDAE Foerste, 1925 Genus GASCONSOCERAS Foerste, 1936
The genus Gasconsoceras was established by Foerste for conchs presenting the general aspect of a trochoceroid, but with the line of contact between the dorsal side of the living chamber and the pre- ceding volution lying along the medium part of this chamber. The conch enlarges rapidly and so has few whorls. Strong transverse ribs are present and form a deep lobe across the venter.
Foerste did not assign this genus to a family, but Flower and Kummel (1950) listed it as a member of the Barrandeoceratidae. In view of the considerable difference in conch shape between Gasconso- ceras and typical genera of this family, this assignment seems to be in need of verification. However, the Australian material affords no basis for a discussion of the affinities of the genus.
Gasconsoceras insperatum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. Pl. 6, figs. 1-4
1888. Phragmoceras, sp. indet., Johnston, Geology of Tasmania, pl. 4, oer, AI, oh
Description of holotype (No. B775, Tasmanian Museum, Ho-
231 TASMANIAN Orb. SIL, CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 49
bart).—The holotype and only known specimen belonging to this species is a rapidly expanding, depressed gyrocone consisting of one and a half whorls. The outer half whorl, presumably the body chamber, is almost straight and diverges rapidly from the preceding volution. The whorls do not appear to be in contact. They are almost flat across the dorsum, the flanks are sharply rounded and the venter uniformly convex. The dorso-ventral diameter increases trom 9 mm. to 26 mm. in a distance of 181 mm., measured along the venter, and the lateral diameter increases from 8 mm. to 40 mm. in the same distance. The whorl cross-section becomes strongly depressed and the dorsum flattened only in the straight portion of the shell.
The preservation is such that although the shell wall is well preserved, no trace of septa or siphuncle is discernible.
Irregularly spaced coarse ribs cover the adoral half whorl, but the shell of the inner whorl is smooth. ‘The ribs are transverse across the dorsum and flanks but bend backwards sharply across the venter to form a deep lobe. “Twelve ribs are present in a distance of 40 mm. in the straight portion of the conch. Numerous fine growth lines follow the same contours as the ribs indicating successive stages of a deep hyponomic sinus.
Comparisons.—In its observable features the Tasmanian specimen resembles the species of Gasconsoceras described by Foerste (1936) from the Middle Silurian of Gaspé Peninsula. “The most closely comparable features are the mode of coiling, the rapid expansion of the conch and the deep sinus reflected in the strong ribs across the venter. ‘The depressed cross-section, dorsal flattening, and absence of ornamentation in the earlier part of the conch distinguish the Tasmanian species from all those previously described.
Occurrence.-—Gordon River, western “Tasmania. The exact locality is unknown. Probably collected from the Gordon limestone and of Lower or Middle Silurian age.
50 at BULLETIN 144 i 232
BIBLIOGRAPHY
BKarrande, J.
1868. Systéme Silurien du centre de la Bohéme. Vol. 2, 3 me. série, pls. 245-350, Prague.
1874. Systéme Silurien du centre de la Bohéme. Vol.'2, texte, 3 me. pastie, pp. 1-804, Prague.
Bigsby, J. J.
1868. Thesaurus Siluricus,; the flora and fauna of the Silurian Period. London, 214 pp.
Brown, I. A.
1948. Lower Ordovician brachiopods from Junee District, Tasmania. Jour.* Paleont., -vol..22, No: 1,- pp. 35-39, pl.i's.
Chapman, F.
1919. On the occurrence of Tetradium in the Gordon River limestone, Lasmania. Tasmania Dept. Mines, Geol. Surv., Rec., No. 5, pp. 5-10, Teepe:
David, T. W. E.
1932. Explanatory notes to accompany a new geological map of the Commonwealth of Australia. Sydney, pp. 1-177.
Edwards, A. B.
1939. Some ‘observations on the mineral composition of the Mount Lyell copper ores, Tasmania, and their modes of occurrence. Aust. Insti: Min. Met., Proc., New Series, No. 114, pp. 67-109, 6 pls.
Eindo, R.',72 +
“1930. The presence of Nybyoceras in south Manchuria. Denison Uni. : Bull:, Jour::Sci:. Lab., vol. 25, pp. 297-300,. pl. 60. 1935. Additional fossils from the Canadian and Ordovician. rocks of the southern part of Manchoukuo. ‘Tohoku Imp. Uni., Sci. Rep., 2d ser. (Geol )-, vol. 16, No. 4, pp. 191-223, pls. 106-15. Etheridge, R., Jr.
1878. A catologue of Australian fossils. Cambridge, pp. 1-232. _
1896. Description of a small collection of Tasmanian Silurian fossils presented to the Australian Museum by Mr. A. Montgomery, M. 4., Government Geologist, Tasmania. Report of the Secretary for Mines, Tasmania, pp. 41-48, 1 pl.
Flower, R. H.
1939. Study of the Pseudorthoceratidae. Palaeont. Americana, vol. 2, No. 10, pp. 1-114, pls. 1-9.
1942. An Arctic cephalopod faunule from the Cynthiana of Kentucky. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 27, No. 103, pp. 41-90, pls. 4-7.
233 TASMANIAN ORp. SIL. CEPHALOPODS: “TEICHERT & GLENISTER 51
Flower, R. H.
1943. Annulated orthoceraconic genera of Paleozoic nautiloids. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 28, No. 109, pp. 102-128.
1946. Ordovician cephalopods of the Cincinnati region, Part I. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 29, No. 116, pp. 1-656, pls. 1-43.
Flower, R. H., and Kummel, R. Jr.
1950. A classification of the Nautiloidea. Jour. Paleont., vol. 24, No. 5, pp. 604-616.
Foerste, A. F.
1925a. Notes on cephalopod genera; chiefly coiled Silurian forms. Denison Uni. Bull., Jour. Sci. Lab., vol. 21, pp. 1-69, pls. 1-24.
1925b. Cephalopoda from the Lake Timiskaming area and related species. Appendix to Hume, G. S., The Palaeozoic outlier of Lake Timiskaming, Ontario and Quebec. Canada Geol. Surv., mem. 145, No. 125, geol. ser., pp. 64-93, pls. 10-16.
1929. The cephalopods of the Red River formation of southern Manitoba. Denison Uni. Bull., Jour. Sci. Lab, vol. 24, pp. 129-235, pls. 11-39.
1936. Silurian cephalopods of the Port Daniel area on Gaspé Penin- sula, in eastern Canada. Denison Uni. Bull., Jour. Sci. Lab., vol. 31,
pp. 21-92, pls. 4-26. Foerste, A. F., and Savage, T. E.
1927. Ordovician and Silurian cephalopods of the Hudson Bay area. Denison Uni. Bull., Jour. Sci. Lab., vol. 22, pp. 1-107, pls. 1-24.
Foerste, A. F., and Teichert, C.
1930. The actinoceroids of east-central North America. Denison Uni. Bull., Jour. Sci. Lab., vol. 25, pp. 201-296, pls. 27-59.
Gill, E. D., and Banks, M. R.
1950. Silurian and Devonian stratigraphy of Zeehan area. Roy. Soc. Tasmania Pap. and Proc., 1949, pp. 259-271, pls. 1-3.
Gould, C., 1862. Macquarie Harbour. Jour. House of Assembly, 2d Sess., 2d
Parl., Tasmania, Hobart, vol. 8, App. B, pap. 26, pp. 1-8.
1866. On the position of the Gordon lime-stones, relatively to other Palaeozoic formations, etc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, Monthly Not. of Pap. and Proc., pp. 27-29.
Hall, J., and Whitfield, R. P.
1875. Description of invertebrate fossils, mainly from the Silurian system. Ohio Geol. Surv., rept. 2, pt. 2, Paleontology, pp. 65-157,
pls. 1-9. Hill, D.
1942. Some Tasmanian Palaeozoic corals. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, Pap. and Proc., 1941, pp. 3-11, pl 2.
52 BULLETIN 144 234
Hill, D.
1943. A re-interpretation of the Australian Palaeozoic record, based on a study ef the rugose corals. Roy. Soc. Queensland, Proc., vol. 54, No. 6, pp. 53-66.
Hill, D., and Edwards, A. B.
19st. Note on a Collection of fossils from Queenstown, Tasmania. Roy. Soc: Victoxia, Proce, vol. 535 ms. pt. 1 pps 222-230) xn pl:
Hills, C. L.
1927. A synopsis of the geology of the Lyell district, Tasmania. Aust. Inst. Min. Met., Proc., n.s., No. 66, pp. 129-149.
Hills, C. L., and Carey, S. W.
1949. Geology and mineral industry. Australia New Zealand Assoc. Advance. Sci, Handbook of Tasmania, pp. 21-44.
Johnston, R. M.
1888. Systematic account of the Geology of Tasmania. Hobart, pp. 1-408, pls. 1-57.
Kobayashi, T.
1934. The Cambro-Ordovician formations and faunas of South Chos- en, palaeontology, pt. 1, Middle Ordovician faunas. Jour. Fac. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, sect. 2, vol. 3, pt. 8, 190 pp., 44 pls.
1936. On the Stereoplasmoceratidae. Jap. Jour. Geog. Geol., vol. 13, Nos. 3-4, Trans. No. 18, pp. 229-242, pl. 26.
1940a. On the Ordovocian shelly faunas in the southwestern Pacific Province. Jap. Jour. Geol. Geogr., Trans. and Abst., vol. 17, Nos. I-2, Pp. 105-125.
1940b. Lower Ordovician fossils from Junee, Tasmania. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, Pap. and Proc., 1939, pp. 61-76, pl. 12.
1949. The Akiyoshi and Sakawa orogenes on the south-western side of the Pacific Basin. Jap. Jour. Geol. Geogr., vol. 21, Nos. 1-4, PP. 75-99.
Kobayashi, T., and Matumoto, T.
1942. Miscellaneous notes on Cambro-Ordovician geology and palaeon- tology; 10, Three new Toufangian nautiloids from eastern Jehol. Jap. Jour. Geol. and Geogr., vol. 18, No. 4, pp. 313-317, pls. 30-31.
Lewis, A. N.
1940. Geology of the Tyenna Valley. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, Pap. and Proc., 1939, pp. 33-59, pls. 7-10.
Miller, A. K., Dunbar, C. O., and Condra, G. E.
1933. The nautiloid cephalopods of the Pennsylvanian System in the mid-continental region. Nebraska Geol. Sury., Bull. No. 9, 2d ser.,
pp. 1-240, pls. 1-24.
235 TASMANIAN ORD. SIL. CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 53
Nye, P. B., and Blake, F.
1938. The geology and mineral deposits of Tasmania.:Tasmania Dept. Mines, Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 44, pp. 1-105,
Parks, W. A.
1915. Palaeozoic fossils from a region southwest of Hudson Bay; a description of the fossils collected’ by Joseph B. Tyrrell, Esq., F.R.S.C., in_ the district of . Patricia, Ontario, and in northern Mani- toba during the summer. ‘of. 1912, Roy. Canadian AInst., .yol. 11, pp. 1-95, pls. 1-7.
Reid, A. M.
1924. The oil shale resources of Tasmania. ‘Tasmania Dept. Mines, Geol. Surv., Min. Resources, No. 8, vol. 1, pp. 1-113, 3 pls.
Shimizu, S., and Obata, T.
1935. New genera of Gotlandian and Ordovician nautiloids. Jour. Shanghai Sci. Inst., sec. 2, vol. 2, pp. 1-10.
1936. Three new genera of Ordovician nautiloids belonging to the Wutinoceratidae (nov.) from east Asia. Jour. Shanghai Sci. Inst., SECs) 27 Vl) 2) PP 27-315-
Schindewolf, O. H.
1942. Discosoriden (Ceph., Nautil.) im deutschen Devon. Jb. Reichs- stelle fiir Bodenforschung, Bd. 62., 1941, pp. 499-533, Pls. 34-42.
Teichert, C.
1933. Der Bau der actinoceroiden Cephalopoden. Palaeontographica, Bd. 78, Abt. A, pp. 111-230, pls. 8-15.
1947. Early Ordovician cephalopods from Adamsfeld, Tasmania. Jour. Paleont., vol. 21, No. 5, pp. 420-428, pl. 58.
Teichert, C., and Glenister, B. F.
1952. Fossil nautiloid faunas from Australia. Jour. Paleont., vol. 26 No. 5, pp. 730-752, pls. 104-108.
Thomas, D. E.
1945a. A critical review of Tasmanian graptolite records. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, Pap. and Proc., 1944, pp. 9-11.
1945b. Report of the Geological Survey. Tasmania Dept. Mines, Rept. of the Director, 1943, pp. 21-23.
1948. A critical review of the lower Palaeozoic succession of Tas- mania. Roy. Soc. Victoria, Proc., vol. 59, pt. I, n.s., Pp. 23-52.
Troedsson, G. T. 1926. On the Middle and Upper Ordovician faunas of northern
Greenland, I, Cephalopods. Medd. om Grgnland, vol. 71, Copen- hagen, pp. 1-157, pls. 1-65.
54 BULLETIN 144 236
Twelvetrees, W. H.
1909. Outlines of the geology of Tasmania. Rept. Secretary of Mines, Tasmania, 1908, pp. 115-169.
1915. The Catamaran and Strathblane Coal Fields and coal and limestone at Ida Bay. Tasmania Dept. Mines, Geol. Surv., Bull., No. 20, pp. 1-59, 16 pls.
Twelvetrees, W. H., and Ward, L. K.
1910. The ore-bodies of the Zeehan field. Tasmania Dept. Mines, Geol. Surv., Bull., Ne. 8, pp. 1-165, pls. 1-9.
PEAHES
PLATE aGi4)
56 BULLETIN 144 238 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 1 (14)
Figure Page
1, 2. Manchuroceras’ Steanei’ Teichert)\(903...-200-0 40 52s eee 13
Ordovician, Adamsfield, south central Tasmania. Hypotype, No. 20514. 1, lateral X1; 2, dorso-anterior Xr.
3-5. Allocotoceras insigne Teichert and Glenister, n. gen., n. sp. .... 16
Ordovician, Adamsfield, south central Tasmania. Holotype, No. 21181, <r. 3, anterior; 4, ventral: 5, lateral:
6, 7. Nybyoceras paucicubiculatum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. .. 18
Ordovician, Railton, northern Tasmania. 6, hypotype, No. O. S. 37:11. Lateral section through centre of siphuncle X1. 7, holo- type, No. O.S. 37:10. Off centre, dorso-ventral section through siphuncle Xt.
8. Ormoceras johnstoni Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. .......... 27
Ordovician, Zeehan, northern Tasmania. Holotype, No. O.S. 37:12. Dorso-ventral cross-section through centre of siphuncle x1. See also. Pll 25 figs 5:
9. Nybyoceras paucicubiculatum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. ... 18
Ordovician, Railton, northern Tasmania. Holotype, No. O.S. 37: 10. Section of siphuncle in dorso-ventral mid-plane 3/4.
No. 144, Pu. 1
BULL. AMER. PALEONT.
? )
eo 1+, VOL. :
5
~S me.
.*
Reeve syed .« 9 PuAmEr 235645)
‘ 7 f . a vi f- : i fee j ea aH ‘ , ¥ ae ~- i
58 BULLETIN 144 240
te
EXPLANATION OF PLATE 2 (15)
Figure Page
1-3. .Nybyoceras multicubiculatum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. .... 20
Ordovician, Railton, northern Tasmania. 1, holotype, No. O.S. 37:13. Section in dorso-ventral mid-plane X1. 2-3, paratype, No. O.S. 37:9.2, section in lateral plane through centre ot siphuncle 2; 3, off centre cross-section X1.
4. Orthonybyoceras tasmaniense Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. .. 24
Ordovician, Maydenna, south central Tasmania. Holotype, No. 21146. Dorso-ventral section in mid-plane X2.
5. Ormoceras johnstoni Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. ............ PALL
Ordovician, Zeehan, northern Tasmania. Holotype, No. O.S. 37:12 Eccentric dorso-ventral cross-section X1. See also Pl. 1, fig. 8.
»
No. 144, Pu.
AMER. PALEONT.
J3iE IDI
Pu. 15, VoL. 34
ae
on
PERE;
a
i
V/
a
a oly,
ey
60
BULLETIN 144
*
EXPLANATION OF PLATE 3
(16) Figure Page 1-4. Anaspyroceras anzaas Teichert and Glenister, n sp. ........ 29 Ordovician, Zeehan, western Tasmania. 1-3, holotype, No. 1991, 31/25 1, latenalis’ 2) ventral: 93, (dorsal) 4, paratype, No: 1992, dorso-ventral mid-section X2. 5,6; “Anaspyroceras, SPs) h.tiic. cc. dees oneoiemron einer e eae eee 31 Ordovician?, Gordon River, western Tasmania. Hypotype, No. B8s5o0. 5, lateral X1; 6, dorso-ventral x2. 7-9. Ephippiorthoceras decorum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. . 40 Silurian, Gordon River, western Tasmania. Holotype, No. Bgo04. 7, dorsal X1; 8, lateral X1; 9, anterior X1. See also Pl. 4, fig. 9. 10, 11. Mysterioceras australe Teichert and Glenister, n. gen., n. sp. .. 34 Ordovician, Ida Bay, southeastern ‘Tasmania. 10, holotype, No. 20883a. Dorso-ventral cross-section X2. No. 20883b.
*
II, paratype, Dorso-ventral cross-section X 4.
» me)
No. 144, Pu. :
PALEONT.
AMER.
ULL.
B
t
) )
Pr. 16, VOL. <
=.
62 BULLETIN 144 244 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 4 (17) Figure Page 1-3. Gordonoceras bondi, Teichert and Glenister, n. gen., n. sp. . 39 Silurian, Gordon River, western Tasmania. Holotype, No. B8os. 1, lateral X1; 2, ventral X1; 3, dorso-ventral cross-section X2. 4,5. Tasmanoceras zeehanense Teichert and Glenister .............. 16 Ordovician, Gordon River, western Tasmania. Paratype, No. B845, X1. 4, lateral; 5, dorsal. 6-8. Beloitoceras kirtoni Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. ............ 42 Ordovician, Queenstown, western Tasmania. Holotype, No. 1990, X1. 6, dorsal; 7, lateral; 8, posterior. 9. Ephippiorthoceras decorum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. ...... 40 Silurian, Gordon River, western Tasmania . Holotype, No. B8o4. Dorso-ventral cross-section X2. See also Pl. 3, figs. 7-9. 10. Beloitoceras kirtoni Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. ............. 42
Ordovician, Queenstown, western Tasmania. Holotype, No. 1990. Dorse-ventral section X3 /2.
BULL. AMER. PALEONT. No. 144, Pr. +
Pu. 17, Vou. 34
PLATE 5 (18)
64 BULLETIN 144 246
we
EXPLANATION OF PLATE 5 (18)
Figure Page
1-3. Stromatoceras eximium Teichert and Glenister, n. gen., n. sp. .. 37
Silurian, Gordon River, western Tasmania. Holotype, No. B774. 1, lateral X1; 2, dorso-ventral cross-section 2; 3, posterior Xt.
4-6. Trocholitoceras idaense Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. .......... 47
Ordovician, Ida Bay, southeastern Tasmania. Holotype, No. 20883, <1. 4, lateral; 5, median transverse cross-section; 6, ventral.
Buu. AMER. PALEONT. No. 144, Pu. 5
Pu. 18, Vou. 3+
66 BULLETIN 144 248
a
EXPLANATION OF PLATE 6 (19)
Figure Page
1-4.. Gasconsoceras insperatum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. ...... 48
Silurian, Gordon River, western Tasmania. Holotype, No. B775, x1. 1, ventral; 2, lateral; 3, dorsal; 4, anterior.
5-10. Hecatoceras obliquum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. .......... 46
Ordovician, Zeehan, western ‘Tasmania. 5-7, paratype, No. 2001, <3. 5, lateral; 6, ventral; 7, dorsal. 8-10, holotype, No. 2000, <3. 8, lateral; 9, ventral; 10, dorsal:
11. Hecatoceras longinquum Teichert and Glenister .............. 43
Ordovician, Zeehan, western Tasmania. Hypotype, No. 1998. Ventral” ><3°
Px. 19, VoL. 3 BULL. AMER..PALEONT. No. 144, PL. 6
re —— eae
Paleozoic Paleontology and Tertiary Foraminifera.
CR ay (efor fT Aacl. 15 Bibi 0) 0 Pais t5: ih 0 THOME) Sean ANS RSS a SP Corals, Cretaceous microfauna and biography of Conrad.
PRO CONOSS i RO RSa) ci iGaty DD inert ES.) yak vec ane e an eee rey ire ty Mainly Paleozoic faunas and Tertiary Mollusca. BW a! | CNOS.)) SS=940s) S00) DD. SO DIS Ni. Ome Be Sav Paleozoic fossils of Ontario, Oklahoma and Colombia, Mesozoic echinoids, California Pleistocene and Maryland Miocene mollusks. See AUNOS 95-200) 420) Dp. \ OS) IS.) ke ee oe Florida Recent marine shells, Texas Cretaceous fossils, Cuban and Peruvian Cretaceous, Peruvian Fogene corals, and geology and paleontology of Ecuador. AOXVEL.|) (Nos. 101-108). 376) pp:,..86) Disses oe ee . Tertiary Mollusca, Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian fish and Paleozoic geology and fossils of .Venezuela. es VEE.) (Nos. 109-114). 412 | pps 54) Dish ele ee Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian of Idaho, Cretaceous and Eocene mollusks, Cuban and Venezuelan forams. en (NOS. 115-016) 6738 “DpU 52 pls. ee a Bowden forams and Ordovician cephalopods. SS VARS (BS CST 0 lyr SESS) 93 8) 0 AM aa ay 0 Fiesta Nagy ean SAPs a Jackson Eocene mollusks. meme SINGS TES=028) . ADO PDs 2d DIS) ies has cis tere ar eck bek Venezuelan and California mollusks, Chemung and Pennsylvania crinoids, Cypraeidae, Cretaceous, Mio- cene and Recent corals, Cuban and Floridian forams, and Cuban fossil localities. eee (NOS) h29=Tao)4 294) pL SSIS! ok Ci alk ma a oe Silurian cephalopods, crinoid studies, Tertiary forams, and Mytilarca. om REN, (NOS. 34-139). (448 ipp 51) plsi i) be ee ck el RU oe eels Devonian annelids, Tertiary mollusks, Ecuadoran stratigraphy and paleontology. ‘XXXIV. (Nos. 140-144; 145 in press). A Trinidad Globigerinidae, Ordovician Enopleura, Tas- manian Ordovician cephalopods and Tennessee Or- dovician ostracods.
PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA
Volume 1. (Nos. 1-5). 519 pp., 75 pls. Monographs of Arcas, Lutetia, rudistids and venerids. EEC NOS AGED) E/N DOd MD VOU MLSs Urea acie erat falar daar beatae
Heliophyllum halli, Tertiary turrids, Neocene Spondyli, Paleozoic cephalopods, Tertiary Fasciolarias and Paleozoic and Recent Hexactinellida.
Ill. (Nos. 13-24, other numbers in preparation.)
Paleozoic cephalopod structure and phylogeny, Paleo- zoic siphonophores, Busycon, Devonian fish studies, gastropod studies, Carboniferous crinoids, Cretaceous jellyfish, Platystrophia, and Venericardia in pre- paration.
CNOSK 2d— 2G) e MOOOMDDs OL UDISM Weenie tanneries iu acme Bets
8.00
10.00
9.00
9.00 10.00 10.00
8.00
10.00
12.00
CONDENSED TABLE OF CONTENTS OF BULLETINS OF AMERICAN
PALEONTOLOGY AND PALEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA
Volume 1. i Tit.
(Nos.
BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY
(Nos. 1-5). 354 pp., 32 pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca. (Nos. 6-10). .347 pp., 23 pls. Tertiary Mollusca and Foraminifera, Paleozoic faunas. (Nos. 11-15). 402 pp., 29 pis. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and faunas. (Nos. 16-21). 161 pp., 26 pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and faunas. (Nos. 22-30). 487 pp., 68 pls. Tertiary fossils mainly Santo Domingan, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils. (No. 31). 268 pp., 59 pls. Claibornian Eocene pelecypods. (No. 32). 730 pp., 99 pls. Claibornian Eocene scaphopods, cephalopods. (Nos. 33-26). 357 pp., 15 pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca. (Nos. 37-39). 462 pp., 35 pls. Tertiary Mollusca mainly from Costa Rica. (Nos. 40-42). 382 pp., 54 pls. Tertiary forams and mollusks mainly from Trinidad and Paleozoic fossils. (Nos, 43-46). 272 pp., 41 pls. Tertiary, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils mainly from Venezuela. (Nos. 47-48). 494 pp., 8 pls. Venezuela and Trinidad forams and Mesozoic inverte- - brate bibliography. 49-50). 264 pp., 47 pls. Venezuelan Tertiary Mollusca and Tertiary Mammalia. (Nos. 51-54). 306 pp., 44 pls. Mexican Tertiary forams and Tertiary ‘mollusks of Peru and Colombia. (Nos. 55-58). 314 pp., 86 pls. Mainly Ecuadoran, Peruvian and Mexican Tertiary forams and mollusks and Paleozoic fossils. (Nos. 59-61). 140 pp., 48 pls. Venezuela and Trinidad Tertiary Mollusca. (Nos. 62-63). 283 pp., 33 pls. Peruvian Tertiary Mollusca. (Nos. 64-67). 286 pp., 29 pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Cretaceous corals. (No. 68). 272 pp., 24 pls. Tertiary Paleontology, Peru. (Nos. 69-70C). 266 pp., 26 pls. Cretaceous and Tertiary Palkouthiees of Peru and Cuba. (Nos. 71-72). 321 pp., 12 pls. Paleozoic Paleontology and Stratigraphy.
gastropods, and
—
7
BULLETINS
AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY
VOL. XXXIV
NUMBER 145 MUS. . COMP, “COMP. Z60L.
1954 HADVEDA UNIVERSITY
i. | | / | JUL 3 0 fy |
Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New Yor
PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION
1953-54 PRESIDENT a5) heed ese a eee eo eats opened ehuiisirrorete haha laveterere KENNETH E. CASTER WICESPRESIDENT O72 ssccveia cicval a roieiraeners Qiovetanclone tena leseteusie oi eustoueunerate W. Storrs Cove SECRETARY ="TREASURER iis/ctoisroichatelorsierneietal state ero eo elsaeteleceeiehelss REBECCA S. HARRIS DIRECTOR) Ve cic) eleva careless lertinve ee NII ee aid a KATHERINE V. W. PALMER COUNSEL) Sate cneaieilees ae le las evade toe aveveveteterertetatels ei eheue te ARMAND L. ADAMS Trustees KENNETH E, CASTER (1949-54) KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (Life) W. Storrs CoLe (1952-58) RALPH A. LIDDLE (1950-56) RousszEAU H. FLOWER (1950-55) AXEL A. OLsson (Life) ReBecca S. Harris (Life) NorMAN E, WEISBORD (1951-57)
SoLomon C. HOLuisTER (1953-59)
BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY and PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA
KATHERINE V. W. PALMER, Editor Lempi H. SINCEBAUGH, Secretary
Editorial Board KENNETH E. CASTER G. WINSTON SINCLAIR
Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be had on application. All volumes available except Vols. I and III of Bulletins and Vol. I of Palaeortographica Americana.
Paleontological Research Institution 109 Dearborn Place Ithaca, New York U.S.A.
BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY
Vol. 34
No. 145
A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE CONULARIDA
By
G. Winston Sinclair Ohio Wesleyan University
And
Eugene 8S. Richardson, d2.
Chicago Natural History Museum
July 19, 1954
PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION ITHACA, NEw YorK WenosAs
MUS. COMP. 200L. LIBRARY
JUL 3.0 1954)
HARVARD
NIVERSITY
y
|
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: GS53-187
Printed in the United States of America
Page TOL ACCME ets See reise a eicansjare oS Brava wilds bes oleate ere Moves ein eR ene Glee iess 5 lion eYeatin. Pee See eG A Sereno aceon mee Como nie metre driricnac too cneee Gi Bi bio pr apliyeee es is.s seis coe ao ts atest, cape eae Mepis ee Meares See 9 Index
TABLE OF CONTENTS
eee eee eee ee eee eee ee ee sees ese eee sees se eeeseeeeesnesesesttoseesescresn
2 a
aTMITYOO ZO GAT
=
a: ; : ; } ‘= ist - ° r ty Oey Ae Goel ear Nee kk MOR Pathe heey esa Se Stal) WAL AN tim Yom NCS Th ag pet os Myla em ee i$) alka PORIGA 7 . rs
3
eA et PY ne ee RY ery ary er scaruesae MONSYDORRE |
° t % me
Sa ee. oe | | iqargoili!
an ta PET Ret OT arr eee cee = A = r
' PARC oars nm vpm ain shriein, ois sa of bao WKuv st wheter ye Sh ke tnw nbd vA Pal Adalat! al wigy AlN) suas tea Teena) ein aiene xobinl |
ov
253 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 5
PREFACE
Almost fifteen years ago I became interested in the problematic fossils then placed in the genus Conularia. Systematic study was be- gun, at first of the Ordovician forms, later of the group as a whole. This expansion of my interest was due in large part to the encourage- ment of the late Dr. E. M. Kindle. A number of short papers were published, which presented descriptions and summaries of individual genera. In 1946 completion of a monographic study of the entire group seemed possible within a reasonable time and publication of disconnected fragments appeared no longer necessary. By 1948 this work had advanced sufficiently to warrant its presentation to the Faculty of Graduate Studies and Research of McGill University as a doctoral thesis.
Since then my progress has been discouraging. A great many loose ends remain. Each month turns up new material demanding incorporation and revision and my ignorance of the biologic position of the group is as profound as it ever was. In short, completion of a truly monographic study seems as far away as it did six years ago. Many friends and colleagues have expressed their confidence in the work by the loan of material, in some cases for periods of years. I think it an obligation to them to publish now what I know of the conularids leaving future discoveries to appear as supplements.
This bibliography is published first in order to avoid repetition of references in the systematic parts of the work and to give other workers the benefit of this phase of the research, which we hope may stand by itself as a useful contribution.
While a graduate student at Pennsylvania State College Mr. Richardson worked with Professor Frank M. Swartz on a faunule of Devonian conularids and in connection with that study compiled a great many references to conularid literature in general. When I met Mr. Richardson in 1945 we realized that while in part we had been working the same ground, still our varied opportunities for study had led each to sources the other had missed, and we decided to pool our bibliographic notes. Since then Mr. Richardson has gone on to other responsibilities and other fields of research, but the completion of this bibliography has been a joint work. For the past seven years we have exchanged slips, comments, and criticisms.
6 BULLETIN 145 254
I regret that I have found no way to include what must have been my earliest introduction to Conularia — a figure decorating the spine of a uniform edition of Hugh Miller which I bought piece meal from Thorburn and Abbott’s second-hand bookstall in Ottawa, long before I knew there was such a genus.
G. Winston Sinclair Delaware, Ohio October 20, 1952.
255 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 7
INTRODUCTION
We believe this bibliography includes essentially all the works in which conularids have been described or figured. “That we have here all records of the occurrence of conularids we seriously doubt, but we do feel that for North American species it is fairly complete.
So far as we could we have verified dates and other information, -especially for papers in which genera and species are defined. Many ‘entries remain incomplete. We must leave them for later amendment, asking the assistance of colleagues who have access to data we lack.
References to secondary sources such as textbooks have not been
particularly sought, but we have included them when found. To omit them would be to omit the first publication of some species, new figures of others, and of still others accessible figures taken from rare primary sources. It seemed impossible, and in terms of our present purpose not wholly desirable, to draw a line to include the texts we thought “useful”, and to exclude the twentieth repetition of the hoary figure of C. ornata.
We have been similarly uncritical of faunal lists. Many of these are patently useless or redundant. Their usefulness should be a con- cern not of the bibliographer, but of the systematist, and they will be evaluated elsewhere. Faunal lists are the raw material for all our generalizations about range and distribution, and so we have included all papers known to us in which the occurrence of conularids is noted, but not texts and such works in which species are simply referred to without illustration. Records in the form “Conularia sp.” have not ordinarily been noticed, except where this is the only record of the group in a formation or geographic area, or unless it is to be definitely referred to in other parts of the work.
Under each entry we give (except for a few compendia) the trivial names of the conularids noticed in it. This brevity is possible since no valid trivial name seems to be duplicated in the group, ex- cept quadrata, which has been applied to a Climacoconus and a Conulariopsis. The relative importance of the records is indicated typographically. The first valid description of a species is noted by the use of capitals. A reference, other than the first description, in which something is added to our knowledge of the species (an illustra- tion or a supplementary description) is noted by an asterisk. “Thus,
8 BULLETIN 145 256
a lower case name without asterisk indicates that the species was simply listed, and the reference may be ignored by a student interest- ed only in morphology.
Many of these citations are incorrect, in terms of our current understanding of the group. We experimented with various ways of indicating synonymies, only to decide that any clear system would be tar too cumbersome and, more important, could not include data to permit the reader to judge the accuracy of our assignments. Therefore, only in some obvious cases do we indicate that a citation refers to some species other than that named. We have indicated, by the use of italics, that a name is for some reason unacceptable. For example, the species Conularia sowerbyi appears in many lists of European fossils, although the name is an objective junior synonym of C. quadrisulcata and cannot be used for any species. We have not tried to show what we think each author meant by this name but have sim- ply italicized it to indicate that it is not correct as it stands.
An index without synonymies would be meaningless, but we have appended a list of the trivial names used in the group (italicizing those not accepted) with their author and date for reference to the original description.
257 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 9
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Abel, Othenio
1935. Vorzeitliche Lebensspuren. Jena. xv-+644 pp., 530 figs. reticulata
Adams, Frank D[awson], and Leroy, Osmond El[dgar]
1904. The artesian and other deep wells on the island of Montreal. Geological Survey of Canada, Annual Report, vol. 14, pt. O (No. 863), 74 pp., 6 figs. This report was also issued in a French edition in 1909, 78 pp., and in the whole volume (in English) in 1906, dated 1905. trentonensis
Ahlfeld, Federico
1946. Geologia de Bolivia. Museo de La Plata, Revista, n. s., Seccidén geologica, tomo 3, pp.5-370, 115 figs., map. ulrichana*
Alcock, FLlrederick] J[ames]
1935. Geology of the Chaleur Bay region. Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir 183, iv+146 pp., 26 pl. 15 figs. This memoir was also issued in a French edition, 165 pp.
C. sp. (Mictaw)
Ami, Henry Mlarc]
1882. The Utica slate. Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, Transactions, No. 3 [vol. 1], pp. 61-66. Also issued separately as: The Utica slate formation with special reference to the exposures of that formation at and near Ottawa City. Ottawa. 8 pp.
trentonensis, hudsonia
1884. List of fossils from Ottawa and_ vicinity. Ottawa Field- Naturalists’ Club, Transactions, No. 5 (vol. 2, No. 1), pp. 54-62. Also issued separately as: A classified list of the Cambro- Silurian and Post-Tertiary fossils, from Ottawa and_ vicinity. Ottawa. 10 pp. trentonensis, hudsonia
1887. Notes on, and the precise geological horizon of Siphonotreta scotica, Davidson. Ottawa Naturalist, vol. 1, No. 9, pp. 121-126. trentonensis
1891. On the geology of Quebec and environs. Geological Society of America, Bulletin, vol. 2, pp. 477-502, pl. 20 trentonensis
1892. Palaeontological notes, I. On a collection of fossils from the
Ordovician of Joliette, in the Province of Quebec. Canadian Record of Science, vol. 5, No. 2, pp. 104-107.
trentonensis 1892a. The Utica terrane in Canada. Canadian Record of Science, vol. 5, No. 3, pp. 166-183; No. 4, pp. 234-246. Also issued separ-
ately, 32 pp.
trentonensis, hudsonia 1892b. Catalogue of Silurian fossils from Arisaig, Nova _ Scotia. Nova Scotian Institute of Science, Transactions, series 2, vol. 1, pp. 185-192. Niagarensis
10 BULLETIN 145 258
1896. Preliminary lists of the organic remains occurring in the various geological formations comprised in the south-west quarter-sheet map of the Eastern Townships of the Province of Quebec. Geological Survey of Canada, Annual Report, vol. 7, pt. J (No. 579), Pp. 113J-157). This report was also issued in French, in volume form only, in 1897. Ami’s appendix was also issued separately from the rest of part J, and paged 1-45.
quadrata, trentonensis
1896a. Notes on some fossils from the Trenton of Highgate Springs, Vermont, near the Canadian Boundary Line. Ottawa Naturalist, vol. 9, No. 10, pp. 215-216.
trentonensis
1896b. Notes on some of the fossil organic remains comprised in the geological formations and outliers of the Ottawa Palaeozoic Basin. Royal Society of Canada, section IV, Transactions, series 2, vol. 2, pp. 151-158.
trentonensis, hudsonia
1897. Synopsis of the geology of Montreal. British Medical Associa- tion, Official Guide and Souvenir. Montreal. Author’s separ- ate seen, 5 pp.
trentonensis
1900. On the geology of the principal cities in eastern Canada. Royal Society of Canada, section IV, Transactions, series 2, vol. 6, pp. 125-173, 5 tables. trentonensis 1go1. Lists of fossils obtained from the several formations along the Ottawa River pertaining to the report on sheet No. 121, Quebec and Ontario (Grenville Sheet). Geological Survey of Canada, Annual Report, vol. 12, pt. J (No. 739), pp. 139J-143J. This report was issued in volume form in 1902, and in French in volume form only in 1908, dated 1902. trentonensis
rgo1a. Lists of fossils to accompany report by Dr. R. W. Ells on the City of Ottawa map. Geological Survey of Canada, Annual Report, vol. 12, pt. G (No. 741), pp: 51G-77G. This report was issued in volume form in 1902, and in French in volume form only in 1908, dated 1902. Ami’s lists were also issued separately from the rest of part G and paged 1-29, with the title: Pre- liminary lists of the organic remains occurring in the various geological formations comprised in the map of the Ottawa dis- trict, including portions of the provinces of Quebec and Ontario, along the Ottawa River.
trentonensis
[1905.] Preliminary lists of fossil organic remains from the Potsdam, Beekmantown (Calciferous), Chazy, Black River, Trenton, Utica, and Pleistocene formations comprised within the Perth Sheet (No. 119) in eastern Ontario. Geological Survey of Canada, Annual Report, vol. 14, pt. J (No. 790), pp. 8o0J-89J. Part J was issued in 1905, dated 1904, and in volume form in 1906, dated 1905. The French edition of part J alone appeared in 1915, dated 1914, and paged iv+107.
gracilis Ancoin, Ch., and Vendercammen, A.
1951. Découverte de Vhorizon a Gastrioceras crenulatum au toit de la
couche Désirée, au Charbonnage d’Ougrée. Conséquences au point
259 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON II
Anderson, 1936.
Anderson, 1883.
Andrews, 1871.
1878.
Andrusov, 1925.
de vue de la synonymie des couches du bassin de Seraing et du
massif de Herve. Société Géologique de Belgique, Annales, Bulle-
tin, tome 74, Nos. 7-10, pp. B265-B28o, including plate 1, fig. 1-3. crustula
E[rnest] Mlasson]
Catalogue of types and figured specimens of fossils in the Geo- logical Survey Collections, now exhibited in the Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh. London (Department of Scientific and Industrial Research). 77 pp.
hastata, tenuis
WLilliam] P., Ami, H. M., and Watters, H[enry]
Report of the geological and mineralogical branch for the season of 1882. Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, Transactions, No. 4 [vol. 1], pp. 64-66.
trentonensis
El[benezer] BlLaldwin]
Report of progress in the Second District. Geological Survey of Ohio [Report for 1869], pp. 55-142, 24 figs, map. Also issued as: Bericht tiber den Fortschkritt im zaweiten Distrikte. Geologische Vermassung des Staates Ohio, pp. 53-137. newberryi An elementary geology, designed especially for the interior states. New York, Cincinnati & Chicago, vii+283 pp., 432 figs. micronema* Dimitrij Geologické proméry z birozpka. Statniho geologickeho Ustavu
Ceskoslovenské Republiky, Sbornik, svazek V, pp. 53-110, 2 plates. robusta
Ansted, DiLavid] TLhomas]
1854.
Geological science. London x+302 pp., figs. ornata*
» Tennant, Jlames], and Mitchell, Walter]
Geology, mineralogy, and cristallography: being a_ theoretical, practical, and descriptive view of inorganic nature. The form and classification of crystals, and a chemical arrangement of
minerals. London. 587 pp., figs. A volume in Orr’s Circle of Sciences series. ornata*
Archiac, [Etienne Jules Adolphe Desmier de St. Simon] d’ (Viscount)
1843.
ee
Note sur les formations dites pélagiques, et sur la profondeur a laquelle ont du se déposer les couches de sediment. Société géologique de France, Bulletin, tome 14, pp. 517-527.
» and de Verneuil, Efdouard P.]
On the fossils of the older deposits of the Rhenish provinces, preceded by a general Survey of the fauna of the Palaeozoic rocks, and followed by a tabular list of the organic remains of the Devonian system in Europe. Geological Society of London, Transactions, series 2, vol. 6, pt. 2, pp. 303-410, pl. 25-37. Also issued as: Mémoire sur les fossiles des terrains anciens des provinces
12 BULLETIN 145 260
rhénanes, &c., Paris: Consisting of a complete rerrint of the English paper, plus a translation of pages 303-355, paged 1-40. GERVILLEI, ORNATA, GEROLSTEINENSIS, BRONGNIARTI
Argeliez,
1856. [Letter to Elie de Beaumont.] Société géologique de France, Bulletin, série 2, fome 13, pp. 186-188. CANCELLATA. This, the only Jurassic record of a conularid, is unsupported.
Armstrong, James, and Young, John
1877. Notes on the fossils of the Orchard limestone series. Geological! Society of Glasgow, Transactions, vol. 5, pp. 250-261. quadrisulcata, irregularis
Merad eae » ..+++...+., and Robertson, David
1876. Catalogue of the western Scottish fossils, with introduction on the geology and palaeontology of the district by Professor Young M. D. Glasgow, 164 pp., 4 pl. map. elongata, sowerbyi, quadrisulcata
Asatkin, B. P. (Bb. II. AcaTkKuH) 1931. Hoebvle Oannoie no cmpamuepapuu nuacneeo cusypa Jlenunepadcnot 06- Jacmu, New contributions to the stratigraphy of the Lower Silurian of the Leningrad Province. U.S. S. R., United Geological and Pros- pecting Service, Bulletin, vol. 50, fasc. 81, 10 pp. (1209-1218). C. sp. (Ordovician)
Asselberghs, Etienne
1927. Le synclinal de lEifel et Vanticlinal de Givonne dans les Ar- dennes francaise et belge, a TOuest de Bertrix-Herbeumont. Institut géologique de l’Université de Louvain, Mémoires, tome 4, Na 1, pp. 1-97, pl. 1-2, 23 figs.
C. sp. (Gedinnien)
1936. Le Dévonien du bord nord du Bassin de Namur. Institut geéo- logique de l'Université de Louvain, Mémoires, tome 10 (Livre jubilaire Félix Kaisin), pp. 229-325, pl. 21-22, 4 figs.
C. sp. (Assise de Bovesse)
1941. Emsien et Koblenzschichten en Ardenne, dans ['CEsling et dans l'Eifel. Institut géologique de l'Université de Louvain, Mém- oires, tome 13, No. 3, pp.63-89.
subparallela
1946. L’Eodévonien de l’Ardenne et des Régions wvoisines. Institut géo- logique de l'Université de Louvain, Mémoires, tome 14, 598 pp., 9 pl., 121 figs., map.
subparallela
Athy, Llawrence] Flerdinand]
1928. Geology and mineral resources of the Herscher Quadrangle. Illinois, State Geological Survey, Bulletin 55, 120 pp., 38 figs., maps.
C. sp. (Essex limestone)
Atwater, Caleb
1820. On some ancient human bones &c. with a notice of the bones of the mastodon or mammoth, and of various shells found in
261 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 13
Ohio and the west. American Journal of Science, vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 242-246, plate 1. A conularid is figured as an incognitum.
Austin, George M.
1927. Richmond faunal zones in Warren and Clinton counties, Ohio. United States National Museum, Proceedings, vol. 70, article 22, 18 pp. formosa
Austin, Thomas [1795-1881]
1845. Note on Mr. Bowerbank’s paper on the genus Dunstervillia (Bowerbank), with remarks on the Ischadites Kénigii, the Ten- taculites, and the Conularia. Annals and Magazine of Nat- ural History, vol. 15, No. 100, pp. 406-407.
Suggests Conularia is a_pteropod.
Bacon, Charles S[umner], Jr.
1948. Geology of the Confusion Range, west-central Utah. Geologi- cal Society of America, Bulletin, vol. 59, No. 10, pp. 1027-1052, 5 figs. crustula
Baillie, Andrew D.
1952. Ordovician geology of Lake Winnipeg and adjacent areas, Mani- toba. Manitoba, Mines Branch, Publication 51-6, 64 pp., 4 figs., map.
clarki, crustula, formosa, asperata
Baily, William Hellier
1875. Figures of characteristic British fossils; with descriptive re- marks. Volume I. Palaeozic. London. Ixxx+126 pp., 42 pl.
homfrayi*, sowerbyi*
1876. Palaeontological notes, in, G. Kinahan et al.: Explanatory memoir to accompany sheets 73 and 74 (in part) 83 and 84 of the maps of the Geological Survey of Ireland, including the country around Westport, Eriff Valley, Killary Harbour, and western shores of Lough Mask. Geological Survey of Ire- land, Memoirs, 83-84, pp. 27-33. sowerbyi
1878. Palaeontological notes, in, Joseph Nolan: Explanatory memoir to accompany sheet 34 of the maps of the Geological Survey of Ireland. Geological Survey of Ireland, Memoir 34, pp. 24-29. elongata
1879. Palaeontological notes, in G. H. Kinahan: Explanatory memoir to accompany sheets 169, 170, 180 and 181 of the map of the Geological Survey of Ireland, in the county of Wexford. Geo- logical Survey of Ireland, Memoirs, 169, 170, 180, 181, pp. 55-60. elongata, quadrisulcata
1881. Palaeontological notes, in, G. H. Kinahan: Report on the rocks of the Fintona and Curlew Mountain districts. Royal Irish Academy, Proceedings, series 2, vol. 3 (Science), No. 7, pp.
479-486. elongata
1882. Palaeontological notes, Sheet 158, in, G. H. Kinahan: Explana-
14
1886.
BULLETIN 145 262
tory memoir to accompany sheets 158 and 159 of the map of the Geological Survey of Ireland, including district around En- niscorthy, Co. Wexford. Geological Survey of Ireland, Mem- Oirs, 158-159, pp. 38-40, figs.
elongata
Palaeontological .notes, in, R. G. Symes and S. B. Wilkinson: Explanatory memoir to accompany sheet 44 of the maps of the Geological Survey of Ireland, including portions of the Coun-
ties Fermanagh, Leitrim, and Cavan. Geological Survey of Ireland, Memoir 44, pp. 18-20. quadrisulcata
Baker, Alrthur] Allan], Dane, C[arle] Hlamilton], and Reeside, John Blernard]
1933.
Paradox formation of eastern Utah and western Colorado. American Association of Petroleum Geologists, Bulletin, vol. 17, No. 8, pp. 963-980, 2 figs.
crustula
Baker, Herbert A. [1924.] Final report on geological investigations in the Falkland
Islands. [London. Colonial Office?] 38 pp., [7] pl. africana
Barrande, Joachim
1846.
1847.
1854.
1855.
Notice préliminaire sur le systéme silurien et les trilobites de Bohéme. Leipsic. 97 pp.
quadrisulcata, pyramidata Pugiunculus, ein fossiles Pteropoden-Geschlecht. Neues Jahr- buch ftir Mineralogie, usw., Jahrgang 1847, pp. 554-558, pl. 9. Note on Sandberger’s system of nomenclature. Beobachtungen iiber die Kruster, Flossenfiisser und Kopffiisser des Bohmischen Silur-Gebirges. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, usw., Jahrgang 1854, pp. 1-14, plate 1.
grandis, proteica Uber die Ausfiillung des Siphons gewisser paldozoischer Ceph- alopoden auf organischem Wege. Neues Jahrbuch ftr Min- eralogie, usw., Jahrgang 1855, pp. 385-410, pl. 6.
fecunda, bohemica, consobrina, anomala
1855a. Remplissage organique du siphon dans certains céphalopodes
1856.
1865.
1867.
paléozoiques. Société géologique de France, Bulletin, série 2, tome 12, pp. 441-488.
anomala, fecunda, bohemica, consobrina Paralléle entre les dépots Siluriens de Bohéme et de Scandi- navie. Prague. 67 pp. Reprinted from, Kéniglich-bohmischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Abhandlungen, V Folge, 9 Bd. Nr. 5 but not seen in that form.
grandis, fecunda, bohemica, anomala Défense des Colonies. Il]. Etude générale sur nos étages G-H avec application spéciale aux environs de Hlubocep, pres Prague. Prague et Paris. 367 pp., maps.
aliena, fragilis, proteica, sowerbyi Systéme silurien du centre de la Bohéme. Iére partie, Tome 3. Classe des Mollusques, Ordre des Ptéropodes. Prague et Paris. xv-+179 pp., 16 pl.
263 CoNULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 15
18674.
1879.
1887.
LIMA, CORNUCOPIAE, AEQUALIS, ALIENA, ANOMALA, BOHEMICA, LINEARIS, CONFERTA, CONSOBRINA, FE- CUNDA, EXQUISITA, SOSIA, FRAGILIS, GRANDISSIMA, HAWLEI, INSIGNIS, IMPERIALIS, INVERTENS, MODES- TA, MUNITA, NOBILIS, PLICOSA, PRIMULA, PROTEICA, ROBUSTA, RUGULOSA, SIMPLEX, SOLITARIA, TENELLA, pyramidata* Ptéropodes siluriens de la Bohéme, Introduction. (Extrait du Syst. silur. du centre de la Bohéme, tome III). Prague et Paris. 16 pp. Systéme silurien du centre de la Boheme, lIére partie, Tome 5. Classe des Mollusques, Ordre des Brachiopodes. Prague et Paris. xiv-+226 pp., 153 pl. Notes conularids as hosts to sessile brachiopods. Systéme silurien du centre de la Bohéme. lére partie, Tome 7. Classe des Echinodermes, Ordre des Cystidées. W. Waagen, editor. Prague xvii+223 pp., 39 pl. Notes conularids as hosts to edrioasterids.
Barrois, Charles [Eugéne]
1877.
1882.
1889.
1891.
re
1922a
Note préliminaire sur la terrain silurien de l'Ouest de la Bretagne. Société géologique du Nord, Annales, tome 4, pp. 38-57, fig. nobilis
Recherches sur les terrains anciens des Asturies et de la Galice. Société géologique du Nord, Mémoires, tome 2, No. 1, 630 pp., 20 pl.
gervillei*
Faune du calcaire dErbay (Loire inférieur . Contribution a étude du terrain dévonien de louest de la France. Lille. 364
BB Pt Ses a koninckii, gervillei, brongniarti
Mémoire sur la Faune du Grés amoricain. Société géologique du Nord, Annales, tome 19, livr. 3/4, pp. 134-237; livr. 5/6, pl. 1-5 (1892).
Cspss
,» Pruvost, P., and Dubois, G. Supplément a létude des Crustacées et Ptéropodes siluro-dévoni- ens de Liévin. Société géologique du Nord, Mémoires, tome 6, Nn 25 Ie, Ay jfoyph woeGeals, jo m5.
quadrisulcata*
. Description de la faune siluro-dévonienne de Drocourt. Société
géologique du Nord, Mémoires, tome 6, pt. 2, fasc. 2, pp. 135-150, pl. 16, fig. 6-8. quadrisulcata
1922b. Considérations générales sur les couches siluro-dévoniennes de
PArtois. Société géologique du Nord, Mémoires, tome 6, pt. 2, fasc. 2, pp. 163-225, figs., tables. quadrisulcata
Bassler, Ray S[mith]
1908.
The Nettleroth Collection of invertebrate fossils. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections (Quarterly Issue), vol. 52, pt. 2, pp. 121-152, pl. 9-11.
micronema, newberryi
16 BULLETIN 145 264
1911. The early Paleozoic Bryozoa of the Baltic provinces. United States National Museum, Bulletin 77, xxi+382 pp., 13 pl., 226 figs.
buchi, quadrisulcata, trentonensis
1911a. The Waverlyan period of Tennessee. United States National Museum, Proceedings, vol. 41, No. 1851, pp. 209-224.
byblis
1915. Bibliographic index of American Ordovician and Silurian fossils. United States National Museum, Bulletin 92, 1521 pp., in two volumes.
Notes 27 species.
1919. [Report on the] Cambrian and Ordovician [formations of Mary- land.| Maryland Geological Survey, Special Publication, 424 pp., 58 pl., 27 figs.
trentonensis*
1932. The stratigraphy of the central basin of Tennessee. ‘Tennessee Division of Geology, Bulletin 38, x+268 pp., including 49 pl. frontispiece, 3 figs., map.
gattingeri
[Bather, Francis Arthur]
1907. A Guide to the fossil invertebrate animals in the departments of geology and palaeontology in the British Museum (Natural His- tory), Cromwell Road, London, S. W. London. ix+182 pp., 7 pl., 96 figs.
quadrisulcata*
Bays, Carl Alndrew], and Raasch, Gilbert O.
1935. Mohawkian relations in Wisconsin. Kansas Geological Society, gth Annual Field Conference, Guide-book, pp. 296-301. C. sp. (Dubuque)
Beachler, Chalrlel]s S.
1888. Keokuk group at Crawfordsville, Indiana. American Geologist, vol. 2, No. 6, pp. 407-412. subcarbonaria, crawfordsvillensis 1889. Corrected list of fossils found at Crawfordsville, Ind. Indiana Department of Geology and Natural History, 16th Annual Re- port, pp. 65-70. (by Charles Beechler.) subcarbonaria, crawfordsvillensis
Beede, Jloshua] WLilliam]
1902. Coal Measures faunal studies. Il—Fauna of the Shawnee formation (Haworth), the Wabaunsee formation (Prosser), and the Cottonwood limestone. Kansas University, Science Bulletin, vol. 1, No. 7 (whole series, vol. 11, No. 7), pp. 163-181.
crustula
1911. The Carbonic fauna of the Magdalen Islands. New York State Museum, Bulletin 149 (Education Department Bulletin 493), pp. 156-186, figs. Also issued as pp. 25-53 of: J. M. Clarke: Observations on the Magdalen Islands. Albany.
SORROCULA, planicostata
Begg, JLames] Llivingstone]
1946. Some new fossils from the Girvan District. © Geological Society of Glasgow, Transactions, vol. 21, pt. 1, pp. 29-47, pl. 2-3. TRUEMANI, CURRIEAE (=megista)
265 CoNULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 17
Bekker, Hendrik
1924. Méned uued andmed Kukruse lademe stratigraafiast je faunast. Stratigraphical and Paleontological Supplements on the Kuk- ruse Stage of the Ordovician rocks of Eesti (Estonia). Uni- versitatis Dorpatensis, Acta et Commentationes, ser. A, vol. 6, No. 1, 19 pp, 2 pl., map. Also issued as: [University of Tar- tu], Geological Institution, Publication 1.
trentonensis*
Bell, Wlalter] Alndrew]
1913. Windsor-Horton. Geological Survey, Canada, Guide Book, No. I, pp. 136-151, figs. Also issued in French edition, 1916, dated 1914. planicostata 1927. Report on fossils collected from Markhamuville, New Brunswick, by Messrs. Hayes, Wright, and Bell in 1915 and 1919, in, A. O. Hayes: Bituminous shale and other mineral occurrences in the
vicinity of Sussex, N. B. Geological Survey of Canada, Sum- mary Report for 1925, pt. C, pp. 127-129. planicostata
1929. Horton-Windsor District, Nova Scotia. Geological Survey, Canada, Memoir 155. 268 pp., including 36 pl., map.
planicostata*, tenuis*, sorrocula*
1948. Early Carboniferous strata of St. Georges Bay area, Newfound- land. Canada, Mines and Geology Branch, Geological Survey Bulletin 10, v-+45 pp., including 2 pl., map.
planicostata
Bennett, John
1896. A geological section along the Kansas River from Kansas City to McFarland, including a section along Mill Creek. Kansas, University Geological Survey, vol. 1, pp. 107-128, pl. 6, fig. 5-6.
crustula 1896a. A preliminary catalogue of the invertebrate paleontology of the Carboniferous of Kansas. Kansas, University Geological Sur- vey, vol. 1, pp. 270-310. crustula
Benson, WlLilliam] N[oél]
1913. The geology and petrology of the great serpentine belt of New South Wales. Part I. Linnean Society of New South Wales, Proceedings, vol. 38, pt. 3, No. 151, pp. 490-517, pl. 20-21, 2 figs.
C. sp. (Burindi group)
1921. A census and index of the Lower Carboniferous Burindi fauna. Geological Survey of New South Wales, Records, vol. 10, pt. 1, pp. 12-74, pl. 8 (map).
quadrisulcata Bernard, Felix
1895. Eléments de paléontologie. Paris viiit1168 pp., 612 figs. acuta*, guadrisulcata*, quichua*
Bevan, George Phillips 1858. On the geology of the Beaufort and Ebbw district of the South Wales coal-field. The Geologist (London), vol. 1, February
no., pp. 49-54; April no., pp. 124-129, fig. quadrilineata
18 BULLETIN 145 266
1858a. On the marine shells of the Sowth Wales coal-basin. The Geo- logist (London), vol. 1, December no., pp. 505-509. quadrisulcata
Beyrich, [August Heinrich Ernst] 1846. Uber Agelacrinites in Bohmen. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineral-
ogie, usw., Jahrgang 1846, pp. 192-194, pl. 3. Notes conularids as hosts to edrioasterids.
Bierbauer, Bruno 1888. A check-list of the Palaeozoic fossils of Wisconsin, Minnesota, Iowa, Dakota and Nebraska. Minnesota Academy of Natural Sciences, Bulletin, vol. 3, No. 2, pp. 206-247. trentonensis, byblis, victa
Bigot, A[lexandre Pierre Désiré]
1883. Compte-rendu de lexcursion géologique a May-sur-Orne. So- ciété linnéenne de Normandie, Bulletin, série 3, tome 7, pp. 303- 311. pyramidata 1888. Note sur les Homalonotus des grés siluriens de Normandie. Société géologique de France, Bulletin, série 3, tome 16, pp. 419-435, pl. 5-7. pyramidata 1900. Normandie. Excursion sous la conduite de MM. Munier-Chalmas et Bigot. VIII Congrés Géologique International 1900. Excursions en France, IX, pp. 27-59, 14 figs. pyramidata 1914. Notice explicative de la deuxieme édition de la feuille “Caen” du service de la Carte géologique de France. Société linne- enne de Normandie, Bulletin, série 6, tome 7, pp. 76-98. pyramidata 1945. La destruction des collections et des bibliotheques scientifiques de Caen. Société linnéenne de Normandie, Bulletin, tome supplé- mentaire, 75 pp. Notes the loss of Deslongchamps’ types.
Bigsby, John J[eremiah] 1824. A list of minerals and organic remains, occurring in the Can-
adas. American Journal of Science, vol. 8, No. 1, pp. 60-88, pili: quadrisulcata
1825. A sketch of the geology of the Island of Montreal. Lyceum of Natural History of New York, Annals, vol. 1, pt. 2, pp. 198-219, ples:
quadrisulcata
1853. On the geology of Quebec and its environs. Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 9, pt. 1, No. 2, pp. 82-101, pl. 6 (map), 6 figs.
sowerbyi
1858. On the Palaeozoic basin of the State of New York. Part I. A synoptical view of the mineralogical and fossil characters of the Palaeozoic strata of the State of New York. Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 14, pt. 1, No. 3, pp. 335-427, tables.
267 CoNULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 19
gracilis, granulata, longa, niagarensis, papillata, quadrisulcata, trentonensis 1859. On the Palaeozoic basin of the State of New York. Part III. An inquiry into the sedimentary and other external relations of the Palaeozoic fossils of the State of New York. Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 15, pt. 1, No. 2, pp. 251-335, tables. gracilis, granulata, longa, niagarensis, papillata, trentonensis, elongata, sowerbyi, subtilis 1868. Thesaurus Siluricus. The flora and fauna of the Silurian per- iod. London. lii+214 pp., plate. Notes 38 spp., including C. rectistriata 1878. Thesaurus Devonico-Carboniferus. The flora and fauna of the Devonian and Carboniferous periods, &c. London. xi+447 pp., tables. Notes 41 species. Billings, E[lkanah] 1857. Report of the year 1856, of E. Billings, Esq., palaeontologist. Geological Survey of Canada, Report of Progress for the years 1853-54-55-56, PP. 247-345.
trentonensis 1866. Catalogues of the Silurian fossils of the Island of Anticosti, with descriptions of some new genera and species. Geological
Survey of Canada, 93 pp., 28 figs. SPLENDIDA, ASPERATA Bittner, A[lexander]
1878. Conularia in der Trias. [Austria] Kaiserlich-kéniglichen geologische Reichsanstalt, Verhandlungen, Jahrgang 1878, Nr. 12, pp. 281-282.
sp.*
1890. Eine triadische Conularia. [ Austria ] Kaiserlich-kéniglichen geologische Reichsanstalt, Verhandlungen, Jahrgang 1890, Nr. 9, pp. 177-178, figure.
TRIADICA Blainville, H[enri] M[arie] Ducrotay de 1825. Manuel de malacologie et de conchyliologie. Paris et Stras-
bourg. vilit664 pp., 2 tables. Atlas of 87 plates issued 1857. SOWERBYI (=quadrisulcata)
Blake, J[ohn] F[rederick]
1902. List of the types and figured specimens recognized by C. D. Sherborn, F. G. S., in the collection of the Geological Society of London, verified and arranged, with additions; with an appen- dix: Synopsis of the contents of the Geological Societys Museum. London (Geological Society). 100o+xxxii pp.
africana
Blanford, Wl[illiam] T[homas]
1886. On additional evidence of the occurrence of glacial conditions in the Palaeozoic era, and on the geological age of the beds con- taining plants of Mesozoic type in India and Australia. Geo- logical Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 42, pt. 2 (No. 166), pp. 249-263, fig.
laevigata, tenuistriata, irregularis
20 BULLETIN 145 268
Bogatschew, J. T. (fl. T. Borayes)
1936. Hexomopovie noevre Oannote no empamuepaghuu u Hayne ywexwumMetnos ole ob pasoeanut Ceseprot JIeunoe u Tuneeu.
1936. Einige neue Daten zur Stratigraphie und Fauna der Zechstein- formation in Gebiet der N. Dwina. Société des Naturalistes de Moscou, Bulletin,*-n. s., tome 44 (section géologique, tome 14, No. 5), pp. 406-428.
. sp. (Pinega series)
[Bogolioubow, Nikolai Nikclaevich] H. H. Boromw6oBb 1904. Mamepianvi no 2eono2iu KanyaucKot eyoepriu Kaiyra.
1904. ii+354-+xii pp., pl. 1-8. A-H, 37 figs. elongata
Bohlin, Birger
1949. The Asaphus limestone in northermost Oland. University of Upsala, Geological Institution, Bulletin, vol. 33, pp. 529-570, 2 pl., fig.
aurora
Bolton, John
1869. Geological fragments collected principally from rambles among the rocks of Furness and Cartmel. Ulverton and London. vii+264 pp., 6 pl. cancellata, subtilis
Bonissent, P.
1864. Essai géologique sur le département de la Manche, suite. So- ciété impériale des sciences naturelles de Cherbourg, Mémoires, tome 10, pp. 169-224. gervillei
Borden, Williarn Wallace
1901. Borden Museum Catalogue. Borden, Indiana. 122 pp. doani
Borghi, Piero 1941. Fossili paleozoici marini della serie dell ’"Uadi Ubarracat (Fez- zan). Museo Libico di Storia Naturale, Annali, vol. 2, pp. 93-121, pl. 14-16. Also issued as: R. Universita di Milano, In- stituto di Geologia, Paleontologia e CGeografia fisica, Publica- tion (serie P) No. 21, 32 pp., pl. 14-16. acuta* Boswell, Plercy] Gleorge] Hlamnall] 1949. The Middle Silurian rocks of North Wales. London. xvi+448 pp., 25 pl., [116] maps. quadrisulcata Boucek, Bedrich 1924. Faunistické seznamy z riznych nalezist? Barrandienu, I. Liben. Praha, Narodi Museum, Casopis, Roé. 98, pp. 150-152. tenella, bohemica, nobilis, grandissima, fecunda, exquisita
1924a. Faunistické seznamy 2 riiznych nalezis? Barrandienu, II. Velkd Chuchle. Praha, Narodi Museum, Casopis, Roé. 98, pp. 152-154. nobilis, modesta, fecunda
269 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 21
1925.
19254.
1928.
1928a.
1936.
1936a.
1937-
19374.
1938.
1939.
1940.
1943.
Faunistické seznamy x riznych nalezist? Barrandienu, IV. Polodi. Praha, Narodi Museum, Casopis, Roé. 99, pp. 38-39. exquisita, fecunda, grandissima Faunistické seznamy z riznych nalezist Barrandienu, VI. Praha WM. Nerudova Ulice. Praha, Narodi Museum, Casopis, Roé. 99, PP. 152-153. modesta Revise Ceskych paleozoickych Konularii. Révision des Conulaires paléozoiques de la Bohéme. Ceska Akademie Véd a Uméni v Praze, Tr. II. Palaeontographica Bohemiae, XI. 108 pp., 7 pl., 19 figs. (bis). CONULARIELLA robusta*, sulcata*, Conularia insignis*, fe- cunda*, KOLIHAI, DISTINCTA, primula*, invertens*, ex- quisita*, bohemica*, tenella*, imperialis*, conjuncta*, munita*, CONCRETA, anomala*, KETTNERI, DENSISSIMA, POC- TAI, consobrina*, pyramidata*, solitaria*, LONGISTRIATA, aliena*, bilineata*, fragilis*, SUPERSTES, simplex*, proteica*, HANUSI, perneri*, RARICOSTATA, TRANSIENS, grandis- sima*, nobilis*, KLOUCEKI, HOLUBI, rugulosa* On the Zahorany beds -d, of the Bohemian Ordovician. Acadé- mie des Sciences de Bohéme, Bulletin international, 1928. 32 pp., 4 pl. fecunda, insignis, grandissima, nobilis, exquisita, rugulosa, an- omala, consobrina, pyramidata, proteica Uber ein neues interessantes Fossil (Hallotheca n. g.) und eine neue Cryptograptusart (Cryptogr. hemmanni n. sp.) aus dem thiiringischen Silur. Thiringischen geologischen Verein, Bd. 4, Heft 3, pp. 87-92, plate, figs. Die Planktonfauna der bihmischen Graptolithenschiefer. Zen- tralblatt fiir Mineralogie, usw., Jahrgang 1936, Abt. B, Nr. 7, pp. 291-296, 2 figs. Notes conularids in the plankton, Zprava o nalezu spodnodevonské fauny u Stinavy na Drahanské vysociné na Moravé. Olmitz. Vlastenecki spolku Museum, Casopis, Rog. 50, Gis. 185/186, 7 pp., 2 figs. subparallela Conularida [review of Kiderlen 1937]. Fortschritte der Palaon- tologie, Bd. 1, pp. 100-101.
Stratigraphie et parallélisme de lOrdovicien supérieur de la Bo- héme (traduit du tchéque par Mme. Valentine Andrusov). So- ciété géologique de France, Bulletin, série 5, tome 7, pp. 439- Ase, Jol Jos (Ce anomala, pyramidata, consobrina, grandissima, fecunda, ex- quisita Conularida, in, O. H. Schindewolf: Handbuch der Paldozoologie. Berlin. Bd. 2 A, pp. A1rz13-Ax131, 13 figs. CONULARIELLIDAE, SERPULITIDAE, PSEUDOCONULA- RIA, ARCHAEOCONULARIA, MESOCONULARIA, PLECTO- CONULARIA
Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Ordoviziums der Synclinale zwischen Pilsenetz und Rokitzan. Prispevek k pozndni ordoviku synklin-
aly plzeneck-Cilinské. Geologického ustavu Cechy a Moravu, Véstnik, Roc. 16, Cis. 4, pp. 145-154, fig. consobrina
Uber die stratigraphische Stellung des Eisenerzlagers von Mni-
22 BULLETIN 145 270
schek. Tschechischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Mitteil- ungen, Jahrgang 53, Nr. 12, 16 pp., plate. Also issued as: Ac- adémie tchéque des Sciences, Bulletin international, année 44, pp. 123-138, plate. kolihai, grandissima 1944. O profilu spodnim ordovikem na vrchu Babé u Hostomic. Uber das Profil das untere Ordovicium am Berge Baba bei Hostom- itz. Separate only seen, with no serial noted. Pp. 41-64. insignis
acnee , and Ulrich, Fr.
1929. O skordpce rodu Conularia Miller. Etude sur la coquille du genre Conularia Miller. Statniho geologického ustavu Cesko- slovenské Republiky, Véstnik, Roé. 5, Gis. 2/3, pp. 1-25, pl. 1-2.
Boule, Marcellin, and Piveteau, Jean
1935. Les Fossiles. Eléments de Paléontologie. Paris. 899 pp., 1300 figs., 5 pl., frontispiece. pyramidata*
Bourcart, Jacques, and Monod, Théodore
1931. Description géologique, in, Th. Monod: L’Adrar Ahnet. Contri- bution a l'étude physique d'un district saharien. Revue de Gé- ographie physique et de Géologie dynamique, tome 4, pp. 223- 261, pli 12) figs:
africana, undulata
Bowman, John Eddowes
1840. Notes on a small patch of Silurian rocks to the west of Aber- gele, on the northern coast of Denbighshire; visited 18th and 19th July, 1837. Geological Society of London, Transactions, series 2, vol. 6, pt. I, Pp» 195-198, fig: Abstract, 1838, Proceedings, vol. 2, No. 57, pp. 666-667 (by J. C. Bowman). quadrisulcata
Bradley, John Hlodgdon], Jr.
1925. Stratigraphy of the Kimmswick limestone of Missouri and Illi- nois. Journal of Geology (Chicago), vol. 33, No. 1, pp. 49-74. occidentalis 1930. Fauna of the Kimmswick limestone of Missouri and _ Illinois. Contributions from Walker Museum (University of Chicago), vol. 2, No. 6, pp. 219-290, pl. 23-30. OCCIDENTALIS
Branson, Carl C[olton]
1930. Paleontology and stratigraphy of the Phosphoria formation. University of Missouri Studies, vol. 5, No. 2. 99 pp., includ- ing 16 plates, map.
crustula*
1948. Bibliographic index of Permian invertebrates. Geological So-
ciety of America, Memoir 26, vii-++-1049 pp. Notes 16 species of Paraconularia. Branson, E[dwin] Blayer]
1938. Stratigraphy and paleontology of the Lower Mississippian of Missouri. Part I. University of Missouri Studies, vol. 13, No. 3, viit+205 pp., 20 pl., 9 figs.
blairi*, sampsoni*, TENUICOSTATA
271 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 23
1938a. Summary, comments, and lists of species, in, Branson et al.: Stratigraphy and paleontology of the Lower Mississippian of Missouri. Part II. University of Missouri Studies, vol. 13, No. 4, PP. 179-189. ; blairi, sampsoni, tenuicostata 1944. The Geology of Missouri. University of Missouri Studies, vol. 19, No. 3. 535 pp, 49 pl., 51 figs. | ; ; A trentonensis, occidentalis, heymanni, marionensis, blairi, samp- soni, tenuicostata, missouriensis, crustula
Braun, Fred[erick]
1873. Collection of crinoids, from the Sub-Carboniferous Keokuk group, Montgomery County, Indiana. [Cincinnati.] 7 pp. crawfordsvillensis
Brinkmann, Roland
1948. Emanuel Kayser’s Abriss der Geologie, sechste ganzlich neu bear- beitete Auflage, II. Bd. Historische Geologie. Stuttgart. viit355 pp., including 58 pl., 64 figs., tables.
exquisita*
Broadhead, Glarland] Clarr]
1893. A critical note on the stratigraphy of the Missouri Palaeozoic. American Geologist, vol. 12, No. 2, pp. 74-89. crustula
Brégger, Wlaldemar] C[hristofer]
1887. Geologisk kart over gerne ved Kristiania. Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne, Bd. 31, Hefte 2, pp. 162-195, map.
C. sp. Bronn, Heinrich Georg
1835. Lethaea Geognostica, oder Abbildungen und Beschreibungen der fiir die Gebirges-Formation bezeichnendsten Versteinerungen. I Bd., 2 Lief., pp. 49-192, pl. 1, 3, 9-12. Stuttgart. quadrisulcata* 1838. Lethaea Geognostica, usw., II Bd., pp. 769-1346. Stuttgart. PYRAMIDATA
1848. Index palaeontologicus oder Ubersicht der bis jetzt bekannten Fossilen Organismen. Erste Abtheilung. Nomenclator palaeon- tologicus, in alphabetischer Ordnung. Stuttgart. Ilxxxiv-+1381 pp.
Brown, D[avid] J., and Henderson, John
1867. On the Silurian rocks of the Pentland Hills, with notes on the Brachiopoda by Thos. Davidson. Edinburgh Geological Soci- ety, Transactions, vol. 1, pt. 1, pp. 23-33, fig.
sowerbyi
Brown, Ida A.
1937. Palaeontological notes, in, S. Warren Carey: The Carboniferous sequence in the Warrie Basin. Linnean Society of New South Wales, Proceedings, vol. 62, pt. 5/6, pp. 341-376, pl. 18, 5 figs. Also issued, with same pagination, as: Geology Department, University of Sydney, Publications, n. s., No. 15.
C. sp. (Burindi group)
1941. The stratigraphy and structure of the Silurian and Devonian rocks of the Yass-Bowning District, New South Wales. Royal
24 BULLETIN 145 272
Society of New South Wales, Journal and Proceedings, vol. 74, pt. 3, pp. 312-341, pl. 14-15. Also issued, with same pagination, as: Geology Department, University of Sydney, Publications, n. s., No. 42.
mitchelli, chapmani, distincta
e
Brown, Thomas 1849. Illustrations of the fossil conchology of Great Britain and Ire- land. London and Edinburgh. 273 pp., 117 colored plates. quadrisulcata*. teres* 1889. An atlas of the fossil conchology of Great Britain and Ireland with descriptions of all the species. London. iii pp., 114 plates
(1-98). These plates were engraved from those of Brown 1849. quadrisulcata*
Browne, WlLilliam] Rlowan], and Dun, WlLilliam] S. 1924. On the stratigraphy of the basal portions of the Permo-Carbonif-
erous system in the Hunter River district. Royal Society of New South Wales, Journal and Proceedings, vol. 58, pp. 198-206, fig.
laevigata*
Bubnoff, Serge von
1930. Geologie von Europa. Band 2. Das ausseralpine Westeuropas, Teil I. Kaledonien und Varisciden. Berlin xii+690 pp., 201 figs., tables.
schloppensis, modesta 1949. LEinfiihrung in die Erdgeschichte. I. Teil: Voraussetzungen-Ur- zeit-Altzeit. Halle. viiit344 pp., including 32 pl., 127 figs. [simplex* ] Burling, Lancaster, D[emorest] [1915.] Report. Geological Survey, Canada, Summary Report for 1913,
Pp. 314-321. Dated 1914. Also issued in French edition, 1915. . sp. (Cambrian), an unsupported record.
Butts, Charles
1922. The Mississippian series of eastern Kentucky. Kentucky Geo- logical Survey, series 6, vol. 7, viiit188 pp., 82 figs. CRsp: 1927. Bessemer-Vandiver Folio, Alabama. United States Geological Survey, Geological Atlas of the United States, No. 221, 22 pp., [3] pl. maps. newberryi 1939. The Appalachian Plateau and the Mississippi Valley. Geologie der Erde. Geology of North America. Vol. I. Introductory chap- ters, and Geology of the Stable Areas, pp. 312-462, pl. 1. Berlin. newberryi
Cairnes, D[elorme] D[onaldson]
[1915.] The Yukon-Alaska International Boundary, between Porcupine and Yukon rivers. Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir 67 (Geological Series 49), ilit+3161 pp., 16 pl. Dated 1914. This memoir was also issued in French, 1917, paged v-+141.
C. sp. (Cambrian), an unsupported record.
273 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON = 25
Caley, J{ohn] F[letcher]
1936. The Ordovician of Manitoulin Island, Ontario. Geological Sur- vey, Canada, Memoir 202, pp. 21-90, pl. 1-6, 3 figs. latior, formosa 1940. Palaeozoic geology of the Toronto-Hamilton area, Ontario. Geo- logical Survey, Canada, Memoir 224, iv+284 pp., maps. niagarensis Calvin, S[amuel]
1890. Note on a specimen of Conularia missouriensis Swallow, with crenulated costae. American Geologist, vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 207-
208. HERSMANI
Saeaels , and Bain, H. F. 1900. Geology of Dubuque County. Iowa Geological Survey, vol. 10, Pp. 379-651, 11 pl., 102 figs., 4 maps. trentonensis Cardinet, J.
1938. Considérations sur les Conularies des Grés de May-sur-Orne. Société linnéenne de Normandie, Bulletin, série 8, tome 10, p. 73.
Title only. Carll, John F[ranklin] 1889. Oil regions collections. Geological Survey of Pennsylvania.
Catalogue of the Geological Museum. Part III, pp.o%33-920%. This volume is marked on the spine ‘‘ooo”. C. sp. (Carboniferous)
Carpentier, Alfred
1903. Promenades géologiques dans lAvesnois: les bandes carboniféres d’Avesnelles et d’Avesnes. Société géologique du Nord, Annales, tome 32, livr. 2, pp. 82-120, pl. 2. inaequicostata
Carvalho, Paulino Franco de
1941. O Devoniano do Parand e geografia e suas relacées com a geo- logia. [Brasil] Divisao de geologia e mineralogia, Boletim 109, 39 pp., 11 pl., figs., map. ulrichana Case, E[rmine] C[owles]
1926. Environment of tetrapod life in the late Palaeozoic of regions other than North America. Carnegie Institute of Washington, Publication 375, 211 pp., 23 figs.
laevigata
Siaie eS oecoae , and Robinson, W. I.
1915. Lhe geology of Limestone Mountain and Sherman Hill in Hough- ton County, Michigan. Journal of Geology (Chicago), vol. 23, No. 3, pp. 256-260. formosa
1915a. The geology of Limestone Mountain and Sherman Hill in Hough- ton County, Michigan. Michigan Geological and _ Biological Survey, Publication 18 (Geological Series 15), pp. 165-181, 5 figs. formosa
26 BULLETIN 145 274
Caster, Kenneth Edward
1942. The age and relations of Colombian Devonian strata. Eighth American Scientific Congress, Proceedings, vol. IV, Geological Sciences, pp. 27-67, 5 figs.
1948. Excursao Geologica ao Estado do Piaui. Mineracao e Metalur- gia, vol. 12, No.°72, pp. 271-272.
C. sp. (Lower Devonian)
Chadwick, George Halcott
1935. Faunal differentiation in the Upper Devonian. Geological So- ciety of America, Bulletin, vol. 46, No. 2, pp. 305-342, fig. congregata, crebristriata, continens 1944. Geology of the Catskill and Kaaterskill quadrangles, part I. Silurian and Devonian geology, with a chapter on glacial geo- logy. New York State Museum, Bulletin 336, 251 pp., 78 figs., map. undulata
Chamberlin, Tlhomas] C[hrowder]
1877. Geology of eastern Wisconsin. Geology of Wisconsin, Survey of 1873-1877, vol. 2, pt. 2, pp. 91-405, pl. I-XIIIA, 48 figs. trentonensis
1880. Annual report of the Wisconsin Geological Survey for the year 1879. Public Document No. 15, 72 pp. trentonensis, gracilis
1883. General geology. Geological Survey of Wisconsin, Survey of 1873-1877, vol. 1, pt. 1, pp. 1-300, 10 pl., 102 figs. trentonensis
Sacicke ho ote , and Salisbury, Rollin D.
1906. Geology. Vol. Il. Earth History. Genesis-Paleozoic. New York. xxvi+692 pp., 306 figs., map. trentonensis*
Chapman, [Edward] J[ohn]
1860. On the geology of Belleville and the surrounding district. Canadian Journal, n. s., vol. 5, No. 25, pp. 41-48, 3 figs. trentonensis 1864. A popular and practical exposition of the minerals and geology of Canada. Toronto. xiii+236 pp., 253 figs. trentonensis* 1876. An outline of the geology of Canada, based on a subdivision of the provinces into natural areas. Toronto. xxxii+-104 pp., 12 pl. trentonensis*
Chapman, Frederick
1904. New or little-known Victoria fossils in the National Museum. Royal Society of Victoria, Proceedings, n. s., vol. 16, pt. 2, Pp. 336-342, pl. 31. sowerbyi*, ORNATISSIMA 1910. A synopsis of the Silurian fossils of South Yarra and the Yarra improvement works. Victorian Naturalist, vol. 27, No. 4, pp. 63-70. ornatissima 1913. On the palaeontology of the Silurian of Victoria. Australasian
275 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 27
Association for the Advancement of Science, Report of the 14th Meeting, pp. 207-235. ornatissima, sowerbyi
1914. Australasian fossils. A Student?’s Manual of Palaeontology. Melbourne, &c. 341 pp., 150 figs., frontispiece, map. sowerbyi* 1917. On the probable environment of the Palaeozoic genus Hercynella in Victoria. Royal Society of Victoria, Proceedings, n. s., vol. 20, spt.) 2.) PP» 123-126. sowerbyi
Chappars, Michael Stephen
1936. Catalogue of the type specimens of fossils in the University of Cincinnati Museum. Ohio Journal of Science, vol. 36, No. 1, EE ean ey) SL ee : hd blairi, gattingeri, roeperi, sedaliensis
Chavan, Alndré], and Montocchio, A.
1938. Fossiles classiques, enchainements et détermination, II (Gastéro- podes a Vertébrés), pp. 109-218, fig. 174-350, R-Y. Paris et Nanterre. pyramidata*
Chenu, J[ean] C[harles]
1859. Manuel de Conchyliologie et de Paléontologie conchyliologique. Tome 1. Paris. vii+508 pp., 3707 figs. deflexicostata*, quadrisulcata*, pyramidata*, ornata*, gerol- steinensis*, convexa*
Chlupaéc, Ivo 1951. Profil krdalovorskymi bridlicemi (Ashgillian) u Velké Chuchle. Kralovske Ceske Spolecnosti Nauk, Véstnik, Tiida matematicko- prirodovedecka, 1950, I, pp. 1-10, fig. proteica, perneri, nobilis
Clark, Thomas H[enry]
1924. The paleontology of the Beekmantown series at Levis, Quebec. Bulletins of American Paleontology, vol. 10, No. 41, pp. 19-152 (1-134), pls. 3-11 (1-9).
PRISTINA. Not a conularid.
1952. Montreal area. Laval and Lachine map-areas. Quebec, Geologi- cal Surveys Branch, Geological Report 46, 159 pp., 16 pl., 12 figs., 4 maps. Also issued as: La région de Montréal. Feuilles de Laval et de Lachine. Québec, Service de la Carte géologique, Rapport géologique No 46, 150 pp., 16 pl., ete.
rallus, triangulata, irrasa, raymondi, undosa, quadratus, clarki, trentonensis
Clarke, E[dward] de Courcey
1937. Correlation of the Carboniferous and Permian formations of Australia. II. Western Australia. Australian and New Zealand Association for the Advancement of Science, Report of the 23rd Meeting, pp. 427-530.
warthi
Clarke, John Mason
1884. Die Fauna des Iberger Kalkes. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralo- gie, usw., Beil.-Bd. 3, Heft 2, pp. 316-411, pl. 4-6. acuta*, bodana*
28
1885.
1889.
1897.
1899.
1899a.
1900.
1905.
19054.
1905b.
1907.
1908.
1909.
BULLETIN 145 276
The higher Devonian faunas of Ontario County, New York. United States Geological Survey, Bulletin 16 (vol. 3), 86 pp. (39-120), 3 pl.
congregrata A list of the species constituting the known fauna and flora of the Marcellus epoch in the State of New York. New York State Museum of Natural History, 42nd Annual Report of the Trustees (Senate paper 65), pp. 406-407.
continens
The stratigraphic and faunal relations of the Oneonta sand- stones and shales, the Ithaca and Portage groups in central New York. New York State Geologist, 15th Annual Report (Senate paper 66), vol. 1, pp. 27-81, 7 pl., 2 maps.
undulata
A fauna superior do Rio Trombetas, Estado do Pard, Brazil. Museu Wacional Rio de Janeiro Arch., vol. 10, pp. 1-48, pl. 1-2. Also issued as: The Silurian fauna of the Rio Trombetas, in, The Paleozoic faunas of Pard, Brazil, pp. 1-24, pl. 1-2. Al- bany. 1900.
AMAZONICA Molluscos devonianos do Estado do Para, Brazil. Museu Naci-
onal Rio de Janeiro, Arch., vol. 10, pp. 49-174, pl. 3-8. Also issued as: The Devonian Mollusca of the State of Parad, in, The Paleozoic faunas of Parad, Brazil, pp. 25-100, pl. 3-8. Al- bany. 1900.
africana, acuta, undulata, quichua, baini The Oriskany fauna of Becraft Mountain, Columbia County, New York. New York State Museum, Memoirs, vol. 3, No. 3. 128 pp.,'9 pl., fig.
desiderata* Ithaca fauna of central New York. New York State Museum, Bulletin 82 (Paleontology 12) (New York State Education De- partment Bulletin 336), pp. 53-70.
congregata, crebristiata
Percé. A brief sketch of its geology. New York State Mu- seum, Bulletin 80 (Paleontology 10) (New York State Education Department Bulletin 330), pp. 134-171, illus. Also issued sep- arately (and dated 1904), 38 pp.
lata, desiderata Report of the State Paleontologist, Appendix 1, Accessions. New York State Museum, Bulletin 80 (Paleontology 10) (New York State Education Department Bulletin 330), pp. 23-27.
gracilis Some new Devonic fossils. New York State Museum, Bulletin 107 (Geology 12) (New York State Education Department Bul- letin 401), pp. 153-291, figs.
PENOUILI, TUZOI Early Devonic history of New York and eastern North America. New York State Museum, Memoir 9, 366 pp., 48+[24] + A, B pl., figs.
desiderata*, tuzoi*, penouili*, lata* Early Devonic history of New York and eastern North America. New York State Museum, Memoir 9, pt. 2, 250 pp., 34 + [6] pl. figs.
huntiana*
277. CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 29
1910. The Devonian faunas of the Falkland Islands, in Thore G. Hal- le: On the geological structure and history of the Falkland
Islands. Geological Institution, University of Upsala, Bulletin, vol. 11, pp. 115-229, pl. 6-10, 27 figs. This volume is dated 1912.
africana
1912. El devoniano de la Argentina occidental. Argentina, Ministério agriculturo, seccidn geologica, mineralégica y minéria, Anales, vol. 8, No. 2, pp. 3-19, illus.
quichua
1912a. Report on the Geological Survey. New York State Museum, Bulletin 158 (Education Department Bulletin 516), pp. 8-50, 8 pl. trentonensis 1913. Illustrations of the Devonic fossils of southern Brazil and the Falkland Islands. New York State Museum, Bulletin 164 (Uni- versity of the State of New York Bulletin 538), pp. 140-210, in- cluding pl. 1-35. ULRICHANA, africana* 1913a. Fosseis Devonianos do Paranda. Brazil, Servico Geoldgico e Mineralogico, Monographias, vol. 1, xx+353 pp., 27 pl., figs. africana*, ulrichana*, quichua* 1913b. Dalhousie and the Gaspé Peninsula. Geological Survey, Canada, Guide Book, No. 1, pp. 85-118, maps, figs. Also issued in a French edition, 1916, dated 1914. lata See roe , and Luther, D. Dana 1904. Stratigraphic and paleontological map of Canandaigua and Na- ples quadrangles. New York State Museum, Bulletin 63 (Pale- ontology 7) (University of the State of New York Bulletin 314), 76 pp., map. continens ik ee » and Ruedemann, Rudolf 1903. Catalogue of type specimens of Paleozoic fossils in the New York State Museum. New York State Museum, Bulletin 65 (Paleontology 8) (University of the State of New York Bulletin 284), 847 pp. ; : : : cayuga, congregata, continens, rudis, huntiana, lata, infrequens, newberryi, trentonensis, undulata, gracilis 1907. Catalogue of type specimens of Paleozoic fossils. Supplement 3. New York State Museum, Third Report of the Director of the Science Division, pp. 125-178. Anonymous. amazonica Clarke, William Branwhite 1860. Researches in the southern Gold Fields of New South Wales. Sydney. 305 pp., map. laevigata 1865. On the coal seams near Stony Creek (junction of Singleton and Wollombi roads) West Maitland district, New South Wales. Royal Society of Victoria, Transactions, vol. 6, pp. 27-31, plans. sp. Claypole, Edward [Waller] 1889. Perry County fossils collected in 1882-3. Geological Survey of
30 BULLETIN 145 278
Pennsylvania. Catalogue of the Geological Museum, part III, pp. 0°123-174 0%. This volume is marked on the spine “ooo.” continens 1903. The Devonian era in the Ohio Basin. American Geologist, vol. 32, No. 1, pp. 15-41, pl. 4-10; No. 2, pp. 79-105, pl. 16-17; No. 4, pp. 240-250; No.5, pp. 312-322; No. 6, pp. 335-353. continens
Cleaves, Arthur B[ailey]
1939. Oriskany group, in, Devonian of Pennsylvania. Pennsylvania Geological Survey, Bulletin G 19, pp. 92-130, pl. 1o-14, fig. 18- 29.
pyramidalis*
Cleland, Herdman Fitzgerald
1903. A study of the fauna of the Hamilton formation of the Cayuga Lake section in central New York. United States Geological Sur- vey, Bulletin 206 (series C, No. 60), 112 pp., 5 pl., 2 figs.
undulata 1911. The fossils and stratigraphy of the Middle Devonic of Wiscon- Sin. Wisconsin Geological and Natural History Survey, Bulle- tin 21 (Scientific Series 6), vit+222 pp. 53 + A, B pl., 3 figs., maps. MILWAUKEENSIS
Clough, C[harles] Thomas], et al.
1911. The geology of the Glasyow district. Geological Survey of Scotland, Memoirs, parts of sheets 30-31, 22-23. x+270 pp., 33 figs., map.
quadrisulcata
Coleman, Al(rthur] PL[hilemon] 1913. Toronto and vicinity. Ontario Bureau of Mines, Guide Book No. 6, pp. 5-34, [7] figs., maps. French edition, 1916, issued by the Geological Survey of Canada and dated 1914. formosa
Collett, John
1876. Geological report on Vandenburg, Owen and Montgomery Coun- ties, Indiana. Geological Survey of Indiana, 7th Annual Re- port, pp. 240-422.
sub-carbonaria, crawfordsvillensis
1876a. List of fossils found in the Keokuk at Crawfordsville, Ind. In- dianapolis. 8 pp. Reprinted from Collett 1876.
sub-carbonaria, crawfordsvillensis
1878. List of fossils of the Carboniferous formation found in the Coal Measures, Chester, St. Louis, Keokuk and Knobstone groups of Harrison County, Ind. Indianapolis. Pre-printed from Collett 1879, PP. 313-340.
1879. Geological report on Harrison and Crawford Counties, Indiana, 1878. Indiana Geological Survey, 8th, 9th and roth Annual Re- ports, pp. 291-522, figs.
missouriensis, subcarbonaria, micronema, newberryi
1882. Geology of Shelby County. Indiana Department of Geology and Natural History, 11th Annual Report, pp. 55-88, map.
niagarensis
279 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 3
Collie, George Lucius
1903. Ordovician sections near Bellefonte, Pennsylvania. Geological Society of America, Bulletin, vol. 14, pp. 407-420, pl. 59. trentonensis
Collins, Jloseph] H[enry] 1893. A working list of the Palaeozoic fossils of Cornaall. Royal Geological Society of Cornwall, Transactions, vol. 11, pt. 7, 79th Annual Report, &c., pp. 421-479. quadrisulcata 1910. Addenda to the working list of Cornish Palaeozoic fossils. Royal Geological Society of Cornwall, Transactions, vol. 13, pt. 6, 96th Annual Report, &c., pp. 385-427. complanata, deflexicostata, guadrisulcata, subparallela
Comte, Pierre 1934. Sur les couches intermédiaries entre le Silurien et le Déwvonien
dans les Asturies. Paris. Académie des Sciences, Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des séances, tome 198, livr. 12, pp. 1164- 1166.
hastata
1937. Les grés rouges de San Pedro (Léon, Espagne). Société géolo- gique du Nord, Annales, tome 62, pp. 60-68, fig. hastata
Condit, Dianiel] Dale, Raggatt, H. G., and Rudd, Eric A.
1936. Geology of Northwest Basin, Western Australia. American As- sociation of Petroleum Geologists, Bulletin, vol. 20, No. 8, pp. 1028-1070, 7 figs.
warthi
Conrad, Tlimothy] Al[bbott]
1838. Report on the palaeontological department of the survey. State of New-York, Assembly paper 200, 107-119. quadrisulcata, undulata 1840. Third annual report on the palaeontological department of the survey. State of New-York, Assembly paper 50, pp. 199-207. quadrisulcata 1841. Fifth annual report on the palaeontology of the State of New- York. State of New-York, Assembly paper 150, pp. 25-57. UNDULATA, LAQUEATA
1854. Notes on shells, with descriptions of three Recent and one fossil
species. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Pr o- ceedings, vol. 7, No. 2, pp. 31-32. INDENTATA
Conrey, Gluy] WLoolard]
1921. Geology of Wayne County. Geological Survey of Ohio, series 4, Bulletin 24, 155 pp., 10 pl., 5 maps. newberryi
Contejean, Charles Louis
1874. Eléments de géologie et de paléontologie. Paris, London and Madrid. 745 pp., figs. ornata*
32 BULLETIN 145 280
Cooke, Hl[arold] Claswell]
1950. Geology of a southwestern part of the Eastern Townships of Que- bec. Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir 257, viit142 pp., 21 figs., map.
C. sp. (Beauceville)
Cooper, Chalmer L[ewis]
1948. Kinderhook micropaleontology. Journal of Geology (Chicago),
vol. 56, No. 4, pp. 353-366. marionensis
Cooper, GLlustav] Arthur
1930. Stratigraphy of the Hamilton group of New York. American Journal of Science, series 5, vol. 19, No. 110, pp. 116-134, fig. 1-3; No. 111, pp. 214-236, fig. 4-6. Also issued, with same pagina- tion, as: Contribution from the Paleontological Laboratory, Pea- body Museum, Yale University. continens
Cooper, WlLilliam] F[unk]
1888. Tabulated list of fossils known to occur in the Waverly of Ohio. Denison University, Bulletin vol. 4, pt. 1/2, pp. 123-130. newberryi, byblis, victa, gracilis, micronema, multicosta
1890. The Waverly group. Denison University, Scientific Laborator- ies, Bulletin, vol. 5, pp. 24-32. newberryi
Corstorphine, Geo[rge] S[teuart]
1898. Geologist’s report for 1897. Cape of Good Hope, Geological Commission, [2d] Annual Report, pp. 3-43. africana
Courty, Gl[eorges]
1907. Explorations géologiques dans l Amérique du Sud suivi de tab- leaux météorologiques. Paris (Mission scientifique, G. de Créqui Montfort et E. Sénéchal de la Grange.) xiv-+208 pp., including 8 pl. [33] figs. map.
acuta*, quichua*
Cox, Arthur Hubert ;
1916. The geology of the district between Abereiddy and Abercastle (Pembrokeshire). Geological Society of London, Quarterly Jour- nal, vol. 71, pt. 2 (No. 282), pp. 273-342, pl. 22-26, 3 figs.
homfrayi
gy oyeireleteraevans » and Wells, Alfred Kingsley
1920. The Lower Palaeozoic rocks of the Arthog-Dolgelly district (Meri- onethshire). Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal,
vol. 76, pt. 3 (No. 303), pp. 254-324, pl. 16-20, 7 figs. homfrayi
Craig, Richard 1883. On the fossiliferous strata lying between the lower and upper limestones in the Beith and Darly districts. Geological Society
of Glasgow, Transactions, vol. 7, pp. 86-96. quadrisulcata
281 CoNULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 33
Croneis, Carey [Gardiner] 1930. Geology of the Arkansas Paleozoic area, with especial reference to oil and gas possibilities. | Arkansas Geological Survey, Bulle-
tin 3, xx+457 pp., 45 pl., 30 figs., maps. crustula
Cumings, El[dgar] Rloscoe] 1906. Gasteropoda, Cephalopoda and Trilobita of the Salem lime- stone. Indiana Department of Geology and Natural Resources, 30th Annual Report, pp. 1335-1375, pl. 24-26. missouriensis*, subulata*, greenei*
1908. The stratigraphy and paleontology of the Cincinnati series of In-
diana. Indiana Department of Geology and Natural Resources, 32nd Annual Report, pp. 605-1188, including 55 pl., 16 figs., maps, tables.
formosa*
1922. Nomenclature and description of the geological formations of In- diana, in, W. N. Logan et al.: Handbook of Indiana geology. Indiana, Department of Conservation, Division of Geology, Pub- lications 21, pp. 403-570, 31 figs., table.
formosa, infrequens, micronema, crawfordsvillensis, intertexta, subcarbonaria, greenei, missouriensis
BOR acien , and Galloway, Jlesse] Jlames]
1913. The stratigraphy and paleontology of the Tanner's Creek section of the Cincinnati series of Indiana. Indiana Department of Ge- ology and Natural Resources, 37th Annual Report, pp. 353-478, including 20 pl., 18 figs., tables. Also issued separately, 126 pp., 20 pi. formosa
gis aes ots as , and Shrock, Robert Rakes
1928. Geology of the Silurian rocks of northern Indiana. Indiana Di- vision of Geology, Publication 75, 226 pp., figs. niagarensis
Cumming, C[harles] Linnaeus]
1915. The artesian wells of Montreal. Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir 72 (Geological Series 60), 153 pp., plate, 5 figs., map. This memoir was also issued in a French edition, 1917, paged vili+159. trentonensis
Cushing, H[enry] Pllatt]
1931. Devonian system, and, Carboniferous system, in, Cushing et al.: Geology and mineral resources of the Cleveland District, Ohio. United States Geological Survey, Bulletin 818, pp. 33-57, pl. 1-10.
newberryi
Dacque, Edgar
1921. Vergleichende biologische Formenkunde der _ fossilen niederen Tiere. Berlin. viiit777 pp., 145 figs. tenuis* 1928. Das fossile Lebenswesen. Eine Einfiihrung in die Versteinerungs- kunde. Berlin. 184 pp., 93 figs. anomala*
34 BULLETIN 145 282
Dahmer, Georg
1951. Die Fauna der nach-Ordovizischen Glieder der Verse-Schichten. Palaeontographica, Bd. 101, Abt. A, Lief. 1-4, pp. 1-152, 12 pl. quadrisulcata*
Dake, Charles Laurence °
1921. The problem of the St. Peter sandstone. University of Missouri, * School of Mines and Metallurgy, Bulletin, vol. 6, No. 1, 228 pp., 30 pl. trentonensis
Dale, Nelson C[lark]
1953. Geology and mineral resources of the Oriskany Quadrangle (Rome Quadrangle). New York State Museum, Bulletin No. 345. 197 pp. 38 figs., map. niagarensis*
Dall, Edmund D., and Banks, M. R.
1950. Silurian and Devonian stratigraphy of the Zeehan area, Tasmania. Royal Society of Tasmania, Papers and Proceedings for 1949, pp. 259-271, 3 pls.
inornata
Dalman, J[ohan] WLilhelm]
1824. Ndgre Petrificater, fundne i Ostergotlands ofvergangskalk, af- tecknade och beskrifne af J. W. Dalman. Kongliga. [Svensk] Vetenskaps-Akademiens, Handlingar under sednare halften af ar
1824, pp. 368-377, pl. 4. quadrisulcata*
Dalvé, Elizabeth
1948. The fossil fauna of the Ordovician in the Cincinnati region. Uni- versity of Cincinnati, Department of Geology and Geography, Museum. ii+56 pp.
formosa
Dana, James Dwight
1847. Descriptions of fossil shells of the collections of the Exploring Expedition under the command of Charles Wilkes, U. S. N., Ob- tained in Australia, from the lower layers of the coal formation in Illawarra, and from a deposit probably of nearly the same age at Harpers Hill, Valley of the Hunter. American Journal of Science, series 2, vol. 4, No. 10, pp. 151-160.
levigata
1849. Geology. Volume 10 of: United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842. Under the Com- mand of Charles Wilkes, U. S. N. Philadelphia. 756 pp., maps, 21 folio plates.
INORNATA, levigata*, tenuistriata*
1863. Manual of geology, treating of the principles of the science with special reference to American geological history, &c. Philadel- phia. xvi+798 pp., 984 figs., frontispiece.
gracilis* (=trentonensis)
1895. Manual of geology. Fourth edition. New York. 1087 pp. 1575 figs.
trentonensis*
283 CoNULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON = 35
Dangeard, Leuis
1951.
La Normandie. (Part VII of Géologie régionale de la France, edited by Albert F. de Lapparent). Paris. Actualités scienti- fiques et industrielles, No. 1140. 241 pp, 7 pi., 21 figs. 5 [6] maps.
pyramidata
Darton, Nelson Hl[oratio]
1885.
1892.
Preliminary notice of fossils in the Hudson River slates of the southern part of Orange Co., N. Y., and elsewhere. American Journal of Science, series 3, vol. 30, No. 180, pp. 452-454. trentonensis Notes on the stratigraphy of a portion of central Appalachian Virginia. American Geologist, vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 10-18. trentonensis
David, Tlannatt] WLilliam] Edgeworth
1919.
1950.
Glaciation sequence and correlation of the Permo-Carboniferous and Kuttung (Middle Carboniferous) strata in Australasia and elsewhere. Part II of: C. A. Sussmilch and David: Sequence, glaciation and correlation of the Carboniferous rocks of the Hun- ter River district, New South Wales. Royal Society of New South Wales, Journal and Proceedings, vol. 53, pp. 293-338, pl. 29-30.
levigata, tenuistriata, inornata The Geology of the Commonwealth of Australia. Edited and much supplemented by W. R. Browne, vol. 1. London. xx+747 pp., 209 figs., 18 tables, 58+ [1] plates.
tasmaniensis*, warthi
[Davitshvili, L. SH.] JI. LU. Jasutuuau
1949. EKype naseonmonoeuu. Munucrepetsa reomormm CCCP. Mocxsza.
Davoust, 1856.
835 pp., 782 figs. ' quadrisulcata*, pyramidata* fecunda*
Recherches faites par M. PAbbé Davoust, sur la diziéme ques- tion de deuxiéme paragraphe. Quelles sont, parmi les coquilles fossiles receuillies en France, celles qui mont encore été trouvées que dans le département de la Sarthe? Société d’Agriculture, Sciences et Arts de la Sarthe, Bulletin, tome 11 (2e série, tome 3), PP. 463-517.
koninckii
Dawson, John William
1844.
1868.
On the Lower Carboniferous rocks, or gypsiferous formation of Nova Scotia. Geological Society of London, Proceedings, vol. 4, pt. 2, No. 99, pp. 272-281, 6 figs., map.
Cesp: Acadian geology. The geological structure, organic remains, and mineral resources of Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince Edward Island. Second edition. London. 694 pp., 231 figs., frontispiece.
PLANICOSTATA
[1880.] The chain of life in geological time. A sketch of the origin and
36 BULLETIN 145 284
succession of animals and plants. London (The Religious ‘Tract Society). xiv-+272 pp., 192 figs., frontispiece. planicostata*
1883. Preliminary notice of new fossils from the Lower Carboniferous limestones of Nova Scotia and Newfoundland. Canadian Natur- alist and Quarterly Journal of Science, n. s., vol. 10, No. 7, pp. 411-416. Also issued as: Report on the Peter Redpath Museum of McGill University, No. 2, pp. 10-15.
planicostata
1889. Handbook of geology. Montreal. 250 pp., figs.
quadrisulcata* (=planicostata)
1891. Acadian geology, &c., supplementary note to the fourth edition, 1891. [Montreal?]. 37 pp.
planicostata
Decker, Charles E[lijah]
1933. Viola limestone, primarily of Arbuckle and Wichita Mountain regions, Oklahoma. American Association of Petroleum Geolo- gists, Bulletin, vol. 17, No. 12, pp. 1405-1435, including 3 plates.
papillata, trentonensis
1951. Preliminary note on age of Athens shale. American Association Petroleum Geologists, Bulletin, vol. 35, No. 4, pp. 912-915.
trentonensis
aug'e Susloyeuetone , and Merritt, Clifford Alddison]
1931. The stratigraphy and physical characteristics of the Simpson group, with descriptions and illustrations of ostracodes and cono- donts by Reginald W. Harris. Oklahoma Geological Survey, Bulletin 55, 112 pp., including 15 pl., map.
C. sp. (Bromide formation)
De la Beche, Henry Thomas
1831. A geological manual. London, Paris and Strasburg. 5315) PDs
illus. Third edition, 1833, 629 pp. quadrisulcata, teres, pyramidata
1832. Handbuch der Geognosie. (Nach der zweiten Auflage des Engl. Originals, bearbeitet von H. von Dechen). Berlin. xvi +612 pp.
1832a. 4 geological manual. Philadelphia. viii+s535 pp., 103 figs. This American edition is from the same sheets as the first Eng- lish, with a new title page.
Delgado, Jloaquim] F[ilippe] Nl[ery] 1897. Fauna Silurica de Portugal. Novas observacoes dcerca de Lich- as (Uralichas) Ribetroi. Direccao dos trabalhos geologicos de Portugal. 34 pp., 4 pl. — nobilis, fecunda, tenuistriata, bohemica 1908. Systeme silurique de Portugal. Etude de stratigraphie paléonto- logique. Commission du Service géologique du Portugal. 245 pp., 8 pl. : ct bohemica, fecunda, simplex, temuistriata
Delle, N.
1937. Zemgales lidzenuma, Augizemes un Lietuvas devona nogulumi. Devon-Ablagerungen der Niederung von Zemgales, des Gebietes der Augizame (Oberkurland) und Litauens. Universitas Lat-
285 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 37
viensis, Acta, Matématikas un Dabas Zinatnu Fakultates, ser. 2,
vol. 5, pp. 105-384, 384a-384t, pl. 1-14, E-F, 4 figs. LATVIENSIS
Demanet, Félix [D.]
1941. Faune et stratigraphie de [étage Namurien de la Belgique. Mu- sée royal d’Histoire naturelle de Belgique, Mémoire 97, 327 pp., 18 pl. destinezi*, crustula* 1943. Les horizons marins du Westphalien de la Belgique et leurs faunes. Musée royal d’Histoire naturelle de Belgique, Mémoire 101, 166 pp., 9 pl. crustula*
MaKe res & » and Van Straelen, Victor
1938. Faune houillére de la Belgique, in, Armand Renier et al.: Flore et Faune houilléres de la Belgique, pt. 3. Bruxelles (Musée royal d’Histoire naturelle de Belgique), pp. 99-246, pl. 106-144, fig. 28- 130.
crustula*, destinezi*
Denizot, Georges
1943. Petit atlas des fossiles. I. Fossiles primaires et triasiques. Edition 2€. Paris. 33 pp., 18 pl. pyramidata*
Dennis, D[avid] WlLorth]
1878. An analytical key to the fossils of the vicinity of Richmond, Ind. Richmond. 63 pp., 2 pl. DOANI (=formosa)
1889. A reprint of the tables of an analytical key to the fossils of Richmond, Ind. published in 1878. [Richmond.] 48 pp. doani, papillata
Derby, Orville Adelbert
1877. Contribuicoes para a geologia da Regiao do Baixo Amazonas. Mu- seo Nacional do Rio de Janeiro, Archivos, vol. 2, pp. 77-104. Also issued, 1879, as: A contribution to the geology of the Lower Ama- zonas. American Philosophical Society, Proceedings for 1879, vol. 18, pp. 155-178.
C. sp. Desio, Ardito
1941. Fossili neosilurici del Fezzan Occidentale. Museo Libico di Storia Naturale, Annali, vol. 2, pp. 13-45, pl. 1-3. Also issued as: Universita di Milano, Instituto di Geologia, Paleontologia e Geografia fisica, Publication (serie P) No. 19, 35 pp., pl. 1-3. Cysp: 1941a. Vestigia problematiche paleozoiche della Libia. | Museo Libico di Storia Naturale, Annali, vol. 2, pp., 47-92, pl. 4-13. Also is- sued as: Universita di Milano, Instituto di Geologia, Paleontolo- gia e Geografia fisica, Publication (serie P) No. 20, 45 pp., pl. 4-13. Cx sp:
Deslongchamps, [Eugéne Francois Guillaume] Eudes— 1864. Notes pour servir a la géologie du Calvados. II.—Difficultés
38 BULLETIN 145 286
de l'étude des séries siluriennes. Société linnéenne de Norman- die, Bulletin, tome 8, pp. 206-210. ONDULATA (=pyramidata)
Deslongchamps, [Jacques Amand Eudes-]
1825. Mémoire sur les corps organisés fossiles du grés intermédiaire de Calvados. Société linnéenne de Calvados, Mémoires, Année 1825, pp. 290-317, 2 plates.
Conulaire ondulée*, acutangle* Dewalque, G[illes Joseph Gustave] 1880. Prodrome dune description géologique de la Belgique. 2e édi- tion. Bruxelles. 5o1 pp. namurcana, irregularis De Witt, Wallace, Jr. 1951. Stratigraphy of the Berea sandstone and associated rocks in
northeastern Ohio and northwestern Pennsylvania. Geological Society of America, Bulletin, vol. 62, No. 11, pp. 1347-1370, 2 pl., 10 figs.
missouriensis
Diener, Carl
1899. Anthracolithic fossils of Kashmir and Spiti. Geological Survey of India, Memoirs, Palaeontologia Indica, series 15, vol. 1, pt. 2, 95 pp-, 8 pl.
tenuistriata*
1913. Triassic Faunae of Kashmir. Geological Survey of India, Mem-
oirs, Palaeontologia Indica, n. s., vol. 5, Memoir 1, 133 pp., 13 pl. C. sp.*
1915. The Anthracolithic Faunae of Kashmir, Kanaur and Spiti. Geo- logical Survey of India, Memoirs, Palaeontologia Indica, n. s., vol. 5, Memoir 2, 135 pp., 11 pl.
HAYDENI
1926. Glossophora triadica. Fossilium Catalogus. I. Animalia. Pars 34. Berlin. 242 pp.
triadica, stromeri
1927. Leitfossilien des marinen Perm, in George Giirich: Leitfossilien, Lief. 5. Berlin. 84 pp., 14 pl., 10 figs.
laevigata* Dienst, P. 1928. Zusammenstellung der im Geologischen Landesmuseum zu Ber- lin aufbewahrten Originale. I. Paldozoologischer Teil. Preus-
sischen Geologischen Landesanstalt. 133 pp. hummeli, latecostata, mediorhenana, thuringa
Dorlodot, Jean de, and Delépine, Gl[aston]
1931. Faune marine de terrain houiller de la Belgique. Répartition stratigraphique dans le région de Charleroi et de la Basse- Sambre. Institut géologique de l'Université de Louvain, Mem- oires, tome 6, No. 1, 112 pp., 10 pl., 4 figs., 2 tables.
Cysp:
Dorsmann, L. 1945. The marine fauna of the Carboniferous in the Netherlands. Me-
287 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 39
dedellingen von de Geologische Stichtung, series C-IV, vol. 3, No.
3, IOI pp., 11 pl. crustula*
Douglas, James Archibald
1920. Geological sections through the Andes of Peru and Bolivia: I— From the Port of Mollendo to the Inambari River. Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 76, pt. 1 (No. 301), pp. 1-61, pl. 1-6, 5 figs.
africana*, baini*, quichua*, acuta*
Dowling, D[onaldson] Blogart]
1900. Report on the geology of the west shore and islands of Lake Win- nipeg. Geological Survey of Canada, Annual Reports, vol. 11, pt. F (No. 704), 100 pp., 2 pl. figs. This paper also appeared in volume form in rgor in English, and in 1902 in French, dated 1901.
asperata
Dresser, John Allexander], and Denis, T. C.
1944. Geology of Quebec. Volume 2: Descriptive geology. Quebec De- partment of Mines, Geological Report 20, 544 pp., 44 pl., 41 figs., maps. Also issued in a French edition.
trentonensis*, triangulata, sowerbyi, lata, tuzoi, desiderata
Drevermann, Fritz
1901. Die Fauna der oberdevonischen Tuffbreccie von Langenaubach
bei Haiger. Koniglich Preussische geologische Landesanstalt
und Bergakademie, Jahrbuch, Bd. 21, pt. 3, pp. 99-207, pl. 12-16. acuta*
Dumont, André 1848. Mémoire sur les terrains ardennais et rhénans de l’Ardenne, du
Rhin, du Brabant et du Condros. Académie royale des sciences, lettres et beaux-arts de Belgique, Mémoires, tome 22, 451 pp. gervillei
Dun, William S. 1905. List of fossils occurring in the Upper Marine series at Gerring- ong and Black Head. Geological Survey of New South Wales, Records, vol. 8, pt. 2, pp. 106-107. laevigata, inornata 1911. [Exhibition of specimens.] Royal Society of New South Wales, Journal and Proceedings, vol. 44, pt. 4, pp. liii-liv. laevigata
Dunbar, Carl O[wen] 1919. Stratigraphy and correlation of the Devonian of western Tenne-
ssee. Tennessee, State Geological Survey, Bulletin 21, 127 pp., including 4 pl., 11 figs. huntiana
Dupont, Edouard Francois
1863. Sur la calcaire carbonifére de la Belgique et du Hainaut fran- cais. Académie royale des sciences, lettres et beaux-arts de Belgique, Bulletin, série 2, tome 15, No. 1, pp. 86-137, figs.
irregularis
40 BULLETIN 145 288
Durocher, J[oseph Marie Elizabeth]
1856. Etudes sur la structure orographique et la constitution géologique de la Norwége, de la Suéde et de la Finlande. Société géolo- gique de France, Mémoires, série 2, tome 6, pt. 1, 207 pp., maps.
quadrisulcata >
Du Toit, Alex[ander] Llogie]
1922. The Carboniferous glaciation of South Africa. Geological Society of South Africa, Transactions, vol. 24, pp. 188-227, 3 figs. C. sp. (Dwyka) 1926. The geology of South Africa. Edinburgh and London. x+463 pp-, 39 pl., 63 figs., map. africana, baini, gamkaensis, quichua, ulrichana 1930. A brief review of the Dwyka glaciation of South Africa. Inter- national Geological Congress. Compte Rendu of the XV_ Session, South Africa, 1929, volume II, pp. 90-102. C. sp.
Dyer, WLilliam] S[pafford]
1921. On Conularia rugosa from the Lockport limestone at Hamilton, Ontario. Royal Society of Canada, Section IV, Transactions, series 3, volume 15, pp. 65-67, 2 pl.
rugosa*
Earp, John Rowland
1938. The higher Silurian rocks of the Kerry district, Montgomery- shire. Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 94,
pt. 1 (No. 373), pp. 125-160, pl. 12-13, 8 figs. cancellata
Eastman, Charles Rlochester], editor.
1913. Textbook of palaeontology, adapted from the German of Karl A. von Zittel. Vol. 1. Second edition. London. xi+839 pp., 1594 figs.
anomala*, guadrisulcata*
Eastwood, Tlom], et al
1931. The geology of the Whitehaven and Workington district. Geo- logical Survey of England and Wales, Memoirs. Explanation of sheet 28, xi+304 pp., 8 pl., 27 figs.
quadrisulcata
Eaton, Amos
1832. Geological equivalents. American Journal of Science, vol. 21, No. 1, pp. 132-138. quadrisulcata 1832a. Four cardinal points in stratiographical geology, established by organic remains. American Journal of Science, vol. 21, No. 1, appendix, pp. 199-200. quadrisulcata
Eichwald, Carl Edouard d’ (Eduard Iwanowitsch von Eichwald) 1840. Ueber das silurische Schichtensystems in Ehstland. Zeitschrift fir Natur.-und Heilkunde, Hefte 1/2. Only author’s edition seen.
210 pp. quadrisulcata*, BUCHII
289 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 41
1851.
1855.
1857.
18574.
1860.
Ein Paar Worte iiber die Eifel und die Grauwacke uberhaupt, in, Naturhistorische Bemerkungen als Beitrag zur vergleichenden Geognosie, auf einer Reise durch die Eifel, Tyrol, Italien, Sizil- ten und Algier. Moskau und Stuttgart. pp. 1-74, pl. 1. A note says that this paper [464 pp., 2+2 pl.] forms Band IX of the Nouveaux Mémoires de la Société des Naturalistes de Moscou, but we have not seen it in that form.
gerolsteinensis, deflexicosta, acuta, quadrisulcata, buchii Lethaea Rossica, ou Paléontologie de la Russie. Vol. 1. L’Anci- enne période. Atlas. Stuttgart. 59 pl.
LATESULCATA, LINEATA, STRIATA, MARGINATA,
CONSTRICTA, subtilis*, trentonensis*
Beitrag zur geographischen Verbreitung der fossilen Thiere Russlands. Alte période. Part 4. Société impérial des Naturalistes de Moscou, Bulletin, tome 29, 2e partie, No. 4, pp. 555-608. lineata*, buchi* Beitrag zur geographischen Verbreitung der fossilen Thiere Russlands. Alte Periode. Moskau. 242 pp. Reprinted from the Bulletin of the Société impérial des Naturalistes de Moscou, 1855- 1857. lineata*, buchi*. Lethaea Rossica, ou Paléontologie de la Russie, tome I, L’Anci- enne periode. Pt. 2, pp. 681-1657. Stuttgart. latesulcata*, lineata*, buchii*, striata*, soqwerbyi*, subtilis*, trentonensis*, constricta*, marginata*
Elles, Gertrude Lilian
1922.
1940.
The Bala country: Its structure and rock-succession. Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 78, pt. 2 (No. 310), pp. 132-175, pl. 2 (map), ro figs.
sowerbyi The stratigraphy and faunal succession in the Ordovician rocks of the Builth-Llandrindod inlier, Radnorshire. Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 95, pt. 4 (No. 380), pp. 383- 445, pl. 27-32, 10 figs.
coronata, quadrisulcata, SILURIANA, caereesiense
Ells, Rlobert] WlLheeler]
1888.
1900.
Second report on the geology of a portion of the Province of Quebec. Geological Survey of Canada, Annual Reports, n. s., vol. 3, pt. K. 120 pp. Issued in volume form, in both French and English editions, in 1893.
trentonensis Report on the geology of the Three Rivers map-sheet or north- western sheet of the “Eastern Townships” map, Quebec. Geolo- gical Survey of Canada, Annual Reports, n. s., vol. 311, pt. J (No. 707). 70 pp., 4 pl., map. Issued in volume form in English in 1901, and in French in 1902, dated r1gor.
trentonensis
Emerson, Blenjamin] K[endall]
1879.
On the geology of Frobisher Bay and Field Bay. Appendix III to: Narrative of the second Arctic Expedition made by Charles F. Hall. U. S. 45th Congress, 3d session, Executive document No. 27, PP. 553-583, figs.
trentonensis
42
BULLETIN 145 290
Emmons, Ebenezer
1846.
1855.
1860.
Etheridge, 1888.
Etheridge, 1873.
1878.
1878a.
1881.
1882.
1890.
1g9Ol.
Conularia vernuelia n. s. Emmons. American Quarterly Journal of Science and Agriculture, vol. 4, No. 8, p. 330, 2 figs. This article was not signed.
VERNUELIA American geology.~ Vol. 1, pt. 2, Albany. 251 pp., 18 pl., 84 figs.
HUDSONIA Manual of geology: designed for the use of colleges and acade- mies. Second edition. New York. xi+297 pp., 218 figs.
hudsonia*, verneuilli*
Robert (1819-1903)
Fossils of the British Islands, stratigraphically and xoologically
arranged. Volume I, Palaeozoic, &c. Oxford. vili+468 pp. cancellata, corium, elongata, homfrayi, laevigata, sowerbyi, llanvirnensis, margaritifera, pyramidata, subtilis, quwadrisulcata
Robert (1847-1920)
Contributions to Carboniferous palaeontology. I. Note on the genus Conularia, Miller. Geological Magazine, vol. 10, No. 109, pp. 295-297, 3 figs.
quadrisulcata On our present knowledge of the invertebrate fauna of the Low- er Carboniferous or Calciferous sandstone series of the Edin- burgh neighbourhood, especially of that division known as the Wardie shales; and on the first appearance of certain species in these beds. Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 2i4)) pt. © (No13'3))e pps 1-26), ply 1-2:
Casp: A catalogue of Australian fossils (including Tasmania and the Island of Timor) stratigraphically and zoologically arranged. Cambridge. xi+232 pp.
sowerbyi, inornata, laevigata, torta, quadrisulcata, tenuistriata On the analysis and distribution of the British Palaeozoiq fossils. Geological Society of London, Proceedings, session 1880-81, pp. 51-235.
homfrayi, corium, margaritifera, llanvirnensis, sowerbyi, sub-
tilis, cancellata, quadrisulcata The Palaeozoic conchology of Scotland. Royal Physical Society of Edinburgh, Proceedings, vol. 7, pt. 1, pp. 1-94. On the further structure of Conularia inornata Dana, and Hyo- lithes lanceolatus Morris sp. (=Theca lanceolata, Morris). Linnean Society of New South Wales, Proceedings, series 2, vol. 4, pt. 3, Pp. 751-756, pl. 20.
inornata* Aperture of Conularia. Australian Museum, Records, vol. 4, INOS 15, ps 52.
laevigata, tasmanica, undulata
Evans, David Cledlyn
1906.
The Ordovician rocks of western Caermarthenshire. Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 62, pt. 4 (No. 248), pp. 597-643, pl. 46 (map), 7 figs.
margaritifera, homfrayi
291 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON = 43
Faessler, Clarl], and Laverdiere, J. W.
1936. Quelques observations sur la géologie de la Cote de Beaupre. Naturaliste Canadien, tome 63, No. 2 (série 3, tome 7), pp. 33-44, 5 figs. Also issued, with same pagination, as: Université Laval, Faculté des Sciences, Géologie et Mineralogie, Contributions, No. 25. trentonensis
Fairbridge, Rhodes W.
1949. Geology of the country around Waddamana, central Tasmania. Royal Society of Tasmania, Papers and Proceedings for 1948, pp. 111-149, pl. 5-9, figs.
inornata
Fearnsides, William George
1905. On the geology of Arenig Fawr and Moel Llyfnant. Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 61, pt. 3 (No. 243), pp. 608-640, pl. 41 (map), 2 figs.
homfrayi
Felix, Johannes Paul
1924. Leitfossilien aus dem Pflanzen- und Tierreich in systematischen Anordnung, 2 Auflage. Leipzig. 228 pp., figs. simplex* Ferugiio, Egidio 1933. Fossili devonici della Sierra del Porongal nella regione subandina dell’ Argentina settentrionale. R. Museo geologico di Bologna,
Annali, Giornale di Geologia, Serie 2a, vol. 8, pp. 127-146, plate. ulrichana*
Field, Richard Ml[ontgomery]
1919. The Middle Ordovician of central and south central Pennsylvania. American Journal of Science, series 4, vol. 48, No. 288, pp. 403- 428, 3 figs. trentonensis
Fischer, Paul [Henri]
1883. Manuel de Conchyliologie et de paléontologie conchyliologique, fasc. V, pp. 417-512, figs. Paris. quadrisulcata*
Fischer de Waldheim, G[otthelf Friedrich]
1848. Notice sur quelques céphalopodes du calcaire de montagne de Kalouga et de Moscou. Société impérial des Naturalistes de Moscou, Bulletin, tome 21, No. 3, pp. 85-133, pl. 5s. CONVEXA, ELONGATA (cephalopods) 1848a. Notice sur quelques fossiles du Gouvernement d’Orel. Société impérial des Naturalistes de Moscou, Bulletin, tome 21, No. 4, Pp. 455-469, pl. 11. INCLINATA (a cephalopod) Fleming, John
1828. A history of British animals, exhibiting the descriptive characters and systematical arrangements of the genera and species of quadrupeds, birds, reptiles, fishes, Mollusca, and Radiata of the United Kingdom, &c. Edinburgh. xxiii+565 pp.
quadrisulcata, teres
44
BULLETIN 145 292
Fletcher, Harold O.
1938.
1946.
A revision of the Australian Conulariae. Australian Museum, Records, vol. 20, No. 3, pp. 235-255, pl. 24-26. MITCHELL], CHAPMANI, TUBERCULATA, EXPANSA, ACUTILIRAT As CRENULATA, DISTINCTA, SALTERI warthi*, torta*, levigata*, inornata*, tenuistriata*, derwenten- sis*, ornatissima*
Notes on the nomenclature of Conularia distincta Fletcher and Conularia tenuistriata’ McCoy. Australian Museum, Records, vol.:21, No. 7, p. 394.
BOWNINGENSIS
Fletcher, Hugh
1878.
Report on the geology of part of the counties of Victoria, Cape Breton and Richmond, Nova Scotia. Geological Survey of Canada, Report of Progress for 1876-1877, pp. 402-456, 5 figs., map. This report also appeared in a French edition, with different pagina- tion.
planicostata
Foerste, August F[rederick]
1889.
Notes on Clinton group fossils, with special reference to col-
lections from Indiana, Tennessee and Georgia. Boston Society
of Natural History, Proceedings, vol. 24, pp. 263-355, pl. 5-9. niagarensis*
[1895]. Fossils of the Clinton group in Ohio and Indiana. Geological
1913.
1914.
1916.
1917.
1918.
1920.
1924.
Survey of Ohio, Report, vol. 7, pp. 516-601, pl. 25-37a. Al- though this volume was dated 1893, only the first 290 pages appeared in that year (see p. xiv), and although on that page the whole volume was said to be published in 1894, it had not yet appeared in January 1895 (see p. 80a).
niagarensis*, BILINEATA a The identification of Trenton and lower geological horizons. Kentucky Geological Survey, series 4, vol. 1, pt. 1, pp. 365-376, pl. 5-10.
quadrata The Rogers Gap fauna of central Kentucky. Cincinnati Society of Natural History, Journal, vol. 21, No. 4, pp. 109-156, 4 pl., figs.
ROGERSENSIS
Notes on Cincinnatian fossil types. Denison University, Scientific Laboratories, Bulletin, vol. 18, articles 4-7, pp. 285-355, including ple n-7:
Notes conularids as hosts to Crania. Notes on Richmond and related fossils. Cincinnati Society of Natural History, Journal, vol. 22, No. 2, pp. 42-55, 3 pl.
MISENERI (a _ hyolithid) The Richmond faunas of Little Bay de Noquette, in Northern Michigan. Ottawa Naturalist, vol. 31, No. 9, pp. 97-103, pl. 4-6; No. 10, pp. 121-127.
formosa The Kimmswick and Plattin limestones of northeastern Missouri. Denison University Bulletin, Scientific Laboratories, Journal, vol. 19, No. 3, pp. 175-224, pl. 21-23.
HEYMANI, PLATTINENSIS (=heymani)
Upper Ordovician faunas of Ontario and Quebec. Geological
293 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 45
Survey, Canada, Memoir 138 (Geological Series 121), iv+255 pp-, 46 pl., 14 figs. asperata
1928. American Arctic and related cephalopods. Denison University Bulletin, vol. 38, No. 2; Scientific Laboratories, Journal, vol. 23, articles 1-2, pp. 1-110, pl. 1-29.
METACONULARIA ULRICHI, papillata*, granulata*, de- licata*
1929. The cephalopods of the Red River formation of southern Mani- toba. Denison University Bulletin, vol 29, No. 7; Scientific Laboratories, Journal, vol. 24, articles 6-9, pp. 129-235, pl. 11-39.
asperata
Follmann, O[tto]
1925. Die Koblenzschichten am Mittelrhein und in Moselgebiet. Natur- historischen Vereins der preussischen Rheinlande und Westfalens, Verhandlungen, Jahrgang 1921/22 (Bd. 78/79), p. 1-105.
subparallela
Fomitchev, V. D. (B. Jl. ®omuyes) 1935. Cmpamuepagund U MEKMOHUKA UHCKOZO U NMLOMHUKOBCKOZO PANOHOS KY3- HeuKoeo Oacceitina. The stratigraphy and tectonics of the Inia and Plotnikovo re- gions of Kuznetsk basin. U. S. S. R., United Geological and Prospecting Service, Transactions, fasc. 333, 99 pp., maps, figs. C. sp. (Lower Carboniferous) 1940. Jlemaabnaa 2COMOCUUCCKAA KAPMA KYS8HEUKOZO KAMECHHOYLOMbHOLO dac- cettua, nlanwmem N-45-16l (Mosocyxruncenut). Detailed geological map of the Kuznetsk Coal Basin, sheet N-45- 16-[ (Mozjukha). U. S. S. R., Central Geological and Prospect- ing Institute, fasc. 119, 164 pp., 25 figs. C. sp. (Upper Carboniferous)
Forsyth, David
1885. The Silurian rocks of the Girvan District. Geological Society of Glasgow, Transactions, vol. 7, pt. 2, pp. 358-369, pl. 14-15. sowerbyi
Foster, Helen L[aura]
1947. Paleozoic and Mesozoic stratigraphy of northern Gros Ventre Mountains and Mount Leidy Highlands, Teton County, Wyo- ming. American Association of Petroleum Geologists, Bulletin,
vol. 31, No. 9, pp. 1537-1593, 9 figs. kaibabensis
Fox, Cyril Slankey]
1931. The Gondwana system and related formations. Geological Sur- vey of India, Memoirs, vol. 58, v-+241 pp., 1o pl., frontispiece.
Fox, Howard
1895. On some fossils from the coast sections in the parishes of Pad- stow and St. Merryn. Royal Geological Society of Cornwall, Transactions, vol. 11, pt. 9, 81st Annual Report, &c., pp. 634-644.
C. sp.
1900. Geological notes. Royal Geological Society of Cornwall, Trans-
actions, vol. 12, pt. 5, 86th Annual Report, &c., pp. 342-361, pl. 16. Carsp:
40 BULLETIN 145 294
1900a. Notes on the geology and fossils of some Devonian rocks on the north coast of Cornwall. Geological Magazine, n. s., decade 4, vol. 7, No. 4, pp. 145-152, pl. 7.
C¥sp!
1902. On the distribution of fossils on the north coast of Cornwall south of the Camel. Royal Geological Society of Cornwall, Trans- actions, vol. 12, pt. 7, 88th Annual Report, &c., pp. 535-545, plate (map).
Casp:
1905. Further notes on the Devonian rocks and fossils in the parish of St. Minver. Royal Geological Society of Cornwall, Transactions, vol. 13, pt. 1, g1st Annual Report, &c., pp. 33-57.
subparallela, deflexicosta
1905a. Devonian fossils from the parish of St. Minver, North Cornwall. Geological Magazine, n. s.. decade 5, vol. 2, No. 4, pp. 145-150.
subparallela, deflexicosta
Foyles, Edward J[ohn]
1927. Locality list of Vermont invertebrate fossils. Vermont State Geol- ogist, 15th Report, pp. 163-190. trentonensis
Fraas, Elberhard]
1910. Der Petrefaktensammler. Ein Leitfaden zum Sammeln und Bes- timmen der Versteinerungen Deutschlands. Stuttgart. vi+249 pp., 72) pl, 139) figs: anomala*
Frech, Fritz 1889. Ueber das rheinische Unterdevon und die Stellung des “Hercyn”. Deutsche geologische Gesellschaft, Zeitschrift, Bd. 41, Heft 2, pp. 175-287, fig. deflexicosta, gervillei
Freed, Stella B.
1894. Catalogue of instruments, minerals, fossils, shells, Gc. in the cabi- net of Prof. A. Freed near Lancaster, Fairfield Co., O. Canal Winchester, Ohio. 56 pp.
trentonensis, micronema, newberryi, missouriensis Freeman, Hlenry] C.
1868. La Salle County. Geological Survey of Illinois, vol. 3, pp. 257- 287, [2] figs.
C. sp. (Coal Measures) Freulon, J[ean] Michel]
1951. Sur la série primaire du Fezzan nord-occidental. Société géologique de France, Compte rendu sommaire des séances, No. 12, Séance du 18 Juin 1951, pp. 216-218.
Coisp: Freyberg, Bruno von
1922. Die Fauna und Gliederung der Thiiringer Untersilurs. Deutsche geologische Gesellschaft, Zeitschrift, Bd. 74, Hefte 2-4, pp. 237- 276, pl. 4-5, fig. Also issued, with same pagination but without plates, as: MHabilitationsschrift, Vereinigten Friedrichsuniversitat
Halle-Wittenberg. fecunda*, THURINGA, LATECOSTATA
295 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 47
1923. Die untersilurischen Eisenerzlager des ostthiiringischen Schiefer- gebirges. Walleschen Verbandes ftir die Erforschung der mittel- deutschen Bodenschatze und ihrer Verwertung, Jahrbuch, Bd. 4, Wei.) sky epPsi-745 7D ase tes:
Notes conularids in phosphate pebbles.
Fritsch, Karl von 1860. Geognostische Skizze der Umgegend von Ilmenau am Thiiringer Walde. Deutsche geologische Gesellschaft, Zeitschrift, Bd. 12, Heft 1, pp. 97-155, pl. 3-5. hollebeni 1901. Fiihrer durch das mineralogische Institut der kgl. ver. Fried- richs-Universitat. Halle-Wittenberg. (Not seen, fide Bouéek) modesta*
Fritz, Madeleine Al[lberta]
1926. The stratigraphy and palaeontology of the Workman’s Creek section of the Cincinnatian series of Ontario. Royal Society of Canada, Section IV, Transactions, series 3, vol. 20, pp. 77-107, 4 pl., table.
formosa
1944. Catalogue of types in the Royal Ontario Museum of Palaeontol- ogy. Part IV. Royal Ontario Museum of Palaeontology, Contri- butions, No. 8, 46 pp.
attenuata, formosa, parva, narrawayi, amoena, dubia, gibral- tarensis
Frommurze, H. F., and Gevers, T. W. 1929. South west Africa. International Geological Congress, Guide Book, XV session, Excursion C. 21, pp. 1-46, 3 figs., map. C. sp. (Dwyka) Fuchs, Alexander 1915. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Hunriickschiefer und Unterkoblenzfau- na der Loreleigegend. Koniglich Preussische geologische Lan- desanstalt und Bergakademie, Abh., Bd. 79, 79 pp., 18 pl. MEDIORHENANA Fuhrmann, August
1949. Beitrdge zur Geologie des Iberg-Winterberg-Massivs bei Bad Grund (Oberharz} im Lichte der neuen Aufschliisse. Neues Jahr- buch fir Mineralogie, usw., Abt. B, Abhandlungen, Bd. 91, Heft T, Pp. 35-90, Map.
acuta, bodana Fulda, E[rnst]
1935. Zechstein. Band 7 of: Handbuch der vergleichenden Stratigra- phie Deutschlands. Berlin. 409 pp., 100 figs.
hollebeni Furon, Raymond
1941. La Paléogéographie. Essai sur lévolution des continents et des océans. Paris. 530 pp., 136 figs., 16 maps.
1950. Géologie de Afrique. Paris. 350 pp., 34 figs.
africana Garner, Robert 1844. The natural history of the County of Stafford; comprising its geo-
48
BULLETIN 145 296
logy, zoology, botany, and meteorolgy: also its antiquities, topo- graphy, manufactures, Gc. London. viitss51 pp., pl. 1-2, A-E, [2], [20] figs.
quadrisulcata
Garwood, Edmund Johnstone [1913.] The Lower Carboniferous succession in the north-west of Eng-
land. Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 68,
pt. 4 (No. 272), pp. 449-572, pl. 44-56, 7 figs. This volume is
dated 1912, but part 4 was issued January 13, 1913. quadrisulcata
Life zones in the British Carboniferous rocks. British Association for the Advancement of Science, Report of the 67th (Toronto) Meeting, pp. 296-297. Also printed in: Geological Magazine, dec-
ade 4, vol. 4, pp. 556-557.
Gaudry, Albert
1883.
Les enchainements du monde animal dans les temps géologiques. Fossiles primaires. Paris. 317 pp., 285 figs. pyramidata*
Geikie, Archibald
1868.
1869.
1869a.
1872.
1873.
On the order of succession among the Silurian rocks of Scotland. Geological Society of Glasgow, Transactions, vol. 3, pt. 1, pp. 74-95.
sowerbyi Ayrshire: South-western district. Geological Survey of Scotland, Memoirs. Explanation of sheet 7, 16 pp., map. Fossil lists by Robert Etheridge [the elder].
elongata Peebleshire, with parts of Lanark, Edinburgh, and Selkirk. Geo- logical Survey of Scotland, Memoirs. Explanation of sheet 24, 24 pp., map. Fossil lists by J. W. Salter.
quadrisulcata Ayrshire (north part), with parts of Renfrewshire and Lanark- shire. Geological Survey of Scotland, Memoirs. Explanation of sheet 22, 50 pp., map. Fossil lists by Robert Etheridge, Jr.
gquadrisulcata Lanarkshire: Central districts. Geological Survey of Scotland, Memoirs. Explanation of sheet 23, 107 pp., map. Fossil lists by Robert Etheridge, Jr.
guadrisulcata
1873a. Western Wigtownshire. Geological Survey of Scotland, Memoirs.
1879.
1902.
Explanation of sheet 3. 34 pp., map. Fossil lists by Robert Ethe- ridge [the elder] and Prof. [John] Young.
elongata Stirling (southern part). Lanarkshire (northern part). Linlith- gowshire (western Borders). Geological Survey of Scotland, Me- moirs, Explanation of sheet 31, 87 pp., map. Fossil lists by R[obert] E[theridge], Jr.
quadrisulcata Text-Book of geology. New York. 1787 pp., 471 figs.
homfrayi*, quadrisulcata*
297. CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 49
Geinitz, Hanns Bruno
1845. Grundriss der Versteinerungskunde. Dresden und Leipzig. vili-+ 813 pp., table. 28 plates (1-26) published in 1846. quadrisulcata, teres, irregularis 1853. Conularia Hollebeni Gein. aus dem unteren Zechstein von Ilme- nau. Deutsche geologische Gesellschaft, Zeitschrift, Bd. 5, Heft 2, Pp. 465-466, fig. HOLLEBENI 1861. Dyas oder die Zechsteinformation und das Rothliegende. I. Die animalischen Ueberreste der Dyas. Leipzig. xvilit130 pp., 23 pl. 8 figs. hollebeni*
Gerth, H. 1932. Geologie der Erde. Geologie Stidamerikas. [1. Bd.], I. Teil. Ber- lin. vii+ 389 pp. quichua, striatula, quichua Gevin, Pierre 1949. Série paléozoique d Aouinet Legra (Sahara occidental). Société gé- ologique de France, Bulletin, série 5, tome 18, fasc. 6/7,pp. 369- 381, 4 figs. C. sp. (Devonian) Giebel, C[hristoph] Glottfried Andreas]
1852. Deutschlands Petrefacten. Leipzig. 706 pp. acuta, gerolsteinensis, gervillei, deflexicosta, ornata 1852a. Allgemeine Palaeontologie. Entwurf einer systematischen Dar- stellung der Fauna und Flora der Vorwelt. Leipzig. 414 pp. acuta, quadrisulcata, gervillei, gerolsteinensis, irregularis, elon- gata, ornata, pyramidata
Gill, Edmund D.
1942. On the thickness and age of the type Yeringian strata, Lilydale, Victoria. Royal Society of Victoria, Proceedings, n. s., vol. 54, pt. I, pp. 21-52, pl. 4-6, figs.
C. sp. AM age shatece , and Banks, M. R.
1950. Silurian and Devonian stratigraphy of the Zeehan area, Tasma- nia. Royal Society of Tasmania, Papers and Proceedings for the year 1949, pp. 259-271, pl. 1-3. inornata Gillette, Tracy
1940. Geology of the Clyde and Sodus Bay quadrangles. With a chap- ter on the water resources by Bernard H. Dollen. New York State Museum, Bulletin 320, 179 pp., 45 figs., map. niagarensis 1947. The Clinton of western and central New York. New York State Museum, Bulletin 341, 191 pp., 20 figs. longa, niagarensis
Girty, George Herbert 1903. The Carboniferous formations and faunas of Colorado. United States Geological Survey, Professional Paper 16 (Series C, No.
63), 546 pp., ro pl. crustula*
50
1910.
I9gIl.
1912.
1915.
BULLETIN 145 298
The fauna of the phosphate beds of the Park City formation in Idaho, Wyoming and Utah. United States Geological Survey, Bul- letin 436, 82 pp., 7 pl.
Casps On some new genera and species of Pennsylvanian fossils from the Wewoka formation of Oklahoma. New York Academy of Sciences, Annals, vol. 21, pp. 119-156.
HOLDENVILLAE Geologic age of the Bedford shale of Ohio. New York Academy of Sciences, Annals, vol. 22, pp. 295-319.
byblis, newberryi Fauna of the Wewoka formation of Oklahoma. United States Geological Survey, Bulletin 544, 353 pp., 35 pl.
crustula*, holdenvillae*
1915a. Invertebrate paleontology, in, Henry Hinds and F. C. Greene: The
1922.
1923.
1927.
stratigraphy of the Pennsylvanian series in Missouri, Missouri Bureau of Geology and Mines, series 2, vol. 13, pp. 263-376, pl. 27-32, 2 tables.
crustula
[Report of fossils], in, W. J. Wright: Geology of the Moncton map-area. Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir 129 (Geological Series 110), pp. 18-19.
planicostata
Observations on the faunas of the Greenbrier limestone and ad- jacent rocks. West Virginia Geological Survey. Tucker County [Report], pp. 450-488.
chesterensis List of species, in, A. O. Hayes: Bituminous shale and other mineral occurrences in the vicinity of Sussex, N. B. Geological Survey, Canada, Summary Report, 1925, part C, p. 1300.
planicostata
Glauert, Ludwig
1912.
1926.
Goldring, 1929.
1931.
1935.
1943.
Permo-Carboniferous fossils from Bryo Station, Murchison district. Western Australian Museum and Art Gallery, Records, vol. 1, pt. 2, PP. 75-77-
Cxespy now.* A list of Western Australian fossils. Supplement No. 1. Western Australia, Geological Survey, Bulletin 88, pp. 36-71.
warthi Winifred Handbook of paleontology for beginners and amateurs, Part 1. The fossils. New York State Museum, Handbook 9, 356 pp., figs. Second edition, 1950, 394 pp., 97 figs.
[undulata* | Handbook of paleontology. Part 2. The formations. New York State Museum, Handbook ro, 488 pp., 62 figs.
undulata* Geology of the Berne Quadrangle, with a chapter on glacial geology
by John H. Cook. New York State Museum, Bulletin 303, 238 pp., 72 figs., map.
trentonensis*, multicosta Geology of the Coxsackie Quadrangle, New York, with a chapter
299 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 51
on glacial geology by John H. Cook. New York State Museum, Bulletin 332, 374 pp., 71 figs., map. ulsterensis, trentonensis
Goodchild, J[ohn] Gleorge]
1901. The Carboniferous Gasteropoda of the Clyde drainage area, in, G. F. Scott Elliott, Malcolm Laurie and J. Barclay Murdoch: Fauna, flora and geology of the Clyde area, pp. 505-508. Glasgow (Local Committee for the Meeting of the British Association).
quadrisulcata
1904. The Carboniferous Gasteropoda of the Clyde drainage area, in, J. B. Murdoch et al.: The geology and palaeontology of the Clyde drainage area, pp. 505-508. Glasgow (Rooms of the Geological Society). This book is a reissue of the 1901 handbook, with cor- rections and additions, but with the original pagination retained.
quadrisulcata
Gorby, SLylvester] Sl[cott]
1889. List of specimens in the State Museum. Indiana, Department of Geology and Natural History, 16th Annual Report, pp. 383-472. crustula, downii, micronema, missouriensis, newberryi, niaga- rensis, quadrisulcata, subcarbonaria
Gosselet, [Jules Auguste Alexandre]
1887. 6e Note sur le Famennien. Société géologique du Nord, Annales, tome 14, livr. 2/3, pp. 130-145. simplex
Gould, Chal[rlels Newton]
1925. Index to the stratigraphy of Oklahoma, with lists of characteristic fossils by Charles E. Decker. Oklahoma Geology Survey, Bulletin
25a Sepp table: trentonensis, crustula
Grabau, Amadeus William
1899. Geology and palaeontology of Eighteen Mile Creek and the lake shore sections of Erie County, New York. Part 2. Palaeontology. Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences, Bulletin, vol. 6, No. 2/4, pp. 93-403, 263 figs.
undulata*
1901. Guide to the geology and paleontology of Niagara Falls and vicinity. New York State Museum, Bulletin 45 (volume 9), 284 pp., 18 pl. 1go figs., map. Also issued as: Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences, Bulletin, vol. 7, No. 1, with same pagination.
niagarensis*
1906. Guide to the geology and paleontology of the Schoharie Valley in eastern New York. New York State Museum, Bulletin 92 (Paleontology No. 13) (New York State Education Department Bulletin 370), pp. 76-386, 24 pl., 225 figs., map.
huntiana*, rudis, lata, pyramidalis
1919. Significance of the Sherbourne sandstone in Upper Dewonic strati- graphy. Geological Society of America, Bulletin, vol. 30, No. 4, pp. 423-470.
congregata, undulata
1921. A comprehensive geology. Vol. 2. Boston, New York and Chicago. viiit976 pp., 1980 figs., frontispiece.
undulata*, micronema*
52 BULLETIN 145 300
1924. Stratigraphy of China. Part 1. Palaeozoic and older. Geological Survey of China. xviii+528 pp., 6 pl., 306 figs. SIMPLICOSTA
1937. Palaezoic formations in the light of the pulsation theory. Volume Ill. Cambrovician pulsation. Part Il. Appalachian, Palaeocordil- leran, Pre-Andean, Himalayana and Cathaysian geosynclines. The National University of Peking. xxx+850 pp., maps, charts.
undulata
1938. Palaeozoic formations in the light of the pulsation theory. Volume IV. Ordovician pulsation. Part 1. Ordovician formations of the Caledonian geosyncline, with a review and summary of the Skid- davian pulsation system. Peking. xxxiiit942 pp., 67 figs.
sowerbyi, hispida, planiseptata, vesicularis, trentonensis, imperialis, anomala, quadrisulcata
Ae Coe , and Shimer, Hervey Woodburn
1910. North American index fossils, invertebrates. Volume 2. New York. xv+909 pp., 1937 figs. niagarensis*, huntiana*, undulata*, newberryi*, byblis*, microne- ma*, missouriensis*, subulata*, crustula*
Grange, Jules 1854. Géologie, minéralogie et géographie physique du voyage. 2 Partie, in, J. Dumont-d’Urville: Voyage au pole sud et dans POcéanie sur les corvettes Astrolobe et la Zélée ... Gc. Paris. 218 pp. levigata
Green, Allexander Henry], and Strahan, Aubrey
1887. The geology of the Carboniferous limestone, Yoredale rocks, and Millstone Grit of north Derbyshire. Geological Survey, England and Wales, Memoir, 2d edition, 212 pp., illus.
guadrisulcata
Greene, George K.
1880. Geology of Monroe County. Indiana Department of Statistics and Geology, Second Annual Report, pp. 427-449, map. subcarbonaria
Griffith, Richard John
1861. The localities of the Irish Carboniferous fossils, arranged according to the stratigraphical subdivisions of the Carboniferous system adopted in the geological map of Ireland, with the Irish mining localities as appended to the synoptical table of fossils, engraved on the margin of that map, and as originally compiled for the use of the general valuation of Ireland. Geological Society of Dublin, Journal, vol. 9, pt. 1, pp. 21-155.
quadrisulcata
Griffith, Robert
1842. Notice respecting the fossils of the Mountain limestone of Ireland, as compared with those of Great Britain, and also with the Devonian system. Dublin. 25 pp., sections.
quadrisulcata
Groom, Theodore 1910. The Malvern and Abberley Hills, and the Ledbury district, in,
301 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 53
Geology in the field, pp. 698-738, pl. 23, fig. 116-121. London (The Geologists’ Association). sowerbyi
Gross, Karl
1948. Vorlaufige Verzeichnis der Devon-Fossilien des Siegerlandes. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, usw., Abt., B, Montshefte, Jahrgang 1945-1948, Hefte 1-4, pp. 138-153.
subparallela
Gross, L[udwig], (Freiherr) von
1844. Geologie, Geognosie und Petrefactenkunde. Weimar. 323 pp., 16 pl. pyramidata*
Gross, Walter
1933. Die Fische des baltischen Devons. Palaeontographica, Bd. 79, Abt. A, Lief. 1/2, pp. 1-74, pl. 1-6. [latviensis ]
1934. Zur Gliederung des baltischen Old Reds. Deutsche geologische Gesellschaft, Zeitschrift, Bd. 86, Heft 7, pp. 410-424, 4 figs. [latviensis]
Grossart, William
1868. On the Upper Coal Measures of Lanarkshire. Geological Society of Glasgow, Transactions, vol. 3, pt. 1, pp. 96-113. quadrisulcata
Gueranger, Edouard Auguste Francois
1853. Essai d'un répertoire paléontologique du département de la Sarthe, dressé suivant l'ordre de superposition des terrains, ou Liste des Fossiles observés jusqwici dans cette localité. Le Mans. 44 pp. An Album paléontologique was prepared to illustrate this work, and published in 1867, in both folio and 18-mo. editions. We have not seen this Atlas, but according to Hector Leveille, Guéranger’s bio- grapher, only the first livraison dealing with the Cenomanian was issued. (See Leveille: Société d’Agriculture, Sciences et Arts de la Sarthe, Bulletin, tome 35, p. 22, 1895.)
KONINCKII
Gugenberger, Odomar
1934. Uber eine neue Conularia und das Vorkommen von Hyolithes in den Cardita-Schichten von Launsdorf (Karnten). Centralblatt fiir Mineralogie, usw., Jahrgang 1934, Abt. B, Nr. 4, pp. 190-192.
TRAUTHI
Guillier, Albert
1872. Faune seconde silurienne entre Saint-Dennis-d’Orques et Chemiré-
en-Charnie (note additionnelle). Société d’Agriculture, Sciences et
Arts de la Sarthe, Bulletin, tome 21 (2e série, tome 13), pp. 633-636. quadrisulcata, mayeri
Gunn, WlLilliam]
1900. The geology of Belford, Holy Island, and the Farne Islands, Northumberland. Geological Survey, England and Wales, Memoir. Quarter-sheet 110 S. E., new series, sheet 4, iv-+155 pp., 8 figs.
54 BULLETIN 145 302
Guppy, D. J., Lindner, A. W., Rattigan, J. H. and Casey, J. N.
1952. The stratigraphy of the Mesozoic and Permian sediments of the Desert Basin, Western Australia. X\Xe Congrés géologique in- ternational. Symposium sur les Séries de Gondwana, pp. 107-114, map. -
Girich, Georg
1896. Das Palaeozoicum im Polnischen Mittelgebirges. Russisch-Kaiser- liche Mineralogische, Gesellschaft, Verhandlungen, Ser. 2, Bd. 32, 539 Pp., 15 pl.
ornata*, trentonensis*
1923. Acrolepis Lotzi und andere Ganoiden aus den Dwyka-Schichten von Ganikobis. Stidwestafrika. Beitrage zur geologischen Erfor- schung der Deutschen Schutzgebiete, Heft 19, pp. 26-73, 3 pl., 23 figs.
C. sp. (Dwyka)
Haas, Hippolyt Julius]
1887. Die Leitfossilien. Synopsis der geologisch wichtigsten Formen des vorweltlichen Tier- und Pflanzenreichs. Leipzig. viit328 pp., 582 figs.
simplex*
Haberle, D[aniel]
1908. Paldontologische Untersuchungen triadischer Gastropoden aus dem Gebiet von Predazzo. Naturhistorisch-Medicinischer Verein zu Heidelberg, Verhandlungen, n.F., Bd. 9, Hefte 2/3, pp. 247-631, pl. 2-6.
C. sp.*
1910. Cuirripedier (2?) aus den alpinen Trias. Deutsche geologische
Gesellschaft, Monatshefte, 1910 (Bd. 62), Nr. 1, pp. 71-72. Corrects identification of 1908 specimen which is not a conularid.
Haines, Mary P. 1879. List of fossils found in the Lower Silurian rocks in the vicinity of Richmond, Indiana. Indiana Geological Survey, 8th, 9th and roth Annual Reports, pp. 201-204. papillata
Hall, James
1843. Geology of New-York, Part 4. Survey of the Fourth Geological District. Albany. xxii+683 pp., [34]+19 pl., 192 figs.
quadrisulcata*
1847. Palaeontology of New-York. Volume 1. Containing descriptions of the organic remains of the lower Division of the New-York system, (equivalent to the Lower Silurian rocks of Europe). .\\- bany. xxili+338 pp., 99 pl.
TRENTONENSIS, GRANULATA, PAPILLATA, GRACILE
1848. Catalogue of specimens in the palaeontological department of the geological survey. New York State, Senate paper 72 (Annual Report [first] of the Regents of the University on the condition of the State Cabinet of Natural History, with catalogues of the same.), Appendix, 15 pp.
trentonensis
1851. Parallelism of the Palaeozoic deposits of the United States and Europe, in, J. W. Foster and J. D. Whitney: Report on the geology of the Lake Superior land district. Part II, pp. 285-318. United
303 COoNULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON = 55
1852.
States Senate, Executive document, No. 4. We give the date as it appears on the title page, but it should be noted that this precise date, March 13, 1851, is not the date of publication, but only the date on which publication was ordered. The order to publish was unaccompanied by any authorization to pay for the printing, and on November 21, 1851, the printing had still not begun. This is a matter of some importance, since if the apparent date were correct Dictyonema would date from this report, as Discosorus does. We have seen a copy of this book with the printed notation on the title page: “December 19, 1851, ordered, that 5500 addi- tional copies be printed for the use of the Senate.” niagarensis
Palaeontology of New-York. Volume 2. Containing descriptions of the organic remains of the lower middle division of the New- York system (equivalent in part to the Middle Silurian rocks of Europe). Albany. viiit+362 pp., 104 pl. We have given the date as it appears on the title page, although Hall (1860, p. 1, foot- note) says that it “bears the date of 1853. . . but was finished in nee NIAGARENSIS, LONGA
[1857.] Description of new species of fossils from the Carboniferous lime-
1859.
stones of Indiana and Illinois. Albany Institute, Transactions, vol. 4, pp. 1-36. Volume 4 is dated 1858-1864, and Nickles (United States Geological Survey Bulletin 746, p. 445) gives the date of this paper as 1864, but it was reviewed inthe September 1857 issue of the American Journal of Science (series 2, vol. 24, p. 276). SUBULATA C
Catalogue of the species of fossils described in volumes I, II and
III of the Palaeontology of New-York; with corrections in nomen-
clature, as far as determined to the present time. New York State,
Assembly paper 186 (Annual Report [12th] of the Regents of the
University, on the State Cabinet of Natural History), pp. 63-96. huntiana, pyramidalis, i. a.
[1860.] Geological Survey of New York. Palaeontology. Volume 3. Con-
1861.
1862.
taining descriptions and figures of the organic remains of the Lower Helderberg group and the Oriskany sandstone. 1855-1859. Albany. 532 pp. The date of this volume is uncertain, but it was not distributed late in 1860 (see American Journal of Science, series 2, vol. 31, p. 125), and the date on the title page, 1859, is incorrect.
PYRAMIDALIS, HUNTIANA, LATA
Geological Survey of New-York, Palaeontology. Volume 3. Part 2. Plates. Albany. 141 plates. DESIDERATA
Contributions to palaeontology; comprising descriptions of new species of fossils, from the Upper Helderberg, Hamilton and Che- mung groups. University of the State of New York, rsth Report of the Regents, &c. (Senate paper 116), pp. 29-197, 11 pl., figs. Pages 29-113 were prepublished in 1861.
undulata*, laqueata*
[1877.] Illustrations of Devonian fossils: Gasteropoda, Pteropoda, Cephalo-
poda, Crustacea and corals of the Upper Helderberg, Hamilton and Chemung groups. Albany. 7 pp., pl. 1-74 (Mollusca), 1-23 (Crustacea), 1-39 (Corals). Reviewed, December 1877, in the American Journal of Science (series 3, vol. 14, pp. 493-494), with
56 BULLETIN 145 304
a note the previous month (p. 432) that the work had been re- ceived “too late for further notice here.’ Thus the stated date, 1876, is incorrect. CREBRISTRIA, CAYUGA, CONGREGATA, CONTINENS, undulata*
1879. Geological Survey of New York, Palaeontology. Volume 5. Part . Containing descriptions of the Gasteropoda, Pteropoda and Cephalopoda of the Upper Helderberg, Hamilton, Portage and Chemung groups. Albany xv+492 pp., 120 pl. (in two volumes).
undulata*, crebristriata*, cayuga*, continens*, congregata*, RUDIS
1879a. Descriptions of new species of fossils from the Niagara formation
at Waldron, Ind. Albany. 20 pp. figs. This pamphlet bears no reference to the Albany Institute Transactions, in which this paper (later?) appeared, as volume 10, pp. 57-76. The volume as a whole is dated 1883.
INFREQUENS
1882. Descriptions of the species of fossils found in the Niagara group at Waldron, Indiana. Indiana Department of Geology and Natural History, 11th Annual Report, pp. 217-345, pl. 1-36.
infrequens*
1883. [Description of Spergen Hill fossils.| Indiana, Department of Geology and Natural History, 12th Annual Report, pp. 319-375, pl. 29-32.
subulata*
1884. List of Niagara fossils from Waldron, Indiana, arranged in table cases in the State Museum of Natural History, September, 1882. Regents of the University of the State of New York, 36th Annual Report on the New York State Museum of Natural History, pp. 21-25.
infrequens
Hall, Townsend M[onckton] 1867. On the relative distribution of fossils throughout the North Devon Series. Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 23, pt. 1, No. 3, pp. 371-381. guadrisulcata Hambach, G[ustav]
1890. A preliminary catalogue of the fossils occurring in Missouri. Geological Survey of Missouri, Bulletin 1, pp. 60-85. crustula, marionensis, missouriensis, osagensis, subulata, sub- carbonaria, triplicata
Hare, Sid. J. 1890. List of Kansas City fossils of the Upper Coal Measure. The Naturalist (Kansas City), vol. 4, No. 10, pp. [1,2,3,6]. crustula Harkness, R[obert]
1865. On the Lower Silurian rocks of the south-east of Cumberland and the north-east of Westmoreland. Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 21. pt. 1, No. 2, pp. 235-249, 3 figs. elongata Harper, Gleorge] W., and Bassler, R. S.
1896. Catalogue of the fossils of the Trenton and Cincinnati periods,
305 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON = 57
occurring in the vicinity of Cincinnati, O. Cincinnati. ix+ 34 pp. formosa, quadrata, trentonensis
Harrington, Horacio J.
1942. A brief summary of the early Paleozoic formations and faunas of Argentina. Eighth American Scientific Congress, Proceedings, vol. IV, Geological Sciences, pp. 69-78. ulrichana
Harris, Gilbert Dennison
1899. A key to the Upper Devonian of Southern New York designed for teachers and students in secondary schools. Elementary Natural History Series, No. 2, vit26 pp., 13 pl. Ithaca, N. Y.
congregata*
Hartnagel, C[hris] Alndrew]
1907. Geologic map of the Rochester and Ontario Beach quadrangles. New York State Museum Bulletin 114, 35 pp. niagarensis
Haswell, George C.
1865. On the Silurian formation in the Pentland Hills. Edinburgh. 47:
pp-, 4 pl. - sowerbyi*
Hatch, F[rederick] H[enry], and Corstorphine, G. S.
1905. The geology of South Africa. London. xiv-+348 pp., 89 figs., maps. africana*
Hauer, Franz von
1878. Die Geologie und ihre Anwendung auf die Kenntniss der Boden- beschaffenheit der Osterr.-Ungar. Monarchie. 2 Auflage. Wien. 764 Pp., 689 figs. exquisita* Haug, Emile
1905. Sur les fossiles dévoniens de l’Ahenet occidental receuillis par M. Noél Villatte. Paris. Académie des Sciences, Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des séances, tome 141, liv. 23, pp. 970-972. africana
1911. Traité de Géologie. II. Les Périodes géologiques. Fasc. 11/2. Paris. pp. 539-1396, pl. 72-118, fig. 196-404.
pyramidata*
Haughton, S[idney] Hlenry]
1929. The Cape System, in Handbuch der Regionalen Geologie, Bd. 7, Abt. 7a (Heft 27). The Union of South Africa. Pp. 120-126, fic. 30. Heidelberg. africana, baini, ulrichana, quichua 1929a. Cape to Kimberley. International Geological Congress, Guide Book, XV session, Excursion A.5., pt. 1, pp. 1-16, pl. 1-2. gamkaensis
Haupt, Karl
1878. Die Fauna des Graptolithengesteines. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Silurischen Sedimentargeschiebe der norddeutschen Tiefebene.
58 BULLETIN 145 306
Neues Lausitzisches Magazin, Bd. 54, Heft 1, pp. 29-113, pl. 1-s. cancellata
Haworth, Erasmus
1895. Stratigraphy of the Kansas Coal Measures. American Journal of Science, series 3, vol. 50, No. 300, pp. 452-466, pl. 9, map. crustula 1896. Resume of the stratigraphy and correlations of the Carboniferous formations. Kansas, University Geological Survey, vol. 1, pp. 145-194, pl. 22, fig. 7-8. crustula 1898. Stratigraphy of the Kansas Coal Measures. Kansas, University Geological Survey, vol. 3, pt. 1, pp. 9-105, pl. 1-20, 31, 3 figs. crustula
Sic , and Bennett, John
1896. A geologic section from Baxter Springs to the Nebraska State Line. WKansas, University Geological Survey, vol. 1, pp. 35-71, pl. 2, fig. 2-3. crustula
Hayasaka, Ichiro
1920. A new Species of Conularia from southern Kitakami, Japan. Geological Society of Tokyo, Journal, vol. 27, No. 327, pp. 87-90, figs.
RECTANGULARIS
[1924].Some Permian fossils from the Kitakami Mountains, Japanese Journal of Geology and Geography, vol 2, No. 4, Transactions, pp. 107-116, pl. 15. This number is dated 1923, but Hayasaka’s paper is noted as received for publication in January 1924.
rectangularis
[1926]. On some brachiopods from the Lyttonia horizon of the Kitakami Mountains. Japanese Journal of Geology and Geography, vol. 4, No. 3/4, Transactions, pp. 89-103, pl. 5. This number is dated 1925, but Hayasaka’s paper is noted as received for publication in May 1926.
rectangularis
Hayden, H[enry] H[ubert]
1904. The geology of Spiti, with parts of Bashahr and Rupshu. Geological Survey of India, Memoirs, vol. 36, pt. 1, vit+119 pp., 18 pl., table. quadrisulcata
Hayes, Albert Orion, and Johnson, Helgi
1938. Geology of the Bay St. George Carboniferous area. Newfoundland Geological Survey, Bulletin 12, 62 pp., including 4 pl., 17 figs., maps.
planicosta
Hector, James
1886. Detailed catalogue and guide to the geological exhibits. Indian and Colonial Exhibition, London, 1886, New Zealand Court. Welling- ton. 98 pp., figs.
GRATA Hede, J. Ernhold
1919. Djupborrningen vid Burgsvik pa Gottland 1915. Paleontologisk-
307. CoNuLARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON — 59
Stratigrafiska Resultat. Sveriges Geologiska Undersokning, Avhand- lingar och uppsatser, series C, No. 298 (Arsbok 13 (1919), N:o 7), 59 Pp., plate, map. Ci¥sp. 1920. Gottlands silurstratigrafi. Sveriges Geologiska Undersékning, Av- handlingar och uppsatser, series C, No. 305, 100 pp., figs. laevis
Hedstrom, Herman [Oskar]
1910. The stratigraphy of the Silurian strata of the Visby district. Geo- logiska Foreningens i Stockholm, Forhandlingar, Bd. 32, Hafte 5, pp. 1455-1484, pl. 56-61, 5 figs. Reprinted as: The Silurian Strati- graphy in the Neighbourhood of Visby. XI Geologorum Conventus [Guide Book] 20, 30 pp., 6 pl., 5 figs.
cancellata, laevis, bilineata
Hefter, Jos.
1937. Faunen aus Oberkoblenzschichten (Unterdevon) der Umgebung von Koblenz. Preussische geologische Landesanstalt zu Berlin, Jahrbuch, Bd. 57, Heft 1, pp. 146-150. subparallela
Heidenhain, F[ranz]
1869. Ueber Graptolithen fiihrende Diluvial-Geschiebe der norddeutschen Ebene. Deutsche geologische Gesellschaft, Zeitschrift, Bd. 21, Heft I, Ppp. 143-182, pl. 1. cancellata
Henwood, William Jory
1841. A brief note to accompany a series of specimens from Lockport, near Niagara, in the State of New York. Geological Society of London, Proceedings, vol. 3, pt. 2, No. 80, pp. 453-454.
@aisp:
Hérault, [Alexandre G.]
1825. Extrait d'un mémoire sur les terrains du département du Calvados. Académie royale des sciences, arts et belles-lettres de Caen, Mémo- ires, pp. 51-85, 257-258. Casp:
Hermite, Henri
1878. Etude préliminaire du terrain silurien des environs d’ Angers. Société géologique de France, Bulletin, série 3, tome 6, pp. 531-543, fig.
nobilis
Hernandez Sampelayo, Primitivo
1915. Fosiles de Galicia. Nota sobra la fauna paleozoica de la provincia de Lugo. Instituto geologico de Espana, Boletim, tomo 36 (serie 2, tomo 16), pp. 277-305, pl. 12-19. anomala
Herpers, Henry
1949. A new conularid from the Esopus formation, Sussex County, New Jersey. New Jersey Department of Conservation and Economic Development, Miscellaneous Geological Paper, 7 pp., 2 pl. This
“
60 BULLETIN 145 308
paper was issued in 1951, without change in format or pagina- tion, as part of Bulletin 60, Geological Series. SUSSEXENSIS
1950. An Onondagan faunule in New Jersery. Journal of Paleontology, vol. 24, No. 5, pp. 617-619, fig. gaspesia
Herrick, C[larence] L[uther]
1887. Sketch of the geological history of Licking County. No. 2. Addi- tional fossils from Coal Measures at Flint Ridge. Denison Uni- versity, Scientific Laboratories, Bulletin, vol. 2, pt. 2, pp. 144-148, pl. 14.
newberryi*
1888. Geology of Licking County, Ohio. Parts IIT and IV. The Sub- carboniferous and Waverly Groups. Denison University, Scienti- fic Laboratories, Bulletin, vol. 3, pt. 1, pp. 13-110, pl. 1-12. Title is marked “part IV”, but corrected in a list of errata.
newberryi*, micronema*, byblis*
1888a. Geology of Licking County. IV. List of Waverly fossils, continued. Denison University Bulletin, vol. 4, pts. 1/2, pp. 11-60, 97-123, pl. 1-12.
victa*, micronema*, GRACILIS (=herricki)
1890. Additions and corrections to Miller’s North American palaeontol- ogy. American Geologist, vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 253-255.
gracilis
1891. The Cuyahoga shale and the problem of the Ohio Waverly. Geo- logical Society of America, Bulletin, vol. 2, pp. 31-48, pl. 1.
gracilis, micronema
CaSO Sie Caren upon the so-called Waverly group of Ohio. Geo- logical Survey of Ohio, Report, vol. 7, pp. 495-515, pl. 14-24. Although this volume was dated 1893, only the first 290 pages appeared in that year (see p. xiv), and although on that page the whole volume was said to be published in 1894, it had not yet appeared in January 1895 (see p. 80a).
gracilis*, victa*, newberryi*, micronema*
shorstal ea ore , and Bendrat, T. A.
1900. Identification of an Ohio Coal Measures horizon in New Mexico. American Geologist, vol. 25, No. 4, pp. 234-242. C. sp. (Sandia Mts.)
Herrmannsen, A[ugust] N[icolaus] 1846. Indicis generum malacozoorum primordia. Vol. 1. Cassellis. 637 pp.
Hessland, Ivar
1949. Investigations of the Lower Ordovician of the Siljan District, Sweden. I. Lower Ordovician ostracods of the Siljan district, Sweden. III. A Lower Ordovician Pseudoconularia from the Siljan district. IV. Lithogenesis and changes of level in the Siljan dis- trict during a period of the Lower Ordovician. University of Upsala, Geological Institution, Bulletin, vol. 33, pp. 97-408, 26 plates; 429-436, 4 plates; 437-510, 14 plates.
DALECARLIAE
Hicks, Henry 1875. On the succession of the ancient rocks in the vicinity of St. David's;
309 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 61
Pembrokeshire, with special reference to those of the Arenig and
Llandeilo groups, and their fossil contents. Geological Society of
London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 31, pt. 2, pp. 167-195, pl. 8-11, table. CAEREESIENSIS, LLANVIRNENSIS
Hignett, E. M. 1953. Field meeting at Welshpool. Proceedings of the Geologists’ Asso-
ciation, vol. 64, pt. 2, pp. 100-104. C. sp. (Ludlovian)
Hind, Wheelton 1905. Notes on the palaeontology [of the marine beds in the Coal-Measures of north Staffordshire]. Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 61, pt. 3 (No. 243), pp. 527-546, pl. 35-36. guadrisulcata 1910. Staffordshire, in, Geology in the Field, pp. 564-592, fig. ror-104. London (The Geologists’ Association). quadrisulcata
Hinds, Henry, and Greene, F. C. 1917. Leavenworth-Smithville Folio, Missouri-Kansas. United States Geological Survey, Geological Atlas of the United States, No. 206, 13 pp., [1] pl., 11 figs., maps. crustula
Hisinger, W[ilhelm von] 1828. Anteckningar i Physik och Geognosi under Resor uti Sverige och Norrige. Fjerde Haftet. Stockholm. 258 pp., 9 pl. quadrisulcata 1831. Esquisse d'un tableau des pétrifications de la Svéde. Nouvelle édition. Stockholm. 43 pp., table. quadrisulcata 1837. Lethaea Svecica seu Petrificata Sveciae, iconibus et characteribus illustrata. Holmiae. 124 pp., 34 pl. quadrisulcata* 1840. Anteckningar i Physik och Geognosie under Resor uti Sverige och Norrige. Sjunde Haftet. Stockholm. 147 pp. quadrisulcata
Hoeninghaus, F[riedrich] WL[ilhelm] 1830. Versuch einer geognostischen Eintheilung seiner Versteinerung- Sammlung, mach Berathung der Herren Brongniart, Goldfuss, Bronn, Cordier, Hausmann, von Leonhard, Noeggerath, und Dela- béche’s Karte. Erster Theil. Jahrbuch ftir Mineralogie, usw..,
Jahrgang 1, pp. 226-245.
pyramidata, quadrisulcata, teres
1839. [Letter to K. C. von Leonhard.| Neues Jahrbuch fir Mineralogie,
usw., Jahrgang 1839, pp. 70-71. quadrisulcata
Hoepen, Egbert Cornelius Nicolaus von
1910. De Bouw von het Silur van Gotland. Technische Hoogschool te Delft, Proefschrift. xi+161 pp., 8 pl., 16 figs., map. aspersa
62 BULLETIN 145 310
Hoernes, Rudolf
1884. Elemente der Palaeontologie (Palacozoologie). Leipzig. xvi+s594
pp., 672 figs. simplex* -
Holl, Friedrich
1843. Handbuch der Petrefactenkunde. Bd. 3. Neue Ausgabe. Pp. 233-378. Quedlinburg und Leipzig. quadrisulcata
Holm, Gerhard [Edvard Johann]
1893. Sweriges Kambrisk-Siluriska Hyolithidae och Conulariidae. Sveriges Geologiska Undersokning, Afhandlingar och uppsatser, Series C., No. 112, ix-++172 pp., 6 pl., figs.
LINNARSSONI, KJERULFI, SCALARIS, OLANDICA, BOT- TNICA, LINDSTROMI, PULCHELLA, TELUM, AURORA, PECTINATA, laevis*, curta*, orthoceratophila*, cancellata*, aspersa*, monile*, bilineata*
Holtedahl, Olaf
[1910.] Studien iiber die Etage 4 des norwegischen Silursystem beim Mjosen. Videnskabs-Selskabet i Christiania, Matematisk-naturvi- denskapellig Klasse, Skrifter 1909, No. 7, iv+76 pp., 15 figs. Note on p. 76 “Trykt 9 Marts 1910”.
pulchella
Holub, Karel
1908. Prispevek ku pozndni fauny - padsma Ddiy. Ceska akademie cisare Frantiska Josefa pro Védy, slovesnost a uméni v Praze, Rozpravy, Tr. II, Roé. 17, Gis. 10, 19 pp., plate. Abstract issued as: Beitrag zur -Kenntnis der Bande Ddiy des mittelbohmischen Untersilurs, Académie des Sciences de l’empéreur Francois Joseph I, Bulletin international (Classe des sciences mathématiques et naturelles et de la médécine), année 13, 8 pp., plate (1909). bohemica 1911. Nova fauna spodniho Siluru v okoli Rokycan. Ceska akademie cisare Frantiska Josefa pro Védy, slovesnost a uméni v Praze, Roz- pravy, Tr. IJ, Roé. 20, cis. 15, 19 pp., 2 pl. Abstract issued as: Uber eine neue Fauna des Untersilurs in der Umgebung von Rokycan. Académie des Sciences de l’empéreur Francois Joseph I, Bulletin international (Classe des sciences mathématiques et natur- elles de la médécine), année 16, pp. 20-23, 2 pl. robusta, primula 1912. Dopliky ku fauné Eulomového horizontu v okoli Rokycan. Ceska akademie cisafe Frantiska Josefa pro Védy, slovesnost a uméni v Praze, Rozpravy, Tr. II, Roé. 21, ¢is. 33, 12 pp., plate. Abstract issued as: Nachtrage zur Fauna des Euloma-Horizontes in der Umgebung von Rokycan. Académie des sciences de l’empéreur’ Francois Joseph J, Bulletin international (Classe des sciences mathématiques et naturelles, et de la médécine), annee 1912. 2 Pp-, (352-354), plate. Casp:
Holzapfel, Eduard
1895. Das obere Mitteldevon (Schichten mit Stringocephalus Burtini und Maeneceras terebratum) in Rheinischen Gebirge. WKoniglich
311 CoNULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 63
Preussische geologische Landesanstalt, Abhandlungen, n. F., Heft 16, 459 pp., 14 pl., plus 19 plates in Atlas. deflexicosta
Honess, C[harles] WLilliam]
1924. Geology of southern Leflore and northwestern McCurtain counties, Oklahoma. [Oklahoma] Bureau of Geology, Circular 3, 23 pp., including 5 pl., 2 figs., map.
crustula
Honeyman, D[avid]
1878. Nova Scotia geology, Precarboniferous, Lower Carboniferous, &c., retrospect, to 1859. Nova Scotian Institute of Natural Science, Proceedings and Transactions, vol. 4, pt. 4, pp. 439-487.
C. sp. (Arisaig)
Hosking, Lucy F. V.
1931. Fossils from the Wooramel district, Western Australia. Royal Society of Western Australia, Journal, vol. 17, pp. 7-52, including pl. 3-13, figs.
warthi*
1933. Fossils from the Wooramel district. Series two. Royal Society of Western Australia, Journal, vol. 19, pp. 43-66, pl. 3-6.
warthi*
1933a. Correlation of Carboniferous and Permian rocks of Western Aus- tralia. Australian and New Zealand Association for the Advance- ment of Science, Report of the 21st Meeting, pp. 456-460. warthi
Houghton, Frederick
1914. The geology of Erie County. Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences, Bulletin, vol. 11, No. 1, pp. 3-84, 45 figs., map, tables. undulata
Houlbert, Constant
1934. Guide et catalogue descriptif du Musée d'Histoire naturelle de ia ville de Rennes. Rennes. 51 pp., 8 pl., 12 figs. plicosa, bohemica, pyramidata
Howell, Blenjamin] F[ranklin]
1942. New localities for fossils in the Devonian Esopus grit of Ulster County, New York. New York State Museum, Bulletin 327, pp. 87-93, fig. 15.
ULSTERENSIS
1949. New hydrozoan and brachiopod and new genus of worms from the Ordovician Schenectady formation of New York. Wagner Free Institute of Science (Philadelphia), Bulletin, vol. 24, No. 1, pp. 1-10, 2 pl.
multicosta*
1950. A new conularid from the Silurian Sodus formation of New York. Wagner Free Institute of Science (Philadelphia), Bulletin, vol. 25, No. 1, pp. 1-4, plate.
SINCLAIRI
Hubbard, Gleorge] D[avid], Stauffer, C. R., Bownocker, J[ohn] Al[dams], Prosser, C. A. and Cumings, E. R.
1915. Columbus Folio, Ohio. United States Geological Survey, Geologi-
64 BULLETIN 145 312
cal Atlas of the United States, No. 197, 15 pp., 2 pl., ro figs., maps. C. sp. (Bedford)
Huene, Friedrich von
1925. Die siidafrikanische Karroo-Formation als geologisches und faun- istisches Lebensbild. Fortschritte der Geologie und Palaeontologie, Heft 12, 124 pp., 50 figs., map. C. sp. (Dwyka)
Hull, Edward
1877. On the upper limit of the essentially marine beds of the Carboni- ferous Group of the British Isles and adjoining continental deposits ; with suggestions for a fresh classification of the Carboniferous Series. Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 33, pt. 4 (No. 132), pp. 613-651, table.
quadrisulcata
1878. The physical geology and geography of Ireland. London and Dublin. 291 pp., 26 figs., 2 maps. elongata
Hume, Gleorge] S{herwood]
1921. Great Slave Lake area. Geological Survey of Canada, Summary
Report, 1920, pt. B, pp. 30B-36B. [esclavensis ]
1926. Ordovician and Silurian fossils from Great Slave Lake. Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 44 (Geological Series No. 46), pp. 59-64, pl. 12-13.
ESCLAVENSIS
Hundt, Rudolf
1941. Das Mitteldeutsche Phycodesmeer. Jena. 136 pp., 124 figs. C. sp.
Hunt, T[homas] Sterry
1857. Report for the year 1853. Geological Survey of Canada, Report of Progress for the years 1853-54-55-56, Pp. 347-371. Analyses of tests of conularids. 1861. On some points in American geology. American Journal of Science, series 2, vol. 31, No. 93, pp. 392-414. Notes occurrence of conularids in coprolites.
Hunter, John R. S.
1867. Geology of the Carboniferous strata of Carluke. Edinburgh Geo- logical Society, Transactions, vol. 1, pt. 1, pp. 34-57, table. quadrisulcata 1883. The geology and palaeontology of Bankend, Bellfield and Coal- burn, Lesmahagow. Geological Society of Glasgow, Transactions,
vol. 7, pp. 143-157. sulcata, quadrisulcata
Hussey, Riussell] C[laudius]
1926. The Richmond formation of Michigan. University of Michigan, Museum of Geology, Contributions, vol. 2, No. 8, pp. 113-187, 11 pl., 12 figs.
noquettensis 1952. The Middle and Upper Ordovician rocks of Michigan. Michigan,
313 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 65
Geological Survey Division, Publication 46 (Geological Series 39), 89 pp., including ro pl., 11 figs. trentonensis, latior
Ihering, Hermann von
1881. Die Aptychen als Beweismittel fiir die Dibranchiaten-Natur der Ammoniten. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, usw., Jahrgang 1881, Bd. 1, pp. 44-92, pl. 3-4, 2 figs. Suggests conularids are cephalopods.
Isbister, A. K.
1855. On the geology of the Hudson’s Bay Territory, and of portions of the Arctic and northwestern regions of America. Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 11, pt. 1, No. 4, pp. 497-520, ple 14 Reprinted, without map: American Journal of Science, series 2, vol. 21, No. 63, pp. 313-338, 1856. C. sp. (Winnipeg)
Jack, Robert Llogan], and Etheridge, Robert, Jr.
1892. The geology and palaeontology of Queensland and New Guinea. Brisbane and London. xxxi+768-+iv pp., 68 pl., atlas. tenuistriata*
Jackson, J[echn] Wilfrid
1925. On the occurrence of Conularia in the Carboniferous Limestone of North Wales. Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society, Memoirs and Proceedings, vol. 69, No. 6, pp. 53-56.
tenuis
Jacob, K[unien]
1952. A brief summary of the stratigraphy and paleontology of the Gondwana System, with notes on the structure of the Gondwana basins and the probable direction of movement of the late Carbon- iferous ice sheets. XIXe Congrés géologique international. Sym- posium sur les Séries de Gondwana, pp. 153-174, 4 figs.
laevigata, cya rt salaria, punjabica
Jaekel, Otto [Max Johannes]
[1890]. Ueber das Alter des sogen. Graptolithen-Gesteins mit besonderer Beriicksichtgung der in demselben enthaltenen Graptolithen. Deut- sche geologische Gesellschaft, Zeitschrift, Bd. 41, Heft 4, pp. 653- 716, pl. 28-29, 7 figs. The title page of this Band is dated 1889, but that of Heft 4 bears the date 1890. sowerbyi*, deflexicosta*
1899. Stammegeschichte der Pelmatozoen, 1. Bd. Thecoidea und Cystoidea. Berlin. x-+441 pp., 18 pl., 88 figs.
Notes conularids as hosts to edrioasterids.
1902. [Thesen iiber die Organisation und Lebenweise ausgestorbener Cephalopoden, nebst Discussion.| Deutsche geologische Gesellschaft, Zeitschrift, Bd. 54, pp. 67-101, 8 figs.
See Ruedemann 1903.
1903. Besprechung einer Schrift von Ph. Pocta: Uber die Anfangskammer der Gattung Orthoceras Breyn. Deutsche geologische Gesellschaft, Monatshriftberichte, 1903 (Bd. 55, Heft 4), pp. 67-69.
Jahn, Jaroslav JL[iljil 1894. Neues Thierreste aus dem bihmischen Silur. [Austria] Kaiserlich-
66 BULLETIN 145 314
koniglichen geologischen Reichsanstalt, Jahrbuch 1894, Bd. 44, Heft 2, pp. 381-388 (1-8), pl. 7. anomala* 1903. Geologische Exkursionen im dlteren Paldozoikum Mittelbihmens. IX. Internationalen Geologen-Kongress. 45 pp., 10 figs. anomala, solitaria, proteica, fragilis
James, Joseph F[rancis]
1890. On the Maquoketa shales, and their correlation with the Cin- cinnati group of southwestern Ohio. American Geologist, vol. 5, No. 6, pp. 335-356, fig. trentonensis
James, Ul[riah] PlLierson]
1871. Catalogue of the Lower Silurian fossils, Cincinnati group, found at Cincinnati and vicinity - within a range of forty or fifty miles. Cincinnati. 14 pp.
papillata, trentonensis
1875. Catalogue of Lower Silurian fossils of the Cincinnati group. Found at Cincinnati and vicinity - within a circuit of 40 or 50 miles. New edition, much enlarged. With descriptions of some new species of corals and Polyzoa. Cincinnati. 8 pp.
papillata, trentonensis
1879. Supplement to catalogue of Lower Silurian fossils of the Cincinnati group. The Paleontologist (Cincinnati), No. 4, pp. 29-32.
formosa
Jameson, Robert
1836. Fossil fishes. American Journal of Science, vol. 30, No. 1, pp. 33-53. Reprinted from the Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, but we have not seen it in that form.
quadrisulcata
Janisevski, M. E. (M. 9. AunmescKnit) 1935. Onucanue Haynbt ocnosanun yelenocnot mommu KYsHeYyKo2o daccetna. Leningrad State University of the Name of A. S. Boubnoff, Annals, volume 1, Series of Geology, Soil Science and Geography, issue I. The Earth’s Crust. Pp. 53-76, 6 pl. Ci sp:*
Jchnson, Jesse Harlan 1934. Paleozoic formations of the Mosquito Range, Colorado. United States Geological Survey, Professional Paper 185 B, pp. 13-43, 7 pl., fig. 2. crustula
Johnston, Rob[er]t Ml[ackenzie]
1887. Contribution to the palaeontology of the Upper Palaeozoic rocks of Tasmania. Royal Society of Tasmania, Papers and Proceedings for 1886, pp. 4-18. DERWENTENSIS, laevigata*
1888. Systematic account of the geology of Tasmania. Hobart. 408 pp.,
57 pl. TASMANICA (= derwentensis), tenuistriata*, homfrayi, inor- nata, forta, laevigata, quadrisulcata
315 CoNULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 67
Jenes, I[slwyn] WLinwaloc]
1931. The Lesseps Area, Gaspé Peninsula. Quebec Bureau of Mines, Annual Report, 1930, pt. D, pp. 195-226, 4 pl. Also issued in a French edition, paged 217-250.
Caesp:
Jones, Jeanette
1931. Notes on the late Ordovician strata of the Green Bay-Lake Win- nebago region. Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters, Transactions, vol. 26, pp. 121-126.
Cesp:
Jones, Paul M.
1892. The geology of Nashville and immediate vicinity. Nashville. 56 pp., map. _ gattingeri
Jones, T[homas] Rupert, and Woodward, H[enrly
1893. On some Palaeozoic phyllopodous and other fossils. Geological Magazine, n.s., decade 3, vol. 10, No. 5, pp. 198-203, pl. ro. Caispst
Jukes, JLoseph] Beete
1858. The iron ores of Great Britain. Part III. The iron ores of South Staffordshire. Geological Survey of Great Britain, Memoirs, 164 pp. quadrisulcata
Kassin, N. (H. ©. Kaccuu)
1931. Kpamnutt eeonoeuuecnutt ouepr cesepo-eocmounoeo Hasaxcmana. Geological sketch of the north-eastern Kazakstan. U.S.S.R., United Geological and Prospecting Service, Transactions, fasc. 165, 77 pp., map.
inequicostata
1931a. OOMman ceono2euueckad kapma Kasaxemana. Onucanue OanH-ayabcKoro u BepxHe-WhtepTuUAHcKO!oO IUMCTOB.
General geological map of the Kazakstan. Description of the Baian-
Aul and Upper Chiderta sheets. U.S.S.R., Geological and Pros-
pecting Service, Transactions, fasc. 110, 260 pp., 3 pl., figs. 1-15. inequicostata
Katzer, Friedrich
1892. Geologie von Bihmen. Der geognostische Aufbau und die geolo- gische Entwickelung des Landes. Mit besondrer Beriicksichtigung der Erzvorkommen und der verwendbaren Minerale und Gesteine. Prag. xxii+1606 pp., 1068 figs., 4 portraits, maps.
consobrina*, bohemica*, nobilis*, grandissima*, fecunda*, anom- ala*, exquisita*, proteica*
1903. Grundzuge der Geologie des wunteren Amazonasgebietes (des Staates Para in Brasilien). Leipzig. 296 pp., 261 figs., 4 portraits, map.
amazonica*
Kay, Gleorge] Marshall
1929. Stratigraphy of the Decorah formation. Journal of Geology (Chi- cago), vol. 37, No. 7, pp. 639-671, 12 figs. Also issued, with same
68
1933:
1935-
1942.
1944.
1953.
BULLETIN 145 316
pagination, as: Columbia University, Department of Geology, Con- tributions, vol. 42, No. 4.
granulata, trentonensis The Ordovician Trenton group in northwestern New York. Strati- graphy of the lower and upper limestone formations. American Journal of Science, series 5, vol. 26, No. 151, pp. 1-15, 7 figs. Also issued, with same pagination, as: Columbia University, Department of Geology, Contributions, vol. 47, No. 16.
trentonensis
Ordovician Stewartville-Dubuque problems. Journal of Geology (Chicago), vol. 43, No. 5, pp. 561-590, 10 figs.
trentonensis Ottawa-Bonnechere graben and Lake Ontario homocline. Geological Society of America, Bulletin, vol. 53, No. 4, pp. 585-646, 7 pl., 7 figs.
C. sp. (Trenton) Middle Ordovician of central Pennsylvania. Part II. Later Mo- hawkian (Trenton) formations. Journal of Geology (Chicago), vol. 52, No. 2, pp. 97-116, figs. 11-18.
ulrichi Geology of the Utica Quadrangle, New York. With a chapter on the Silurian System by W. L. Grossman Ph. D. New York State Museum, Bulletin No. 347, 126 pp., including 66 figs., maps.
trentonensis, gracilis, papillata
Kayser, Friedrich Heinrich Emanuel
1871.
1878.
1897.
1908.
Studien aus dem Gebiete des Rheinischen Devon. II, Die devon- ischen Bildungen der Eifel. Deutsche geologische Gesellschaft, Zeitschrift, Bd. 23, Heft 2, pp. 289-376, pl. 6.
gerolsteinensis
Die Fauna der altesten Devon-Ablagerungen des Harzes. Geo- logische Spezialkarte von Preussen und den Thiringischen Staaten, Abhandlungen, Bd. 2, Heft 4, xxiiit296 pp., 36 plates in Atlas. aliena* Beitrage zur Kenntniss einiger paldozischer Faunen Sitid-A merikas. Deutsche geologische Gesellschaft, Zeitschrift, Bd. 49, Heft 2, pp. 274-317, pl. 7-12, fig. quichua* Lehrbuch der geologischen Formationskunde. 3 Auflage. Stutt- gart. 741 pp., figs. exquisita*
Kegel, Wilhelm
1926.
Unterdevon von bihmischen Facies (Steinberger Kalk) in der
Lindener Mark bei Giessen. Preussische geologische Landes- anstalt, Abhandlungen, n.F., Heft 100, 77 pp., 4 pl., 3 figs. HUMMELI
Kelly, John
1855.
1860.
On localities of fossils from the Carboniferous limestone of Ireland. Geological Society of Dublin, Journal, vol. 7, pt. 1, pp. 1-62. quadrisulcata On the graywacke rocks of Ireland, as compared with those of England. Geological Society of Dublin, Journal, vol. 8, pp. 251-333, pl 22: elongata, sowerbyi, subtilis
317. CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 69
Kelly, WlLilliam] Alulten]
1930. Lower Pennsylvanian faunas from Michigan. Journal of Paleon-
tology, vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 129-151, including pl. rr. C. sp.
1933. Pennsylvanian stratigraphy near Grand Ledge, Michigan. Journal
of Geology (Chicago), vol. 41, No. 1, pp. 77-88, 4 figs. C. sp.
1936. The Pennsylvanian system of Michigan. Michigan Geological Survey Division, Publication 40 (Geological Series 34), pt. II, pp. 149-226, 6 pl., 10 figs.
Cy sp:
Kerforne, Fernand
1893. Note sur l’'Ordovicien de May-sur-Orne (Calvados). Société des sciences et de la médécine de |’Ouest, Bulletin, sérié 2, tome 2, pp. 112-116. Abstract by L. BLureau]: Société des sciences naturelles de l’Ouest de la France, Bulletin, tome 3, extraits et analyses, p. 67.
pyramidata
1896. Faune des Schistes et Calcaires coblenziens de TIlle-et-Vilaine. Société des sciences et de la médécine de |’Ouest, Bulletin, série 2, tome 5, pp. 209-240. Abstract by L. Davy: Société des sciences naturelles de l'Ouest de la France, Bulletin, tome 8, pt. 2 (Ex- traits et analyses), pp. 47-49.
gervillei
Kettner, Radim, and Bouéek, Bedrich
1936. Tableaux synoptiques des formations du barrandien. Université Charles a Praha, Institut de géologie et paléontologie, Travaux.
Keyes, Charles Rollin
1894. Paleontology of Missouri (part I). Missouri Geological Survey, volume IV, 271 pp., 32 pl., 11 figs., map. marionensis, Missouriensis, osagensis, subulata, crustula 1894a. Paleontology of Missouri (part II). Missouri Geological Survey, volume V. 266 pp., pl. 33-56. marionensis*, triplicata*, osagensis*, subcarbonaria*, missouri- ensis*, subulata*, crustula*
5 OOS Oe , and Rowley, Rlobert] RlLoswell]
1897. Vertical range of fossils at Louisiana. lowa Academy of Sciences, Proceedings, vol. 4, pp. 26-40. victa
Kiaer, Johan [Aschehong]
1901. Etage 5 i Asker ved Kristiania. Studier over den norske Mellem- silur. Norges geologiske Undersggelse, Aarbog for 1902, No. 1, 112 pp., 7+[2] figs. cancellata
Kiderlen, Helmut
1933. Conularia schloppensis aus dem Mittelcambrium des Frankenwalds ist ein Arthopodentelson (Oxyprymna n. g.). Centralblatt fiir Min- eralogie, usw., Jahrgang 1933, Abt. B, No. 3, pp. 166-173, 14 figs.
1937. Die Conularien. Uber Bau und Leben der ersten Scyphozoa. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, usw., Beil.-Bd. 77, Abt. B, pp. 113-169, 47 figs.
70 BULLETIN 145 318
Kindelan, Vicente
1918. Criaderos de hierro de las provincias de Guadalajara y Teruel. Instituto geologico de Espanta, Memorias. Criaderos de Hierro do Espana, tomo 3, pp. 1-176, illus.
anomala, nobilis
Kindle, Edward Martin]
1896. The relation of the fauna of the Ithaca group to the faunas of the Portage and Chemung. Bulletins of American Paleontology, vol. 2, No. 6, pp. 1-56, 1+[2] pl. congregata 1898. A catalogue of the fossils of Indiana, accompanied by a _ biblio- graphy of the literature relating to them. Indiana Department of Geology and Natural Resources, 22nd Annual Report, pp. 407-514. Notes 13 species.
1901. The Devonian fossils and stratigraphy of Indiana. Indiana De- partment of Geology and Natural Resources, 25th Annual Report, pp. 529-758, pl. 15-16, 31 plates of fossils.
C.) sp:
1908. Geologic reconnaissance of the Porcupine Valley, Alaska. Geo-
logical Society of America, Bulletin, vol. 19, pp. 315-338, fig. C. sp. (Carboniferous)
1912. The Onondaga fauna of the Allegheny region. United States Geological Survey, Bulletin 508, 144 pp., 13 pl.
undulata
Hac ae taker , and Barnett, Viictor] H.
1909. The stratigraphic and faunal relations of the Waldron fauna in southern Indiana. Indiana Department of Geology and Natural Resources, 33rd Annual Report, pp. 393-416.
infrequens
mae cee eeyereoe ; and Taylor, Frank B.
1913. Niagara Folio, New York. United States Geological Survey, Geo- logical Atlas of the United States, No. 190, 26 pp., 3 pl., 16 figs., maps. Also issued in Field edition, 1914, 184 pp., 25 pl., 16 figs., maps.
niagarensis
King, William Bernard Robinscn
1923. The Upper Ordovician rocks of the south-western Berwyn Hills. Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 79, pt. 4 (No. 316), pp. 487-507, pl. 26. planiseptata 1928. The geology of the district around Meifod (Montgomeryshire). Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 84, pt. 4 (No. 336), pp. 671-702, pl. 52. planiseptata, vesicularis, hispida
Kirkby, James WlLalker]
1888. On the occurrence of marine fossils in the Coal-Measures of Fife. Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 44, pt. 4 (No. 176), pp. 747-754, fig. guadrisulcata
319 CoONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 71
Kjerulf, Theodor
1865. Veiviser ved geologiscke Excursioner i Christiania Omegn. Kon- gelige. Norske Universitet, program for andet Halvaar 1865, iv-+43 Pp. 45-+[12] figs.
sowerbyi, elongata
1879. Udsigt over det sydlige Norges Geologi. Christiania. 262 pp., figs. Atlas, 39 pl., map.
sowerbyi
1880. Die Geologie des siidlichen und mittleren Norwegens. Deutsche Ausgabe von Adolf Gurlt. Bonn. 350 pp., 280 figs.
sowerbyi Kloden, Karl Friedrich von
1834. Die Versteinerungen der Mark Brandenburg, inbesonderheit die- jenigen, welche sich in den Rollsteinen und Bloken der siidbaltischen Ebene finden. Berlin. x+378 pp., 10 pl.
quadrisulcata* Kloucek, Celda
1913. O geologickem horizontu rudntho loziska na Karyzkun. Ceska akademie cisare FrantiSka Josefa pro védy, slovesnost a uméni v Praze. Rozpravy, Tr. II, Roé. 22, Gis. 9. 7 pp., plate. Abstract issued as: Uber den geologischen Horizont des Erzlagers bei Kar- yzek. Académie des Sciences de l’empéreur Francois Joseph I Bulletin international (Classe des sciences mathématiques et naturelles, et de la médecine), Année 18, pp. 89-93, plate. Also separately, pp. 1-5, plate.
imperialis
1917. Nowinky z kruinohoskych vurstev -dl& (Cast III). Ceska akademie cisare Frantiska Josefa pro védy, slovesnost a uméni v Praze. Roz- pravy, Tr. II, Roé. 26, Gis. 42, 4 pp.
robusta
1924. Nowvé zprdvy z verstev komarovskych dg (Ddiz). Statniho geo- logickeho Ustavu Ceskoslovenské Republiky, Sbornik, Roé. 1924, svag. IV., pp. 199-204.
robusta
1925. Nové objevy ve urstvdch Krusinohorskych -d& (Cast II). Ceska ak- ademie véd a uméni v Praze. Rozpravy, Tr. II, Roé. 34, Cis. 30, 3 PP.
@esp:
1926. O fauné vrstev Krusinohorskych -d® Statniho geologickeho Ustavu
Ceskoslovenské Republiky, Véstnik, Roé. 2, €is. 4-6, pp. 190-194. Caasp:
Knight, JLames] Brookes
1937. Conchopeltis Walcott, an Ordovician genus of the Conulariida.
Journal of Paleontology, vol. 11, No. 3, pp. 186-188, pl. 29. Suggests conularids are scyphozoans.
1940. [Review of Boucek 1939.| Journal of Paleontology, vol. 14, No. 4, p. 389.
1941. Paleozoic gastropod genotypes. Geological Society of America, Spe- cial Paper 32, vits51o pp., 96 pl., 32 figs.
Knod, Reinhold
1908. Devonische Faunen Boliviens. (Beitrage zur Geologie und Paldon- tologie von Siidamerika, XIV.) Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, usw., Beil.-Bd. 25, Heft 3, pp. 493-600, pl. 21-31, fig. Also issued
72, BULLETIN 145 320
as: Inaugural-Dissertation, Grossherzogl. Badischen Albert-Lud- wigs-Universitat zu Freiburg i. B. acuta*, quichua*, undulata*, africana*
Knott, W. T.
[1885.] Report on the geology of Marion County. Geological Survey of Kentucky. 43 pp., map. micronema, newberryi, subcarbonaria, crawfordsvillensis
Kobayashi, Teiichi 1930. Ordovician fossils from Korea and south Manchuria. Part Il. On the Bantatsu Beds of the Ordovician Age. Japanese Journal of Geology and Geography, vol. 7, No. 3-4, Transactions, pp. 75-100, pl. 8-11. Cyispe* 1939. [Abstract of Sugiyama 1938.] Japanese Journal of Geology and Geography, vol. 16, Abstracts, p. 67.
Kodym, Odolen, Boucek, Bedrich and Sulc, Jaroslav
1931. Privodce ku geologické exkursi do okoli Berouna, Konéprus a Budnan. Guide to the geological excursion to the neighbourhood of Beroun, Konéprusy and Budnany. Statniho geologického ustavu Ceskoslovenské Republiky, Knihoyna, Svazek 15. 83 pp., 8 pl., fig.
proteica, sosia
Be ee , and Koliha, Jan
1928. Privodze ku geologické exkursi do tdoli radotinského a do Pridoli. Excursion géologique dans la vallée de Radotin et a Pridoli. Stat- niho geologického ustavu Ceskoslovenské Republiky, Véstnik, Roé. 4, Cis. 3, 35 pp., 7 figs., 2 maps. rrobilis, modesta
Koken, Ernst [Friedrich Rudolph Karl]
1893. Die Vorwelt und ihre Entwickelungsgeschichte. Leipzig. viit654 pp., 117 figs., 2 maps. orthoceratophila*
Koliha, Jan 1938. Sur le Trémadocien et sur lArénigien inférieur en Bohéme. Soci- été géologique de France, Bulletin, série 5, tome 7, fasc. 8, pp. 477- 495, table. robusta
Koninck, Llaurent] G[uillaume] de
1844. Description des animaux fossiles qui se trouve dans le terrain carbonifére de Belgique. Liége, Paris et Bonn. iv+6s50 pp., pl. A-H, 1-55 in Atlas. This work is dated 1842-1844, and ap- peared from 1841 to 1844. According to Sherborn (1922, p. Ixxv) pages 481-632, which concern us, were published in 1844. IRREGULARIS
1876. Recherches sur les fossiles paléozoique de la Nouvelles-Galles du Sud (Australie.) Parties I ct 2. This paper appeared as: Société royale des sciences de Liége, Mémoires, série 2, tome 6, No. 2, 140 pp., 4 pl., in 1877 but had already been published (privately ?), since a copy was presented to the Académie royale de Belgique on May 9g, 1876. (See: Académie royale des sciences, des lettres et des beaux-arts de Belgique, Bulletin, série 2, tome 41, pp. 919-920).
321 CoNuLARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON = 73
It was reviewed in the American Journal of Science in February 1877 (series 3, volume 13, pp. 158-159). sowerbyi*
1877. Recherches sur les fossiles paléozoiques de la Nouvelle-Galles du Sud (Australie). Partie 3. Société royale des sciences de Liége, Me- moires, série 2, tome 7, No. 1. 235 pp., pl. 5-24. This memoir is dated 1878 but, as with the previous parts, the paper had been published the previous year. A copy was given to the Académie royale on November 10, 1877 (see their Bulletin, série 2, tome 44, Pp. 454).
tenuistriata*, quadrisulcata*, laevigata*, inornata*
1882. Sur quelques céphalopodes nouveaux du Calcaire carbonifére de l'Irelande. Société géologique de Belgique, Annales, tome 9, Mé- moires, pp. 50-60, 2 pl. Also issued separately, paged 1-13.
FORMOSA
1883. Faune du Calcaire Carbonifere de la Belgique. Partie 4. Gastéro- podes (suite et fin). Musée royal d'Histoire naturelle de Belgique, Annales, tome 8, 240 pp., 54 pl. (in two volumes).
irregularis*, INAEQUICOSTATA
1898. Descriptions of the Palaeozoic fossils of New South Wales (Aus- tralia), translated by T. W. Edgeworth David, Mrs. David and W. S. Dun. New South Wales, Memoirs of the Geological Sur- vey, Palaeontology, No. 6, xliit298 pp., 24 pl.
Korn, Hermann
1929. Fossile Gashlasenbahnen aus dem Thiiringen Palaeozoikum, Eine neue Deutung von Dictyodora. Zeitschrift fir Naturwissenschaften, Bd. 89, Heft 2, pp. 25-46, figs. reticulata*
Kowalski, Jloseph]
1935. Les Conulaires. Quelques observations sur leur structure anatom- tique. Société des sciences naturelles de l'Ouest de la France, Bul- letin, série 5, tome 5, pp. 281-293, pl. 12, 3 figs.
pyramidata*, plicosa*
Kozjowski, Roman
1913. Fossiles Dévoniens de l’Etat de Parana (Brésil). Annales de Palé- ontologie, tome 8, fase. 3/4, 19 pp. (105-123), 3 pl. (11-13). Cysps 1923. Faune Dévonienne de Bolivie. Annales de Paléontologie, tome 12, fasc. 1/2, 112 pp., 10 pl. africana*, STRIATULA, baini*, quichua*, ulrichana*
Krasnopolsky, A. (A. KpacHonoJbpckuh)
1904. Teouoeuuecnitt ouepxo oxpecmnocmet Jlemesunckazo sa60da. Recherches géologiques dans les alentours de lusine Lemesinsky (arrondissement minier dOufa). Russia, Comité géologique, Mé-
moires, n. s., livr. 17, iv-+61 pp., 6 figs., map. C. sp. (Carboniferous)
Kraus, E[rnst]
1934. Die Gliederung des baltisch-russischen Altrotsandsteins. Deut- sche geologische Gesellschaft, Zeitschrift, Bd. 86, Heft 4, pp. 213- 234, pl. 16-17, 5 figs. [latviensis |
74 BULLETIN 145 322
Krause, Aurel
1877. Die Fauna der sogen. Beyrichien- oder Choneten-Kalke des nord- deutschen Diluviums. Deutsche geologische Gesellschaft, Zeit- schrift, Bd. 29, Heft 1, pp. 1-49, plate. Also issued as: Inaugural- Dissertation, Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universitat zu Berlin. 48 pp.
LANCEOLATA
Krejci, Jian], and Helmhacker, R.
1879. Erlduterungen zur geologischen Karte der Umgebung von Prag. Archiv ftir naturwissenschaftliche Landesdurchforschung von Bohmen, Bd. 4, Nr. 2, 175 pp., maps, 33 figs.
‘grandissima, fecunda.
Krishnan, M. S.
1949. Geology of India and Burma. Madras. xiv-+544 pp., illus. warthi*
Kruger, Johann Friedrich 1825. Uraveltliche Naturgeschichte der organischen Reiche. ‘Teil I. Quedlinburg und Leipzig. viii+406 pp. quadrisulcata, teres
Kuhleman, Milton H[enry]
1951. Mississippian and Lower Pennsylvanian stratigraphy of portions of Stonewall and Atoka quadrangles, Oklahoma. Tulsa Geological Society Digest, vol. 19, pp. 192-213.
crustula Kuhn, Oskar 1949. Lehrbuch der Paldozoologie. Stuttgart. v+326 pp., 244 figs. cambria*, consobrina* Kulling, Ol[scar]
1927. Den nyupptackta osterjokalken i Lumparfjdrden, in, B. Asklund and Kulling: Nya data till Alands geologi. Geologiska Forenin- gens i Stockholm, Forhandlingar, Bd. 48, Hafte 4 (No. 367), pp. 503-509, 5 figs.
cancellata Kiimmel, Henry Barnard, and Weller, Stuart 1901. Palaeozoic limestones of the Kittatinny Valley, New Jersey. Geo-
logical Society of America, Bulletin, vol. 12, pp. 147-164, fig. trentonensis
Lacey, W. S.
1952. Correlation of the Lower Brown limestone of North Wales with part of the Lower Carboniferous succession in Scotland and nor- thern England. International Geological Congress, Report of the 18th Session, London 1928, part X, pp. 18-25.
maculosa
Ladd, Harry Stephen 1929. The stratigraphy and paleontology of the Maquoketa shale of Iowa. Part I. Iowa Geological Survey, vol. 34, pp. 305-448, in- cluding pl. 4-17, fig. 64-76. pumila, putilla Lake, Phillip, and Groom, Theo. T.
1893. The Llandovery and associated rocks of the neighbourhood of
323 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON — 75
Corwen. Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol.
49, pt. 3 (No. 195), pp. 426-439, 8 figs. sowerbyi
Lamansky, W. (B. B. JiamaHcKHi) 1905. Jlpesnrtuie elou cusypitichuxds omsoncenit Pocciu. Die Aeltesten silurischen Schichten Russlands (Etage B). Russia, Comité géologique, Mémoires, n. s., livr. 20. vii+203 pp., 2 pl. figs., table. buchi, quadrisulcata
Lamont, Archie
1934. A new species of Conularia from Girvan. Geological Magazine, vol. 71, pp. 224-226, pl. 11. Also issued, with same pagination, as: Geological Department, Glasgow University, Papers, vol. 17, No. 10.
SCOTICA
1946. Largest British Conularia. Quarry Managers’ Journal, vol. 29, No. 11, pp. 569-570, including 2 plates. Also issued, unpaged, as: University of Edinburgh,Grant Institute of Geology, Publication No. 66b.
MEGISTA
1947. Gala-Tarannon beds in the Pentland Hills, near Edinburgh. Geo- logical Magazine, vol. 84, No. 4, pp. 193-208; No. 5, pp. 289-303. cancellata, laevis, subtilis
Lamouche, (Lt.-Colonel) 1925. Fossiles caractéristiques, préface de M. Ch. Barrois. Fasc. 1. Ter- rains de l'ére primaire. Arceuil (Seine). 30 pp. [36] pl. pyramidata*
Lamplugh, G[eorge] WLilliam] 1903. Geology of the Isle of Man with petrological notes by Prof. W. W. Watts. Geological Survey of the United Kingdom, Memoir, 620
pp., 5 pl. quadrisulcata
Lapparent, A[lbert Auguste] de
1883. Traité de Géologie. Paris. 1280 pp., figs. pyramidata*
Lapworth, Charles
1873. On the Silurian rocks of the South of Scotland. Geological Society of Glasgow, Transactions, vol. 4, pp. 164-174. sowerbyi 1882. The Girvan succession. Part I. Stratigraphy. Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 38, pt. 4 (No. 152), pp. 537- 666, pl. 34-35, 31 figs. sowerbyi
Laseron, Chalrle]ls FLrancis]
1910. Palaeontology of the Lower Shoalhaven River. Royal Society of New South Wales, Journal and Proceedings, vol. 44, pt. 2, pp. 190- 225, pl. 15-19. inornata*
1912. Note on a new type of aperture in Conularia. Royal Society of
76 BULLETIN 145 324
New South Wales, Journal and Proceedings, vol. 45, pt. 3, pp.
247-249, pl. 11 laevigata*
La Touche, J[ames] D[igues]
1884. A handbook of the geology of Shropshire. London and Shrews- bury. 91 pp., 22 pl. sowerbyi*, BIFASCIATA (=aspersa)
Laudon, L[owell] Rlobert], and Bowsher, Alrthur] L[eroy]
1941. Mississippian formations of Sacramento Mountains, New Mexico. American Association of Petroleum Geologists, Bulletin, vol. 25, No. 12, pp. 2107-2160, 31 figs. blairi
Laverdiére, Joseph] WLillie]
1935. Le paléozoique de la région de Deschambault, comté de Portneuf. Service des Mines, Québec, Rapport annuel, 1934, pt. D, pp. 49-68, 3 figs. English edition paged 45-62. trentonensis 1938. Région de la riviere Sainte-Anne, comté de Portneuf. Service des Mines, Québec, Rapport annuel, 1936, pt. D, pp. 29-51, 4 pl., figs., map. English edition paged 27-49. trentonensis
Lawson, Andrew Clowper]
[1914.] The Archaean geology of Rainy Lake re-studied. Geological Sur- vey, Canada, Memoir 4o (Geological Series No. 24), vii-++-115 pp., ir pl, map. Dated 1913. ‘This memoir was also issued in French, 1917 and paged vii+151.
C.*'sp.
Lebesconte, Paul
1892. Etude géologique sur POuest de la France. Société scientifique et médicale de l'Ouest, Bulletin, tome 1, pp. 44-52, 65-82, 150-161, 167-179, 266-282.
Ce sp:
Lebour, Gleorge] Al[lexander]
1875. On the “Great’ and “Four-fathom” limestones and their associ- ated beds in South Northumberland. North of England Institute of Mining and Mechanical Engineers, Transactions, vol. 24. The reprint, which alone we have seen, is paged 1-13, pl. 32-33.
quadrisulcata
1878. Outlines of the geology of Northumberland. Newcastle-upon- Tyne and London. 75 pp.
quadrisulcata
Lecointre, Gleorges], and Gigout, M.
1950. Carte géologique provisoire des environs de Casablanca au 1/200,000e Notice explicative. Maroc, Service géologique, Notes et Mémoires, No. 72 bis, 42 pp., sections. coronata
Le Conte, Joseph
1878. Elements of geology. New York. xiii+588 pp., 903 figs. trentonensis*
325 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 77
Lee, Gabriel WlLarton]
1910. In, B. N. Peach et al.: Geology of the neighourhood of Edinburgh. Geological Survey of Scotland, Memoir, Sheet 32. sowerbyi, quadrisulcata
Lee, Willis Tihomas], and Girty, George H.
1909. The Manzano group of the Rio Grande Valley, New Mexico. United States Geological Survey, Bulletin 389, 141 pp., 12 pl., 9 figs. C. sp. (Magdalena formation)
Leme, Alberto Betim Paes
1924. Evolucao de estructura de terra e geologia do Brasil visitas at- traves das colleccoes do Museu Nacional. Rio de Janeiro. 368 pp. C. sp. (Vira-Mundo)
Leonhard, Gustav
1844. Ueber die alteren oder Paldozoischen Gebilde im Norden won Deutschland und Belgien, usw. Stuttgart. 248 pp., 3 pl., maps. brongniarti, gervillei, gerolsteinensis, ornata
Lepsius, Richard
1887. Geologie von Deutschland und den angrenzenden Gebieten. Bd. 1. Das westliche und sitidliche Deutschland. Lief. 1, pp. 1-254, figs., tables. Stuttgart.
subparallela
Leriche, M[aurilce
1912. Lamellibranches, Gastéropodes, Ptéropodes (Conularida), Ostra- codes, et Mérostomes, in, J. Gosselet et al.: Description de la faune Siluro-Dévonienne de _ Liévin. Société géologique du Nord, Mémoires, tome 6, pt. 2, fasc. 1, pp. 37-62, pl. 5-9.
quadrisulcata*
Lesley, Jloseph] Pl[eter]
1885. Letter of transmittal, in, E. W. Claypole: A preliminary report on the palaeontology of Perry County, Gc. Pennsylvania, Second Geological Survey, Report of Progress, F 2, pp. v-xvi.
continens
1889. A dictionary of the fossils of Pennsylvania and neighboring states named in the reports and catalogues of the survey. Pennsylvania Geological Survey, Report P 4, volume 1, pp. xiv-+437-+xxxi, figs.
continens*, gracilis*, granulata*, hudsoni*, papillata*, plani- costata*, quadrisulcata*, subulata*, trentonensis*
1892. A summary description of the geology of Pennsylvania. Pennsyl- vania Geological Survey, Final Report, volumes 1 and 2, xix-+xxv +1628 pp., including 204 pl. trentonensis*, granulata*, gracilis*, papillata*, hudsoni*, quadri- sulcata*.
1895. A summary description of the geology of Pennsylvania. Pennsyl- vania Geological Survey, Final Report, volume 3, pp. xix+1629- 2152, including pl. 205-395. intertexta*, planicostata*, subulata*
Letellier,
1888. Etudes géologiques sur les deux cantons d’Alencon. Société linné- enne de Normandie, Bulletin, série 4, tome 2, pp. 305-423. sosia
78 BULLETIN 145 326
Leuchtenberg, [Nikolaus] Maximilian, (Herzog) von
1843. Beschreibung einiger neuen Thierreste der Urwelt aus den silur- ischen Kalkschichten von Zarskoje-Selo. St. Petersburg. 26 pp., 2
pl. buchi*, quadrisulcata*
Librovitch, L. S. (Jl. C. JIM6poBny)
1936. T€0NO2UUCCKOE CMPOEHUE KUBUMLO-Y PMA3bLMCKOZ2O patona Ha wIcHOM Y pa- we. Leonoeuueckan kapma NV pase 1:200 000. JIuenvot 165 u 175. Geology of the Kysyl-Urtazym region, South Urals. U. S. S. R., Central Geological and Prospecting Institute, Transactions, fasc. 81, 208 pp., 8 pl., 3 figs., map. acuta
Likharew, B. K. (Bb. K. JInxapes) 1933. Odwman 2eon02ewueckan Kapma esponeticKxot uacmu CCCP. Jluem 69, Ien- xy pcn-Beocn. Geological Mar{[sic] of the European part of the U. S. S. R. Sheet 69. Shenkursk-Velsk. U. S. S. R., United Geological and Pros- pecting Service, Transactions, fasc. 240, 102 pp., 6 pl., 4 figs. hollebeni 1934. Payna nepaucKnux omsoomenutt Kovoimcenxo2o “pan. Die Fauna der permischem Ablagerungen des Kolyma-Gebietes. Geologische Expedition ins Kolyma-Gebiet 1929-1930. Bd. 1, 2 Teil, (Akademie Nauk U. S. S. R., Arbeiten des Rats ftir die Erfor- schung der produktiven Krafte, Jakutische Serie, Lieferung 14), 148 pp., 11 pl. laevigata 1939. Am.aac pyKoeodaumux Gopm ucKnonaemvixc hayn CCCP. Tom VI, Tepacnaan ceucmema, The atlas of the leading forms of the fossil fauna USSR, VI. Permian (B. K. Likharew, editor). U. S. S. R., Central Geological and Prospecting Institute. 269 pp., 56 pl., 113 figs., map. hollebeni*
Lindstrom, Gl[ustav]
1882. Anteckningar om silurlagern pa Carlséarne. K. [Svenska] Veten- skaps-Akademiens, FOrhandlingar 1882 (Arg. 39), No. 3, pp. 5-30, pl. 4, 5 figs.
proteica, aspersa
1884. On the Silurian Gastropoda and Pteropoda of Gotland. Kongliga. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens, Handlingar, Bd. 19, No. 6, 250 pp., 21 pl., map.
cancellata*, MONILE, LAEVIS, BILINEATA, ASPERSA
1885. List of the fossils of the Upper Silurian formation of Gotland.
Stockholm. 20 pp. cancellata, monile, laevis, bilineata, aspersa
1888. Lists of the fossil faunas of Sweden. I. Cambrian and Lower Silurian. Swedish State Museum (Natural History). 24 pp.
cancellata
1888a. List of the fossil faunas of Sweden. III. Upper Silurian. Swedish State Museum (Natural History). 29 pp.
cancellata, monile, laevis, bilineata, aspersa
1888b. Ueber die Schichtenfolge des Silur auf der Insel Gotland. Neues
327 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 79
Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, usw., Jahrgang 1888, Bd. 1, pp. 147-164,
plas: aspersa
Linney, William M.
[1883.] Notes on the rocks of central Kentucky, with lists of fossils. Geological Survey of Kentucky. 19 pp. trentonensis, quadrata
1884. Report on the geology of Spencer County, with map, in, Report on the geology of Spencer and Nelson Counties, including notes on the birds of Nelson County by Chas. Wickliffe Beckman. Geological Survey of Kentucky. 20 pp.
trentonensis
1886. Report of the geology of Bath County, in Report on the geology of Bath and Fleming Counties. Geological Survey of Kentucky. pp. 1-56. Notes conularids in Devonian iron-ores. Lipold, Miarkus] V[incenz]
1863. Die Eisensteinlager der silurischen Grauwackenformation in Bohmen. [Austria] Kaiserlich-kéniglichen geologischen Reich- sanstalt, Jahrbuch, Bd. 13, Heft 3, pp. 339-450 (1-110), 40 figs.
grandis
Logan, WlLilliam] E[dmund]
1846. Report of progress for the year 1844. Geological Survey of Canada. 110 pp. Also issued in French edition, 120 pp. quadrisulcata
1854. Report of progress for the years 1852-3. Geological Survey of Canada. 179 pp. Also issued in French edition, 197 pp. granulata, quadrisulcata
1855. [Sur la formation silurienne des environs de Québec (Canada). Société géologique de France, Bulletin, série 2, tome 12, pp. 504-508, map.
trentonensis
1861. Considerations relating to the Quebec Group, and the upper copper- bearing rocks of Lake Superior. Canadian Naturalist and Geo- logist, vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 199-207, 3 figs. Reprinted, 1862, in: Amer- ican Journal of Science, series 2, vol. 33, No. 99, pp. 320-327, 3 figs.
trentonensis
1863. Geological Survey of Canada: Report of progress from its com- mencement to 1863. xxvii+983 pp., 498 figs. French edition, 1864, xxvi+1043 pp., 498 figs.
trentonensis, niagarensis, sowerbyi AOL ERI , and Hunt, T. S.
1854. The chemical composition of Recent and fossil Lingulae and some other shells. Canadian Journal, vol. 2, No. 11, pp. 264-265. Re- printed: American Journal of Science, series 2, vol. 17, No. 50, PP. 235-239.
1855. Esquisse géologique du Canada. Paris. 100 pp.
Analyses of conularid tests.
Lehest, [Marie Joseph] M[aximilien] 1906. [Presentation of specimen]. Société géologique de Belgique, An- nales, tome 33, Bulletin p. B 128. undulata
80 BULLETIN 145 328
Low, Allbert] Pieter] 1892. Report on the geology and economic minerals of the southern portion of Portneuf, Quebec and Montmorency counties, Province of Quebec. Geological Survey of Canada, Annual Report, vol. 5, pt. L, 82 pp., [3] plates. Also issued in both French and English volume editions in 1893. trentonensis
Lowenstam, Heinz Adolf 1948. Biostratigraphic studies of the Niagara inter-reef formations in northeastern Illinois. Ilinois State Museum, Scientific Papers, vol. 4,
146 pp., 7 plates. manni
Lucius, M. 1950. Erlduterungen zu der geologischen Spezialkarte Luxemburg. Geo- logie Luxemburgs. Das Oesling. Grand-Duché de Luxembourg, Service géologique, publications, Bd. 6, pp. 1-174, 46 figs., maps. subparallela
Ludwig, Rudolph August [Birminhold Sebastian] 1864. Pteropoden aus dem Devon in Hessen und Nassau, sowie aus dem Tertidr-Thon des Mainzer Beckens. Palaeontographica, Bd. 11, Lief. 6, pp. 311-323, pl. 50 subparallela, deflexicosta
Luha, A.
1930. Uber Ergebnisse stratigraphischer Unterschungen im Gebiete der Saaremaa- (Osel-) Schichten in Eesti (Unterosel und Eurypterus- schichten). Universitatis Tartuensis (Dorpatensis), Acta et Com- mentationes, ser. A, vol. 18, No. 6, 18 pp., 2 figs.
cancellata
Luther, D[aniel] D[ana] 1910. Geology of the Auburn-Genoa quadrangles. New York State Museum, Bulletin 137 (Education Department Bulletin 466), 36 pp. continens
Lyell, Charles 1843. On the coal-formation of Nova Scotia, and on the age and relative position of the gypsum and accompanying marine limestones. Geo- logical Society of London, Proceedings, vol. 4, pt. 1, No. 94, pp. 184-186. C. sp.
MW’Phail, Hugh 1869. On the Carboniferous sections of the Levern Valley, Renfrewshire. Geological Society of Glasgow, Transactions, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp.
254-271. quadrisulcata
Maack, Reinhard 1952. Die Entwicklung der Gondwana-Schichten Suedbrasiliens und thre beziehungen zur Karru-Formation suedafrikas. XIXe Con- grés géologique international. Symposium sur les Séries de Gond- wana, pp. 339-372, 6 figs. C. sp. (Dwyka)
329 CoNULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 81
Macauley, George, and Leith, Edward I.
1951. Winnipeg formation of Manitoba. Geological Society of America, Bulletin, vol. 62, No. 12, pt. 2, pp. 1461-1462. Abstract. Note the presence of Conularia and Metaconularia.
MacGregor, Mi[urray], and MacGregor, A. G.
1936. British regional geology: The Midland Valley of Scotland. Geolog- ical Survey and Museum [London]. vi+g1 pp., 8 pl. sowerbyi
1925. The geology of the Glasgow district. Geological Survey of Scot- land, Memoirs, 299 pp., 30 figs, map. A revised edition of Clough, rgrr.
quadrisulcata
Machkovtsev, S. (S. Mashkovzev) (C. ®. MauikoBues)
1929. R HaALrOCKE BEPLHE -NALEOZOUCKUX OMAOICEHUM Ha ceéeepe Pepeannt,
A propos de la trouvaille de dépots du Paléozoique supérieur dans le nord de Ferghana. Léningrad, Comité géologique, Bulletin, vol. 48, No. 3, pp. 147-149.
Crsp:
1930. Onucanue e€OlOeUNCCKO2OD MapUutpymMma 6 1020-38ANAOHOM Tanb-wmane no unuu Anepen-Yamnai-Kacan-03. Kyxasa-lyoac-Matoanman. Description du itineraire géologique dans le Tian-chan sud- occidental suivant la ligne Angrene-Tchatkal-Kassan-lac Koukala- Goudas-Maidantal. U.S.S.R., Comité géologique. Materiaux pour la géologie générale et appliquée, livr. 147, 47 pp., 4 pl., figs.
C. sp. (Carboniferous)
1933. Mamepuaitv u 2eoo2uu 60CMO0UHOZO CK.LOHa CeBepHoeo Vpana.
Materials for the geology of the eastern slope of the northern Urals. U.S.S.R., United Geological and Prospecting Service, Trans- actions, fasc. 254, 66 pp., 5 figs. map.
C. sp. (Upper Tournaisian)
Maillieux, Eugene
1912. Text explicatif du levé géologique de la planchette de Couvin, No. 191 (pl. 8 de la feuille LVII de la carte topographique). Service géologique de Belgique. 70 pp., figs., charts.
deflexicosta
1926. Remarques sur lOrdovicien de la Belgique. Société belge de Géo- logie, de Paléontologie et d’Hydrologie, Bulletin, tome 36, fasc. 1, Pp. 67-85.
sowerbyi
1933. Terrains Roches et Fossiles de la Belgique. Second édition. Brux-
elles. 217 pp., figs. sowerbyi, deflexicosta, congregata
1939. L’Ordovicien de Sart-Bernard. Musée royal d’Histoire naturelle de Belgique, Mémoire 86, 59 pp., 3 pl.
rugulosa*
Malaise, CLonstantin Henri Gérard Louis] 1873. Description du terrain silurien du centre de la Belgique. Académie royale des sciences, des lettres et des beaux-arts de Belgique, Mé- moires couronnés et mémoires des savants étrangers, quarto, tome
37, 122 pp., 9 pl. sowerbyi*
82 BULLETIN 145 330
1900. Etat actuel de nos connaissances sur le Silurien de la Belgique. So- ciété géologique de Belgique, Annales, tome 25 bis, pp. 181-221. sowerbyi P 1901. Sur le silurien de Belgique. Congrés géologique international, Ville session, Comptes rendus, fasc. 1, pp. 561-571. sowerbyi 1910. Sur Pévolution de léchelle stratigraphique du Siluro-Cambrien de Belgique, in Michel Mourlon: Texte explicatif du levé géologique de la planchette de Genappe, No. 129 (pl. 8 de la feuille XXXIX de la carte topographique). pp. 22-44. Service géologique de Bel- gique. sowerbyi
Marcou, Jules
1855. Résumé explicatif d'une carte géologique des Etats-Unis et des provinces anglaises de lAmérique du Nord, avec un profil géologi- gue allant de la vallée du Mississipi aux cotes du Pacifique, et une planche de fossiles. Société géologique de France, Bulletin, série 2, tome 12, pp. 813-936, pl. 20-21.
niagarensis
1891. Geology of the environs of Quebec, with map and sections. Boston Society of Natural History, Proceedings, vol. 25. pp. 202-227, pl. 7-9.
trentonensis
Markovski, B., and Nalivkin, D. (Bb. Mapkoscknii u Ji. HaatuBkun) 1934. BarvoncKnue Uu cleuKkue Cou. The Zadonsk and the Eletz beds. U.S.S.R., United Geological, Hydrological and Geodetic Service, Transactions, fasc. 313, 38 pp.,
9 pl. congregata*
Marr, John Edward 1883. The classification of the Cambrian and Silurian rocks. Cambridge. 147 Pp. homfrayi, corium, sowerbyi, llanvirnensis, margaritifera 1913. The lower Palaeozoic rocks of the Cautley district, (Yorkshire) Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 69, pt. 1
(No. 273), pp. 1-17, 2 figs. C. sp. (Ashgillian)
Marsille, Louis 1910. Note sur la faune silurienne des environs de Malestroit (Morbi- han). Société polymathique de Morbihan, Bulletin année 1910, Iére
semestre, pp. 20-35, 2 pl. C. sp. (Armoricain)
Marwick, J[ohn] 1953. Divisions and faunas of the Hokonui System (Triassic and Juras- sic). New Zealand Geological Survey, Paleontological Bulletin 21, 141 pp., 17 pl., 2 figs. C. sp. (Otamitan) Mather, Kirtley F[letcher]
1916. Synoptic list of Trenton fossils, in, M. B. Baker et al.: The geolo- gy of Kingston and vicinity. Ontario Bureau of Mines, Annual Re- port, vol. 25, pt. 3, pp. 53-58, pl. 3. Also issued in the separately
331 ConuLaAripa BiBLioGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON — 83
published appendix: Alice E. Wilson and Kirtley F. Mather: Syn- opsis of the common fossils of the Kingston area, pp. 19-24, pl. 3. multicosta
1917. The Trenton fauna of Wolfe Island, Ontario. Ottawa Naturalist,
vol. 31, No. 3/4, pp. 33-40, pl. 1. multicosta
Mather, William WLilliams]
1843. Geology of New-York. Part 1. Comprising the geology of the First Geological District. Albany. xxxvii+653 pp., 46 pl. 35 figs. guadrisulcata
Matthew, Gleorge] Fl[rederick]
1893. Swedish Cambrian-Siberian Hyolithidae and Conulartidae. Can- adian Record of Science, vol. 5, No. 7, pp. 433-440. A review of Holm 1893.
Maurer, Friedrich
1875. Paldontologische Studien im Gebiet des rheinischen Devon. 2. Die Fauna des Rotheisenstein der Grube Haina. Neues Jahrbuch fir Mineralogie, usw., Jahrgang 1875, pp. 596-618, pl. 14.
Ce sp:*
Maurice, Charles
1884. Observations sur une espéece de Conularia du calcaire d Avesn- elles. Société géologique du Nord, Annales, tome 11, pp. 92-97, pl. 2s
inaequicostata*
McConnell, Rlichard] Gleorge]
1893. Report on a portion of the District of Athabasca, comprising the country between Peace River and Athabasca River north of Les- ser Slave Lake. Geological Survey of Canada, Annual Reports, vol. 5, part D. 67 pp., [5] pl., 4 figs., map. Also issued in French, volume edition only.
salinensis
McCourt, Walter Edward
1917. The geology of Jackson County (assisted by M. Albertson and J. W. Benne). Missouri Bureau of Geology and Mines, series 2, vol. 14. x +158 pp., 19 pl., maps. crustula
McCoy, Frederick [or M’Coy]
1844. A synopsis of the character of the Carboniferous limestone fossils of Ireland prepared for Sir Richard Griffith, Bart., LL.D., F.R.S.E., F.GS., Gc. Ge, by whom is now appended a list of the fossil localities. As arranged for the Journal of the Geological Society of Dublin, according to the stratigraphical subdivisions of the Carboniferous system now adopted in his geological map of Ire- land. Dublin. Re-issued 1862. viiit+274 pp., 29 pl., 34 figs.
quadrisulcata*
1847. On the fossil botany and zoology of the rocks associated with the coal of Australia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, vol. 20, No. 132, pp. 145-157; No. 133, pp. 226-236; No. 134, pp. 298- 312, pl. 9-17. Reprinted, 1851, as: Royal Society of Van Diemen’s
84 BULLETIN 145 332
Land, Papers and Proceedings, vol. 1, pt. 3, pp. 303-334, pl. 9-17. TORTA, TENUISTRIATA 1852. Systematic description of the British Palaeozoic fossils in the Geo- logical Museum of the University of Cambridge, in, Adam Sedg- wick: A Synopsis of the classification of the British Palaeozoic Rocks. Fasc. 2, pp. 185-406, plates. Cambridge. cancellata*, subtilis*
1855. Systematic description of the British Palaeozoic fossils, &c. Fasc. 3, pp. 407-661, plates. Cambridge. quadrisulcata*
McGerrigle, H{arold] WLilliam]
[1951.] The geology of eastern Gaspé. Quebec Department of Mines, Ge- ological Report 35, 168 pp., 17 pl., 2 figs., maps. Dated 1950. Also issued in a French edition.
lata, penouili, desiderata, gaspensia
McKay, Allexander]
1878. Report on the Wairoa and Dun Mountain districts. Geological Survey of New Zealand, Report of Geological Explorations 1877- 1878, pp. 110-159. gratus
McKee, Edwin D[inwiddie]
1935. A Conularia from the Permian of Arizona. Journal of Paleontol- ogy, vol. 9, No. 5, pp. 427-429, pl. 48. KAIBABENSIS McLearn, Flrank] H[arris]
1924. Palaeontology of the Silurian rocks of Arisaig, Nova Scotia. Geo- logical Survey of Canada, Memoir 137 (Geological series 118), 180 pp., 30 pl., fig. (map). TWENHOFELI, HONEYMANI, ANTIGONISHENSIS
Meek, Flielding] Blradford]
1871. Descriptions of new species of invertebrate fossils from the Car- boniferous and Devonian rocks of Ohio. Academy of Natural Sci- ences of Philadelphia, Proceedings, 1871, fasc. 3, pp. 57-93. MICRONEMA, ELEGANTULA
1873. Descriptions of invertebrate fossils of the Silurian and Devonian systems. Geological Survey of Ohio, Report, vol. 1, pt. 2, pp. I- 243, pl. 1-23. Also issued as: Beschreibung der fossilen wirbellosen Thiere des silurischen und des devonischen Systems. Bericht tber die Geologische Aufnahme von Ohio, I. Bd., II. Theil, pp. 1- 243, pl. 1-23.
elegantula*
1875. A report on some of the invertebrate fossils of the Waverly group and Coal Measures of Ohio. Geological Survey of Ohio, Report, vol. 2, pt. 2, pp. 269-347, pl. 10-20. Also issued as: Ein Bericht iiber einige der Wirbellosen Fossilien des Waverly-Gruppe und der Steinkohlenlager von Ohio. Bericht tiber die Geologische Auf- nahme von Ohio, II. Bd., I. Theil, pp. 267-348, pl. 10-20.
micronema*, newberryi*
Serer tcior , and Worthen, A. H. 1865. Contribution to the palaeontology of Illinois and other western
333. CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 85
states. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Proceed- ings, 1865, pp. 245-273. MULTICOSTATA, SUBCARBONARIA, WHITEI 1873. Descriptions of invertebrates from Carboniferous system. Geologi- cal Survey of Illinois, vol. 5, 323-619+1-v, 32 pl. subcarbonaria*, missouriensis*
Melendez, Bermudo
1950. Paleobiologiad de los Conuldridos. Resumen de los trabajos de H. y Gen. Termier. Real Sociedad Espanola de Historia Natural, Bo- letin, tomo 48, num. 2, pp. 187-190, figs.
Mempel, Gerhard
1950. Die Beziehungen der Pericyclus-Fauna des Gr. Schachttales zum Acker-Bruchbergsystem (Harz): The relations of the Pericyclus- fauna, found in the great Schacht Valley, with the Acker-Bruch- berg-strata of the Harz. Abhandlungen der geologischen Lande- sanstalt Berlin, n. F., Heft 216, pp. 1-7.
Casps
Menchikoff, Nicolas, and Monod, Théodore
1936. Coupe géologique du Hank a Taoudeni (Sahara occidental). Paris. Académie des Sciences, comptes rendus hebdomadaires des sé- ances, tome 202, No. 3, pp. 230-232.
C. sp.
Meneghini, Gliuseppe Giovanni Antonio]
1880. Nouvi fossili siluriani di Sardegna. Reale Accademia dei Lincei, Atti, serie 3, Memorie, Classe di Scienze fisiche, matematiche e na- turali, 5, pp. 209-219, plate.
TULIPA, LAQUEATA (=sardinica)
Mertie, J[ohn] Bleaver], Jr.
1937. The Yukon-Tanana region, Alaska. United States Geological Sur- vey, Bulletin 872, 276 pp., 16 pl., 2 figs., map. C. sp. (Cambrian), an unsupported record.
Metzger, Adolf A. Th.
1927. Zur Kenntnis des nordbaltischen Kambro-Silur auf Aland und im stidwestlichen Kiistengebiet Finnlands. Fennia, vol. 47, No. 12, 20 p., plate, 5 figs. cancellata, wrangeli
Meunier, Stanislas
1898. Nos Terrains. Paris. xx+191 pp., 24 col. pl., 321 figs.
pyramidata*
1908. Géologie. Ouvrage destiné aux éléves des écoles d’agriculture et de [Institut agronomique; aux candidats a ces établissements; aux aspirants aux grades universitaires; aux agronomes, aux ingénieurs, aux industriels, aux coloniaux, et aux amateurs de sciences natur- elles. Paris. xxix+988 pp., 152 figs.
pyramidata*
1926. Dictionaire de Géologie. Paris. xii+716 pp., illus.
pyramidata*
Meyendorff, André 1938. La série primaire du Gourara. Paris. Académie des Sciences,
86 BULLETIN 145 334
Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des séances, tome 206, No. 3, pp. 199-201. C. sp. “
Mickleborough, John, and Wetherby, A. G.
1878. A classified list of Lower Silurian fossils, Cincinnati group. Cin- cinnati Society of Natural History, Journal, vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 61- 86. Also issued separately, with preface, [iii]+26 pp. papillata, trentonensis, formosa
Miller, Alrthur] M[cQuiston] 1914. Geology of Franklin County. Kentucky Geological Survey, ser-
ies 4, vol. 2, pt. 3), pp. 7-87- trentonensis
Miller, Hugh 1857. The testimony of the rocks; or, geology in its bearings on the two theologies, natural and revealed. Boston, New York and Cincin- nati. 502 pp., figs. ornata*
Miller, Ralph LleRoy]
1937. Stratigraphy of the Jacksonburg limestone. Geological Society of America, Bulletin, vol. 48, No. 11, pp. 1687-1717, 2 pl., 5 figs. C. sp. -
Miller, Samuel] Al[lmond]
1877. The American Palaeozoic fossils: a catalogue of the genera and species, with names of authors, dates, places of publication, groups of rocks in which found, and the etymology and _ signifi- cance of the words, and an introduction devoted to the strati- graphical geology of the Palaeozoic rocks. Cincinnati. xv-+253 pp.
Notes 34 species.
1879. Catalogue of fossils found in the Hudson River, Utica slate and Trenton groups, as exposed in the southeast part of Indiana, southwest part of Ohio and northern part of Kentucky. Geologi- cal Survey of Indiana, 8th, 9th and roth Annual Reports, pp. 22-56. Also issued separately “Revised March 1879”, 35 pp.
formosa, trentonensis
[1883.] The American Palaeozoic fossils, Gc. Second edition. Cincinnati. xv+ 334 pp. This edition has the same title page as the first (in- cluding the date 1877) but the spine is marked “znd Edition”.
Notes 44 species.
1889. North American geology and palaeontology for the use of ama-
teurs, students, and scientists. Cincinnati. 664 pp., 1194 figs. Notes 50 species.
1892. Palaeontology. Indiana Department of Geology and Natural Re- sources, 17th Annual Report, pp 611-705, 20 pl. Also issued as advance sheets, 1891, 103 pp., 20 pl.
SAMPSONI
1892a. First appendix, 1892 [to Miller 1889]. Cincinnati, pp. 665-718, figs.
1195-1265. HERRICKI, i. a. 1894. Palaeontology. Indiana Department of Geology and Natural Re-
335 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 87
sources, 18th Annual Report, pp. 257-356, including 12 plates. Al- so issued as advance sheets, 1892, 79 pp. 12 pl.
INTERTEXTA
1897. Second appendix to North American geology and palaeontology,
October, 1897. Cincinnati. pp. 719-793, fig. 1266-1458. This appen- dix was issued and sold separately, as well as incorporated into a new edition of the main work.
Notes 9 additional species.
BH cero orre ,» and Dyer, C[harles] B 1878. Contributions to palaeontology. Cincinnati Society of Natural
History, Journal, vol. 1, pp. 24-39, pl. 1-2. FORMOSA
e epspeagais bets , and Gurley, WLilliam] F[rank] E[ugene] 1894. Description of some new species of invertebrates from the Palaezo- ic rocks of Illinois and adjacent states. Illinois State Museum of Natural History, Bulletin 3, 81 pp., 8 pl. BLAIRI, GRATIOSA, SPERGENENSIS 1896. New species of Palaeozoic invertebrates from Illinois and other states. Illinois State Museum of Natural History, Bulletin 11, 50
pp., 5 pl. GATTINGERI, ROEPERI, GREENEI, SEDALIENSIS
Millward, William 1909. Fossils from the glacial drift and from the Devonian and Mississip- pian near Meadville, Pennsylvania. Carnegie Museum (Pitts- burgh), Annals, vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 480-487. continens, victa
Minato, Masao 1950. Zur Orogene und zum Vulkanismus im jungeren Palaeozoikum des Kitakami-Gebirges, N. Honshu, Japan. (Stratigraphische und tek- tonische Untersuchungen des japanischen Palaeozoikums. Teil 6.) Journal of the Faculty of Science, Hokkaido University, series IV, Geology and Mineralogy, vol. 7, No. 3, pp. 277-302, plate. tyoanziensis
Miser, Hugh D[insmore], and Honess, C[harles] WlLilliam]
1927. Age relations of the Carboniferous rocks of the Ouachita Moun- tains of Oklahoma and Arkansas. Oklahoma Geological Survey, Bulletin 44, 28 pp., figs.
crustula
Hs Dn aie , and Purdue, Allbert] H[omer]
1929. Geology of the De Queen and Caddo Gap quadrangles, Arkansas. United States Geological Survey, Bulletin 808, xi+195 pp., 18 pl., 9 figs., map. crustula
Mitchell, S. R. 1930. Barytic replacement of marine fossils. Victorian Naturalist, vol. 46, No. 10, pp. 207-208. Moller, [Valerian Ivanovic] v[on] 1865. Uber die von R. Ludwig in Geinitz’s “Dyas” gegebene Schilder-
88 BULLETIN 145 336
ung der permischen System in Russland. Deutsche geologische Ge- sellschaft, Zeitschrift, Bd. 17, Heft 3, pp. 424-428. hollebeni
Monahan, Joseph W. 1931. Studies of the fauna of the Bertie formation. American Midland Naturalist, vol. 12, No. 10, pp. 377-400, including 4 plates. perglabra*
Monroe, Charles E. 1902. Notes on a collection of Hamilton fossils, from the town of Beth- any, Genesee Co., N. Y. Wisconsin Natural History Society, Bul- letin, n. s., vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 57-67. undulata
osishaqa Renee ors , and Teller, Edgar E.
1899. The fauna of the Devonian formation at Milwaukee, Wisconsin. Journal of Geology (Chicago), vol. 7, No. 3, pp. 272-283. [milwaukeensis |
*
Moore, Raymond C[ecil] 1928. Early Mississippian formations in Missouri. Missour1 Bureau of Geology and Mines, series 2, vol. 21, 283-+vii pp., 13 pl. byblis, marionensis, blairi, sampsoni, missouriensis, subcarbon- aria SR ENE CEN Noo: , Lalicker, Cecil G., and Fischer, Alfred G. 1952. Invertebrate fossils. New York. xiii+766 pp., illus. quadrisulcata*, ornata*, ulrichana*, laevigata*, trentonensis*, consobrina*, loculata*, attenuata*, slateri*, triangulata*, bat- teryensis* Moraes Rego, Luiz Flores de 1940. O Sistema devoneano do Brasil. Universidade de Sao Paulo, Anu- ario da Escola Politecnica (1938) VII Ano, 2a Serie, pp. 127-224, illus. ulrichana, africana, quichua Moreels, L[ouis] 1888. Note sur Conularia Destinezi, ptéropode nouveau de houiller infér- ieur (phanites) d’Argenteau. Société géologique de Belgique, An- nales, vol. 15, Bulletin, pp. cxviii-cxx, fig. A-B. DESTINEZI Moret, Léon 1940. Manuel de paléontologie animale. Paris. vii+675 pp., 241 figs. pyramidata* Morgan, Jlacques Jean Marie] de 1882. Géologie de la Bohéme. Paris. 167 pp., 11 pl., 39 figs. bohemica, exquisita, fecunda, insignis, invertens Morgan, Geo([rge] D[illon] 1924. Geology of the Stonewall quadrangle, Oklahoma. [Oklahoma] Bureau of Geology, Bulletin 2, 248 pp., including 53 pl., map. crustula, holdenvillae Morieére, J[ules Pierre Gilles] 1881. Fossiles du grés armoricain de Bagnoles (Orne). Société linné-
337. CoNULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 89
enne de Normandie, Bulletin, série 3, tome 5, pp. 293-297. davidsoni
Morin, Philippe
1948. Découverte de fossiles dans le Massif du Tazzeka (Maroc). Paris. Académie des Sciences, Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des séances, tome 227, No. 11, pp. 560-562. C. sp. (Carboniferous)
Morningstar, Helen
1922. Pottsville fauna of Ohio. Geological Survey of Ohio, series 4, Bul- letin 25, 312 pp., 16 pl. crustula*, newberryi*
Morris, John
1843. A catalogue of British fossils. Comprising all the genera and spe- cies hitherto described; with references to their geological distri- bution and to the localities in which they have been found. Lon- don. x+222 pp. Second edition, 1854, vii-+372 pp.
elongata, quadrisulcata, sowerbyi and (2nd edition) subtilis
1845. In, P. E. de Strzelecki: Physical description of New South Wales
and Van Dieman’s Land. London. 462 pp., 19 pl. LEVIGATA
1858. British fossils, stratigraphically arranged. I. Palaeozoic system. The Geologist, vol. 1, pp. 138-142, 189-194, 233-238, 279-286, 319- 324: : : elongata, sowerbyi, subtilis, guadrisulcata
Oe , and Owen, [Richard]
1856. Descriptive catalogue of the organic remains of Invertebrata con- tained in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of Eng- land. London. xxiv-+260 pp. This catalogue was issued by the College without author, but the preface states it to be the work of Morris and Prof. Owen.
africana
Morse, William Clifford 1930. Paleozoic rocks. Mississippi State Geological Survey, Bulletin 23, xi+212 pp., including 23 pl. huntiana, pyramidalis Mouchkétov, D. (JI. WV. MyurketoBb) 1915. “Pulb-yomyns u Tulo-matipams, Tchil-Oustoun et Tchil-Mairam. Russia, Comité géologique, Mémo-
ires, n.s., livr. 100, 122 pp., 9 pl. 2 figs. C. sp. (Devonian)
Moura, Pedro de
1938. Geologia do Baixo Amazonas. [Brasil] Servico Geologico e Mineral- ogico, Boletin 91, 94 pp., map. amazonica
Mourlon, Michel [Félix]
1881. Géologie de la Belgique. Tome 2. Paris, Berlin and Bruxelles. xvi+392 pp. sowerbyi, namurcana, irregularis
90 BULLETIN 145 338
1908. Le Calcaire carbonifére et les dépots post-primaires que le recouv- rent dans la vallée de lEscaut, entre Tournai et Antoing. Société belge de Géologie, de Paléontologie et d’Hydrologie, Bulletin, tome 22, pp. 89-105.
C. sp. (Assise de Hastiére)
Miller, Arno Hermann
1951. Grundlagen der Biostratonomie. Deutsche Akademie der Wissen- schaften zu Berlin, Klasse fir Mathematik und allgemeine Natur- wissenschaften, Abhandlungen, Jahrgang 1950, Nr. 3, 147 pp. 79 figs.
tulipa*
Minster, [Georg], (Graf von)
1830. Bemerkungen iiber das Vorkommen von Pterodactylus, von fossiler Sepie und von Koprolithen in Deutschland. Jahrbuch fiir Mineralo- gie, usw., Jahrgang 1, pp. 442-445. Notes that finely striate belemnites are sometimes mistaken for conularids.
Munthe, Henrlik Wilhelm]
1902. Stratigrafiska studier 6fver Gotlands silurlager. Geologiska Foren- ingens i Stockholm, Forhandlingar, Bd. 24, Hafte 4 (No. 214), pp. 221-273, 9 figs.
costata, aspersa, monile, delicatissima
Murchison, Roderick Impey
1834. On the structure and classification of the transition rocks of Shrop- shire, Herefordshire and parts of Wales, and on the lines of dis- turbance which have affected that series of deposits, including the valley of elevation of Woolhope. Geological Society of Lon- don, Proceedings, vol. 2, No. 34, pp. 13-18, table.
quadrisulcata
1839. The Silurian System, founded on geological researches in the counties of Salop, Hereford, Radnor, Montgomery, Caermarthen, Brecon, Pembroke, Monmouth, Gloucester, Worcester, and Staf- ford; with descriptions of the coal-fields and overlying formations. Part 2. pp. 579-768, 37 pl. London.
quadrisulcata*
1854. Siluria. The history of the oldest known rocks containing organic remains. With a brief sketch of the distribution of gold over the earth. London. xvi+523 pp., 37 pl., maps.
elongata, sowerbyi, subtilis
1857. The Silurian rocks and fossils of Norway, as described by M. The- odor Kjerulf, those of the Baltic Provinces of Russia, by Professor Schmidt, and both compared with their British equivalents. Geo- logical Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 14, pt. 1, No. 1, Pp. 36-53. ;
quadrisulcata, sowerbyi
Lie Aetorste tree , de Verneuil, Edouard, and Keyserling, Alexander von
1845. The geology of Russia in Europe and the Ural Mountains. Volume I. Geology. London and Paris. pp. i-xxiv, 1-7 [9], 1*-39*, 1-662[2]. 652*-652*** 19 pl., maps, figs.
sowerbyi 1845a. Géologie de la Russie d'Europe et des montagnes d’Ourals. Vol-
339 CoNULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON QI
ume 2. Paléontologie. London and Paris. xxxii+512 pp., pl. 1-43, A-G. sowerbyi*, buchii, quadrisulcata 1848. Geologie des europdischen Russlands und des Urals von R. Murchi- son, E. v. Verneuil und A. v. Keyserling, bearbeitet von Gustav Leonhard. Stuttgart. 634 pp., [2] pl., map. quadrisulcata, sowerbyi, buchii
Murray, Alex[ander]
1852. Report of Alex. Murray, Esq., Assistant Provincial Geologist. Ge- ological Survey of Canada, Report of Progress for 1850-1851, pp. 9-20.
Ceisp:
1852a. Report of Alex. Murray, Esq., Assistant Provincial Geologist. Ge- ological Survey of Canada, Report of Progress for 1851-1852, pp. 64-82.
gracilis Nathorst, Allfred] Gl[abriel]
1883. Om forekomsten af Sphenothallus cfr angustifolius Hall i silurisk skiffer 1 Vestergotland. Geologiska Foreningens i Stockholm, For- handlingar, Bd. 6, Hafte 8 (No. 78), pp. 315-319, pl. 15.
1896. Sphenothallus en Conularia. Geologiska Foéreningens i Stockholm, Forhandlingar, Bd. 18, Hafte 4 (No. 172), pp. 228-230.
Naumann, Carl Friedrich 1854. Lehrbuch der Geognosie. Bd. 2. Leipzig, xiv-++-1222 pp., 70 plates in atlas. cancellata*
Neaverson, E[rnest]
1928. Stratigraphic palaeontology. London. xiiit525 pp., 70 figs. quadrisulcata*
Nettelroth, Henry
1889. Kentucky shells, a monograph of the fossil shells of the Silurian and Devonian rocks of Kentucky. Kentucky Geological Survey. 245+1v pp., 36 pl.
trentonensis*
Neumayr, Melchior
1879. Zur Kenntniss der Fauna des untersten Lias in den Nordalpen. [Austria] Kaiserlich-kéniglichen geologischen Reichsanstalt, Ab- handlungen, Bd. 7, Heft 5, 46 pp., 7 pl.
Erects group Conulariden, parallel with Pteropoden.
1895. Erdgeschichte. Il Bd. 2 Auflage. Viktor Uhlig, ed. Leipzig und Wien. x+700 pp., figs.
laevigata*
Newell, Norman D[ennis]
1949. Geology of the Lake Titicaca region, Peru and Bolivia. Geological Society of America, Memoir 36, ix+111 pp., 17 pl., 14 figs. C. sp. (Cabanillas group)
Newberry, J[ohn] S[trong]
1873. The geological structure of Ohio. Geological Survey of Ohio, Re- port, vol. 1, pt. pp. 89-167, fig. 1-42. Also issued as: Geologischen
g2 BULLETIN 145 340
Bau. Bericht tiber die Geologische Aufnahme von Ohio, I. Bd., I. Theil, pp. 85-160, fig. 1-42. trentonensis ° 1874. General geology. The Carboniferous System. Geological Survey of Ohio, Report, vol. 2, pt. 1, pp. 81-180, figure. Also issued as: Allgemeine Geologie. Das Steinkohlensystem. Bericht tiber die Geologische Aufnahme von Ohio, II. Bd., I. Theil, pp. 78-175, fig. newberryi, micronema, byblis
Newsom, John Flesher
1903. A geologic and topographic section across southern Indiana from the Ohio River, at Hanover, to the Wabash River, at Vincennes, with a discussion of the general distribution and character of the Knobstone group in the State of Indiana. Indiana, Department of Geology and Natural History, 26th Annual Report, pp. 227-302, pl. 2-7, 19 figs.
micronema, newberryi
[Newton, Edwin Tulley]
1878. A catalogue of the Cambrian and Silurian fossils in the Museum of Practical Geology. London. iii+144 pp. rectistriata, edgellii, i. a.
Nicholson, Henry Aileyne
1868. An essay on the geology of Cumberland and Westmorland. Lon- don and Manchester. 93 pp., 3 pl. elongata, cancellata, subtilis
1872. A manual of palaeontology. Edinburgh and London. xvi+6or pp.,
4or1 figs. ,; ornata*
1875. Report upon the palaeontology of the Province of Ontario. Toronto.
96 pp., 4 pl. 45 figs. A different report, with the same title, was published in 1874.
trentonensis 1882. The ancient life-history of the earth. New York. xvii+407 pp., 270 figs. ornata* 6 ayes esse as eaaens , and Lydekker, Richard
1889. A manual of palaeontology. Edinburgh and London. xviil+1624+
xi pp., 1419 figs. ornata*
Nickles, John MlL[ilton]
1902. The geology of Cincinnati. Cincinnati Society of Natural His- tory, Journal, vol. 20, No. 2, pp. 49-100, plate. Also issued sepa- rately with title page and table of contents, 53 pp., plate.
quadrata, trentonensis, formosa
Noetling, Fritz
1896. Beitrige zur Kenntnis der glacialen Schichten permischen Alters in der Salt-Range, Punjab (Indien). Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineral- ogie, usw., Jahrgang 1896, Bd. 2, pp. 61-86, pl. 5. laevigata, tenuistriata, warthi 1901. Beitrdge zur Geologie der Salt Range, inbesondere der permischen
341 COoNULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 93
und triassischen Ablagerungen. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, usw., Beil.-Bd. 14, Heft 3, pp. 369-471, 4 figs. laevigata
Noinsky, M. (M. HowHcknii)
1925. Hexomopwvie danndie omnocumeibHo empoenun uU PayualoHno2o xapaKme- pa KkasancKkoeo apyca 6 IpuKasancKom patone (us pesyomamoe padom 2eolo2euuecKo2o Kadunema KRasancKkoeo VuHueepcumema 3a nociednue 20- Ovi)
Quelques données sur la structure et la caractére facial de l’étage Kazanien dans la région de Kazan. Léningrad, Comité géologique, Bulletin, tome 43, No. 6, pp. 565-622.
hollebeni
Norin, Erik 1941. Geologic reconnaissances in the Chinese T’ien-Shan. Lunds geolo- gisk-mineralogiska Institution, Meddelanden Nr. 88 (Report from the Scientific expedition to the North-western provinces of China under the leadership of Dr. Sven Hedin - The Sino-Swedish Ex- pedition - Publication 16), xii+229 pp., 23 pl., 32 figs., maps. Co sp:
North, F[rederick] J[ohn]
1928. Types and figured fossils in the National Museum of Wales. Geological Magazine, vol. 65, No. 5, pp. 193-210. quadrisulecata, C. sp. Woodward and Jones
Novak, Ottomar [Praveslav]
1886. Zur Kenntniss der Fauna der Etage F-f1 in der palaeozoischen Schichtengruppe Bohmens. Koniglichen-bdhmischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Sitzungsberichte, Jahrgang 1886, 27 pp., double plate.
Cxisp:
1891. Revision der Palaeozoischen Hyolithiden Bohmens. Koéniglichen- bohmischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Abhandlungen (Mat- ematische-naturwissenschaftliche Klasse), Folge 7, Bd. 4, Nr. 6, 48 pp., 6 pl., This volume is dated 1892. a
DUSLII (=exquisita)
Obrutschew, W. A.
1926. Geologie von Siberien. Fortschritte der Geologie und Palaeontol- ogie, Heft 15. xi+572 pp., 10 pl., 60 figs. inequicostata
O’Connell, Marjorie
1916. The habitat of the Eurypterida. Buffalo Society of Natural Sci- ences, Bulletin, vol. 11, No. 3, 277 pp., 28 figs., tables. monile, sowerbyi
G@hlert, D[aniel] Plaulin]
1889. Sur le Dévonien des environs d’Angers. Société géologique de France, Bulletin, série 3, tome. 17, pp. 742-791, pl. 18-21. Crisp:
Oldham, Rlichard] D[ixon]
1886. A note on the Olive group of the Salt-range. Geological Survey of India, Records, vol. 19, pt. 2, pp. 127-131.
94 BULLETIN 145 342
1893. A manual of the geology of India, chiefly compiled from the obser- vations of the Geological Survey. Stratigraphical and _ structural geology. Second edition. Calcutta. 543 pp., plates.
laevigata, tenuistriata, warthi
Oliveira, Avelino Ignacio de, and Leonardos, Othon Henry
1943. Geologia do Brasil. Ed. 2. Brasil, Servico de informacao agricola, serie didatica, No. 2, xxvi+813 pp., 37 plates of fossils, [70] pl., 202 figs., maps. africana*, ulrichana*
Oliveira, Euzébio Paulo de
1937. Fosseis Devonianos de Goyaz. Brasil, Servico Geologico e Mineral- ogico, Notas preliminares e Estudos, 15, pp. 2-4. ulrichana
Omalius d’Halloy, Jlean Baptiste] J[ulien]d’ 1868. Précis élémentaire de Géologie. Edition 8e. Bruxelles et Paris. viii+636 pp., 157 figs., map. gervillei* Opik, A[rmin] 1925. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Kukruse- (C2-) Stufe in Eesti. I. Uni- versitatis Dorpatensis, Acta et Commentationes, series A, vol. 8, No. 5, 18 pp., 2 pl., Also issued as: University of Tartu, Geological Institution, Publication 4. holmii. Opitz, Rudolf 1932. Bilder aus der Erdgeschichte des Nahe-Hunsriick-Landes Birken- feld, Birkenfeld. 224 pp., 170 figs. bundenbachia*, gemiindina*, tulipa*, mediorhenana* 1934. Tierische Ansiedlungen auf einer unterdevonischen Conularia von Bundenbach. Natur und Volk, Bd. 64, Heft 11, pp. 463-466, 2 figs. bundenbachia*
Orbigny, Alcide [Dessalines]d’
1843. [Observations sur habitation des conulaires, et des trilobites.] Société géologique de France, Bulletin, tome 14, pp. 563-564. 1850. Prodrome de Paléontologie stratigraphique universelle des animaux mollusques et rayonnés. Volume 1, lx+ 394 pp. Paris Notes 12 species. 1851. Cours élémentaire de Paléontologie et de Géologie stratigraphique. Tome 2, fasc. 1, 382 pp., 392 figs. Paris. ornata*
Orbigny, [Alcide] C[harles Victor Dessalines]d’, and Gente, A.
1851. Géologie appliquée aux arts et a Vagriculture, comprenant len- semble des révolutions du globe; Ouvrage orné de vignettes inter- calées dans le texte, et dun tableau gravé sur acier, représentant, par ordre chronologique, les terrains stratifiés et les principaux fossiles qui se caractérisent; suivi d’un vocabularie donnant la definition des termes scientifiques employés dans le cours de louv- rage. Paris. 528 pp., plate, figs.
pyramidata
Orton, Edward 1873. Report on the Third Geological District. Geology of the Cincin-
343 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 95
nati group, or Blue Limestone formation. Geological Survey of Ohio, Report, vol. 1, pt. 1, pp. 367-418, map, 2 tables. Also issued as: Bericht iiber den dritten geologischen District. Geologie der Cincinnati-Gruppe oder die Formation des Blauen Kalksteins. Ber- icht uber die Geologische Aufnahme von Ohio, I. Bd., I. Theil, Pp. 357-408, map, tables.
trentonensis, papillata
Osborne, Gleorge] D[avenport]
1949. The stratigraphy of the Lower Marine series of the Permian system in the Hunter River Valley, New South Wales. Linnean Society of New South Wales, Proceedings, vol. 74, pts. 5/6 (Nos. 345-346), PP. 203-223, 2 figs. laevigata, inornata
Osswald, Kurt
1918. Mesozoische Conulariiden. Centralblatt fiir Mineralogie, usw.,
Jahrgang 1918, No. 21/22, pp. 337-344, 4 figs. STROMERI, triadica*
Owen, Dl[avid] D[ale]
1843. Catalogue of geological specimens, Illustrating the formations of the Ohio valley. New Harmony, Ind[iana]. 3 pp. sowerbii 1845. Review of the New York geological reports (third paper). Ameri- can Journal of Science, vol. 48, No. 2, pp. 296-316, figs. quadrisulcata < 1846. Review of the New York geological reports (fourth paper). Ameri- can Journal of Science, series 2, vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 43-70, figs. quadrisulcata 1852. Report of a Geological Survey of Wisconsin, Iowa, and Minnesota; and incidentally of a portion of Nebraska Territory. Philadelphia. Pp. i-xxxviii, 39-638, illus. trentonensis, guadrisulcata
Sct syeveisielons , and Shumard, Blenjamin] F[ranklin]
1851. On the number and distribution of fossil species in the Paleozic Rocks of Iowa, Wisconsin, and Minnesota. American Association for the Advancement of Science, Proceedings of the sth meeting (Cincinnati), pp. 235-239.
trentonensis, guadrisulcata
Owen, Richard (1804-1892)
1861. Palaeontology, or a systematic summary of extinct animals and their geological relations, Edinburgh. xvi+463 pp., 174 figs. quadrisulcata*
Owen, Richard (1810-1890)
1862. Report of a geological reconnaissance of Indiana, made during the years 1859 and 1860, under the direction of the late David Dale Owen, M. D., State Geologist. Indianapolis. 368 pp., illus. CRAWFORDSVILLENSIS
Qwodenko, Boris
[1946.] Mémoire explicatif de la carte géologique du bassin houiller de Djerada et de la region au sud d’Oujda (Maroc oriental francais).
96 BULLETIN 145 344
Société géologique de Belgique, Mémoires, tome 70. 163 pp., maps. crustula
Paekelmann, W[erner] 1913. Das Oberdevon des Bergischen Landes. ‘Koniglich Preussische geologische Landesanstalt, Abhandlungen, Bd. 70, 356 pp., 5 pl. acuta*
Page, David 1876. Advanced text-book of geology, descriptive and industrial. 6th edition. Edinburgh and London. 536 pp., figs. quadrisulcata*
Painvin, G. J. [1939.] Cahiers de Paléontologie, cinquiéme embranchement: Mollusques.
Parish 17) spp. 05. pl: pyramidata*
Parkinson, James 1822. An introduction to the study of fossil organic remains, especially those found in the British Isles. London. 346 pp., 10 pl. quadrisulcata* ; 1840. Outlines of oryctology. An introduction to the study of fossil organic remains, Gc. London and Leicester. 350 pp., 10 pl. quadrisulcata*
Parks, William Al[rthur]
1913. The Paleozoic section at Hamilton, Ontario. Geological Survey of Canada, Guide Book 4, pp. 125-140, figs., maps. Also issued in French edition, 1916, dated 1914.
longa, niagarensis
1913a. Geology of selected areas on Lakes Erie and Huron in the Province of Ontario (with sections by others). Geological Survey of Canada, Guide Book 5, pp. 37-107, figs., maps. Also issued in French edition 1916, dated 1914.
trentonensis
1925. Stratigraphy and correlation of the Dundas formation. Ontario Bureau of Mines, Annual Report, vol. 32, pt. 7, pp. 89-116, 2 figs.
formosa
1928. Faunas and stratigraphy of the Ordovician Black shales and re- lated rocks in southern Ontario. Royal Society of Canada, Section IV, Transactions, series 3, vol. 22, pp. 39-92, plate.
trentonensis, latior, hudsoni
A ocrinick , and Fritz, M. A. 1923. The stratigraphy and paleontology of Toronto and vicinity, part 3, Gastropoda, Cephalopoda and Vermes. Ontario Bureau of Mines, Annual Report, vol. 31, pt. 9, pp. 1-45, 6 pl. formosa* Patrunky, H. 1925. Die Geschiebe der silurischen Orthocerenkalke, I. Geologischer Teil. Zeitschrift fiir Geschiebeforschung, Bd. 1, Heft 2, pp. 58-95. orthoceratophila, cancellata
Patte, Etienne 1926. Etudes paléontologiques relatives a la géologie de PEst du Tonkin,
345 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON = 97
1927.
(Paléozoique et Trias). Service Géologique de I’Indochine, Bulletin, tome 15, fasc. 1, 240 pp., 12 pl. continens* Etudes géologiques dans lest du Tonkin. Service géologique de l'Indochine, Bulletin, tome 16, fasc. 1. 314 pp., 9 pl., 30 figs., maps. continens
Patton, Andrew
1885.
Geological observations in the parish of East Kilbride, Lanark-
shire. With a list of fossils, compiled by James Coutts. Geological
Society of Glasgow, Transactions, vol. 7, pt. 2, pp. 309-333, pl. 13. quadrisulcata
Peach, Blenjamin] N[eeve], and Horne, John
1899.
1903.
1904.
Silurian rocks of Britain, volume 1, Scotland; with petrological chapter and notes by J. J. H. Teall. Geological Survey of the United Kingdom, Memoir, xviiit+749 pp, 27 pl., 120 figs., map. elongata, sowerbyi, bilineata, subtilis, aspersa, monile The Canonbie coalfield: its geological structure and relations to the Carboniferous rocks of the north of England and central Scotland. Royal Society of Edinburgh, Transactions, vol. 40, pt. IV, No. 32, pp. 835-877, 4 pl. quadrisulcata Nees ctooeee , and Macconochie, A[rthur]
The Silurian rocks in the south of Scotland, in, G. F. Scott Elliott, Malcolm Laurie and J. Barcley Murdoch, editors: Fauna, flora and geology of the Clyde area. pp. 423-444. Glasgow (Local Com- mittee for the Meeting of the British Association).
elongata, aspersa, bilineata, sowerbyi, subtilis
The Silurian rocks in the south of Scotland, in, James Barclay Murdoch, editor: The geology and palaeontology of the Clyde drainage area, pp. 423-444. Glasgow (Rooms of the Geolo- logical Society). This book is a “reissue” of part of the rg9or handbook, with corrections and additions, but with the original pagination retained, i. e., pp. xxx+399-567.
Peale, Albert Charles
1893.
Pelseneer, 1889.
The Paleozoic section in the vicinity of Three Forks, Montana, with petrographic notes by George Perkins Merrill. United States Geological Survey, Bulletin 110, 56 pp., 6 pl.
C. sp. (Three Forks shale)
Paul Sur un nouveau Conularia du Carbonifére et sur les prétendus “Ptéropodes” primaires. Société belge de Géologie, de Paléontolo-
gie et d’Hydrologie, Mémoires, tome 3, pp. 124-136, pl. 2. STORMSI
Peneau, Joseph
1928.
Etudes stratigraphiques et paléontologiques dans le sud-est du massif armoricain (synclinal de Saint-Julien-de-Voucantes). Soci- été des Sciences naturelles de |’Ouest de la France, Bulletin, série 4, tome 8, pp. 1-300, 24 pl.
C. sp.
Perner, Jaroslav
1900.
Miscellanea Silurica Bohemiae. Prispevky k poznani Ceského silu-
98 BULLETIN 145 346
ru. Beitrdage zur Kenntniss der Bohmischen Silurformation. Ceska Akademie Cisafe Frantiska Josefa pro Védy, slovesnost a uméni v Praze, Tr. 2, Dil 19°16 pp., plate, 4 figs.
SCULPTA (insignis), imperialis*
1903. Vorldufiger Bericht tiber die Bearbeitung der Gastropoden fiir den IV. Band des Barrandeschen Werkes: “Systéme silurien du centre de la Bohéme”. Académie des Sciences de |’empéreur Francois Jo- seph I, Bulletin international (Sciences mathematiques et natur- elles), Année 7, pp. 15-19.
fritschi 1907. Systéme silurien du centre de la Bohéme. lére partie, vol. 4. Gas-
téropodes. Tome 2. Prague. 380 pp., pl. 90-175. FRITSCHI (=consobrina)
Petri, Setembrino 1948. Contribuicao ao Estudo do Devoniano Paranaense. [Brasil], Divi- sao de geologia e mineralogia, Boletim 129, vit+125 pp., 5 pl., 10 figs., map. ulrichana, africana, quichua
Phillips, John 1848. The Malvern Hills, compared with the Paleozoic districts of Ab- berley, Woolhope, May Hill, Tortworth, and Usk. Geological Sur- vey of Great Britain and Museum of Practical Geology, Memoirs, vol. 2, pt. 1, pp. 1-330, figs., 3 maps. sowerbyi
Pictet [de la Rive], Flrancois] J[ules] 1855. Traité de Paléontologie. Tome 3. 2e Edition. Paris. 654 pp. (Atlas, 77 Pp, 110 pl., 1853-1857). ornata*
Plews, Henry T.
1858. On the coalfield of New South Wales. North of England Institute of Mining Engineers, Transactions, vol. 6, pp. 27-48, 8 plans. torta*, levigata*
Plummer, F[rederick] Blyron], and Moore, R. C.
1921. Stratigraphy of the Pennsylvanian formations of north central Texas. University of Texas Bulletin 2132, 237 pp., 27 pl. crustula
Piummer, John T.
1843. Suburban geology, or rocks, soil, and water, about Richmond, Wayne County, Indiana. American Journal of Science, vol. 44, No. 2, pp. 281-313, 14 figs. quadrisulcata
Pocock, RLoy] WlL[oodhouse], et al.
1938. Shewsbury district, including the Hanwood coalfield. Geological Survey of Great Britain, Memoir England and Wales, Sheet 152, n. s.. xii+297 pp., 8 pl., 31 figs. planiseptata
Pocta, Filip
1904. Rukovét? Palaeozoologie, Vol. 1. Prague, 257 pp., illus. anomala*, bohemica, conferta, nobilis, imperialis
347 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON — 99
Portlock, Jloseph] Ellison]
1843. Report on the geology of the County of Londonderry and of parts of Tyrone and Fermanagh. Dublin and London. xxxii+784 pp., 46 plates of fossils, pl. A-I, 26 figs., map.
quadrisulcata*, ELONGATA
Fostlethwaite, John
1897. The geology of the English Lake district. Keswick. 78 pp., 4 pl. DOVERI 1906. The geology of the English Lake district with notes on the miner- als. Second edition. Carlisle. 90 pp., 7 pl., figs. This is a new edition, with new plates, &c. doveri*, elongata, cancellata, subtilis
1913. Mines and mining in the (English) Lake District. ‘Third edition. Whitehaven. 164 pp., 16 pl., figs., maps. doveri*, elongata, cancellata, subtilis
Poulsen, Chr[istian]
1948. Forstenede Hvirellose Dyr. Oversigt over de vigtigste fossile In- vertebrater. Kgbenhavn. 140 pp., 86 plates in Atlas. These vol-: umes form part of a “Geologiske Vejledninger og smaa Haand- béger”’.
gquadrisulcata*
Prado, Casiano de
1860. Sur existence de la faune primordiale dans le chaine cantabrique. Société géologique de France, Bulletin, série 2, tome 17, pp., 516- 526, 4 figs. Caysp:
Prantl, Ferdinand
1941. Stratigrafické postaveni kysického rudniho obzoru. Die stratigraph- ische Stellung des Kieschitzer Erzlager. Kralovské Ceské spoleénosti Nauk, Véstnik (Trida mat.-prirod.) Roé. 1940, Gis. XV, 5 pp. insignis 1943. Biostratigraphische Verhdltnisse des Sbusaner Erzlagers. Academie tchéque des Sciences et des Arts, Bulletin international, Année 43, Pp. 257-262. proteica 1946. Kolihaia eremita n. gen. n. sp. (Annel. Tubicola) ze stredoceského siluru. Kralovské Ceské Spoleénosti Nauk, Véstnik, (Tr. mat.-pfri- rod.), Roé. 1944, 12 pp., plate. proteica
Prestwich, Joseph (1812-1896)
1840. On the geology of Coalbrook Dale. Geological Society of London, Transactions, series 2, vol. 5, pt. 3, pp. 413-495, pl. 35-41. Ab- stract, 1836, Proceedings, vol. 2, No. 46, pp. 401-406.
quadrisulcata* (=tubericosta)
Pribyl, Alois 1947. The genus Pirania Walcott (Silicispongieae) in the Ordovician of Bohemia. Statniho geologiského Ustavu Republiky Ceskoslovenske, Véstnik, Roé. 22, pp. 363-370, plate. insignis, grandissima
100 BULLETIN 145 348
Price, WlLilliam] Armstrong
1914. Paleontology, in, Charles E. Krebs and D. D. Teets, Jr.: Kanawha County. Pp. 639-653, 2 plates. West Virginia Geological Survey, County Reports.
crustula*
1915. Paleontology, in, Charles E. Krebs and D. D. Teets, Jr.: Boone County. Pp. 591-619, pl. 42. West Virginia Geological Survey, County Reports. Also issued as: Notes on the paleontology of Boone County. 29 pp., plate.
crustula*
1916. Notes on the paleontology of Raleigh, Wyoming, McDowell and adjacent Counties. West Virginia Geological Survey, County Re- ports. Raleigh, McDowell, Wyoming counties, pp. 663-736, pl. 30- 31, table.
crustula
Priem, Fernand
1891. L’Evolution des formes animales avant lapparition de Vhomme.
Paris. 383 pp., 175 figs. ornata*
Pringle, JLohn]
1935. British regional geology: The south of Scotland. Geological Sur- vey and Museum [Great Britain]. iv+97 pp., 7 pl. sowerbyi
Prosser, Charles S[mith]
1893. The Devonian section of central New York along the Unadilla River» New York State Geologist, 12th Annual Report, pp. r10- 142. undulata 1894. The Devonian system of eastern Pennsylvania and New York. United States Geological Survey, Bulletin 120, ix+81 pp., 2 pl. fig. undulata 1912. The Devonian and Mississippian formation of northeastern Ohio. Geological Survey of Ohio, series 4, Bulletin 15, 574 pp., 33 pl. newberryi
sdoretontte eras , and Kindle, E. M.
1913. Systematic paleontology of the Middle Devonian deposits of Mary- land, in, Prosser et al.: Middle and Upper Devonian, pp. 115-338, pl. 7-44. Maryland Geological Survey. The plates were issued in an atlas with separately numbered plates for the volume on the Lower Devonian.
undulata*
Prouty, William F[rederick] 1927. Geology [of Hardy County]. West Virginia Geological Survey, Report on Hampshire and Hardy counties. Pp. 202-365, including plates 43-73, fig. 11-17. C. sp. Quenstedt, Frliedrich] Aug[ust von]
1852. Handbuch der Petrefactenkunde. ‘Tiibigen. iv+784 pp., 62 pl. quadrisulcata*, acuta*
349 COoNULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON IOI
1867. Handbuch der Petrefactenkunde. 2 Auflage. Tubigen. vilit+982 pp. 86 pl., 183 figs. 3 Auflage. 1885, 1239 pp., 100 pl. CAPENSIS, i. a.
Raasch, Gilbert O[scar]
1935. Devonian of Wisconsin. Kansas Geological Society, 9th Annual Field Conference, Guide-book, pp. 261-267, fig. 207. milwaukeensis
1939. Cambrian Merostomata. Geological Society of America, Special
Paper 19, ix+146 pp., 21 pl., 14 figs. cambria
Raggatt, H. G., and Fletcher, H. O.
1937. A contribution to the Permian-Upper Carboniferous problem and an analysis of the fauna of the Upper Palaeozoic (Permian) of North-West Basin, Western Australia. Australia Museum, Records, vol. 20, No. 2, pp. 150-184.
warthi, laevigata, tenuistriata
Range, Paul
1910. Sketch of the geology of German Namaqualand. Geological Soci-
ety of South Africa, Transactions, vol. 13, pp. 1-9, pl. 1. C. sp. (Dwyka)
1912. Geologie des deutschen Namalandes. Beitrage zur geologischen Er-
forschung der Deutschen Schutzgebiete, Heft 2, 104 pp., 11 pl. C. sp.* (Dwyka)
1928. Die geologischen Verhdltnisse der Karruformation Deutsch-Siid- westafrikas. Beitrage zur geologischen Erforschung der Deutschen Schutzgebiete, Heft 20, pp. 1-16.
C. sp. (Dwyka)
1930. Beitrdge zur Fauna und Flora der Karruformation Stidwestafri- kas. International Geological Congress. Compte Rendu of the XV. Session, South Africa, 1929, volume II, pp. 111-114, plate.
C. sp. (Dwyka)
1937. Siidwestafrika Geologie und Bergbau. Deutsche geologische Ge-
sellschaft, Zeitschrift, Bd. 89, Hefte 8/9, pp. 468-509, 3 figs. C. sp. (Dwyka)
Raymond, Percy El[dward]
1905. The fauna of the Chazy limestone. American Journal of Science, series 4, vol. 20, No. 119, pp. 353-382, fig. TRIANGULATA 1906. The Chazy formation and its fauna. Carnegie Museum (Pitts- burgh), Annals, vol. 3, No. 4, pp. ii+498-596, pl. 22-24, 3 figs. triangulata 1908. Gastropoda of the Chazy limestone. Carnegie Museum, (Pitts- burgh), Annals, vol. 4, No. 3/4, pp. 168-225, pl. 46-55. triangulata* 1916. The correlation of the Ordovician strata of the Baltic Basin with those of eastern North America. Museum of Comparative Zoology (at Harvard College), Bulletin, vol. 56, No. 3 (Geological Series vol. 10; Shaler Memorial Series No. 2), pp. 179-286, 8 pl. wrangeli
1921. A contribution to the description of the fauna of the Trenton
102
BULLETIN 145 350
group. Geological Survey, Canada, Museum Bulletin 31 (Geolo- logical Series No. 38), 64 pp., including 11 pl. trentonensis* ~
Read, M[athew] C.
1873.
Report on the geology of Ashtabula County. Geological Survey of
Ohio, Report, vol. 1, pt. 1, pp. 483-492, 5 figs. map. Also issued
Geologie von Ashtabula County. Bericht tiber die Geologische
Aufnahme von Ohio, I. Bd., I. Theil, pp. 473-480, 5 figs., map. Cyesp:
Reed, Frederick Richard Cowper
1897.
18974.
1899.
1902.
1904.
1906.
1907.
1910.
1925.
1933.
1935.
1936.
The fauna of the Keisley limestone. Part 2. Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 53, pt. 1 (No. 209), pp. 67-106, pl. 6.
Gases Notes on the geology of County Waterford. 1. The Fauna of the Ordovician beds near Tramore. Geological Magazine, n. s., dec- ade 4, vol. 4, No. 11, pp. 502-512.
C. sp.*
The lower Palaeozoic bedded rocks of County Waterford. Geologi- cal Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 55, pt. 4 (No. 220), pp. 718-772, pl. 49, 15 figs.
elongata Woodwardian Museum notes: Salter’s undescribed species. VI. Geological Magazine, n. s. decade 4, vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 122-126, pl. 6. bifasciata*, CLAVUS (=tubericosta)
Mollusca from the Bokkeveld beds. South African Museum, An- nals, vol. 4, pt. 6, pp. 239-274, pl. 30-32.
quichua*, undulata*, acuta*, africana*
The Lower Palaeozoic fossils of the Northern Shan States, Burma. Geological Survey of India, Memoirs, Palaeontologia Indica, n. s. vol. 2, Memoir 3, 154 pp., 8 pl., 3 figs.
CoXsp:*
The fauna of the Bokkeveld beds. Geological Magazine, n. s., dec- ade 5, vol. 4, No. 4, pp. 165-171; No. 5, pp. 222-232.
africana, acuta, undulata, quichua Sedgwick Museum notes. New fossils from the Dufton shales. Geological Magazine, n. s., decade 5, vol. 7, No. 5, pp. 211-220, pl. 16-17; No. 7, p. 294-299, pl. 23-24.
plicata Revision of the fauna of the Bokkeveld beds. South African Mu- seum, Annals, vol. 22, pt. 1, p. 27-225, pl. 4-11.
africana*, baini*, quichua*, ulrichana*, GAMKAENSIS, AL-
BERTENSIS Some new Ordovician species of Conularia from Girvan. Geologi- cal Magazine, n. s., vol. 70, No. 8, pp. 354-358, pl. 19.
SLATERI, MIRIFICA, CUNCTATA, ASTEROIDEA Palaeontological evidence of the age of the Craighead limestone. Geological Society of Glasgow, Transactions, vol. 19, pt. 2, pp. 340-372.
linnarssoni Some fossils from the Eurydesma and Conularia beds (Punjabian)
351 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 103
of the Salt Range. Geological Survey of India, Memoirs, Palaeon- tologia Indica, n. s., vol. 23, Memoir 1. ii+36 pp., 5 pl. laevigata*, warthi*, SALARIA, PUNJABICA, CHELENSIS
1949. The geology of the British Empire. Second edition. London. ix+764 pp., 26 figs., including 15 folding maps. africana, laevigata, tenuistriata
Reeds, Chester Al[lbert]
1927. The Arbuckle Mountains, Oklahoma. The fossil collector's Happy Hunting Ground. Oklahoma Geological Survey, Circular 14, 15 pp., 11 figs. Reprinted from Natural History (New York), vol. 26, No. 5, PP- 463-474, 1926. trentonensis
Reid, Clement, Barrow, G., and Dewey, Henry
1910. The geology of the country around Padstow and Camelford; with contributions by J. T. Flett and D. A. MacAlister. Geological Sur- vey of England and Wales, Memoirs, Sheets 335-336, iv-+120 pp., 4 pl., 7 figs.
complanata, subparallela, deflexicosta, subtilis
Reid, J(ohn] H[ector]
1930. The Queensland Upper Palaeozoic succession. Queensland Geologi- cal Survey, Publication 278, 96 pp., [6] figs., maps and sections. tenuistriata, inornata
Reisinger, Erich
1938. Morphologie und Entwicklungsgeschichte der Wirbellosen (excl. Arthropoda). Fortschritte der Zoologie, n. F., Bd. 3, pp. 35-54. Note on Kiderlen 1937.
Remelé, Adolf Karl]
1885. Katalog der von Prof. Dr. Ad. Remelé beim internationalen Geo- logen-Congress zu Berlin im September und October 1885 ausges- tellten Geschiebesammlung. Berlin. 32 pp.
cancellata
Renevier, Elugéne]
1856. Dates de la publication des espéces contenues dans les planches de la Conchyliologie minéralogique de la Grande-Bretagne, par Mr. James Sowerby, continuée par James de Carle Sowerby. Société Vaudoise des Sciences naturelles, Bulletin, tome 4, pp. 318-320.
1874. Tableau des terrains sédimentaires formés pendant les époques de la phase organique de Globe terrestre avec leurs représentants en Suisse et dans les régions classiques, leurs synonymies et les prin- cipaux fossiles de chaque étage. Lausanne. 35 pp., 9 pl. The text and plates 8-9 appeared in: Société Vaudoise des Sciences natur- elles, Bulletin, tome 13, No. 72, pp. 218-252.
hollebeni, quadrisulcata, ornata, subtilis, sowerbyi
Richards, Horace G. 1953. Record of the rocks. The geological story of eastern North Am- erica. New York. xiii+413 pp., 294 figs. crustula* Richter, R[heinhard]
1865. Aus dem thiiringischen Schiefergebirge, II. Deutsche geologische
104 BULLETIN 145 352
Gesellschaft, Zeitschrift, Bd. 17, Heft 2, pp. 361-376, pl. ro-11. QUERCIFOLIA, RETICULATA 1866. Aus dem thiiringischen Schiefergebirge. III. Deutsche geologische Gesellschaft, Zeitschrift, Bd. 18 Heft 3, pp. 409-425, pl. 5-6. reticulata* 1869. Das Thiiringische Schiefergebirge. Deutsche geologische Gesell- schaft, Zeitschrift, Bd. 21, Heft 2, pp. 341-443, pl. 5-6. reticulata, quercifolia, hollebeni
Richter, Rud[olf], and Richter, E[mma] 1930. Bemerkenswert erthaltene Conularin und ihre Gattungsgenossen im Hunsritickschiefer (Unterdevon) des Rheinlandes. Senckenber- giana, Bd. 12, Nr. 2/3, pp. 152-171, 5 figs. _ mediorhenana*, BUNDENBACHIA, GEMUNDINA,TULIPA (=tulipina) 1939. Conularia tulipina, nov. nom. Senckenbergiana, Bd. 21, Nr. 1/2, p. 168. TULIPINA
Ries, Heinrich 1897. Geology of Orange County. [New York] State Geologist, 15th An-
nual Report (Senate paper 66), pp. 393-475, 42 pl., 26 figs., maps. trentonensis
Ringueberg, Eugene N. S.
1886. New genera and species of fossils from the Niagara shales. Buf- falo Society of Natural Sciences, Bulletin vol. 5, No. 1, pp. 5-22, 2
MULTIPUNCTA, BIFURCA, TRANSVERSA 1888. The Niagara shales of western New York; a study of the origin of their sub-divisions and their faunae. American Geologist, vol. 1, No. 5, pp. 264-272. bifurca
Robertson, T[homas] 1932. Geology of the southwest coalfields. Part 5. The country around Merthyr Tydfil, 2d edition. With a palaeobotanical chapten by R. Crookall. Geological Survey of England and Wales, Memoirs, Sheet 231, xiii+283 pp., 6 pl., 51 figs. quadrisulcata
Roch, Edouard
1932. Les terrains paléozoiques du Pays de Skoura (Haut Atlas maro- cain). Société géologique de France, Compte rendu, 1932, No. 16, Ppp. 223-224.
Cesp:
1939. Description géologique des Montagnes a l'Est de Marrakech. Ma- roc, Service des Mines et de la Carte géologique, Notes et Mem- oires, No. 51, 438 pp., 7 pl., 91 figs.
Cxsp:
1941. Carte géologique provisoire des régions de Demnat et de Telouet, echelle au 11200,000e, Notice explicative. Maroc, Service des Mines, Notes et Mémoires, No. 55 bis 39 pp., 2 figs.
C. sp. (Ordovician)
353 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON — 105
Roemer, [Carl] Ferdinand von
1844. Das Rheinische Uebergansgebirge. Ein palaeontologisch-geognos- tische Darstellung. Hannover. 96 pp., 6 pl. gervillei, gerolsteinensis, ornata
1856. In, H. G. Bronn and Roemer: Lethaea Geognostica, usw. Third
revised edition, Lieferung 11, pp. 433-788 of Bd. 2. Stuttgart. GRANDIS (=undulata), pyramidata*
1876. Lethaea geognostica oder Beschreibung und Abbildung der fiir die Gebirgs-Formationen bezeichnendsten Versteinerungen heraus- gegeben von einer Vereinigung von Paldontologen, I. Theil, Le- thaea palaeozoica, Atlas. Stuttgart. 2 pp., 62 pl.
ORTHOCERATOPHILA, grandis*, quadrisulcata*
1885. Lethaea erratica oder Aufzahlung und Beschreibung der in der norddeutschen Ebene vorkommenden Diluvial-Geschiebe nordis- cher Sedimentar-Gesteine. Palaeontologische Abhandlungen, Bd. 2, Heft 5, 173 pp. (250-420), 11 pl. (24-34).
orthoceratophila, sowerbyi, lanceolata
Roemer, Friedrich Adolf
1842. [Letter to H. G. Bronn]. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, usw., Jahrgang 1842, pp. 820-821. acuta 1843. Die Versteinerungen des Harzgebirges. Hannover. xx-+4o pp., re ple ACUTA 1850. Beitrage zur geologischen Kenntniss des nordwestlichen Harzge- birges. Palaeontographica, Bd. 3, Lief 1, pp. 1-52, 55-67, pl. 1-10. acuta
1852. Beitrage zur geologischen Kenntniss des nordwestlichen Harzge- birges. II Abtheilung. Palaeontographica, Bd. 3, Lief 2, pp. 69- Dit plo r 15. PINNATA 1866. Beitradge zur geologischen Kenntniss des nordwestlichen Harzge- birges. V Abtheilung. Palaeontographica, Bd. 13, Lief. 5, pp. 201-
235, pl. 33-35. BODANA
Rogers, Austin F[lint]
1900. The Pottawatomie and Douglas formations along the Kansas River, in, J. W. Beede and Rogers: Coal Measures faunal studies. I. Kansas University Quarterly, vol. 9, series A, No. 4, pp. 234-254.
crustula
Rogers, Alrthur] WLilliam]
1905. An Introduction to the geology of Cape Colony. With a chapter on the fossil reptiles of the Karroo formation by R. Broom. London. xvil+463 pp., including 21 plates, 27 figs., map.
africana, quichua, undulata, acuta
Rogers, Henry Darwin
1858. The geology of Pennsylvania. Volume 2, pt. 2, pp. 667-1046, 23 pl. New York. trentonensis*
106 BULLETIN 145 354
ee
Rominger, Cl[arl] 1873. Upper Peninsula 1869-1873. Volume I, pt. III. Palaeozoic Rocks. Geological Survey of Michigan. 105 pp. trentonensis
Rotay, A. P. (A. I. Potaii) 1938. Cmpamuepapus HUWICHEKAMEHHOY2OMbHoIL OMMOIMEeHU KY3HeEUKO2O Oac- ceund, Stratigraphy of the Lower Carboniferous of the Kuznetsk Basin. U.S.S.R., Central Geological and Prospecting Institute, Transac- tions, fasc. 102, 90 pp., 2 figs., tables. Csp:
Roth, Robert [Ingersoll] 1929. A comparative faunal chart of the Mississippian and Morrow for- mations of Oklahoma and Arkansas. Oklahoma Geological Survey, Circular 18, 16 pp., figure, table. crustula
Roualt, Marie [Mathurin] 1851. Mémoire sur le terrain paléozoique des environs de Rennes. Soci- été géologique de France, Bulletin, série 2, tome 8, pp. 358-399, [4] gs.
MAYERI, NOBLETI, gervillei
Rowley, Rlobert] Rloswell] 1890. The “Lithographic Limestone” a lower Division of the Kinder- hook’Group. The Naturalist (Kansas City), vol. 4, No. 10, p. [6]. Co sp: 1908. The geology of Pike County. Missouri Bureau of Geology and Mines, series 2, vol. 8. xiv-+122 pp., 20 pl., 14 figs., maps. Cisp:*
Roxo, Mathies GLencalves] de Oliviera 1943. Geologia do Brasil. Ed. 2. Brasil, Servico de informac¢ao agricola, serie didatica, No. 2, xxvit813 pp., 37 plates of fossils, [70] pl., 202 figs., maps. africana*, ulrichana*
Roy, Sharat Kumar 1935. A new Niagaran Conularia. Field Museum of Natural History (Chicago), Geological Series, vol. 6, No. 10, pp. 147-154, fig. 30-32. MANNI 1941. The Upper Ordovician fauna of Frobisher Bay, Baffin Land. Field Museum of Natural History, Geology Memoirs, vol. 2, 212 pp., 146 figs. trentonensis, asperata Baia ede None y Me » and Croneis, Carey 1931. A Silurian worm and associated fauna. Field Museum of Natural History, Geological Series, vol. 4, No. 7, pp. 229-247, pl. 42-45. Ruddy, Thomas 1879. On the upper Part of the Cambrian (Sedgwick) and base of the Silurian in North Wales. Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 35, pt. 2 (No. 138), pp. 200-208, 6 figs. sowerbyt
355 CoNULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 107
1884.
List of Caradoc or Bala fossils found in the neighbourhood of Bala, Corwen, and Glyn Cetriog. Chester Society of Natural Science, Proceedings, 1884, pt. 3, pp. 113-124.
sowerbyt
Ruedemann, Paul
1939:
Geology of the southern central lowlands and Ouachita Provinces. Geologie der Erde. Geology of North America, volume 1, Intro- ductory Chapters, and Geology of the Stable Areas, pp. 463-518, plate, 6 figs., table.
trentonensis, crustula
Ruedemann, Rudolf
1896.
1897.
18974.
19OI.
1gola.
1903.
IgIl.
1916.
1917.
1921.
1921a.
1925.
Note on the discovery of a sessile Conularia. Articles I and II. American Geologist, vol. 17, No. 3, pp. 158-165, pl. 8-9; vol. 18, No. 2, pp. 65-71, pl. 2.
gracilis Evidence of current action in the Ordovician of New York. Ameri- can Geologist, vol. 19, No. 6, pp. 367-391, pl. 22.
gracilis The discovery of a sessile Conularia. New York State Geologist, 15th Annual Report (Senate paper 66), vol. 1, pp. 699-728, 4 pl. A reprint of Ruedemann 1896, with additions.
Hudson River beds near Albany and their taxonomic equivalents. New York State Museum, Bulletin 42 (volume 8), pp. 489-596, 2 pl. map.
trentonensis Trenton conglomerate of Rysedorph Hill, Rensselaer Co. N. Y. and its fauna. New York State Museum, Bulletin 49 (Paleontologic Papers 2), pp. 3-114, pl. 1-7, A-B.
trentonensis* Prof. Jaekel’s theses on the mode of existence of Orthoceras and other cephalopods. American Geologist, vol. 31, No. 4, pp. 199-217.
The Lower Siluric shales of the Mohawk Valley. New York State Museum, Bulletin 162 (Education Department Bulletin 525), 151 pp., ro pl., 30 figs.
MULTICOSTA Account of some new or little-known species of fossils, mostly from Paleozoic rocks of New York. New York State Museum, Bulletin 189, pp. 7-97, pl. 1-30, fig. 1-33.
Refers sessile “conularids” to Serpulites. The paleontology of arrested evolution. New York State Museum, Bulletin 196, pp. 107-134.
Notes Conularia as a persistent type.
Paleontologic contributions from the New York State Museum. New York State Museum Bulletin 227/228, pp. 63-130, 61 figs. papillata, gracilis, trentonensis
Report on fossils from the so-called Trenton and Utica beds of Grande Isle, Vt. Vermont State Geologist, 12th Report, pp. 90-100. trentonensis
Some Silurian (Ontarian) faunas of New York. New York State Museum, Bulletin 265, 134 pp., 24 pl., 41 figs. rugosa*, CATARACTENSIS, TENUICOSTA, FILICOSTA, PERGLABRA
108 BULLETIN 145 356
1925a. The Utica and Lorraine formations of New York, part 1, Strati- graphy. New York State Museum, Bulletin 258, 175 pp., 7 pl., 10 figs.
papillata, granulata, trentonensis
1926. The Utica and Lorraine formations of New York, part 2, Systematic paleontology. No. 2. Mollusks, crustaceans and curypterids. New York State Museum, Bulletin 272, 227 pp., 27 pl., 26 figs.
hudsoni*, LATIOR, granulata*
1929. Fossils from the Permian tillite of Sao Paulo, Brazil, and their bearing on the origin of tillite. Geological Society of America, Bulletin, vol. 40, pp. 417-426, pl. 11-12.
Notes a spurious Conularia.
1930. Geology of the Capital district (Albany, Cohoes, Troy and Sche- nectady quadrangles), with a chapter on Glacial Geology by John H. Cook. New York State Museum, Bulletin 285, 218 pp., 4o figs., pl. 41-79, map.
trentonensis, multicosta
1934. Paleozoic plankton of North America. Geological Society of Am-
erica, Memoir 2, vii+141 pp., 26 pl., 6 figs.
esau) oroysr sa ece , and Ehlers, Gleorge] Mlaricn]
1924. Occurrence of the Collingwood formation in Michigan. Univer- sity of Michigan Museum of Geology, Contributions, vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 13-18. latior Ruger, Ludwig 1934. Die baltischen Linder: Estland, Lettland und Litauen. (Handbuch der Regionalen Geologie, Bd. 4, Abt. 4). Heidelberg. 78 pp., 14 figs., map. cancellata Ruzicka, R. 1927. Faune des couches a Euloma du gite ferrugineux prés de Holoubkov (a Ousky). Partie II. Académie des Sciences de Boheme, Bulletin international, 1927, 21 pp. (373-395), 2 pl. Cixsp: rga1. Faunistické seznamy z Barrandienu ze souvrstvi g® v okoli Praz- ském. Fossillisten aus dem Schichtenkomplexe g%® des Barrandiens in der Umgebung von Prag. Kralovske Ceské spole¢nosti Nauk, Véstnik (Tr. mat.-prirod.), Roé. 1940, Cis. XI, 12 pp. proteica Ruzicka, Vaclav 1925. Faunistické seznamy z rizynych nalezist Barrandienu, V. Bohdalec. Praha, Narodi Museum, Casopis, 1925, Roé. 99, pp. 108-110. exquisita, modesta Ryckholt, [Philippe Francois Joseph Adrien de Bounam], Baron de 1854. Mélanges paléontologiques, Seconde partie. Apercu géognostique des environs de Visé. Bruxelles. 205 pp., pl. 11-20. Part I of this work was published by the Academie royale de Belgique (Mémoires couronnés et mémoires des savants étrangers, tome 24) but part 2 was withdrawn by the author after being accepted for publication (see the Académie’s Bulletin, tome 21, pt. 1, p. 209; pt. 2, p. 138) and was presumably printed privately. NAMURCANA
357. CoNULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 109
Safford, James Ml[errill]
1869.
Geology of Tennessee. Nashville, xit+550 pp., [8] pl., map. trentonensis, gattingeri, missouriensis
Salter, John William
1852.
1859.
1861.
Appendix: Description of a few species from Wales and West-
moreland, referred to in the foregoing work, to McCoy 1852. viii pp. sowerbyi*, SUBTILIS
Notes on fossils, in J. B. Jukes: The South Staffordshire coalfields.
Second edition. Geological Survey of Great Britain, Memoir. 241 pp. quadrisulcata, sowerbyi
On the fossils of the south Welsh coal field, in, E. Rogers et al.:
Tron ores of Great Britain. Part III. Iron ores of South Wales,
pp. 219-236, pl. 1-2. Geological Survey of Great Britain, Memoir. quadrisulcata*
1861a. Descriptions and lists of fossils, in, H. H. Howell and Archibald
1866.
1873.
1881.
Geikie: The geology of the neighbourhood of Edinburgh (Map 32), pp. 132-151, pl. 2, figs. Geological Survey of Great Britain and Museum of Practical Geology, Memoir 32-Scotland.
sowerbyi*, quadrisulcata*
Appendix on the fossils, in, A. C. Ramsay: Geology of North Wales. Volume 3, part 1. Pp. 239-363, pl. 1-26. Geological Sur- vey of Great Britain, Memoir. LAEVIGATA (=salteri), HOMFRAYI, MARGARITIFERA, CORIUM
A catalogue of the collection of Cambrian and Silurian fossils contained in the geological museum of the University ot Cam- bridge. With a preface by the Rev. Adam Sedgwick, LL.D., F.RS., and a table of genera and index added by Professor Morris; F.G.S. Cambridge, xlviii+204 pp., figs. homfrayi, corium, sowerbyi, clavus, bifasciata, subtilis
[Second edition of Salter 1866, revised and expanded by R. Etheridge|, pp. 371-567, pl. 1-26.
,and Sowerby, Jlames] de Carle
Fossils of the Older Palaeozic (Protozoic) rocks in North Wales. Geological Society of London, Proceedings, vol. 4, pt. 2, No. 99, opposite p. 266. Also, 1845, as: Quarterly Journal, vol. 1, No. 1, table I, opposite p. 20.
Sandberger, [Karl Ludwig] Fridolin [von]
1845.
1852.
1889.
Kurze Bemerkungen zu der Schrift von F. A. Roemer: “die Ver- steinerungen des Harz-Gebirges, mit XII Steindruck-Tafeln. Hann- over 1843”. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, usw., Jahrgang 1845, PP. 427-441.
acuta Uber einige paldozoische Versteinerungen des Cap-Landes. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, usw., Jahrgang 1852, pp. 581-585. Translation by T. R. Jones, On Some Palaeozoic Fossils from the Cape of Good Hope: Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 9, pt. 2, pp. 1-4, 1853.
quadrisulcata Uber die Entwickelung der unteren Abtheilung des devonischen Systems in Nassau, verglichen mit jener in anderen Landern. Nebst
110 BULLETIN 145 358
einem palaontologischen Anhang. Nassauischen Vereins fiir Natur- kunde, Jahrbuch, Jahrgang 42, pp. 1-107, pl. 1-4, table. subparallela
Sandberger, Guido
1842. Vorldufige Ubersicht tiber die eigenthiimlichen bei Villmar an der Lahn auftretenden jiingeren Kalk-Schichten der dlteren (sog. Ueber- gangs-) Formation, besonders nach ihren organischen Einschliissen, und Beschreibung ihrer wesentlichsten neuen Arten; nebst einem Vorwort tiber Namengebung in der Naturgeschreibung tiberhaupt und in der Paldontologie inbesondere. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineral- ogie, usw., Jahrgang 1842, pp. 379-402, pl. VIII.
quadrisulcata
1845. [Letter to H. G. Bronn.] Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, usw.,
Jahrgang 1845, pp. 174-177. Coin: sp:*
1847. Die Flossenfiisser oder Pteropoda der ersten Erdbildungs-E poche. Conularia und Coleoprion. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, usw., Jahrgang 1847, pp. 8-25, pl. 1.
CURTA, CARINATA, SUBPARALLELA, TENUISTRIATA, LATISULCATA, DEFLEXICOSTA, PECTINICOSTATA, CUR- VATA, CANCELLATA, TUBERICOSTA, TUBEROSA.
tise ee , and Sandberger, Fridolin
1856. Die Versteinerungen des Rheinischen Schichtensystems in Nassau. Wiesbaden, xv+ 564 pp., 39 pl., figs., maps. (1850-1856). subparallela*, deflexicosta*
Sauramo, Matti
1929. Zur Kenntnis der Geologie von Worms und Nucko, Estland. Com- mission géologique de Finlande, Bulletin 87, 20 pp. (17-36), 2 pl. (1-2), 3 figs. C. sp. Savage, T[homas] E[dmund]
1910. The faunal succession and the correlation of the pre-Devonian formations of southern Illinois. Illinois State Geological Survey, Bulletin 16, pp. 302-341, pl. 33-37.
C. sp. (Thebes sandstone)
1913. Stratigraphy and Paleontology of the Alexandrian Series in Illinois and Missouri. Part One. Illinois State Geological Survey, Bulletin 23, pp. 67-170, 7 pl. (3-9). Issued separately (pp. 1-124, 7 pl.) in 1913, and in volume form in 1917.
C. sp. (Essex limestone)
1913a. Alexandrian series in Missouri and Illinois. Geological Society
of America, Bulletin, vol. 24, No. 2, pp. 351-376. C. sp. (Essex)
1917. The Thebes sandstone and Orchard Creek shale and their faunas in Illinois. Wlinois Academy of Science, Transactions, vol. 10, pp. 261-275, 2 pl.
DELICATULA, ORNATA (=delicatula) bvavaiion otsver one , and Van Tuyl, Francis M.
1919. Geology and stratigraphy of the area of Paleozoic rocks in the
vicinity of Hudson and James Bays. Geological Society of America,
Bulletin, vol. 30, No. 3, pp. 339-378, pl. 11-13, 4 figs. C. sp. (Shammattawa limestone)
359 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON III
Schaffer, F[ranz] X[aver]
1924. Lehrbuch der Geologie. II Teil. Grundziige der historischen Geologie. Leipzig und Wien. xi+628 pp., 705 figs., frontispiece. anomala*
[Schary, J. M.]
1867. Catalogue des fossiles du Systéme Silurien du centre de la Bohéme de la collection de J. M. Schary de Prague, envoyés a l' Exposition Universelle de Paris en 1867. Prague. 17 pp. Note, p. 17: “C’est a la munificence de M. Barrande, que je dois les noms des fossiles non encore publies.”
anomala, exquisita, fecunda, grandis, simplex
Schauroth, [Karl] v[on]
1853. [Letter to A. H. E. Beyrich, on Conularia hollebeni, Platysomus striatus.] Deutsche geologische Gesellschaft, Zeitschrift, Bd. 5, Heft 4, pp. 667-669. hollebeni*
1854. Ein Beitrag zur Paldontologie des deutschen Zechsteingebirges. Deutsche geologische Gesellschaft, Zeitschrift, Bd. 6, Heft 3, pp. 539-577, pl. 20-22.
hollebeni
1865. Verzeichniss der ersteierungen im Herzogl. Naturaliencabinet zu Coburg (No. 1-4328) mit Angabe der Synonymen und Beschreibung vieler neuen Arten, sowie der letzteren Abbildung auf 30 Tafeln, Coburg. 327 pp., 30 pl.
irregularis, hollebeni
Schindewolf, O[tto] H[einrich]
1938. Paldozoologie der Wirbellosen. Fortschritte der Zoologie, n.F., Bd. 25D: 180-194.
Note on Kiderlen 1937.
1951. Uber ein neues Vorkommen unterkarbonischer Pericyclus-Schichten im Oberharz. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Geologie und Palaontologie, Abhandlungen, Bd. 93, Heft 1, pp. 23-114, pl. 3-7, 37 figs.
inaequicostata
Schmidt, Frliedrich]
1858. Untersuchungen iiber die Silurische Formation von Ehstland, Nord- Livland und Oesel. Archiv fiir Naturkunde, Liv.-, Ehst.-und Kur- lands, ser. 1, Bd. 2, pp. 1-248.
sowerbyi
1859. Beitrag zur Geologie der Insel Gotland, nebst einigen Bemerkungen tiber die untersilurische Formation des Festlandes von Schweden und die Heimath der norddeutschen silurischen Geschiebe. Archiv fiir Naturkunde, Liv.-, Ehst.- und Kurlands, ser. 1, Bd. 2, Lief. 2, PP. 403-464, map.
sowerbyi
1874. Miscellanea silurica. II. Uber einige neue und wenig bekannte baltisch-silurische Petrefacten. Académie impériale des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg, Mémoires, série 7, tome 21, No. 11, 48 pp., 4 pl.
TETRADIUM (=Palaenigma) WRANGELI
1881. Revision der osthaltischen silurischen Trilobiten nebst geognostischer Ubersicht des ostbaltischen Silurgebiets. I. Phacopiden, Cheiruriden und Encrinuriden. Académie impériale des Sciences de St. Péters-
112 BULLETIN 145 360
bourg, Mémoires, série 7, tome 30, No. 1, iv-+237 pp., 16 pl. trentonensis, latesulcata, wrangeli
Schmidt, Hermann
1933. Der Kellerwaldquarzit, mit einer Beschreibung seiner Fauna und der aus der Tanner Grauwacke. Geologische und Palaontologische Abhandlungen, n. F., Bd. 19, Heft 5, 55 pp. (297-349), 5 pl. (18- 22), 4 figs.
Cesps
Schmidt, W[ilhelm] Erich
1905. Der oberste Lenneschiefer zwischen Letmathe und Iserlohn. Deut- sche geologische Gesellschaft, Zeitschrift, Bd. 57, Heft 4, pp. 498- 566, pl. 20-22, 4 figs. acuta
Schmitt, Joseph
1904. Monographie de lIle Anticosti. Faculté des Sciences de Paris, Theses, Série A, No. 486, vi+370 pp., 46 pl., map. trentonensis, splendida, asperata
Schroeder, Hlenry Carl]
1909. Marine Fossilien in Verbindung mit permischem Glazialkonglom- erat in Deutsch-Stidwestafrika. Koniglich Preussische geologische Landesanstalt zu Berlin, Jahrbuch, Bd. 29, Teil 1, pp. 694-697.
C. sp. (Dwyka)
Schuchert, Charles
1889. A list of the fossils occurring in the Oriskany sandstone of Mary- land, New York and Ontario. [New York] State Museum of Nat- ural History, 42nd Annual Report of the Trustees (Senate paper 65), PP- 396-400.
ata
1900. On the Lower Silurian (Trenton) fauna of Baffin Land. United States National Museum, Proceedings, vol. 22 (No. 1192), pp. 143- 177, pl. 12-14, 2 figs.
trentonensis
1900a. Lower Devonic Aspect of the Lower Helderberg and Oriskany for- mations. Geological Society of America, Bulletin, vol. 11, pp. 241- 332.
pyramidalis, huntiana, lata, undulata
1914. Notes on Arctic Paleozoic fossils. American Journal of Science, series 4, vol. 38, No. 227, pp. 467-477. Also issued, with same pagination, as: Contribution from the Paleontological Laboratory, Peabody Museum, Yale University.
trentonensis
1927. The Pennsylvanian-Permian systems of western Texas. American
Journal of Science, series 5, vol. 14, No. 83, pp. 381-401, 2 figs. C. sp. (Wolfcamp)
1928. Review of the late Paleozoic formations and faunas, with special reference to the ice-age of Middle Permian time. Geological Soci- ety of America, Bulletin, vol. 39, No. 3, pp. 769-886, 6 figs., table.
laevigata, tenuistriata, warthi, inornata
1930. Upper Ordovician and Lower Devonian stratigraphy and paleon- tology of Percé, Quebec. Part I. Stratigraphy and faunas. Am- erican Journal of Science, series 5, vol. 20, No. 117, pp. 161-176, 4
361 CoNULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 113
figs. Also issued, with same pagination, as: Contribution from the Paleontological Laboratory, Peabody Museum, Yale University. lata 1935. Correlations of the more important marine Permian sequences. Ge- ological Society of America, Bulletin, vol. 46, No. 1, pp. 1-46, pl. 1, fig. inornata, laevigata 1943. Stratigraphy of the eastern and central United States. New York. Xvii+-ro13 pp., 123 figs., 78 charts, 3 pl. triangulata, trentonensis, papillata, gracilis, formosa, catarac- tensis, newberry1
wba alee stones , and Twenhofel, W. H.
1910. Ordovicic-Siluric section of the Mingan and Anticosti Islands, Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Geological Society of America, Bulletin, vol.
21, No. 4, pp. 677-716. [ parroquetensis |
1905. Catalogue of the type and figured specimens of fossils, minerals, rocks and ores in the Department of Geology, United States Na- tional Museum. Part I. Fossil Invertebrates. United States Na- tional Museum, Bulletin, No. 53, pt. 1, v-+704 pp.
cambria, crustula, inornata, levigata, missouriensis
Schwartz, GLeorge] Mlelvin] 1936. Geology of the Minneapolis-St. Paul Metropolitan Area. Minne-
sota Geological Survey, Bulletin 27. xi+267 pp., 8 pl., 44 figs. trentonensis*
Schwarz, Ernest H[ubert] L[ewis]
1906. South African Paleozoic fossils. Albany Museum, Records, vol. 1, pt. 6, pp. 347-404, pl. 6-10. africana*, PINCHINIANA 1906a. Geological Survey of the divisions of Tulbagh, Ceres and Wor- cester. Cape of Good Hope, Geological Commission, roth Annual Report, pp. 259-290, 16 figs. quichua, undulata 1912. South African geology. London. 200 pp., illus. africana*
Schwarzbach, Martin
1949. Die Fauna des Bug-Karbons, ihre stratigraphische und paldogco- graphische Bedeutung. Palaeontographica, Bd. 97, Abt. A, Lief.
I-3, pp. 1-74, pl. 1-4. Csp;*
Scott, William Berryman
1932. An introduction to geology. Third edition. Volume 2. Historical Geology. New York. vii+485 pp., 389 figs. trentonensis*
Seemann, Fritz
1907. Das mittelbohmische Obersilur- und Devongebiet siidwestlich der Beraun. Beitrage zur Palaontologie und Geologie Osterreich-Un-
114 BULLETIN 145 362
garns und des Orients, Bd. 20, Heft 2/3, 46 pp. (69-114), 2 pl. (9-16); thie eau aliena, fragilis, invertens, proteica, simplex
Sharpe, Daniel
1856. Descriptions of Palaeozoic Mollusca from South Africa. Geologi- cal Society of London, Transactions, series 2, vol. 7, pt. 4, pp. 206- 215, pl. 26-27. AFRICANA
Shaw, E[ugene] Wlesley]
1937. The Guelph and Eramosa formations of the Ontario Peninsula. Royal Canadian Institute, Transactions, vol. 21, pt. 2 (No. 46), pp. 317-362, pl. 19-24, 3 figs.
rugosa, niagarensis
Sherborn, Charles Davies (Carolo Davies)
1922-1931. Index animalium sive Index nominum quae ab A. D. MDCC- LVI generibus et speciebus animalium imposita sunt. Sectio se- cunda, a kalendis ianuariis, MDCCCI usque ad finem decembris MDCCCL. London. 6808 pp. in 27 parts.
Notes 39 species.
Sarteoade , and Blake, J. F.
1902. List of types and figured specimens in the collection of the Geolo- gical Society of London. London. 100-++xxxii pp. africana
Sherlock, R[cbert] Llionel]
[1948.] The Permo-Triassic formations. A World review. London. 367 pp., 15 figs., frontispiece. laevigata, tenuistriata
Shideler, WLilliam] H[fenry]
1914. The upper Richmond beds of the Cincinnati group. Ohio Natural- ist, vol. 14, No. 3, pp. 229-235. C.asp:
Shimer, Hervey Woodburn
1905. Upper Siluric and Lower Devonic faunas of Trilobite Mountain, Orange County, New York. New York State Museum, Bulletin 80 (Paleontology 1o) (New York State Education Department Bul- letin 330), pp. 173-269, 4 pl., 10 figs. Also issued separately, with the same pagination, and dated 1904. This separate publication was real, and the issue bears a price (20 cents) but does not seem to bear a correct date, since the printers’ mark “Ja 5” shows that it did not appear until 1905.
JERVISENSIS
1926. Upper Paleozoic faunas of the Lake Minnewanka section, near Banff, Alberta. Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 42 (Geolog- ical Series No. 45), pp. 1-84, pl. 1-8, table.
ALTERNISTRIATA
Free Ganteyneeie , and Schrock, Robert R. 1944. Index fossils of North America. New York and London. ix+837 pp., including 303 pl. trentonensis*, niagarensis*, huntiana*, undulata*, missouriensis*, crustula*, ulrichi*
363 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 115
Shrock, Robert Rlakes], and Twenhofel, William H.
1953. Invertebrate paleontology. New York. xx+816 pp, illus. A re- vised and enlarged edition of Twenhofel and Shrock, 1935. [ fecunda*]
Shvetzov, M. S. (M. C. lLllBpenos)
1932. Odmaan 2eonoeuueckan Kkapma Heponeticvot uacmu CCCP. JIlucm 58. Ceé6e- po-3anadnas uemBeepmo Jucma.
General geological map of the European part of US.S.R., Sheet 58, north-western quarter of the sheet. U.S.S.R., United Geological and Prospecting Service, Transactions, fasc. 83, 184 pp., plates, maps.
C. sp. (Lower Carboniferous)
Sinclair, Gleorge] Winston
1940. The genotype of Conularia. Canadian Field-Naturalist, vol. 54, No. 5, PP. 72-74. PARACONULARIA
1940a. A discussion of the genus Metaconularia with descriptions of new species. Royal Society of Canada, Section IV, Transactions, series 3, vol. 34, pp. 101-121, 3. pl. Abstract, Proceedings, p. 155. parroquetensis*, heymani*, ulrichi*, DUBIA, papillata*, CAL- DERI, delicatula*, GIBRALTARENSIS, multipuncta*, NUDA, manni*, aspersa*, perglabra*, bilineata*, punctata*, solitaria*, longistriata*,
1941. Notes on Pseudoconularia and P. magnifica (Spencer). Royal Soci- ety of Canada, Section IV, Transactions, series 3, vol. 35, pp. 125- 129, plate. Abstract, Proceedings, vol. 35, p. 188. magnifica*
1942. A new species of Conularia from Gaspé. Naturaliste Canadien, vol. 69, No. 6/7, pp. 158-160, fig. GASPESIA
1942a. The Chazy Conularida and their congeners. Carnegie Museum (Pittsburgh), Annals, vol. 29, article 10, pp. 219-240, 3 pl. CONULARINA ttriangulata*, UNDOSA, IRRASA, RAYMON- DI, NARRAWAYI; CLIMACOCONUS quadratus*, RALLUS, HUMILIS, CLARKI, BROMIDUS, batteryensis*, bottnicus*, scoticus*, lanceolatus*
1943. Notes on Archaeoconularia Boucek and Eoconularia, new genus. Royal Society of Canada, Proceedings, series 3, vol. 37, p. 122. Ab- stract.
EOCONULARIA
[1944.] A new genus of Conularids. Canadian Field-Naturalist, vol. 57, o. 7/8, p. 123. Issue for October-November, 1943. Eoconularia
1944a. Notes on the genera Archaeoconularia and Eoconularia. Royal Society of Canada, Section IV, Transactions, series 3, vol. 38, pp. 87-95, plate. ATTENUATA, AMOENA, MEMBRANACEA, HUMBERIA, SARDINICA, loculata*
1945. An Ordovician faunule from Quebec. Canadian Field-Naturalist,
vol. 59, No. 3, pp. 71-74, pl. 2. trentonensis, ulrichi
116 BULLETIN 145 364
1946. Three new conularids from the Ordovician of Quebec. Naturaliste Canadien, vol. 73, No. 11/12, pp. 385-390, plate. URBANIS, BUREAUI, FORENSIS 1948. Aperture of Conularia. Geological Society of America, Bulletin, vol. 59, No. 12, pt. 2, p. 1352. Abstract.
[1952.] The occurrence of cystids in the Ordovician of Ontario and Que- bec. Canadian Field-Naturalist, vol. 65, No. 5, pp. 176-179. Issue for September-October, 1951. triangulata 1952a. A classification of the Conularida. Fieldiana. Geology (Chicago Natural History Museum), vol. 10, No. 13, pp. 135-145, fig. 56. DICONULARIA, EXOCONULARIA, ANACONULARIA, CALLOCONULARIA, CTENOCONULARIA, GLYPTOCONU- LARIA, STRIMPLEI, OBEX
1953. Middle Ordovician beds in the Saguenay Valley, Quebec. American Journal of Science, vol. 251, No. 12, pp. 841-854, 2 figs. trentonensis
Been Posse , and Rollman, Mary ELlizabeth] 1951. A forgotten book and its author. Journal of Paleontology, vol. 25,
No. 4, pp. 540-541. doani
Six, Achille 1887. Le devonien russe, d’aprés le Prof. Vénukoff. Société géologique du Nord, Annales, tome 14, livr. 2/3, pp. 67-126. inclinata
Skipsey, R. WLhyte]-
1865. On the discovery of Carboniferous limestone fossils in the Upper Coal Measures to the east of Glasgow. Geological Society of Glas- gow, Transactions, vol. 2, pp. 52-53. Notice in: Geological Maga- zine, vol. 2, No. 10, pp. 186-187.
quadrisulcata
Slater, Ida. L.
1907. A monograph of British Conulariae. Palaeontographical Society. 41
pp-, 5 pl., fig. llanvirnensis*, corium*, homfrayi*, /aevigata*, elongata*, lin- narssoni*, aspersa*, PUNCTATA, TENUIS, MACULOSA, CORONATA, MICROSCOPICA, gquadrisulcata*, GLOBOSA, HISPIDA, TRIANGULARIS, HASTATA, PLICATA, CRASSA, subtilis*, COMPLANATA, PLANISEPTATA, VESICULARIS,
sowerbyi*, BREVICONVENTA, ELEGANS
Smith, Burnett 1914. Notes on the fossils of the Paleozoic formations within the Syra- cuse Quadrangle. New York State Museum, Bulletin 171 (Uni- versity of the State of New York Bulletin 571), pp. 57-63. C. sp. (Niagaran)
Smith, James Perrin 1896. Marine fossils from the Coal Measures of Arkansas. American Philosophical Society, Proceedings, vol. 35, No. 152, pp. 213-285,
pl. 14-24. crustula*
365 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON I17
Smith, John
[1897]. On the grasping power of Carboniferous crinoid “fingers or “Branches”, and a speculation as to whether the bulk of the Car- boniferous Crinoidea were fixed or floating animals. Glasgow Natural History Society, Transactions, n.s., vol. 5, pt. 1, pp. 58-61, fig. A-C. This volume is dated 1900.
Solle, Gerhard
1936. Revision der Fauna des Koblenzquarzits an Rhein und Mosel. Senckenbergiana, Bd. 18, Nr. 3/4, pp. 154-215, 16 figs. subparallela
1942. Neue Einstufung des Oberkoblenz von Oberkleen ( Taunus) und thre paldogeographische Folgerung. Senckenbergiana, Bd. 25, Nr. 4/6, pp. 255-263, figs. subparallela 1942a. Die Kondel-Gruppe (Oberkoblenz) im _ Sitidlichen Rheinischen Schiefergebirge. IV-V. Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Ge- sellschaft, Abhandlungen, Heft 464, pp. 95-156, pl. 2-4, fig. 2-3. subparallela 1942b. Die Kondel-Gruppe (Oberkoblenz) im Siidlichen Rheinischen Schiefergebirge. VI-X. Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Ge- sellschaft, Abhandlungen, Heft 467, pp. 157-240, plate. subparallela
Sowerby, Gleorge] Blrettingham] (1788-1854)
1852. A conchological manual. Fourth edition. London. vi+337 pp., 28 colored plates, figs. quadrisulcata*
Sowerby, James
1820. The mineral conchology of Great Britain; or coloured figures and descriptions of those remains of testaceous animals or shells, which have been preserved at various times, and depths in the earth. Volume 3, part 46. Pp. 107-118, pl. 260-265. London. The complete work was issued in French and German editions, which we have not seen.
CONULARIA QUADRISULCATA, TERES (a cephalopod)
Spencer, J[ohn] WlLilliam Winthrop]
1875. Geological sketches of the neighbourhood of Hamilton. Canadian Naturalist and Quarterly Journal of Science, vol. 7, pp. 463-471. niagarensis 1879. A gigantic conularia of the Niagara group of Hamilton, Ontario. Canadian Naturalist, series 2, vol. 9, pp. 62-63. This note was not signed, but Spencer later claimed it as his.
MAGNIFICA 1882. Palaeozoic geology of the region about the western end of Lake Ontario. Canadian Naturalist, n. s., vol. ro, No. 3, pp. 129-171, map.
niagarensis, magnifica, rugosa 1884. Niagara fossils. University of the State of Missouri, Bulletin of the Museum, vol. 1, No. 1, 61 pp., 9 pl. Also issued as‘ Academy of Natural Science of St. Louis, Transactions, vol. 4, No. 4, pp.
555-610, 9 pl. magnifica*, RUGOSA, WILKINSI
118 BULLETIN 145 366
Spriesterbach, Jullius]
1925. Die Oberkoblenzschichten des Bergischen Landes und Sauerland- es. Preussische geologische Landesanstalt, zu Berlin, Jahr- buch, Bd. 45, pp. 367-450, pl. 10-17. MONTANA
Sproule, Jlohn] Clampbell] 1936. A Study of the Cobourg Formation. Geological Survey, Canada, Memoir 202, pp. 93-116, pl. 7-9, fig. 4. trentonensis Stache, Gluido]
1890. Die Silurfauna der Ostalpen. [Austria] Kaiserlich-koniglichen ge- ologischen Reichsanstalt, Verhandlungen, Jahrgang 1890, No. 6, pp. 121-126. Caisp:
Stainier, X[avier] 1892. Matériaux pour le flore et la faune du houiller de Belgique. Soci- été géologique de Belgique, Annales, tome 19, Mémoires, pp. 333-
35905) 3 P destinezi, quadrisulcata
1935. Matériaux pour la faune du houiller de Belgique, sixiéme note. So- ciété belge de Géologie, de Paléontologie et d’Hydrologie, Bulletin, tome 45, fasc. 1, pp. 16-55. @iisp: Stauffer, Clinton Rlaymond]
1909. The Middle Devonian of Ohio. Geological Survey of Ohio, series 4, Bulletin 10, 204 pp., 17 pl. elegantula
1935. Conodonts of the Glenwood beds. Geological Society of America, Bulletin, vol. 46, No. 1, pp. 125-168, pl. 9-12. C. sp. ie deeds Rieroats , and Thiel, George Allfred] 1941. The Paleozoic and related rocks of southeastern Minnesota. Min- nesota Geological Survey, Bulletin 29, viiit+261 pp., plate, 62 figs. trentonensis, quadrata Steininger, Johann 1853. Geognostische Beschreibung der Eifel. Trier. 143 pp., 10 pl. EIFELENSIS Steinmann, G[ustav] 1907. Einfiihrung in die Paldontologie. 2 Auflage. Leipzig. 542 pp., figs. acuta*, quadrisulcata*, quichua* 1929. Geologie von Pert. Heidelberg. xii+448 pp., 9 pl., map, 271 figs. ulrichi*, quichua* exsitrotee oe , and Doderlein, Ludwig 1890. Elemente der Paldontologie. Leipzig. 848 pp., figs. acuta*, quadrisulcata*, QUICHUA grensereyeveeuse , and Hoek, H.
1912. Das Silur und Cambrium des Hochlandes von Bolivia und ihre Fauna. (Beitrége zur Geologie und Paldontologie von Siidamerika,
367 CoNULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON’ 119
XVIII.) Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, usw., Beil.-Bd. 34, pp. 176-252, pl. 7-14, 6 figs. undulata
Stobbs, John T[homas]
1905. The marine beds in the Coal-Measures of North Staffordshire. Ge- ological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 61, pt. 3 (No.
243), PP. 495-527, pl. 34, 3 figs. guadrisulcata
Stoddart, WLilliam] WlLalter]
1865. On the lowest beds of the Carboniferous series at Clifton near Bristol. Geological Magazine, vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 82-85. quadrisulcata
Stose, George WLillis]
1909. Mercersburg-Chambersburg Folio, Pennsylvania. United States Geological Survey, Geological Atlas of the United States, No. 170, 19 pp., 18 figs., maps. Field edition, 1910, 144 pp., 18 figs., maps. quadrata
eres aero , and Swartz, Charles K.
1912. Pawpaw-Hancock Folio, Maryland-West Virginia-Pennsylvania. United States Geological Survey, Geological Atlas of the United States, No. 179, 24 pp., 2 pl., 11 figs., maps. Field edition, 176 pp., 20 pl., 11 figs., maps.
pyramidalis, niagarensis Strahan, Aubrey
1909. The geology of the South Wales coal-field, Part. I. The country
around Newport, Monmouthshire. Geological Survey of England
and Wales, Memoirs, Sheet 249, 2d edition, 115 pp., illus. microscopica
Strand, Embrick 1928. Miscellanea nomenclatorica zoologica et palaeontologica. I-II. Ar- chiy fiir Naturgeschichte, Jahrgang 1926, Bd. 92, Abt. A, Heft 8, PP. 30-75.
Stromer von Reichenbach, Ernst (Freiherr)
1909. Lehrbuch der Paldozoologie. I. Wirbellose Tiere. Leipzig und Berlin x+342 pp., 398 figs.
exquisita*, gracilis*
1944. Gesicherte Ergebnisse der Paldozoologie. Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Mathematisch - Naturwissenschaftlichen Abt. Abhandlungen, Heft 54, n. F, pp. 1-114.
inornata
Suero, Tomas
1952. Las sucesiones sedimentarias suprapaleozoicas de la zona extraan- dina del Chubut (Patagonia austral—Republica Argentina). X\Xe Congrés géologique international. Symposium sur les Séries de Gondwana, pp. 373-384, map.
C. sp. (Tepuel system)
Sugiyama, Toshio 1938. A new Lower Carboniferous Conularia from the Kitakami Moun-
120 BULLETIN 145 368
tainland. Geological Society of Japan, Journal, vol. 45, No. 541, pp. 771-773, 2 figs. Also issued as: Palaeontologica! Society of Japan, Transactions and Proceedings, vol. 13, No. 13, pp. 103-105, 2 figs. TYOANZIENSIS 1942. Studies on the Japanese Conularida. Geological Society of Japan, Journal, vol. 49, pp. 390-399, pl. 15. NEOCONULARIA rectangularis*, CONULARIOPSIS QUAD- RATA
Sule, Jlaroslav] 1925. Faunisticke seznamy z riznych nalezist Barrandienu, III. Strasnice vosovka. Praha, Narodi Museum, Casopis, Roé. 99, pp. 36-38. bohemica, linearis, exquisita, fecunda, modesta, grandissima, nobilis.
Sussmilch, C[arl] Aldolph] (or Siissmilch)
1922. Am introduction to the geology of New South Wales. 3d edition. Sydney. xvili+269 pp., 92 figs. inornata 1935. The Carboniferous period in eastern Australia. Australian and New Zealand Association for the Advancement of Science, Re- port of the 22nd Meeting, pp. 83-118, 4 figs. laevigata
Svoboda, Josef, and Prantl, Ferdinand
1948. O stratigrafii a tektonice starsiho paleozoika v okoli Chynice. The Stratigraphy and tectonics of the early Palaeozoic Strata in the Vicinity of Chynice (Central Bohemia). Statniho geologického us- tavu Ceskoslovenské Republiki, Sbornik, Svazek 15, pp. 1-39, pl. 1-4.
proteica
1950. Stratigraficko-tektonika studie okoli lomu “Cikdnka” v radotinskem udoli. Stratigraphic and Tectonic Study of the Neighbourhood of the Quarry “Cikanka” in the Radotin Valley (Central Bohemia). Statniho geologického Ustavu Ceskoslovenské Republiki, Sbornik, Svazek 17, oddil geologicky, pp. 1-35 (105-139), pl. 1-3 (4-6).
proteica
Swallow, Gleorge] CL[linton]
1860. Descriptions of new fossils from the Carboniferous and Devonian rocks of Missouri. Academy of Science of St. Louis, Transactions, vol. 1, pp. 635-660. MISSOURIENSIS, MARIONENSIS, TRIPLICATA
1863. Descriptions of some new fossils from the Carboniferous and Devonian rocks of Missouri. Academy of Science of St. Louis, Transactions, vol. 2, pp. 81-100.
OSAGENSIS
Swartz, C[harles] K[ephart], and Prouty, W. F. 1923. Gastropoda [of the Silurian of Maryland]. Maryland Geological Survey, Report on the Silurian, pp. 482-494, pl. 29-30. niagarensis* Swartz, Frank McKim
1925. The Devonian fauna of Bolivia. The Johns Hopkins University Studies in Geology, No. 6 (George Huntington Williams Memorial Publications numbers 20 to 24), pp. 29-68, pl. 1, fig.
striatula, quichua, baini, ulrichana, undulata
369 COoNULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 121
see atta: , and Richardson, Eugene S[tanley], Jr.
1945. New structures in early Devonian Conularidae. Geological Society of America, Bulletin, vol. 56, No. 12, pt. 2, p. 1206. Abstract.
Vaff, Joseph A[lexander]
1904. Preliminary report on the geology of the Arbuckle and Wichita Mountains in Indian Territory and Oklahoma. United States Geological Survey, Professional Paper 31 (Series B. No. 40; Series C, No. 67), 97 pp., 8 pl.
papillata
1928. [A reprint of Taff 1904.] Oklahoma Geological Survey, Bulletin
12, 95 pp., including 8 pl., 2 maps.
Tait, David, and Wright, James
1924. Notes on the structure, character and relationship of the Lower Carboniferous limestones of St Monans, Fife. Edinburgh Geo- logical Society, Transactions, vol. 11, pt. 2, pp. 165-184, pl. 18, fig.
quadrisulcata
Tansey, Vlivian] OLuray]
1922. The fauna and correlation of the Bailey limestone in the Little Saline Creek area of Ste. Genevieve County, Missouri. Missouri Bureau of Geology and Mines, series 2, vol. 17, pp. 166-212, pl. 40-56, table.
huntiana, lata
Teichert, Curt
1947. Stratigraphy of Western Australia. Royal Society of New South Wales, Journal and Proceedings, vol. 80, pt. 3, pp. 81-142, pl. 4-7, 1o figs. Reprinted with an additional chapter as: American Asso- ciation of Petroleum Geologists, Bulletin, vol. 31, No. 1, pp. 1-70, 29 figs. C. sp. (Liveringa series) 1951. The marine Permian faunas of Western Australia (an interim re- view). Palaontologische Zeitschrift, Bd. 24, No. 1/2, pp. 76-90, map. warthi
1952. Carboniferous, Permian, and Jurassic in the Northwest Basin, Western Australia. X\1Xe Congrés géologique international. Sym- posium sur les Séries de Gondwana, pp. 115-135, 2 figs.
C. sp. (Coolkilya sandstone)
Teller, Edgar E[ugene]
1911. A synopsis of the type specimens of fossils from the Paleozic formations of Wisconsin. Wisconsin Natural History Society, Bul- letin, vol. 11, No. 4, pp. 170-271. cambria, milwaukeensis
Tennant, James
1847. A stratigraphical list of British fossils; arranged under the prin- cipal divisions of the British strata, with a few elementary re- marks on their character and localities. London. xvi+132 pp.
quadrisulcata, elongata
Termier, Genevieve, and Termier, Henri
1947. Paléontologie marocaine. I. Généralites sur les invertébrés fossiles. Maroc, Service géologique, Notes et Mémoires, No. 69, 391 pp.,
122 BULLETIN 145 370
22 pl. Also issued as: Actualités scientifiques et industrielles, No. 1028. Paris Erect the class EOPTEROPODA, including conularids.
1950. Paléontologie marocaine. Tome Il. Invertébrés de lVére primaire. Fasc. IV. Annélides, Arthropodes, Echinodermes, Conularides et Graptolithes. Maroc, Service géologique, Notes et Mémoires, No. 79, 279 pp., pl. 184-241. Also issued as: Actualités scientifiques et industrielles, No. 1095. Paris.
margaritifera*, modesta*, maroccana*, insignis*, aliena*, ele- gans*, proteica*, consobrina*, arcuata*, quadrisulcata*
Termier, Henri
1936. Etudes géologiques sur le Maroc Central et de Moyen Atlas sep- tentrional. Maroc, Service des Mines et de la Carte géologique, Notes et Mémoires, No. 33, 1566 pp., Q+31 pl., 29 tables, 17 charts (in 4 tomes).
MAROCCANA
Bee ues , and Termier, Genevieve
1948. Affinités du genre Conularia. Société géologique de France, com- pte rendu, 15 décembre, 1947, pp. 337-338.
Suggest relationship of conularids with pterobranchs.
[1949?] Position systematique et biologie des Conulaires. Revue scienti- fique, Année 86, fasc. 12, No. 3300, pp. 711-722, 25 figs. ‘This number is dated December 1948 but contains reference to papers published as late as November 1949.
ornata*, quadrisulcata*, ARCUATA
1949a. A ffinités des Conularida. 13e Congrés international de Zoologie, section 9,,Communications, pp. 546-547.
Thomas, Al[bram] O[wen]
1914. A new section of the railway cut near Graf, Iowa. Iowa Academy of Science, Proceedings, vol. 21, pp. 225-229. trentonensis
Thomas, H[enry] Dighton
1930. An Upper Carboniferous fauna from the Amotape Mountains, north-western Peru, continued. Geological Magazine, vol. 67, No. 9, PP. 394-408, pl. 24. crustula Thomas, Ivor
1905. Neue Beitrdge zur Kenntnis der devonischen Fauna Argentiniens, Deutsche geologische Gesellschaft, Zeitschrift, Bd. 57, pp. 233-290. pl. 11-14, 10 figs.
quichua* Thomson, James
1865. On the geology of the Campbelton district. Geological Society of Glasgow, Transactions, vol. 2, pp. 76-88. quadrisulcata Thoral, Marcel 1935. Contribution a étude paléontologique de VOrdovicien inférieur de la Montagne Noire, et Revision sommaire de la faune cam- brienne de la Montagne Noire. Université de Paris, Théses, serie
A, No. 1541, 362 pp. 35 pl. AZAISI
371 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 123
1935a. Contribution a l'étude géologique des Monts de Lacaune et des terrains cambriens et ordoviciens de la Montagne Noire. Paris et Liége. 318 pp., 5 pl., 52 figs., 2 tables. azaisi
Thorslund, Per
1943. Grdnsen Ordovicium-Silur inom Storsjéormadet i Jamtland. The Ordovician-Silurian Boundary in the Jemtland Storsjén Area, Sweden. Sveriges geologiska Undersékning, Avhandlingar och uppsatser, ser. C, No. 455 (Arsbok 37, No. 4), 19 pp., 4 figs.
C. sp. (Krykas quartzite).
Tiffany, A. S.
1885. Geology of Scott County, Iowa, and Rock Island County, Illinois, and the adjacent territory. Davenport, lowa. 35 pp. A note says that this paper is from the Proceedings of the [34th meeting of the] American Association for the Advancement of Science, but only the title appears there, p. 259.
continens
Tilton, John Littlefield]
1927. Hampshire County. West Virginia Geological Survey, Report on Hampshire and Hardy counties. Pp. 1-164, including pl. 2-38, fig. 3-9. pyramidalis, undulata, niagarensis 1927a. The geological formations above the top of the White Medina. West Virginia Geological Survey. Report on Pendleton County. Pp. 104-226, including pl. 32-44, fig. 20-24. undulata 1929. Notes on paleontology, Pocahontas County. West Virginia Geo- logical Survey. Pocahontas County Report. Pp. 365-403. undulata
Toula, Franz 1906. Lehrbuch der Geologie. 2 Auflage. Wien. xi+492 pp., 30 pl., 452 figs., frontispiece, maps. grandis*
Treat, Ida Vaillant-Couturier 1933. Paléontologie de Madagascar. XIX. Le Permo-Trias Marin. An- nales de Paléontologie, tome 22, fasc. 2, 59 pp., (39-95), 6 pl. (5-10), 17 figs. C. sp.* Trechmann, Charles Taylor
1918. The Trias of New Zealand. Geological Society of London, Quart-
erly Journal, vol. 73, pt. 3 (No. 291), pp. 165-246, pl. 17-25, 5 figs., table.
laevigata*
Tromelin, Gaston de
1877. Etude de la faune du grés silurien de May, Jurques, Campandré, Mont-Robert, etc. (Calvados). Société linnéenne de Normandie, Bulletin, série 3, tome 1, pp. 5-82.
pyramidata*, SUBPLICOSA, SUBRUGULOSA
1878. Etude des terrains paléozoiques de la Basse-Normandie, parti- culiérement dans les départements de lOrne et du Calvados. As-
124 BULLETIN 145 372
sociation francaise pour l’avancement des sciences, Compte rendu, 6e session (Le Havre), pp. 493-501. exquisita 1880. Résumé sur la Géologie des terrains Paléozoiques de Normandie. Société geologique de Normandie, Bulletin, tome 6, pp. 169-178. exquisita ‘
eee , and Lebesconte, Paul
1876. Observations sur les terrains primaires du Nord du département d'Tlle-et-Vilaine et de quelques autres parties du massif breton. Société géologique de France, Bulletin, série 3, tome 4, pp. 583-623.
pyramidata, plicosa, rugulosa
1876a. Essai d'un catalogue raisonné des fossiles siluriens des départements de Maine-et-Loire, de la Loire-Inférieure et du Morbihan, avec des observations sur les terrains paléozoiques de VTouest de la France. Association francaise pour |’avancement des sciences, Com- pte rendu, 4e session, (Nantes), pp. 601-661, tables A-B.
nobilis, exquisita
1876b. Présentation de fossiles paléozoiques du département d’Ille-et-Vi- laine et note additionelle sur la faune silurienne de Pouest de la France. Association francaise pour l’avancement des sciences, Comptes rendu, 4e session (Nantes), pp. 683-687, tables C-D.
proteica, pyramidata
Treost, Glerard]
1840. Fifth geological report to the twenty-third General Assembly of Tennessee. 75 pp., map. sowerbyi 1841. Sixth geological report to the twenty-fourth General Assembly of the State of Tennessee. Tennessee, House of Representatives, Document 7, 48 pp., map. quadrisulcata
Trotter, F[rederick] Mlurray], and Hollingworth, S. E.
1927. On the upper Limestone group and “Millstone Grit”? of north eastern Cumberland. Geological Survey of Great Britain and Museum of Practical Geology, Summary of Progress for 1926, pp. 98-107, fig.
quadrisulcata
1932. The geology of the Brampton District. Geological Survey, Englaud and Wales, Memoirs, sheet 18 n.s., xit+223 pp., 9 pl. 17 figs.
quadrisulcata
Twenhofel, W[illiam] H[enry]
1909. The Silurian section at Arisaig, Nova Scotia. With a correlation note by Charles Schuchert. American Journal of Science, series 4, vol. 28, No. 164, pp. 143-164. Also issued as: Contribution from the Paleontological Laboratory, Peabody Museum, Yale University.
C. sp. (Arisaig formation)
1914. The Anticosti Island faunas. Geological Survey of Canada, Museum Bulletin 3 (Geological Series No. 19), 39 pp., including plate. Also issued in French edition, 1917, 37 pp.
asperata, splendida, niagarensis
1916. The Silurian and high Ordovician strata of Estonia, Russia, and
their faunas. Museum of Comparative Zoédlogy at Harvard College,
373 COoNULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 125
Bulletin, vol. 56, No. 4 (Geological Series vol. 10; Shaler Memorial Series No. 3), pp. 289-340, pl. 1-3. trentonensis 1928. Geology of Anticosti Island. Geology Survey, Canada, Memoir 154 (Geological Series No. 135), 481 pp., 60 pl., map. asperata*, BATTERYENSIS, splendida*, niagarensis* 1938. Geology and paleontology of the Mingan Islands, Quebec. Geo- logical Society of America, Special Paper 11, vii+132 pp., 24 pl. PARROQUETENSIS
Sieve aro eee oe , and Shrock, Robert R.
1935. Invertebrate paleontology. New York. 511 pp., 175 figs. [milwaukeensis ]
Ulrich, Arnold 1892. Palaeozoische Versteinerungen aus Bolivien. (Beitrdge zur Geo- logie und Paldontologie von Siidamerika, herausgegeben von G. Steinmann, I.) Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, usw., Beil.-Bd., 8, Heft 1, pp. 5-116, 5 pl., 2 figs. africana*, acuta, undulata*, quichua*, BAINI
Ulrich, E[dward] Glscar]
1880. Catalogue of fossils occurring in the Cincinnati group, of Ohio, Indiana & Kentucky. Cincinnati. iv-+31 pp. formosa, quadrata, trentonensis 1888. A correlation of the Lower Silurian horizons of Tennessee and of the Ohio and Mississippi valleys with those of New York and Canada. American Geologist, vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 100-110; No. 3, pp. 179-190; No. 5, pp. 305-315. quadrata, formosa, trentonensis 1917. Formations of the Chester series in western Kentucky and their correlates elsewhere. Issued with its own pagination (pp. i-iv, 1I- 272, 11 pl.) -as part of a volume entitled Mississippian Formations of Western Kentucky. Kentucky Geological Survey. chesterensis 1927. Fossiliferous boulders in the Ouachita “Caney” shale and the age of the shale containing them. Oklahoma Geological Survey, Bul- letin 45, 48 pp., including 6 pl., 3 figs. C. sp. (Viola)
Ure, Andrew
1829. A new system of geology, in which the great revolutions of the earth and animated nature, are reconciled at once to modern science and sacred history. London. lv+621 pp., 7 pl., 51 figs.
quadrisulcata* Ure, David 1793. The history of Rutherglen and East Kilbride, &c. Glasgow. vi+334 pp., 20 pl.
Figures “a curious fossil”
Ussher, WLilliam] Alugustus] E[dmond] 1879. On the Triassic rocks of Normandy and their environments. Geo- logical Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 35, pt. 2 (No.
138), pp. 245-267, 6 figs. gervillei
126 BULLETIN 145 374
ae ates s , Barrow, G. and MacAlister, D. A. 1909. Geology of the country around Bodmin and St. Austell; with notes on the petrology of the igneous rocks by J. S. Flett. Geological Survey, England and Wales, Memoirs, sheet 347, vi+2o1 pp.,
3 pl., 34 figs. = quadrisulcata Van Tuyl, Francis Mlaurice] 1925. The Stratigraphy of the Mississippian formations of Iowa. Iowa Geological Survey, vol. 30, pp. 33-349, 6 pl., 16 figs. byblis, missouriensis Vanuxem, Lardner 1840. Fourth Annual Report of the Geological Survey of the Third District. New York State Assembly Papers, No. 50, pp. 355-383. quadrisulcata 1842. Geology of New-York. Part 3. Survey of the Third Geological
District. Albany. 306 pp., 80 figs. undulata, quadrisulcata
Vascautanu, Th. 1931. Les formations siluriennes de la rive Roumaine du Dneister. Inst. Geol. Romaniei, Anuarul, vol. 15, pp. 425-663, illus.
Verneuil, [Philippe Edouard Poulletier] de 1840. Sur limportance de la limite qui sépare le calcaire de montagne des formations qui lui sont inférieures. Société géologique de France, Bulletin, tome 11, pp. 166-179. qguadrisulcata
Verrill, Alddison] E[mory]
1896. The Opisthoteuthide. A remarkable new family of deep sea Cephalopoda, with remarks on some points in molluscan morpho- logy. American Journal of Science, series 4, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 74-80, 8 figs.
Erects CONULARIACEA, in Cephalopoda.
Vinassa de Regny, Paolo Eugenio
1902. Paleontologia. Milano. xi+510 pp., 356 figs. anomala*
Vogdes, A[nthony] Wl[ayne] 1879. Short notes upon the geology of Catoosa County, Georgia. Ameri- can Journal of Science, series 3, vol. 18, No. 108, pp. 475-477. Gy sp:
Vogt, Clarl Christoph] 1846. Lehrbuch der Geologie und Petrefactenkunde, &c. Bd. I. Braun- schweig. xix+436 pp., 350 figs. gervillei* 1866. Lehrbuch der Geologie und Petrefactenkunde, &c., Bd. I, 3 Auflage. Braunschweig. 728 pp., figs. ornata*
Voisey, Allan] H[eywood] 1937. The Upper Palaeozoic rocks around Yessabah, near Kempsey, New
375 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 127
South Wales. Royal Society of New South Wales, Journal and Proceedings, vol. 70, pt. 1, pp. 183-204, pl. 6, 5 figs. [tuberculata | 1938. The Upper Palaeozoic rocks in the neighbourhood of Taree, NS.W. Linnean Society of New South Wales, Proceedings, vol. 63, pt. 5/6, Pp. 453-462, pl. 21. Also issued, with same pagination, as: Geo- logy Department, University of Sydney, n. s., Publication No. 28. tuberculata
Waagen, WLilliam]
1886. Note on some Palaeozoic fossils recently collected by Dr. H. Warth in the Olive group of the Salt-range. Geological Survey of India, Records, vol. 19, pt. 1, pp. 22-38, pl. 1.
tenuistriata*, laevigata*, irregularis*
1891. Salt Range fossils. Geological Results. Geological Survey of India, Memoirs, Palaeontologia Indica, series 13, vol. 4, pt. 2, pp. 89-242, pl. 1-8, fig. 7-8, table.
laevigata*, tenuistriata*, WARTHI
Wade, Arthur
1911. The Llandovery and associated rocks of north-eastern Montgom- eryshire. Geological Society of London, Quarterly Journal, vol. 67, pt. 3 (No. 267), pp. 415-459, pl. 33-36, 11 figs. aspersa, subtilis 1937. The geological succession in the West Kimberley district of West- ern Australia. Australian and New Zealand Association for the Advancement of Science, Report of the 23rd Meeting, pp. 93-96. C2ysp:
Wadia, Diarashaw] N[asarvanjil
1939. Geology of India. Second edition. London. xx+460 pp., 19 pl., 45 figs., map. Notes conularids in calcareous concretions.
Wagner, Georg 1950. LEinfiihrung in die Erd- und Landschaftsgeschichte mit besonderer Berticksichtigung Stiddeutschlands. Ohringen. 664 pp., 200 pl., 565 figs. pyramidata*, laevigata*
Wagner, Piercy] Allbert]
1916. The Dwyka series in South-West Africa. Geological Society of South Africa, Transactions, vol. 18, pp. 102-117, pl. 13-15, fig. C. sp. 1916a. The geology and mineral industry of south-west Africa. Union of South Africa Mines Department, Geological Survey Memoir 7, 234 pp.» 41 pl., map. C. sp. (Dwyka)
Walcott, Charles Doolittle
1875. Descriptions of new species of fossils from the Trenton limestone. New York State Museum of Natural History, 28th Annual Report (Senate document 71), pp. 93-97.
QUADRATA
1879. The Utica slate and related formations of the same geological
horizon, and, Fossils of the Utica Slate. Albany. 38 pp., 2 pl. Re-
128
1884.
1885.
1886.
1890.
1890a.
BULLETIN 145 376
viewed, American Journal of Science, series 3, vol. 18, No. 104 (August, 1879), p. 152. Later printed as: Albany Institute Trans- actions, vol. 10, pp. 1-38, pl. 1-2, 1883.
hudsonia, quadrata
Paleontology of the Eureka district. United States Geological Survey, Monograplis, vol. 8, xiiit+298 pp., 24 pl., 7 figs.
missouriensis* Note on some Paleozoic pteropods. American Journal of Science, series 3, vol. 30, No. 175, pp. 17-21, 6 figs.
PALAENIGMA Second contribution to the studies on the Cambrian faunas of North America. United States Geological Survey, Bulletin 30 (volume 4), 369 pp. (731-1095), 33 pl., 10 figs.
Palaenigma wrangeli* Description of new forms of Upper Cambrian fossils. United States National Museum, Proceedings, vol. 13 (No. 820), pp. 267- 279, pl. 20-21.
CAMBRIA (=a trilobite) The value of the term “Hudson River Group” in geologic nomen- clature. Geological Society of America, Bulletin, vol. 1, pp. 335-
AG ie trentonensis
Walkom, A(rthur] Blache]
1913.
1913a.
Stratigraphical geology of the Permo-Carboniferous system in the Maitland-Branxton district, with some notes on the Permo-Carboni- ferous palaeogeography in New South Wales. Linnean Society of New South Wales, Proceedings, vol. 38, pt. 1, pp. 114-145, pl. 8-13, 10 figs.
laevigata The geology of the Permo-Carboniferous system in the Glendon- brook district, near Singleton, N.S.W. Linnean Society of New South Wales, Proceedings, vol. 38, pt. 1, pp. 146-159, pl. 14 (map), 4 figs.
inornata
1913b. Notes on some recently discovered occurrences of the pseudomorph
Glendonite. Linnean Society of New South Wales, Proceedings, vol. 38, pt. 1, pp. 160-168, 6 figs. laevigata
Wallace, Rilobert] C[harles]
1925.
The Geological formations of Manitoba. Natural History Society of Manitoba. 58 pp., including 8 pl., map. C. sp. (Winnipeg sandstone)
Walther, Johannes
1908.
Geschichte der Erde und des Lebens. Leipzig. iv-+570 pp., 283 figs. anomala*
Walther, Karl
1903.
Das Unterdevon zwischen Marburg a. L. und Herborn (Nas- sau). Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, usw., Beil.-Bd. 17, 66 pp. 1-75, 4 pl., fig.
FIMBRIATA
377. CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 129
Ward, Henry A.
1866. Catalogue of casts of fossils, from the principal museums of Eu- rope and America, with short descriptions and illustrations. Ro- chester, N. Y. viii+28 pp., illus.
undulata, C. sp.*
Warth, H.
1897. Conularien im “Boulder bed” der Salzkette im Pandschab. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, usw., Jahrgang 1897, Bd. 1, pp. 211-212.
Way, Harold
MS The Silurian of Manitoulin Island, Ontario. University of Toronto, Department of Geology, Thesis (1936). gibraltarensis, i.a.
Weaver, Thomas
1840. On the mineral structure of the south of Ireland, with correlative matter in Devon and Cornwall, Belgium, The Eifel, etc. London. 48 pp. Said to be reprinted from the London and Edinburgh Phil- osophical Magazine and Journal of Science for 1840, but we have not seen it in that form. quadrisulcata, teres
Weller, Stuart
1897. The Gurley Collection of fossils. Sixth paper,- Shells, their scien- tific value and economic significance. Sunday Inter Ocean (Chi- cago), vol. 26, No. 213, p. 33, figs. (Anonymous.)
greenei*
1898. A bibliographic index of North American Carboniferous inverte-
brates. United States Geological Survey, Bulletin 153, 653 pp. Notes 27 species.
1900. Kinderhook faunal studies. II. The fauna of the Chonopectus sandstone at Burlington, Iowa. Academy of Science of St. Louis, Transactions, vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 57-129, 9 pl.
byblis*
1900a. The succession of fossil faunas in the Kinderhook beds at Burling- ton, Iowa. Iowa Geological Survey, vol. 10, pp. 59-79.
byblis
1903. The Paleozoic faunas. Geological Survey of New Jersey, Report on Paleontology, volume 3, xii+462 pp., 53 pl.
trentonensis*
1921. Geology of the Golconda Quadrangle. Kentucky Geological Sur- vey, series 6, vol. 4. 148 pp., map. C. sp. (Glen Dean) . 1923. Geology of the Princeton Quadrangle. Kentucky Geological Sur- vey, series 6, vol. 10, pp. 1-105, illus. C. sp. (Menard) 1925. A new type of Silurian worm. Journal of Geology (Chicago), vol. 33, No. 5, pp. 540-544, fig.
efotisie rayeton , and St. Clair, Stuart
1928. Geology of Ste. Genevieve County, Missouri. Missouri Bureau of Geology and Mines, series 2, vol. 22, 352+x pp., 15 pl., 5 figs., maps.
trentonensis
130 BULLETIN 145 378
Wetherby, Allbert] G[allatin]
1880. Remarks on the Trenton limestone of Kentucky, with descriptions of new fossils from that formation and the Kaskaskia (Chester) group, Subcarboniferous. Cincinnati Society of Natural History, Journal, vol. 3, pp. 144-160, pl. 5.
quadrata i.
Whidborne, George Ferris
1896. Monograph of the Devonian faunas of the South of England. Vol- ume 3, part 1. Pp. 1-112, pl. 1-16, Palaeontographical Society, volume for 1896.
deflexicosta*
White, Charles A[biathar]
1862. Description of new species of fossils from the Devonian and Car- boniferous rocks of the Mississippi Valley. Boston Society of Na- tural History, Proceedings, vol. 9, pp. 8-33, figs. According to Marcou (United States National Museum Bulletin 30, p. 118) this volume did not appear until 1865, although separates were distributed in 1862.
BYBLIS, VICTA
1876. Description of new species of fossils from Paleozoic rocks of Iowa. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Proceedings for 1876, [vol. 28] fasc. 2, pp. 27-34. Marcou (see next entry above, p. 138) says this volume appeared in 1877. MOLARIS
1880. Fossils from the Carboniferous rocks of the interior states. United States Geological Survey, Contributions to Paleontology Nos. 2-8, pp. 155-171, 11 plates. Reprinted in the same form in 1883, and also as: United States Geological Survey of the Territories, 12th Annual Report, vol. 1, pp. 151-171, pl. 39-42.
CRUSTULA
1880a. Fossils of the Indiana rocks. Indiana Department of Statistics and Geology, 2d Annual Report, pp. 471-522, 11 pl. This report also formed pages 103-154 of a separate publication: Indiana Geological Report, 1879-80, 1881.
missouriensis*
1881. Report on the Carboniferous invertebrate fossils of New Mexico. United States Army, Engineer Department, Report upon United States Geographical Surveys west of the one hundredth meridian, volume 3—Supplement—Geology. Appendix, pp. i-xxxvi, pl. 3-4. Marcou says this Appendix (xxxviii pages) was also issued separately.
crustula*
White, Theodore G[reely] 1896. The faunas of the Upper Ordovician strata at Trenton Falls, Oneida Co., N. Y. New York Academy of Sciences, Transactions, vol. 15, pp. 71-96., pl. 2-5. trentonensis, quadrata 1896a. The original Trenton rocks. American Journal of Science, ser- ies 4, vol. 2, No. 12, pp. 430-432. This is an abstract of White 1896. trentonensis
1899. Report on the relations of the Ordovician and Eo-Silurian rocks of
379 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 131
1900.
Whiteaves, 189g.
1897.
Whitehead,
1928.
portions of Herkimer, Oneida and Lewis counties. New York State Museum, sist Report of the Regents, vol. 1, pp. r21-r54, [6 pl.], 8 figs. 2 maps. Also issued, with same pagination, as: Geology Department, Columbia University, Contributions, vol. 9, No. 66.
trentonensis
Upper Ordovician faunas in Lake Champlain Valley. Geological
Society of America, Bulletin, vol. 10, pp. 452-462. Volume 10 is
dated 1899, but this part (Proceedings of the 11th Annual Meet-
ing of the Paleontological Society, December 1898) is dated Janu-
ary 19, 1900. Also issued, with same pagination, as: Geology De-
partment, Columbia University, Contributions, vol. 9, No. 73. trentonensis
Jleseph] F[rederick]
The fossils of the Devonian rocks of the Mackenzie River Basin.
Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada, Contributions
to Canadian Palaeontology, vol. 1, pt. 3, pp. 197-253, pl. 27-32. SALINENSIS
The fossils of the Galena-Trenton and Black River formations of
Lake Winnipeg and its vicinity. Geological Survey of Canada, Pal-
aeozoic Fossils, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 129-242, pl. 16-22, 15 figs. asperata*
and Billings, Wlalter] R.
Report of the palaeontological branch for the season of 1882, Ot- tawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, Transactions, No. 4 [vol. 1], pp. 67- 69.
trentonensis
Tlalbot] H[aes], et al.
The country between Wolverhampton and Oakengates. Geological Survey of England and Wales, Memoirs, Sheet 153, 244 pp., 8 pl. quadrisulcata
Whitfield, Rlobert] Plarr]
1882.
1882a.
1883.
1891.
On the fauna of the Lower Carboniferous limestones of Spergen Hill, Ind., with a revision of the descriptions of its fossils hitherto published, and illustrations of the species from the original type series. American Museum of Natural History, Bulletin vol. 1, No. 3, PP. 39-97, pl. 6-9. subulata* Descriptions of new species of fossils from Ohio, with remarks on some of the geological formations in which they occur. New York Academy of Sciences, Annals, vol. 2, No. 8, pp. 193-244. elegantula
List of Wisconsin fossils. Geology of Wisconsin, Survey of 1873- 1879, vol. 1, pt. 2, pp. 362-375.
trentonensis Contributions to invertebrate palaeontology. New York Acade- my of Sciences, Annals, vol. 5, extra nos. 1, 2, 3, pp. 505-622, pl. 5-16.
elegantula
[1895.] Contributions to the palaeontology of Ohio. Geological Survey
of Ohio, Report, vol. 7, pp. 407-494, pl. 1-13, fig. Plates 1-12 are headed “Ohio Geol. Survey, Second Ann. Rept.”. This paper is a
132 BULLETIN 145 380
reprint of Whitfield 1891. Although this volume was dated 1893,
only the first 290 pages appeared in that year (see p. xiv), and
although on that page the whole volume was said to be published
in 1894, it had not yet appeared in January 1895 (see p. 80a). elegantula
Wey eae , and Hovey, E[dmund] OLtis]
1898. Catalogue of the types and figured specimens in the palaeontologi- cal collection of the Geological Department, American Museum of Natural History. American Museum of Natural History Bulletin, vol. 11, pt. 1, pp. vlit1-72.
trentonensis, gracilis, granulata, papillata
1899. Catalogue of the types..... Part II. Beginning with the Medina sandstone. American Museum of Natural History, Bulletin, vol. 11, pt. 2, pp. 73-188.
longa, niagarensis, pyramidalis
1900. Catalogue of the types..... Part III. Beginning with the Oris- kany sandstone. American Museum of Natural History, Bulletin, vol. 11, pt. 3, pp. 189-356.
crebristriata, desiderata, undulata
1901. Catalogue of the types ..... Part IV. Carboniferous to Pleisto-
cene, inclusive. American Museum of Natural History, Bulletin,
vol, 11, pt. 4, pp. 357-500-+xv. subulata
Whittard, Walter Frederick
1931. The geology of the Ordovician and Valentian rocks of the Shelve Country, Shropshire. Geologists’ Association, Proceedings, vol. 42, pt. 4, pp. 322-339, pl. 10-11, fig. 43. C. sp. (Aldress shales) Willard, Bradford
1936. The Onondaga formation in Pennsylvania. Journal of Geology (Chicago), vol. 44, No. 5, pp. 578-603, 5 figs. undulata 1936a. A Hamilton coral reef in Pennsylvania. Pennsylvania Academy of Science, Proceedings, vol. 10, pp. 30-36, fig. undulata 1939. Middle and Upper Devonian, in The Devonian of Pennsylvania. Pennsylvania Geological Survey, series 4, Bulletin G 19, pp. 131- 307, pl. 15-32, fig. 30-85. undulata* Williams, Henry Shaler
1882. Catalogue of the fossils of the Chemung period of North America. [Ithaca, New York.] The University Press. 14 pp. congregata 1913. Recurrent Tropidoleptus zones of the Upper Devonian in New York. United States Geological Survey, Professional Paper 79, 103 pp. 6 pl., 18) figs: C. sp. (Enfield shale)
ae a Scene , and Kindle, E. M.
1905. Contributions to Devonian paleontology, 1903. United States Geo- logical Survey, Bulletin 244 (Series C, No. 69), 144 pp., 4 pl. 3 figs., table.
congregata, newberryi
381 COoNULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 133
Williams, James Steele
1938. Carboniferous invertebrate fossils (except fusulinids) from north central Texas. University of Texas Publication No. 3801, pp. 149- 236. crustula [1944.] Stratigraphy and fauna of the Louisiana limestone of Missouri. United States Geological Survey, Professional Paper 203, iv+133
pp., 9 pl., 9 figs. Dated 1943. marionensis*
Williams, M[erton] Y[arwood]
[1915]. Arisaig-Antigonish district, Nova Scotia. Canada, Geological Survey, Memoir 60 (Geological Series, No. 47), vit173 pp., map. Dated 1914. Also issued in a French edition, 1916, paged viii+184.
C. sp. (Ross Brook formation)
1915. An eurypterid horizon in the Niagara formation of Ontario. Geo- logical Survey, Canada, Museum Bulletin 20 (Geological Ser- ies, No. 29), 21 pp., including 5 pl.
niagarensis*
1919. The Silurian geology and faunas of Ontario Peninsula, and Mani- toulin and adjacent islands. Geological Survey, Canada, Memoir 111 (Geological Series, No. 91), vit195 pp., including 34 pl., 6 figs., map.
laqueata, niagarensis
Williamson, WlLilliam] C[rawford]
1839. A notice of the fossil fishes of the Yorkshire and Lancashire coal- fields. Geological Society of London, Proceedings, vol. 3, No. 65, Pp. 153-154. Number 65 is wrongly marked “vol. IV”. Gasp:
Wilson, Alice El[velyn]
1913. A new brachiopod from the base of the Utica. Geological Survey of Canada, Victoria Memorial Museum Bulletin 1, pp. 81-84, pl. 8. This paper was also issued separately, with the same pagination and (later) considered as Geological Series No. 9. The volume appeared in a French edition in 1915. trentonensis 1932. Ordovician fossils from the region of Cornwall, Ontario. Royal So- ciety of Canada, Section IV, Transactions, series 3, vol. 26, pp. 373-404, 6 pl. [5] tables. trentonensis 1951. Gastropoda and Conularida of the Ottawa formation of the Otta- wa-St. Lawrence Lowland. Geological Survey of Canada, Bulle- tin 17, v+149 pp., including 19 pl. 7 figs. trentonensis*, narrawayi*, amoena*, dubia*, calderi*
Wilson, Charles WLilliam], Jr.
1949. Pre-Chattanooga stratigraphy in central Tennessee. Tennessee Di- vision of Geology, Bulletin 56, 407 pp., including 28 pl., 89 figs., maps.
huntiana
slave fatecot ere » and Newell, Norman Dennis 1937- Geology of the Muskogee-Porum district, Muskogee and Mcln-
134 BULLETIN 145 382
tosh Counties, Oklahoma. Oklahoma Geological Survey, Bulletin
57, 184 pp., including 7 pl., 5 figs., map. crustula
Wiman, Carl
[1893.] Ueber die Silurformation im Jemtland. University of Upsala, Geological Institution, Bulletin, vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 256-276, table, fig., Number 2 is dated 1894. scalaris, pectinata
[1894.] Paleontologische Notizen 1-2. University of Upsala, Geological Institution, Bulletin, vol. 2, pt. 11, No. 3, pp. 109-117, pl. 5. Num- ber 3 is dated 1895.
LOCULATA
[1899.] Eine untersiluriche Litoralfacies bei Locknesjon in Jemtland. Uni- versity of Upsala, Geological Institution, Bulletin, vol. 4, pt. 2, No. 8, pp. 133-151, 12 figs. Number 8 is dated 1900.
pulchella
[1900.] Uber die Borkholmer Schicht in Mittelbaltischen Silurgebiet. Uni- versity of Upsala, Geological Institution, Bulletin, vol. 5, pt. 2, pp. 149-222, pl. 5-8, 11 figs. Volume 5 is dated 1902.
aspersa*
[1903.] Paldontologische Notizen 3-6. University of Upsala, Geological Institution, Bulletin, vol. 6, pt. 1, No. 11, pp. 77-84, pl. 5. Part 1 is dated 1905. Review by G. F. Matthew: American Geologist, vol. 32, no. 3 (September 1903), pp. 189-190.
MUNTHEI
[1906.] Studien tiber das Norbaltische Silurgebiet. II. University of Up- sala, Geological Institution, Bulletin, vol. 8, No. 15/16, pp. 73-168, pl. 5-8, 8 tables, 4 figs. Number 15/16 is dated 1908.
HOLMI, RHODINENSIS
Winchell, Alexander
1865. Descriptions of new species of fossils from the Marshall group of Michigan, and its supposed equivalent, in other states; with notes on some fossils of the same age previously described. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Proceedings for 1865, pp. 109-
133. NEWBERRYI 1870. Notices and descriptions of fossils, from the Marshall group of the western states, with notes on fossils from other formations. Ameri- can Philosophical Society, Proceedings, vol. 11, pp. 245-260. The sheet starting with page 245 is wrongly marked “A. P. S. —vol. XII-A”. byblis*, newberryi* 1870a. On the geological age and equivalents of the Marshall group. Part II. American Philosophical Society, Proceedings, vol. 11, pp. 385-418. byblis, multicostata, newberryi, whitei
Winchell, Nlewton] H[orace] 1877. Notes on the fossils of the Trenton limestone in Minnesota. Min- nesota, Geological and Natural History Survey, 5th Annual Report, Pp. 51-56. trentonensis
383 CoNULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 135
SO Boe , and Ulrich, E. O.
1897. The Lower Silurian deposits of the Upper Mississippi province: a correlation of the strata with those in the Cincinnati, Tennessee, New York and Canadian provinces, and the stratigraphic and ge- ographic distribution of the fossils. Geological and Natural History Survey of Minnesota, Final Report, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. Ixxxiii-cxxviii. quadrata, trentonensis
Windhausen, Anselmo 1931. Geologia Argentina. Parte 2. Geologia histérica y regional del territorio argentino. Buenos Aires. 645 pp., 68 pl. africana*, acuta* Winkler, T[iberius] C[ornelius]
1863. Handboek der Geologie in verband met Palaeontologie. Zalt-Bom-
mel. 333 pp., figs. quadrisulcata*
Wirtgen, [Phillipp Wilhem], and Zeiler, [F.] 1852. Ubersicht der in der Gegend von Coblenz in den unteren Lagen
der devonichen Schichten vorkommenden Petrefakten. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, usw., Jahrgang 1852, pp. 920-940. subparallela
Woods, Henry
1891. Catalogue of the type fossils in the Woodwardian Museum, Cam- bridge, with a preface by T. McKenny Hughes. Cambridge. xvi+
118 pp. bifasciata, clavus, homfrayi, llanvirnensis, subtilis
Woodward, Herbert P[reston]
1941. Silurian system of West Virginia. West Virginia Geological Sur- vey, vol. 14, viilit326 pp., including 33 pl., 12 figs. niagarensis 1943. Devonian system of West Virginia. West Virginia Geological Survey, vol. 15, xxit+655 pp., including 63 pl., 16 figs. congregata, huntiana, pyramidalis, jervisensis, rudis, undulata 1951. Ordovician system of West Virginia. West Virginia Geological Survey, vol. 21, xi+627 pp., including 39 pl. ulrichi, trentonensis
Woodward, Samuel P.
1871. Manual of the Mollusca, 2nd edition. London. 518 pp., 23 pl., 270 figs., plus 86 pp., 26 figs. in an appendix by Ralph Tate. quadrisulcata*
Woolworth, S[amuel] B.
1858. Catalogue of fossils, from H. C. Grosvenor, of Cincinnati. New York State, Assembly Paper 163 (11th Annual Report of the Re- gents of the University of the State of New York on the condition of the State Cabinet of Natural History, &c.), p. 43.
gracilis
Worthen, Al[mos] H[enry]
1868. Alexander County. Geological Survey of Illinois, volume 3, pp. 20-32. C. sp. (Thebes)
136 BULLETIN 145 384
1868a. Greene County. Geological Survey of Illinois, volume 3. pp. 122- 133. verneuiliana 1883. Description of some new species of fossil shells from the Lower Carboniferous limestones and Coal Measures of Illinois. Geolo- gical Survey of Illinois, volume 7, pp. 323-326. CHESTERENSIS 1890. Description of fossil invertebrates. Geological Survey of Illinios, volume 8, pp. 69-154, pl. 9-28. chesterensis*
Wright, James, Jr. 1914. Additions to the fauna of the Lower Carboniferous limestones of Leslie and St Monans, Fife. Edinburgh Geological Society, Trans- actions, vol. 10, pt. 2, pp. 132-147. quadrisulcata
Wurm, Adolf 1925. Ueber ein Vorkommen von Mittelcambrium (Paradoxidesschichten) im bayerischen Frankenwald bei Waildenstein stidlich Presseck. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, usw., Beilage-Band 52, Abt. B, Heft 1, pp: 71-93, ple 35 2 figs: SCHLOPPENSIS (an arthropod) 1925a. Geologie von Bayern, Nordbayern, Fichtelgebirge und Franken- wald, Erster Theil. (Handbuch der Geologie und Bodenschatze Deutschlands. Abt. 2, Bd. 2). Berlin. xiv-+374 pp., 8 pl., 109 figs. schloppensis
Wynne, Al[rthur] Bleavor]
1886. On a certain fossiliferous pebble-band in the “Olive Group’ of the eastern Salt Range, Punjab. Geological Society of London, Quar- terly Journal, vol. 42, pt. 3 (No. 167), pp. 341-350. Abstract, Geo- logical Magazine, n. s., decade 3, vol. 3, No. 6, pp. 280-281.
laevigata, tenuistriata, irregularis
1886a. Notes on some recent discoveries of interest in the geology of the Punjab Salt Range. Royal Geological Society of Ireland, Journal, n. s.,. vol. 7, pp. 89-97. Abstract, Geological Magazine, n. s., dec- ade 3, vol. 3, No. 3, pp. 131-134.
laevigata, tenuistriata, irregularis (in abstract, only ornata)
1886b. Discoveries in the Punjab Salt-Range. Geological Magazine, n. s., decade 3, vol. 3, No. 5, pp. 236-237.
1887. Recent discoveries in the Salt Range of the Punjab. Geological Magazine, n. s., decade 3, vol. 4, No. 9, p. 428.
Yandell, Lunsford P[itts], and Shumard, Benjamin F[ranklin] 1847. Contributions to the geology of Kentucky. Louisville. 36 pp., plate. quadrisulcata
Yin, T. H. (Tsan-hsun)
1933. Cephalopoda of the Penchi and Taiyuan series of North China. Geo- logical Survey of China, Palaeontologia Sinica, series B, vol. 11, fasc. 3, 52 pp., including 5 pl., 6 figs.
quadrisulcata*
Young, John (1823-1900) 1869. On the gasteropodous Mollusca of the Carboniferous limestones of
385 CoNULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON 137
1894.
the west of Scotland. Glasgow Natural History Society, Proceedings, vol. 1, pp. 70-71. quadrisulcata The geology of the Campsie District. Third edition, revised and corrected. Glasgow (Geological Society). 72 pp. The original paper appeared in the society's Transactions, vol. 1, part 1, 1860. quadrisulcata
, and Armstrong, James
The fossils of the Carboniferous strata of the west of Scotland. Geological Society of Glasgow, Transactions, vol. 4, pp. 267-281. quadrisulcata
Zelizko, Jlohan] V[ratislav]
1900.
I9OI.
1902.
1903.
1905.
1906.
1906a.
1906b.
1907.
Ueber einen neuen Fossilienfundort im mittelbohmischen Untersi- lurs, [Austria] Kaiserlich-kéniglichen geologischen Reichsanstalt, Verhandlungen, Jahrgang 1900, No. 3, pp. 85-93, fig.
anomala, grandissima, proteica, exquisita
Einige neue Beitrdge zur Kenntnis der Fauna des mittelbihmischen
Untersilurs. [Austria] Kaiserlich-koniglichen geologischen Reich-
sanstalt, Verhandlungen, Jahrgang 1901, No. 9, pp. 225-233. proteica, fecunda
Weitere neue Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Fauna des bihmischen Un-
tersilurs. [Austria] Kaiserlich-koniglichen geologischen Reich-
sanstalt, Verhandlungen, Jahrgang 1902, No. 2, pp. 61-66, fig. modesta
Ueber das neue Vorkommen einer untersilurischen Fauna bei Lhotka (Mittelbihmen). [Austria] Kaiserlich-kéniglichen geolo- gischen Reichsanstalt, Verhandlungen, Jahrgang 1903, No. 3, pp. 61-65. bohemica, proteica Neue Beitrdge zur Kenntniss der Fauna der Etage D-diy des mittelbohmischen Silur. Woniglichen-bGhmischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Sitzungsberichte, Jahrgang 1905, art. 11, 7 pp. bohemica
Geologick-palaeontologické poméry nejblizsiho okoli Rozmitdlu. Ceska Akademie cisare Frantiska Josefa, pro Vedy, slovesnost a umeni v Praze, Rozpravy, Tr. 2, Ro. 15 Cis. 42, 26 pp., 2 pl. Also issued as: Geologisch-palaeontologische. Verhaltnisse der ndchsten Umgebung von Rozmital in Bohmen. Academie dés Sciences de Bo- heme, Bulletin international, Année 1906, 13 pp., 2 pl., 4 figs. exquisita*, proteica* Uber das erste Vorkommen von Conularia in den Kruind Hora- Schichten (D-d'!*) in Béohmen. [Austria] Kaiserlich-koniglichen’ geologischen Reichsanstalt, Verhandlungen, Jahrgang 1906, No. 4, pp. 127-130. imperialis Spodni silur v okoli Radotina a Velké Chuchle. Kaiserlich bohmis- chen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften Mathematisch-naturwisschaf- tlich Klasse), Sitzungsberichte, Jahrgang 1906, art. 3, 8 pp. fecunda, exquisita
Untersilurische Fauna von Sdrka bei Prag. [Austria] Kaiserlich- kOniglichen geologischen Reichsanstalt, Verhandlungen, Jahrgang 1907, No. 8, pp. 216-220.
bohemica, defecta, jahni
138
BULLETIN 145 386
1907a. Zur Paldontologie der untersilurischen Schichten in der Gegend
1908.
1909.
1909ga.
I9II.
1913.
1918.
1921.
zwischen Pilsen und Rokycan in Bohmen. [Austria] Kaiserlich-ko- niglichen geologischen Reichsanstalt, Verhandlungen, Jahrgang 1907, No. 16, pp. 378-382. bohemica, modesta, exquisita Zur Frage iiber die Stellung der Hyolithen in der Paldontologie. Centralblatt fir Mineralogie, usw., Jahrgang 1908, No. 12, pp. 363-365, 5 figs. Faunistische Verhdltnisse der untersilurischen Schichten bei Pilse- netz in Bohmen. [Austria] Kaiserlich-koniglichen geologischen Reichsanstalt, Verhandlungen, Jahrgang 1909, No. 3, pp. 63-67. bohemica, exquisita, nobilis, Aofmanni
V orlaufiger Bericht tiber einige neue Pteropoden des alteren Palae- ozoicums Mittelbohmens. Ceska spoleénost nauk, Prague, Vestnik. Koniglichen-bohmischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften (Mathe- matisch-naturwisschaftlich Klasse), Sitzungsberichte, Jahrgang 1909, art. 16, 4 pp. imperialis*, LIPOLDI, JAHNI, BARRANDEI, PURKYEI, HOF- MANNI, DEFECTA, PERNERI, proteica*. These new species have been treated by Bouéek and others as dating from 1911, but this earlier publication seems valid.
Neue Pteropoden des alteren Paldozoikums Mittelbihmens. [Aus- tria] Kaiserlich-koOniglichen geologischen Reichsanstalt, Jahrbuch, Bd. 61, Heft 1, pp. 41-52, pl. 3-4.
imperialis*, lipoldi*, jahni*, barrandei*, hofmanni*, purkynei*,
defecta*, perneri*, proteica* Zwei neue Conularien aus dem dlteren Paldozoicum von Bohmen. Neues Jahrbuch ae Mineralogie, usw., Jahrgang 1913, Bd. 1, Heft 3, pp. 116-118, pl. 1
CORTICATA, ULTIMA
Zahadny Pteropod v spodnim siluru u Karyzhu. Casopis Museu
Kralowstvi Ceského, Roé. 92, svazek 4, pp. 177-180, figs.
Aquivalente der untersilurischen Euloma-Niobefauna bei Plzenec
in Bohmen. Videnskabs-selskabet i Christiania, Matematisk-natur-
videnskabelig Klasse, Skrifter Bd. 2, No. 10, 27 pp., 5 pl. [3] figs. PYGMAEA, SULCA
Zimmermann, Ernst Heinrich
1892.
Dictyodora Liebeana (Weiss) und ihre Bezeihungen zu Vexillum (Rouault), Palaeochorda marina (Geinitz) und Crassopodia Hen- rici (Geinitz). Gesellschaft Freunden der Naturwissenschaften in Gera, Jahresberichte 1889-1892, pp. 28-64, figs.
reticulata*
Zittel, Karl Alfred
1885.
Handbuch der Palaeontologie. 1. Abt. Palaeozoologie. Bd. 2. Mol- lusca und Arthropoda. Munchen und Leipzig. 893 pp., figs. quadrisulcata*, anomala*
387
INDEX OF TRIVIAL NAMES
Page
No. Vol
acuta F. A. Roemer, 1843 105 . 353 acutilirita H. O. Fletcher,
1938 44 292 aequalis Barrande, 1867 .... 15.. 263 africana Sharpe, 1856 114... 362 albertensis Reed, 1925 102... 350 aliena Barrande, 1867 » elbee263 alternistriata Shimer, 1926 114. 362 amazonica J. M. Clarke,
1899 case, aah, DATE amoena Sinclair, 1944a 115 363 anomala Barrande, 1867 5me203: antigonishensis McLearn,
1924 . 84. 332 arcuata H. & G. Termier,
1949 oe IPR SID asperata Billings, 1866 19 267 aspersa Lindstrém, 1884 ... 78... 326 asteroidea Reed, 1933 102 .. 350 attenuata Sinclair, 1944a .. 115 .. 363 aurora yw olmer 1693) 22s 62 310 azaisi Thoral, 1935 122)...370 baini A. Ulrich; 1892° _...... DAS) SHG: barrandei Zelizko, 1909a 138 . 386 batteryensis Twenhofel,
1928 E erence JUPAS 2-338} bifasciata Ua Touche, 1884 76....324 bifurca Ringueberg, 1886 104.. 352 bilineata Lindstrom, 1884 178 ..326 bilineata Foerste, 1895 ...... 44... 292 blairi Miller & Gurley,
1894 ene CO eMere TB lis iS OD bodana F. A. Roemer,
VEG OM sel ok eee ee 1O5se 353 bohemica Barrande, 1867 15...263 bottnica Holm, 1893. .......... 62.. 310 bowningensis H. O. Fletch-
CT ABOAG! wo. eee ne 44. 292 breviconventa Slater,
OO ee Bes te Ae eee oer 116... 364 bromidus Sinclair, 1942a .. 115.363 brongniarti d’Archiac & de
Werneutl 842 eee 12....260 buchii Eichwald, 1840 ........ 40....288 bundenbachia R. & KE.
FICHE al 93 yee aoe 104....352 bureaui Sinclair, 1946 ...... 116....364 byblis C. A. White, 1862 ... 130....378 caereesiensis Hicks, 1875 .. 61....309 calderi Sinclair, 1940a ...... 115,...363 cambria Walcott, 1890 .... 128....376
G. Sandberger,
cancellata
carinata G. Sandberger, 1847 Mi 46 cataractensis Ruedemain,
chapmani H. O. Fletcher, 1938) 4) ere chelensis Reed, 1936 chesterensis Worthen, 1883 clarki Sinclair, 1942a clavus Reed, 1902 ¥ complanata Slater, 1907...... concreta Boucek, 1928 conferta Barrande, 1867 .... congregata J. Hall, 1877 .... consobrina Barrande, 1867 constricta Eichwald, 1855 continens J: Hall, 1877 .... convexa Fischer de Wald- heim, 1848 corium Salter, 1866 cornucopiae Barrande, 1867
coronata Slater, 1907
corticata Zelizko, 1913 ... costata (nude) Munthe, DOOD? | eke yl be Aber tean ot cee
crassa Slater, 1907 ............ crawfordsvillensis R. Owen (ORMUESEAS) Feel S62 ane crebristria J: Hall, 1877... crenulata H. O. Fletcher, 1938 crustula C. A. White, 1880 cunctata Reed, 1933 currieae Begg, 1946 curta G. Sandberger, 1847 curvata G. Sandberger, 1847 dalecarliae Hessland, 1949 davidsoni (nude) Moriere, 1881 defecta Zelisko, 1$09a deflexicosta G. Sandberg- OL; PBA The aan eee ee delicatissima (nude) VMN the sel 902 ee eee delicatula Savage, 1917 .... densissima Boucek, 1928 ....
CoNULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY: SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON
90 110 21
139
140
Page No. Vol. derwentensis Johnston,
1887 van (Oe sul! desiderata J. Hall, 1861 ... 55 303 destinezi Moreels, 1888 ... 88. 336 distincta Boucek, 1928 ... 21... 269 distincta H. O. Fletcher,
193855. <i..¢ Se aes. ioe 44 292 doani Dennis, 1878 ............. 37.. 285 doveri Postlethwaite, 1897 99. 347 dubia Sinclair, 1940a ........ 115 ...363 duslii Novak, 1891 ................ 93... 341 edgellii (nude) Newton,
1878 92. 340 eifelensis Steininger, 1853 118 . 366 elegans Slater, 1907 ........... 116. 364 elegantula Meek, 1871 ........ 84... 332 elongata Portlock, 1843 ... 99... 347 elongata Fischer de Wald-
heim, 1848 . 43....291 esclavensis Hume, 1926 ... 64...312 expansa H. O. Fletcher,
1938 . 44.. 292 exquisita Barrande, 1867 5) lb), 27o83 fecunda Barrande, 1867 ... 15... 263 filicosta Ruedemann,
1925 Sat AO 1OWe: 355 fimbriata Walther, 119032) 128)...3n6 forensis Sinclair, 1946 . 116....364 formosa (nude) de Ko-
ninck, 1882 ...,«...... Se ulowroall formosa Miller & Dyer,
TOUS Gicc S ee ee eae Stipa) fragilis Barrande, SC) lowe 263 fritschi Perner, 1907 sicceeen | GOs: 346 gaspesia Sinclair, 1942 5 als). 3is)} gattingeri Miller & Gurley,
1896 au) 87....335 gemundina Re & Ez Rich-
ter, 1930 104....352 ger olsteinensis d’Ar chaic &
de Verneuil, 1842 ...... 12 ...260 gervillei d’Archaic & de
Verneuil, 1842 . cee AC Ate) gibraltarensis Way in Sin-
clair, 1940a ee 115 Re363 slobosa Slater, 1907 ........:.... 116....364 gracile J. Hall, 1847 .. 54..302 gracilis Herrick. 1888a ... 60....308 grandis (nude) Barrande,
1854 Ae ee ae ae 14....262 grandis C. F. von Roemer,
NS56R: oie ee eee 105.2353 grandissima Barrande,
LEG Ts sce Pee eee ee eee 15....263
BULLETIN 145
388
Page
No. Vol.
granulata J. Hall, 1847 ... 54...302
grata Hector, 1886 ._......... 58... 306 gratiosa Miller & Gurley,
OAM at tae eae. eee 87....335 greenei Miller & Gurley,
1896 ee AR ONS 87....335 hanuSsi Bouéek, 1928 ie ae 21....269 hastata Slater, LOOT sete ees. 116....364 hawlei Barrande, 1867 .... 15....263 haydeni Diener, 1915 ...... 38 ...286 herricki S. A. Miller, 1892 86...334 hersmani Calvin, 1890 ........ PAD Pat" heymani Foerste, 1920 ........ 44 292 hispida Slater, 1907 ........ 116... 364 hofmanni Zelizko, 1909a .. 138... 386 holdenvillae Girty, 1911 ... 50....298 hollebeni Geinitz, 1853 ... 49....297 holmi Wiman, 1906 ............ 134....382 holubi Bouéek, 1928 .......... 21....269 homfrayi Salter, 1866 ....... 109... 357 honeymani McLearn, 1924 84..332 hudsonia Emmons, 1855 ... 42...290 humberia Sinclair, 1944a .. 115....363 humilis Sinclair, 1942a 115....363 hummeli, Kegel, 1926 ........ 68... 316 huntiana J. Hall, 1860 .... 55....303 imperialis Barrande, 1867 15....263 inaequicostata de Koninck,
SBSH ee. Pec nets ee cnanee ee 13... orl inclinata Fischer de Wald-
heim, 1848a Tea eee KAS 01 indentata Conrad, 1854 Sosa ee EY infrequens J. Hall, 1879a .. 56....304 inornata Dana, 1849 ........ 34....282 insignis Barrande, 1867 ... 15....263 intertexta S. A. Miller,
QQ Solas Meee ce ee ees 87....335 invertens Barrande, 1867 .. 15....263 irrasa Sinclair, 1942a 115...363 irregularis de Koninck,
GAAS tect ue eee ee ee ee 72....320 jahni Zelizko, 1909a ........ 138....386 jervisensis Shimer, 1950 .... 114....362 kaibabensis McKee, 1935 . 84....332 kettneri BouGek, 1928 ........ 21....269 kjerulfi Holm, 1893 .......... 62...310 klouéeki Boucek, 1928 ........ 21....269 kolihai Boucek, 1928 ........ 21....269 koninckii Guéranger, 1853 53....301 laevigata Salter, 1866 109....357 laevis Lindstrom, 1884 ...... 78....326 lanceolata Krause, 1877 .... 74....322 laqueata Conrad, 1841 ........ 31....279
389 CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY:
Page
No. Vol laqueata Meneghini, 1880 85...333 1GHGH Al, LEeMb alsa ee 5D....303 latecostata Freyberg, 1922 46...294 latesulcata Eichwald, 1855 41....289 latior Ruedemann, 1926 108....356 latisulcata G. Sandberger,
MSA rho tae 2 oN 110....358 latviensis Delle, 1937 ........ 3 2oo) levigata Morris, 1845 .......... 89....337 lima Barrande, 1867 ........ 155263 lindstromi Holm, 1893 ........ 62....310 linearis Barrande, 1867 .... 15....263 lineata Eichwald, 1855 ...... 41....289 linnarssoni Holm, 1893 62....310 lipoldi Zelizko, 1909a ........ 138....386 llanvirnensis Hicks, 1875 .. 61....309 loculata Wiman, 1894 ........ 134....382 longawJs Hall, W852) 55....303 longistriata Boucek, 1928 .. 21....269 maculosa Slater, 1907 ........ 116....364 magnifica Spencer, 1879 .... 117....365 jogrenavabl, Navony. Ika see eee 106....354 margaritifera Salter, 1866 109....357 marginata Eichwald, 1855 41...289 marionensis Swallow, 1860 120....368 maroccana H. Termier,
TOS OW ctidee eters ees 122....370 mayeri Rouault, 1851 ........ 106....354 mediorhenana Fuchs, 1915 47....295 megista Lamont, 1946 13) .8 V3} micronema Meek, 1871 84....332 membranacea Sinclair,
NGA ood cccssenseee he hese 115....363 microscopica Slater, 1907 .. 116....364 milwaukeensis Cleland,
LCT] | ae eee Reena, corte ee 30....278 mirifica Reed, 1933 ............ 102....350 miseneri Foerste, 1917 ...... 44... 292 missouriensis Swallow,
TOG OMB. ee... ees, ee LOS 68 mitchelli H. O. Fletcher,
MOS GMMR ais to os darko reeeten as 44.292 modesta Barrande, 1867 .... 15....263 molaris C. A. White, 1876 130...378 monile Lindstrom, 1884 .... 78....326 montana Spriesterbach,
1925 : peter ces JURE Siaa multicosta Ruedemann,
MOU os. | ats 5 aa LOT 355 multicostata Meek & Wor-
then, 1865 ae en OOM Ooo multipuncta Ringueberg,
USSGHR Soke pci Meal aticd 104....352 munita Barrande, 1867 .... 15....263 munthei Wiman, 1903 .... 134....382
SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON
namurcana Ryckholt, 1854 narrawayi Sinclair, 1942a newberryi A. Winchell, 1865 niagarensis J. Hall, 1852 .. nobilis Barrande, 1867 nobleti Rouault, 1851 noquettensis (nude) Hus- sey, nuda Sinclair, 1940a
obex Sinclair, 1952a
occidentalis Bradley, 1930 Olandica Holm, 1893 ............ ondulata Eugéne Eudes- Deslonchamps, 1864 ........ ornata d’Archiac & de Verneuil;, 1842) ..................
ornata Savage, 1917 ornatissima F. Chapman,
1904 orthoceratophila C. F. von
Roemer, 1876 osagensis Swallow, 1863 .... papillata J. Hall, 1847 parroquetensis ‘Twenhofel,
1938 parva (nude) Fritz, 1944 ..
pectinata Holm, 1893 ........ pectinicostata G. Sand- berger, “W847: aoa eet
penouili J. M. Clarke, 1907
pinchiniana Schwarz, 1906 pinnata F. A. Roemer, W852) 2.2 BRRE... hoe: planicostata Dawson, 1868 planiseptata Slater, 1907 .. plattinensis Foerste, 1920 .. plicata Slater, 1907 . plicosa Barrande, 1867 poctai Bouéek, 1928 primula Barrande, 1867 .... pristina T. H. Clark, 1924 proteica Barrande, 1867 .... pulchella Holm, 1893 punctata Slater, 1907 punjabica Reed, 1936 . purkynéi Zelizko, 1909a .... putilla (nude) Ladd, 1929.. pygmaea Zelisko, 1921 pyramidalis J. Hall, 1860 ..
I4I
Page No. Vol.
108... 1135)
HOR
356 363
...882 ...803 ...263 . 804
.. 312 .... 863
... 864 210 ...310
...286
...260 ...808
214
...803 ... 368
...802
873 ....295 .. 310
358
..276
... 800 ... 386 ... 361
393 ...283 ... 864 .. 292 ... 064 ... 263 ...269 .. 263 275 ... 263 ol ... 864 .. dol 138... 14. 138... 55...
386 322 386 303
142
Page
No. Vol
pyramidata Bronn, 1838 ... 23...271 quadrata (Climacoconus)
Walcott, 1875 ee ame 127....375 quadrata (Conulariopsis)
Sugiyama, 1942 ............... 120....368 quadrisuleata J. Sowerbyi,
1820 ae OD quercifolia Rheinhard Rich-
ter, 1865 104. 382 quichua Steinmann & D6-
Gerlein = s!S9 Ome eee 118 . 366 rallus Sinclair, 1942a ........ 115.363 raricostata Boucek, 1928 .. 21....269 raymondi Sinclair, 1942a .. 115 ...363 rectangularis Hayasaka,
1920 = 587306 reticulata WRheinhard Rich-
COTE OGD gcc. h ee 104....352 rectistriata (nude) Bigsby,
1868 19....267 rhodinensis Wiman, 1906. 134....382 robusta Barrande, 1867 .... 15....263 roeperi Miller & Gurley,
1896 ‘) oo le BED rogersensis Foerste, 1914. . 44....292 rudisyJ, Hall; 1690 we... 56... 304 rugosa Spencer, 1884 .......... 117....365 rugulosa Barrande, 1867 .... 15....263 Salaria Reed, 1936) .......2... 1OZsol salinensis Whiteaves, 1891 131....379 salteri H. O. Fletcher,
G3 Ghat cc ees 44.292 sampsoni & A. “Miller,
T8920 Reese eee eee ee ee 86....334 sardinica Sinclair, 1944a .. 115....363 scalaniss Holm 16933 tee 62....310 schloppensis Wurm, 1925.... 136....384 scotica Lamont, 1934 ........ 75....823 sculpta Perner, 1900 .......... 98....346 sedaliensis Miller & Gur-
leyintlS9Gie) eee ees 87....335 Siluriana Elles, 1940 ............ 41....289 simplex Barrande, 1867 .... 15....263 simplicosta Grabau, 1924 .. 52..300 sinclairi Howell, 1950 ........ 63....311 Slater Reed) 1933)... 102....350 Solitaria Barrande, 1867 .... 15....263 sorrocula Beede, 1911 ........ 16....264 sosia Barrande, 1867 ........ 15....263 sowerbyi de Blainville,
nS Pa ae ema nhs a tg 19....267 spergenensis Miller & Gur-
ley. scl894: a Cree eee SifeseD splendida Billings, 1866 ... 19....267
BULLETIN 145
390
Page
No. Vol
stormsi Pelseneer, 1889 .... 97....345
striata Eichwald, 1855 ...... 41....289
Striatula Koztowski, 1923 .... 73....321
strimplei Sinclair, 1952a .. 116...364
stromeri Osswald, 1918 .... 95....343 subcarbonaria Meek &
Worthen, 1865. .................. 85....333 subparallela G. Sandber-
ger, 1847 Be ee 2 10% 7358 subplicosa Tromelin, 1877 IPBY Sial subrugulosa Tromelin,
ORT. ee ee eee eens syne Le NPB}. so) subtilis Salter, 1852 ........... 109...357 subulata J. Hall, 1857 ........ 55....303 Sulcay Zelizkos 1921) 138....386 superstes Boucek, 1928 ...... 21....269 sussexensis Herpers, 1949 .. 60.308 tasmanica Johnston, 1888.. 66...314 belums Holme 893 eee 62....310 tenella Barrande, 1867 ...... 15....263 tenuicosta Ruedemann,
OQ Cais, 2. keto) eee hace eae 10% 305 tenuicostata E. os Bran-
SOM 193SORe. ce eet ee 0 ee 220200 tenuis Slater, 1907 ee 116....364 tenuistriata (nude) Del-
Pa Clove COlpeee ee 36... 284 tenuistriata McCoy, 1847 .. 84....332 tenuistriata G. Sandber-
SOP GA TT BEA. Reet es 110....358 teres J. Sowerby, 1820 ...... 17365 thuringa Freyberg, 1922 .. 46...294 torta McCoy, 1847 ................ 84....332 transiens Boucek, 1928 .... 21....269 transversa Ringueberg,
N86) 40.28. ee eee 104....352 trauthi Gugenberger, 1934 53....301 trentonensis J. Hall, 1847 54...302 triadica Bittner, 1890 ........ 19....267 triangularis Slater, 1907 .. 116...364 triangulata Raymond,
HOOD coc Malis are eee 101....349 triplicata Swallow, 1860 .... 120...368 truemani Begg, 1946 .......... 16....264 tuberculata H. O. Fletch-
Crs 1938)... eee 44.292 tubericosta G. Sandber-
ger 164 2... ee ee 110....358 tuberosa G. Sandberger,
GA o.5. SE Se a ea 1102358 tulipa Meneghini, 1380s oomcso Hoe R. & E. Richter,
O30. sce Ase ee 104....352 nee -R. & E. Rich-
GET OSS) Hin ee eee 104....352
391
CONULARIDA BIBLIOGRAPHY:
Page No. Vol. tuzoi J. M. Clarke, 1907 . 28... 276 twenhofeli McLearn, 1924 84....332 tyOanziensis Sugiyama,
TG ES) og fe ee ee Oe 120....368 ulrichana J. M. Clarke,
TCS ea ne ee PAY) PAUL ulrichi Foerste, 1928 .......... 45....293 ulsterensis Howell, 1942 ... 63...311 ultima Zelizko, 1913 .......... 138....386 undosa Sinclair, 1942a ...... 115....263
SINCLAIR AND RICHARDSON
undulata Conrad, 1841 urbanis Sinclair, 1946 vernuelia Emmons, 1846 .. vesicularis Slater, 1907 victa C. A. White, 1862 .... warthi Waagen, 1891 whitei Meek & Worthen,
1865 wilkinsi Spencer, 1884 ..... wrangeli F. Schmidt, 1874
143
Page No. Vol.
31
116... 42. 5 MAGS. 130... 127...
85... VON fore Malate:
279 364
290 364 378 375
333 365 359
y is . ie :
rs.) eae isaoe
yifgrew Seem Avi 3 uta hear
. 0s Coweta arate 1 OR yee. (REE eae nae) Sate OBL LCE a ae ca eon, SORRR OT 2 Oaa ALRLIGRE cme ff (REL 1 Fae 1 coe ws iow, heey ih cages
UG OGG 5 hd ee ine ° Teles DRG Geet hora eco ee ROR. CE: iia tet? 9h ‘9 dct Mie - on eS alleen t ea 1 ee, nea ay re ty, A 7 +¥t nity rey ! b-
4 SUT ast a ms in ae ; ~ T ¥ ea > a a =i a re, ¢ ja: iy = eee a “es eps i a VL YS rad (e ve i. Ce - : — Py
tr |
— = Sy ei - ‘ ont - rai « : 4 i bee ( on Pht i? : e
aa? ae a 7
S Ania) i ee a dada vy. Ps : Spied) 5") t
| ia é
as \) Ras
em | ¢
= oot OR a : i?
abe arias Rpcaie it =
;
ean te
vy
rir, es
j aT as 1 ort Lect I i cass i oes ae) dot as iy , > “ “@ 46 va A ay 5 : & : = fi oa Weg =) “WD 1 iy 7 a oe waitin es 2 » ue re en in) mse veo i" ies H : ~ t = I i i= ; 7 bt
> oy,
.
Se Ma ec
INDEX
af (Exclusive of Number 145. The index to Number 145
is with the number.)
Note: The left hand bold faced figures refer to the plates. The right
hand light figures refer to the pages.
A
#Noybl ID {bbe ol?) «caer cncceeee PERERA 32 Actinoceras ee. Bi leisce 200 SACTINOCENAS pets. eee. 188 acuta, Globorotalia .... 155 Adamsfield, Tasmania 188, 189,
191, 196, 198 Aechmina ........ emetyclett! 133 Aechminaria .................... 132 africanus, Placocystis .... 89 aigawaense, Nybyoceras 200 Nasa ge. 18 281k 3 e .. 13 alatus, Pseudocyproi-
GeSTRy. 5S ers 9 141 Albritton C.-=Gac<....2 16 alexanderi, Hastigeri-
noides ... text fig. 28... ie OMm DS ATTOCOGOCEL AS) (ects 187, 195 American Mus. Nat.
TEDIOUS eo. anes eee ew 136, 137,
139-141 americana, Daleiella 9
GER Geel Oo! eed eee ees 139, 140 PAIN OIOXOUS, <:25...sese sete 107 ANASPYLOCELAS «2.225... 187-189,
193, 210
Anaspyroceras, sp ....16 213
Anatiferocystis ..............:. 94, 97
Anomalocystida .............. 75, 97
Anomalocystites .............. 75. 719;
90, 97
JeNTQ 61 (20 Fs Se a ne eee 13, 14
antilope, Orthoceras .... 188 anzaas, Anaspyrocer-
as ee eG 192, 211 Aparchitidae .................... 133 apenninica, Globotrun-
cana Heal eee 46 FXO) 0) Ub Ota W ct a eee ae ee 16 Aragonella ..2022005/008: 53 ATINEGDOCELAS Est ste 208, 209 aspersa, Globigerinella.. 8, 16
Gilobigerina, Filsea 46
EUOGA A, Aan teens. 48 Astraspis: “22.4 107
Ateleocystites 9.0.0.0... 75, 78, 79, 87, 97 australe, Mysteriocer- aS. 0S See ener 1 UE GY il Oe aaa tee! Petree 214, 215 216 B MEAG awe ee ee 132 BairGidaey ee ee 137 IBAKOM Dianne eee ee 159 Balamocystis — .................. 97 balanoides, Anomalocys- GU GE Si. pie ee eae ome heise 719, 98 Ateleocystites .............. Wi, he) 98, 100 BT OPTOMA se eser cee 6 76, 79, 86 98, 109 IPIACOCYSUISEE ee 98 SV ew ev eee. cones eee 192 IBASSICT EVA ose eee 114, 131 Basslerocystinae .............. 15 iBasslerocystisy eee Dy Oly 92, 97, 113 Bathe (Mi eAt es eee 715 bayfieldi, Ormoceras ...... 207 bekkeri, Nybyoceras ...... 199 belli, Globigerina ............. 16 iBeloitocerasme eee 187, 188, 224 Bey rh ae eee ee 132 ISVS ON, As db. ctsocccndoaseccceer 188 Bliness Hee ee 18 Blake BS oats eee. 189 bohemicus, Placocystis 87, 88 Bokkeveld beds ................ 89 Bolli, Hie 2.3.2 BE i Lal 12701010 Fy al cP anes ey ee eee 222 bondi, Gasconsoceras .... 189 Gordonoceras...... 17 text fig. 12 . 214, 215, 221 Bortonian Eocene .......... 159, 168 Bothriolepis .ois.....0....000... 84, 107 IBGAIeIGUICY: iy... ..s.ee 76
393
INDEX
IBrightony fAs s.. eee 89 Globorotalia ................ 154 Bronniman, P. compressum, ‘Phrag- Globigerinidae from MOCCLAS 2 eee 188 the Upper Cretaceous Cooper, G. Arthur .......... 114 (Cenomanian-Maes- corbuloides, Cythere ..... 139 trichtian) of Trini- i cornutus, Anomalocys- dad, B.W.I. 1 GILES... bexXtenien 2). 90, 99 Trinidad Paleocene ‘and coronata, Globotrun- Lower Eocene _ Globi- cana SUNS eee neers, 46 gerinidae: 72... 149 + Corryville member eee 75, 100, 106 STO Wilds gle A eee eee 189 Corsicana, Texas .......... 172, 173 Bubbs Hill, Tasmania . 139) (Coryell ees Nee ee 131 bulloides, Globigerina .. 168 costata, Plummerella .... 9 Globotruncana ............ 7, 46 Cothurnocystites ........... 107 Bythocypriss =e 132 covingtonense, Ormo- CGELASIA? \.2 hee ee. 205 Cc Craie “blanche ===... 14 cretacea, Globigerina Cameron, Texas ........... 32 WHER. TONER, Bde bessasdcdoodeosocses Lh C5. Campanian ee 8 daelssa4: capensis, Placocystis ...... 89 16, 156 Carey. Se Wee 189) (Cretaccousime ee Tals 3183 Carlileyshealemees ee 16 crustacea, Enoploura ... 83, 86, 100 Carpoidea 719 IBIACOCY SUIS Mates ee 100 Cassada. Gardens, ‘Trin- ecryptomphala, Globig- VAG (ho. te rceit ee neeetaees 14 GRIN). teclscoceee 168 Caster, K. E. Cushman ae ee 153 Concerning Enoplou- Cyamoidedyee ee 95 ra of the Upper Or- Gymbionites yee 95 dovician and its Re- CV DPTIORC ge ee cancers 142 lation to other carpo- Cyrtonybyoceras _............ 205 id Echinodermata. ...... We sCythere eee 139 Cenomanian =... 6 Cenomanian - Maes- Lrichitianiee = eee 6 D centrale, Linormoceras.. 208 Chaudier formation ...... 15De Daleiellat pee iss Chauvel, J. foto, IGG bss ID YW OW ENON se ocenanssscne icssseccgeccectoe 159 Chert Hill Turure area 6 decepta, Globigerina .... 57, 158 Cheviot, Ohio ................ 107 decorum, Ephippiortho- Choctaw County, Ala- COTaAS eee 16, 17 bama 172 TOXb so Sop ps eee eee meee 189,193, Cincinnatian series. Pere 75, 100 214, 215, 222 Clarkesville, Ohio .......... 109 dehiscens, Globorotalia.. 159 clavata, Globigerinella 10 densistriatum, Kawasaki- Clermont County, Ohio 106 Ceras * eee, eee 197 collactea, Globiger- Denton County, Texas.. 13 ina ; eer | 154, 155, Dickenson, D. .................. 191 1561615 Discoceras) ee 195, 230 Globorotaliayy....... 161 = disparilis, Anomalocys- Colorado group .............. 16 GIGEST Rs eee ee eee 90, 92 COMM gee eee 15 Basslerocystis. <.........::.. 92, 99 compressa, Globiger- dissimilis, Globigerina .. 168 TVA fe Se cz cere ac meee 12 O54 DrepanaspiSi eee 107 157, 173 duseri, “Orthoceras”’ ...... 205
394
INDEX
E East Central Range,
Thebankokel | osonccsener aoaeeees 6 MawardswAtwtb. yee. 189 eifliensis, Endodisco-
SOLUS Soest eee cee 227
Endostokesoceras ETE 227 Hiden croup 190 Fleutherozoa .................... 94 elongata, Euprimitia .... 132 Emanuel limestone ......... 193 Endodiscosorus _.... ........ 227 Endostokesoceras ............ 227 AOp]OURG Eee 1B, “8 Fmoplouninae! = .....:..::.... 715, 79 eocaenica, Globigerina .. 166 Ephippiorthoceras _........ 187, 189,
193, 214, 222 epigona, Rzehakina ...... 154
lata, Rzehakina ........ 154
minima, Rzehakina .. 154 FE GHOLYCHIUS Hac. ee ‘ 107 escheri, Globigerinella
text figs: 225 23 ..... . 10, 46, 48
Nonionina ape ey 46
clavata, Globigerinel- la. 1 . text figs. 24, 26 10, 49 Etheridge, E. Jr. ........:.... 188 Euprimitia 2 132 oscar Stromatocer- . text fig. 2 189, 214, 215, 216, 219 F
faba, “Leperditia” .......... 132 Haimmont, bedss ¢.....2..-4 76, 100 Fairview formation ...... 76, 100 finlayi, Globigerina 12 154, 155, 163, 166
Florentine Valley, Tas-
mania . Cee ros 189
POWOT WES GEL. cc.cieccte..ces50: 100, 205, 210
Boersteé;7As iB) YS. 108 foerstei, Nybyoceras .... 199 forbesiana, Placocystis .. 99 Frontier formation ......... 16
G
GaASCONSOCEFAS ........5...2.;: 187, 189, 193, 230
Gautier formation 6, 13, 14
Gautier River, . Trini- Gada awe 6, 14 gautierensis, Globiger- TROVE) aap JE MaRer.ah Oke 74, LORE sy, 1s gautierensis, Globigeri- fs 10 [Hr wa Re Nek Ct 51 Gebel Duwi EH Not 32 Geol. Lab., Trinidad Leaseholds Ltd. .......... 6 Gill SEND Ae ieee 192 Gislen, T. 1 oS Os ee 95 Glenister) Bashan 189 see Teichert, C. .......... 183 Globigerina {lp hy 8h 11) 14716; 15SS Low Globigerina, sp ....... 13 169 Globigerinella 7, 85 1th 842 Globigerinella escheri group eer ere TE rd Globiger inoides ee oe 166 Globotruncana eee 46 Globoquadrina mL are 159 Globorotalia - ie 153 Globotruncana eee 8, 46 Globotruncana zones . 5 Globotruncane apenn- inica zone Ean Mes 65 75183) 105 ial, ila}, Syl Globotruncana gansseri zone TLE any. ay th 25156 Globotruneana lapparen- Gis is. Lzoneya a. iy 5 thy thal 27, 44 Globotruncana lapparen- Gls ZON Gs Ae OE ie eS 156 Globotruncana mayaro- Ensis/ ZOnehe Gyaifnosnuor 19, 21, 22, 25, 36, 56 globulosa, Guembelina 13 Gordon River limestone 189, 191, 193, 213, 230 Gordonoceras _.................. 187, 189, 193, 214, 221 Gouldi; Lithitess 3... 188 Gravell) DP Wee 161 gravelli, Globigerina 11 154, 155, 160 Grayson formation ........ tS Grimsdale; Wak) 2.2 157
395
INDEX
Guayaguayare area, Tri-
TIGA See eee 6, 160, 164, 173, 174 Guayaguayare beds ....... 6, 18, 19, DAL, P74) HG}, Filly ily BY 44, 56 H aeckel Ssh eee 100 haesitans, Cyrtonybyo-
CELaSS 0. rs es eee de 205 Hall JaMes eee eee 78, 205 Hampden Beach, New
Zealand ........... 4 159, 162,
165 Hamtkentn aimee ee ee GS hantkKeninoides, Plum-
merella 3 text fig. 17 Silly ok)
costata, Plummerella
3, text fig. 18 9, 37
inflata, Plummerella
3; text fie, 19) ice 9, 37 Haplozoa 2 na eer hasere 95 Haragan marie. 136 Harper (GiiwWereewecre 76, 98 Hastigerinella .....:............ 10, 52 Hastigerinoides ................ emO:
ial bys
Hecatoceras 187, 188,
195, 225
Helicotoma Deere ew L 192 helvetica, Globetrun-
cana eae 46 Hemiaechminoides S133 Hill, B. L. see Morris,
Rew. and Hill, Bak: 127 Vs HUD IDs 189 Hills, C. L. 189 Heretaungsanye 162 Hetercstelea .. = 95 hexacamerata, Globig-
CTLTVG Were beeen See 7 Hobart, Tasmania ee 191 holmi, ‘Ormoceras haaee 210 ELOLOMCAy meet eee ee 192 Homaloz0a ou... 95 Hormotoma meee eee 192 Hornibrook, N. de Be 157, 163 hornibrooki, Globiger-
IND, eS eee eek 154, 163,
165 aff. hornibrooki- Glo-
bigerina ....... Ae 12 163
huxleyi, Ateleocystis text fig. 2 Hyolithes
Ida Bay, Tasmania
idaense, Trocholitocer-
inaequalis, Aechmina ....
indianensis, Paraech- mina
inflata, Plummerella a
infra-cretacea, erina ... insigne, Allocotocer- as insperatum, Gasconso- ceras
Giobig-
J Jaekel (Ono Neate, JENOlOCELAS Te ee ee johnstoni, Ormoceras on ees a: 14, 15 Junee “Caves, Tasmania K Kackeraboite Creek, IATISETA Ay eee ee =, Kakaho Creek, New ACDIAN OC fe ee Kansas
Kapur Ridge-Stone Ri- ver Kawasakiceras Kellett, Betty kellettae, Spinobair- dia 9 King Extended ‘Hill, Tasmania Kirk, E.
Kirkocystinae Kirkocystis ... kirtoni, Beloitoceras .... oer rd 17
Kobayashi, T de Koninck, L. G.
Kotoceras Kugler, H. G.
396
ests aie 193
195, 198
189, 193, 230
75, 110, 113 205
192, 209 193, 207
159 159, 165 16
153, 173 197 132
138
192
88, 92, 93, 110, 113 96
94
193, 224
L kaenocystida ...............-. Lagnocystidae ................. Lagynocystinae ................ lapparenti, Globotrun-
cana tricarinata, Globotrun- cana Larapintine formation .. lata, Rzehakina latipedunculata, Rheno- cystis Launceston, Tasmania. ..
CGY I MIN IVI rset Lea Park shale ................ Leperditia “Leperditia”’ Lewis, A. N. linaperta, Globiger- ina
Linormoceras Lituites
tion
Lloydminster shale Lodo formation Lodo Gulch, California loetterlei, Globigerina .. longinguum, Hecatocer-
aseewlo) ... text igs
Lophospira.
“Machaeridea” Machaeridia Mackey Webi ee macrocephala, Rugoglo- bigerina, ... (2) :.. text fi NOM on eee ee ee macrocephala ornata, Rugoglobigerina ... 2 text fig. 10 Madiganella ..... Maestrichtian: (223) magnum, Actinoceras .. Armenoceras
INDEX
188, 192 154
99
200, 203, 209
6
8
133
132
189
154, 157, 163, 164, 165 208 188
153, 155, 159, 160, 162-164, 167, 169, 173, 174 8, 13 158
158
13
188, 192, 227 192
103 94 114
9, 17, 25
9, 25 192
6, 18, 23 209
209
Manchuroceras marksi, Globigerina Wkeraibaly Iie WO eo ennscoeee Matakohe, New Zealand
Matumoto, T. .. mayaroensis, Globo- truncana Maydena, Tasmania Maysville group Maysville subseries Memillan formation meeki, Enoploura ..... 8 menardii, Globigerina ..
messinae messinae, Globigerinella text fig. 20
messinae subcarinata, Globigerinella .......... 1 GExtefipee QI a. Metaspyroceras mexicana, Aragonella .... Hantkenina Miami University Microcystis Midway Paleocene .......... Mildred, Texas DV fall reaper ee minima, Rzehakina ...... Mitrata + eee seer Mitrocystella
Mitrocystida Mitrocystidae Mitrocystis . yee monospinus, Hemiaech-
MINOLGCS Heese ee 10 Newsomites .................. Morne Diablo area, slayer CLA) Clee
18} Ly,
New Ostracoda from
the Middle Silurian
Newsom Shale of
Tennessee Morrow, A. L... Mt. Auburn beds Mt. Hope member .
Mt. Lyell Mine, Tas- MANIA eee ere ae in multicubiculatum, Ny- DYOCEEAS! Gavrees: 15
Murchisoni, Orthoceras
397
195, 198 157 156 168 208
155, 156 189, 207 106
75, 107 76, 100 75, 86, 109 174
7, 10, 42, 47
10, 44 211
37
37
132
102
172, 173 172, 173 205
154
79, 88, 96 82, 87, 96, 107 75
96
82, 87, 96
133, 134 135
6
127
16
76, 109 76
225
192, 202 188
Mus. Nat. Hist., Basle ..
Mysterioceras
Nadeau, Mrs. E. H. ........ Naheola formation ........ Nakkadys Ss Hie Se Navarro clay Navarro group
IN@QUSSS CALS Wey ee INGIVEU TR ee ee ae) a ING WiLOMN An eee eres
New Zealand
Newsom shale
Newsom, Tennessee ....... newsomensis, Hyolithes Newsomites Niobrara formation nitida, Globigerina Nybyoceras
Obata, T. obliquum, Hecatoceras ro kO™.2, TEXE Plo.
Old Flux Quarry, Tas- mania
d’Orbigny, A.
Ormoceras
ornata, Rugoglobigerina Zee text ties LO Orthoceras
Osgood, Indiana Oslo, Norway ouachitensis, Globiger-
Pachydomella Pahi, New Zealand
INDEX
6, 13, 18, 23 187, 192, 214, 215
132 131, 140 16 157, 158 187, 188, 199, 210 189
199, 212
192, 226, 228
192, 225 16 187, 188, 192, 205, 207
9, 27 188
76, 103, 108 137, 141
Paleocene -4s.22 Se eee 10 Paleont. Research In-
StIGUbION ee eee 6, 136-142 pandion, Beloitoceras .... 225 Panoche Quadrangle .... 158 Paparoa, New Zealand. 168 Paraechmina ries 132 parallela, Thlipsuroides 136 Paravaginoceras . SME 197 parvodepressum, Para
VASINOCETAS © mace. 2 197 IPAGbeLSOM sm VWicmideee este 78 paucicubiculatum, Ny-
DYOCCKAS ee 14 192, 200 peduncle. 75 PelmatozOdeer ee: 94 Penny see EVV es 34 pennyi, Rugoglobiger-
ina 4 ... text fig. 14 9, 34 Peridionites see 95 pertumidus, Newsom-
ACCS eee eee 10 141 Phanassymetria. .............. 134, 139 Phle series yee, 16 BeDragcMOCerLaSs a. sees: 183 Placocystellinae ©.............. 75 PIScocystiday eee 75, 97 PIA@COCYStIGAE ..c.ccsesecces. 75, 79, 97 PIACOCYSUS eee 79, 88 Piacocystidaew 75 Placocystingey ~.-. 75 Pilacostellae:. 89, 97 planispira, Globigerina 13 planoconvexa, Bairdia .. 132 Plummer, Helen Jeanne 8, 9, 37 Plummerellay v2.25. ae Os 0:
16, 18, 23,
SiseloD
Plummenita, (ee 155 Pointe-a-Pierre, Trin-
Idad- ek ae ee 6 Ponta Grossa beds ........ 89 Pope; JOnn Kee 76, 106, 114 popei, Enoploura . Ny
a or ne 5, 6, 8 (ie Che
83-86,
99, 102-105
Port Philip, Australia .. 159
Portsdown, England ...... 13 portsdownensis, Globig-
(3 G00 Ts PM oa, Bennet see ao care 13 primitiva, Globiger-
ID aU nae eer eri 11 154, 157,
158, 161
398
INDEX
Globoquadrina .............. 159 PLOSODONE Ae eee. 83 pseudo-bulloides, Glo-
DIZeriNa yen. 13 9, 154,
157, 169 Pseudocypris) =........--... 141 Pseudocyproides .............. 131, 141 pustulata, Rugoglobig-
CEE U0 dh a ee ae 9
Q “Queen River Series’’ .... 192 Queenstown, Tasmania 188, 225 R Railton, Tasmania ........ 188, 190, 192, 193 Rambat marl ees 15330159: 161, 162, 163, 167, 169 Raphistoman 192 Rasselas Valley, Tasma-
TOE a er Ok, 189, 222 Re omen BG 8 eet costes ceces 95 Reichel® Mi e248. eae 8, 19 reicheli, Rugoglobiger-
iia eS) ey LeXG! fos:
A) Gye bead eee Dae ee heer eh tard 8, 9, 14
ie alg hexacamerata, Rugo-
globigerina —.....000000..... 7, 9, 14
pustulata, Rugoglo-
bigerina ... 2 .... text
OU EASG, (5 A ae 9205823 VEL eAeerVIs. te eon 188 IRSIGO 7s Col o Emenee me oeeae 153 renzi, Globotruncana 46 richardsoni, Actinocer-
CL 5 5a a ee ee - 209 richteri, Orthoceras ...... 207 robusta, Aechminaria. .... 132 robustum, Jeholoceras .. 205 rohi, Hastigerinoides
I text fen 290.2 10, 5d rotundata rugosa, Ru- goglobigerina yell,
pext: es, 15, 16 2: 9, 34 RMIpPIGOGYStisS, ..........2. se 89, 91,
94, 97 rugosa, Globigerina ...... 8
rugosa, Rugoglobiger-
ina ... text figs. 11-13 8, 9, 16, 28-33 penneyi, Rugoglobiger-
ina ... 4, text fig. 14 .. 9, 34 Rugoglobigerina ............ 7, 8, 9,
LOG Helis 56, 155 Rugoglobigerina macro-
cephalarerouph ee 7 Rugoglobigerina rugosa
STOUD Kei eer ots 7 EUZehia) klar eee ee 154
NS) Sactocerads)) eae es. 207 San Fernando area,
AR BVONCE NC, he ecnceonessoshoucce 6 SChackolna wees mee 19, 37 Schweinfurth, S. ............ 76, 108 Scott, E. Cooper ............ 57 scotti, Trinitella .... 4,
WEG IRE. EXD) eoassocasescoosaeooe 7, 9, 56-58 Schucherts (Cie 92 Senckenberg Museum .. 137, 141 senilis, Globigerina ...... 168 EN OMIA eer ee eee 6 Shepherds Vie He 153 Shideler Week eee 132 shideleri, Spinobair-
CbIE) = SR tee ee een 9 138 PSVeuUOOUWADY, Sy ecg crease onace 199, 212 SinclaireG awe 114 sinuosa, Bythocypris 132 Smelter’s Quarry, Tas-
TIVATIT AG sees then ee 192, 199,
213, 229 Soldado formation ........ isp} ib}
159, 160,
162, 163 soldadoensis, Globiger-
TT Ce ee ee 11 154, 156,
157, 161 South) Dakotaae wee 16 SPINODALdia eee Seal Spyroceras ne eee 211 St. Germain, Bassin de
IPAS) era COn ee ee 4 stainforthi, Globigerina 154, 155 steanei, Manchurocer-
BST Se sae 14 195 stefani, Globotruncana 46 stem Fee 5 seven bee Oe 75 Stereoplasmoceras .......... 214 Stocker, Joseph ...._...... 107
399
Stonelick Creek, Ohio .. striatopunctata, Thlip-
SUTa 4... weenie eons Stromatoceras
stylocone subcarinata, Globigerin- ella
subdigitata, Globiger- BIL OS Fog eee boa Renee Subspyroceras .................. pons, 1S IES oocostcocaenore T taroubaensis, Globiger- ina Rs: naeeees 4 VIRPISTOOVENOUEEY, occ encrnnenecrocaronere tasmaniense, Orthony- DYOCErAS|) =f. 15 Tetradiume |... ee TaSMaNnoceras’ ..........0c00
tatei, Actinoceras ............ MAaVlor sagem ey: ‘Reichert: uC oes eee Teichert, Curt, and Glenister, B. F. Ordovician and Silur- ian Cephalopods from Tasmania =e teicherti, Stereoplasmo- ceras Tetradium 7... te noel Teurian Thalmann, Hans Thalmanninella theca, Orthoceras Thlipsuroides thlipsuroides, oides Thomas, D. E. Ticinella Todd, Ruth Tombigbee River, Ala- bama ad : Tower Lake, Ohio Trechmanny (C5 eee Treptoceras tricarinata, CON en sete es cea ee triloculinoides, Globig- erina . 2213
Thlipsur-
Globotrun-
INDEX
106
136
187, 189, 193, 214,
- 216 78, 81, 111
10
50 211 131
154, 166
187
193, 206 192 188, 189, 195, 198 188, 192 16 189
154, 155, 163, 165, 172
aff. triloculinoides, Glo-
eaDIPeTING ...:.0..00.00.- 12 162
ABPINIG AGS 63. occ eee 5; 6,9), 10;
1 ssl 4s
16-18,
23, 153
Morini tellay. .:..2en eee 9, 10, 56
"EFOCHOCELIAS | ..........05. aes 188
Trocholitoceras. ...:.... .... 187, 192,
195, 215, 229
ErOedSsonh Ga eles eee: 199, 210
Udrworool oe [Si Ni ge eeseeccee ences 8
MubpuUlibaAindiay ee 134, 139
turgida, Globigerina 13 154, 157,
167
Turonian-Senonian ........ 6
TUE CPAs) eee ces: 103
Turure area, Trinidad .. 14 tururensis, Globigerin-
ella .... 1, text fig. 27:. 8, 10, 51 Twelvetrees, W. H. ........ 188 typicum, Kotoceras ....... 197
U Upper Cretaceous .......... 5, 7-10, 13, 14, 16, 18, 195225 23 Ulrich, E. O. fe 109, 131 U. S. National Museum 6, 135, 137-142
Vv Vallandingham, George 78 Van Fossen, J. D. ........ 100 Velasco formation .......... 157 WeneZlelaeee en 17 Vermilion area, Alberta §,, 13 Victoria, Australia ........ 159 voluta, Globigerinella .... 44
Ww Waal Danii pe se 32 Waldron shale ................ 131
waldronensis, Beyrich-
If? vaste ea 132 Walker Creek, Texas .... 32 Wards, “iit Keer seers 188 Washington University 131, 1382 Washita group ................ 13} Waynesville beds ............ 109 Wenlock Silurian .......... 139 Wetherby, A. G.sess: 75, 101
wetherbyi, Enoploura 6 75, 86, 101
400
Whites Chalkis. Whitehouse, F. W. ........ Whitfield, R. P. wilcoxensis, Globoro-
Gage 7) SO be ae ers At
acuta, Globorotalia .... Wilhamson, Me 2222. WilsonsrAlicam=. ee Whathers: sl Hs. es Wolburg, J. Wiutinoceras’ .2.4..4.5.....
Young, K.
Z Zeehan, Tasmania ........
zeehanense, Tasmano- COraSte.. 2 eee ae 17
401
16 188
188, 190, 192, 193
188, 189, 192, 198
sat) =< ‘hig yas he ’ 7 - |g Siagnodtted ooee
as - es
f be hy 7 ie
Petr 2, 2 OR oh i ae
© ‘<a em
URE STE ere hae” mee a i ae ce Siggowe: “ee oer ahi ye
ae yh ‘ nf 7 a ; aan , | eee) a im a” Arty 4 ;
aed 46 Vib, | are © A <a ih
ey a a iY 2 rs | pimeee, . ae ees P wh * VOR c a ati Ble a ew iS vai - t oh ” ce) ie & =\) ia = ny Te te ecktetht shan @ :
seal = oor - a" ~~ ~ <n a 2 “4 _, >
a4 ; re yi at let _ “1 a Oe . ] t lay Ji es = / i¥ > 7 i. a se 7 , i, - ies |
ay ; saree ae tr i
‘> -= ‘= - . ; a a ieekia ro ii oe 7 f oe | ~ a a? 5 et ine P re a) y : 7 in _ rr} bs ' |) a - = + : f so" |) 6a = f we °F 2 > . ‘ ye ‘Na ban
. a | 4 vic = 2a teperiey ae
ih de + Se @
a ¢ a,
XXIL XXIII
XXIV.
XXV.
XXVI.
XXVIL
XXVIII.
XXIX. XXX. XXXII.
XXXII.
XXXIIL
XXXIV.
XXXYV.
Volume I.
II.
IT].
CONOSS 9 25= 26) cf) aD ODD iG Lie PSs ns clorereterctetavenlestolete(ahereleieleisiocate
Paleozoic Paleontology and Tertiary Foraminifera.
(Nos. 77-79). 251 pp., 35 pls.
Corals, Cretaceous microfauna and biography of Conrad.
(Nos. 80-87). 334 pp., 27 pls.
Mainly Paleozoic faunas and Tertiary Mollusca.
(Nos. 88-94B). 306 pp., 30 pls.
Paleozoic fossils of Ontario, Oklahoma and Colombia, Mesozoic echinoids, California Pleistocene and Maryland Miocene mollusks.
(Nos. 95-100). 420 pp., 58 pls.
Florida Recent marine shells, Texas Cretaceous fossils, Cuban and Peruvian Cretaceous, Peruvian Fogene corals, and geology and paleontology of Ecuador.
CNost = 101=108)c 2 ST Gln pD ee oor DISH) cle eyes ei rersintarc aves ciwierere
Tertiary Mollusca, Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian
fish and Paleozoic geology and fossils of Venezuela. (Nos. 109-114). 412 pp., 54 pls.
Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian of Idaho, Cretaceous
and Eocene mollusks, Cuban and Venezuelan forams. (Nos. 115-116). 738 pp., 52 pls. Bowden forams and Ordovician cephalopods. (No. 117). 563 pp., 65 pls. Jackson Eocene mollusks. (NGS22 1182128) 458 pp iy sai OlSas rslecraeie oi cic oi ecisystecevareleuesarele
Venezuelan and California mollusks, Chemung and Pennsylvania crinoids, Cypraeidae, Cretaceous, Mio- cene and Recent corals, Cuban and Fioridian forams, and Cuban fossil localities.
(NOS 29 0S See 2945 DP SOD LS-ta veverave) orctetat cs sxoiey cloneveiclctaze wiinle
Silurian cephalopods, crinoid studies, Tertiary forams, and Mytilarca.
(Nos. 134-139). 448 pp., 51 pls.
Devonian annelids, Tertiary mollusks, stratigraphy and paleontology.
(Nos. 140-144; 145 in press).
Trinidad Globigerinidae, Ordovician Enopleura, Tas- manian Ordovician cephalopods and Tennessee Or- dovician ostracods, and conularid bibliography.
(Nos. 146-149; 150-152 in press).
G. D. Harris memorial, camerinid and Georgia Paleo- cene Forminifera, South American Paleozoics, Aus- tralian Ordovician cephalapods, California Pleisto- cene Eulimidae, Volutidae and Globotruncana in Colombia.
ee)
eeoeseeereresese see eeeeeee
eee eer eos e eee eseree sees
eee ees eee eee ees ee eeeee
ere e reese ee eee eee sees eseeeeeee
ee
Ecuadoran
PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA
(Nos. 1-5). 519 pp., 75 pls. Monographs of Arcas, Lutetia, rudistids and venerids. (Nos. 6-12). 531 pp., 37 pls. Heliophyllum halli, Tertiary turrids, Neocene Spondyli, Paleozoic cephalopods, Tertiary Fasciolarias, and Paleozoic and Recent Hexactinellida. (Nos. 13-25) Paleozoic cephalopod structure and phylogeny, Paleo- zoic siphonophores, Busycon, Devonian fish studies, gastropod studies, Carboniferous crinoids, Cretaceous jellyfish, Platystrophia, and Venericardia.
ee
8.00
10.00
9.00
9.00 10.00 10.00
8.00
10.00
12.00
CONDENSED TABLE OF CONTENTS OF BULLETINS OF AMERICAN
PALEONTOLOGY AND PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA
Volume I.
XXL
BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY
(Nos. 1-5). 354 pp., 32 pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca. GNoss 6210) 2 21847 Ppl! PISS iaceseis Gevoiniens orate a caelcraieteet ate $15.00 Tertiary Mollusca and Foraminifera, Paleozoic faunas. (Nos. 11-15). 402 pp., 29 pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and faunas. (Nos. 16-21). 161 pp., 26 pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and faunas. (Nos. 22-30). 437 pp., 68 pls. Tertiary fossils mainly Santo Domingan, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils. (No. 31). 268 pp., 59 pls. Claibornian Eocene pelecypods. (No. 32). 730 pp., 99 pls. Claibornian Eocene scaphopods, cephalopods. (Nos. 33-36). 357 pp., 15 pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca. (Noss 39-39) 0/462) pps W035 | pst .5. . sielererersrste\orere visiseteraterevele Tertiary Mollusca mainly from Costa Rica. (Nos3/40-42)- 382 pp.; 54) piss, jo 22h ockecicleinte seis Tertiary forams and mollusks mainly from Trinidad and Paleozoic fossils. (Nos))'43-46) 5.272) pps) 4) piss yg ciciecese.eisins sivisicies'sewieele Tertiary, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils mainly from Venezuela. (Nos. 47-48). 494 pp., 8 pls. Venezuela and Trinidad forams and Mesozoic inverte- brate bibliography. (Nos::;'49=50) 7264" ppie 47 pls. os tick eterscictoe acs perseisie dee oe Venezuelan Tertiary Mollusca and Tertiary Mammalia. (Nos;:.) 51-54). 306)) pps; 44° QlSs.. eo. vehativerereisisnssesclssemlebove re endtc Mexican Tertiary forams and Tertiary mollusks of Peru and Colombia. (Nos. 55-58). 314 pp., 86 pls. Mainly Ecuadoran, Peruvian and Mexican forams and mollusks and Paleozoic fossils. (Nos:3\59=6)) 140) apps.) 48 piss kins orscce ects teistors or teverel axe eve Venezuela and Trinidad Tertiary Mollusca. (Nos. 62-63). 283 pp., 33 pls. Peruvian Tertiary Mollusca. (Nos. 64-67). 286 pp., 29 pls. Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Cretaceous corals. (NOS 568) e272 pei Ase DIS Ns i. ak hasel dese ehanate oloreteeiatal cores Tertiary Paleontology, Peru. (Nos: \69-70©) 3/266 (pp 26) DISh eels oc cisie ne eveusiereveleterere Cretaceous and Tertiary Paleontology of Peru and Cuba. (Noss 71 SI2) i Salyer Bua lS) woe ocriots wale seielaistnteveloie serait Paleozoic Paleontology and Stratigraphy.
Ce
eee se ees es eee esses e seers
eeeereese see ee eeeeeoreresreeeeoees
Ce
gastropods, and
eee eee eee eee eee ees ee eeenee
)
Tertiary
eee ee eee eer er eeeseeeseeee
eeoreers oe eee ee eeseeeeeeoes
9.00
Harvard MCZ Libra
wii
3 2044 066
st ee arg negated
=m
carart
orm vs 4 aemenmnes